Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Life / AIA Group Limited

AIA Group Limited

aagiy · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker aagiy
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Life
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · AIA Group Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
LEADING with
PURPOSE

ANNUAL REPORT 2019
STOCK CODE 1299

VISION & PURPOSE

Our Vision is to be the 
world’s pre-eminent 
life insurance provider. 

Our Purpose is to play 
a leadership role in 
driving economic and 
social development 
across the region.

ABOUT AIA

AIA Group Limited and its 
subsidiaries (collectively “AIA”  
or the “Group”) comprise the 
largest independent publicly 
listed pan-Asian life insurance 
group. It has a presence in  
18 markets in Asia-Pacific –  
wholly-owned branches and 
subsidiaries in Hong Kong SAR, 
Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia, 
Mainland China, South Korea, 
the Philippines, Australia, 
Indonesia, Taiwan (China), 
Vietnam, New Zealand,  
Macau SAR, Brunei, Cambodia, 
Myanmar, a 99 per cent 
subsidiary in Sri Lanka, and  
a 49 per cent joint venture  
in India. 

The business that is now AIA 
was first established in Shanghai 
a century ago in 1919. It is a 
market leader in the Asia-Pacific 
region (ex-Japan) based on life 
insurance premiums and holds 
leading positions across the 
majority of its markets. It had 
total assets of US$284 billion as 
of 31 December 2019. 

AIA meets the long-term savings 
and protection needs of 
individuals by offering a range of 
products and services including 
life insurance, accident and 
health insurance and savings 
plans. The Group also provides 
employee benefits, credit life 
and pension services to 
corporate clients. Through an 
extensive network of agents, 
partners and employees across 
Asia-Pacific, AIA serves the 
holders of more than 36 million 
individual policies and over  
16 million participating members 
of group insurance schemes.

AIA Group Limited is listed on 
the Main Board of The Stock 
Exchange of Hong Kong Limited 
under the stock code “1299” 
with American Depositary 
Receipts (Level 1) traded on the 
over-the-counter market (ticker 
symbol: “AAGIY”).

Notes: 
(1)  Hong Kong SAR refers to Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. 

(2)  Macau SAR refers to Macau Special Administrative Region.

(3)  Explanations of certain terms and abbreviations used in this report are set forth in the Glossary.

Driving economic  
and social development  
across Asia since 1919

1992
We re-established our 
presence in China through 
a branch office in 
Shanghai, the first 
foreign-owned life  
business to receive a 
licence in the country.

1998
We celebrated the  
return to our former 
headquarters building on  
The Bund in Shanghai.

2009
We completed the 
reorganisation driven by 
AIG’s liquidity crisis in 
2008, leading to the 
positioning of the 
Company for a public 
listing.

2010
AIA Group Limited 
successfully listed on  
the Main Board of The 
Stock Exchange of Hong 
Kong Limited, the 
third-largest IPO ever 
globally at the time.

2011
AIA Group Limited  
became a constituent 
stock of the Hang Seng 
Index. 

We launched a sponsored 
Level 1 American 
Depositary Receipt 
programme.

2013
AIA completed the full 
integration of the 
businesses of AIA and  
ING Malaysia.

We commenced business  
in Sri Lanka through the 
acquisition of Aviva NDB 
Insurance. 

2014
AIA and Citibank formed a 
landmark, long-term and 
exclusive bancassurance 
partnership that 
encompasses 11 markets 
in the Asia-Pacific region.

AIA became the Official  
Shirt Partner of Tottenham 
Hotspur Football Club to 
promote the role of sports  
as a key element of  
healthy living.

2015
AIA became the #1 MDRT  
company in the world. 

2016
The AIA Leadership Centre 
opened in Bangkok. 

We increased AIA Group’s 
stake in Tata AIA Life 
Insurance Company 
Limited, a joint venture in 
India, from 26 per cent to 
49 per cent.

2017
AIA presented the Hong 
Kong Observation Wheel 
and the AIA Vitality Park.

2018
AIA launched new brand 
promise: Healthier, Longer, 
Better Lives

1919
AIA put down its  
corporate roots in Asia  
when the group founder  
Mr. Cornelius Vander 
Starr established an 
insurance agency in 
Shanghai.

1921
Mr. Cornelius Vander 
Starr founded Asia Life 
Insurance Company, 
his first life insurance 
enterprise in Shanghai.

1931
Mr. Cornelius Vander Starr 
founded International 
Assurance Company, 
Limited (INTASCO), in 
Shanghai. 

INTASCO established 
branch offices in Hong 
Kong and Singapore.

1947
The Philippine American  
Life and General 
Insurance Company 
(Philam Life) was founded 
in the Philippines. 

INTASCO moved its head 
office to Hong Kong.

1948
INTASCO changed its  
name to American 
International Assurance 
Company, Limited.

LEADING with
PURPOSE

 marking a 100-year 

Our Centennial year 
journey that has seen AIA become the largest 
independent publicly listed pan-Asian life 
insurance group 
region by events and physical challenges 
supporting local community charities and 
special causes. 

 was celebrated across the 

We are committed to leading our industry by 
delivering on our promise of Healthier, Longer, 
Better Lives, with the purpose of driving 
economic and social development across the 
markets in which we operate.

2019

AIA Celebrates  
Its Centennial Year
Our 100-year journey has been one of 
pioneering growth that has seen  
AIA become the largest independent, 
publicly listed, pan-Asian life insurance 
group, with a presence across  
18 markets. In 2019, we held a year-long 
series of centennial-themed activities  
in all our markets in support of local 
community charities and special 
causes.

AIA Opens New Sales  
and Service Centres in  
Mainland China
AIA set up sales and service centres  
in Tianjin and Shijiazhuang, Hebei in 
accordance with the pilot programme 
promoting insurance integration  
under the Beijing–Tianjin–Hebei 
Integration Plan.

AIA Granted Approval to 
Operate in Myanmar 
AIA was granted approval to operate  
in Myanmar through a 100% wholly-
owned subsidiary. We opened for 
business in November 2019 and  
became the first foreign insurer to  
issue a policy in the country.

AIA and CBA Execute  
Joint Cooperation 
Agreement and Extend 
Strategic Partnership  
to 25 years 
AIA and Commonwealth Bank of 
Australia (CBA) executed a Joint 
Cooperation Agreement enabling  
AIA to exercise a level of direct 
management control and oversight 
over CBA’s life insurance business in 
Australia. Additionally, AIA Australia’s 
strategic bancassurance partnerships 
with CBA in Australia and ASB Bank 
Limited in New Zealand were  
extended to 25 years.

AIA and Spurs Extend  
Global Principal Partnership 
until 2027
AIA and Tottenham Hotspur Football 
Club extended their partnership to  
the end of the 2026/27 season. The 
AIA brand will continue to appear  
on the front of the team shirts in all 
competitions.

AIA Tops The Table for  
Fifth Year Running
AIA became the only multinational 
company in the world to rank number 
one in terms of the largest number of 
Million Dollar Round Table members 
for five consecutive years.

AIA AT-A-GLANCE

Presence in 

18 Markets
The largest 
listed company 
on the Hong Hong 
Stock Exchange
which is incorporated 
and headquartered 
in Hong Kong

The largest (1) 
life insurer in
the world

No.1 Worldwide 
for MDRT Members
The only multinational  
company to top the table 
for five consecutive years

Provides protection to people 
across the Asia-Pacific region 
with total sum assured of
US$1.74 trillion

The only international life 
insurer headquartered and 
listed in Hong Kong and
100% focused 
on Asia-Pacific

Over 14 million 
benefit payments 
were made during 2019, 
helping customers and 
their families to cope with 
challenges at different  
life stages

Serving the holders 
of more than
36 million 
individual policies
and over
16 million 
participating members 
of group insurance 
schemes

Note:
(1)  The largest life insurer in the world by market capitalisation as at 12 March 2020. 

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW
004  Financial Highlights
006  Chairman’s Statement
009  Group Chief Executive and President’s Report

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
017  Financial Review
038  Business Review
056  Risk Management
064  Regulatory and International Developments
066  Our People

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
071  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
072  Board of Directors
080  Executive Committee
085  Report of the Directors
095  Corporate Governance Report
108  Remuneration Report

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
125 
Independent Auditor’s Report
132  Consolidated Income Statement
133  Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

134  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
136  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
138  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
140  Notes to the Consolidated Financial 

257 

Statements and Significant Accounting 
Policies
  Supplementary Financial Information  
  on a Calendar Year Basis
Independent Auditor’s Report on the 
Supplementary Embedded Value Information
273  Supplementary Embedded Value Information

269 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
299 
Information for Shareholders
302  Corporate Information
303  Glossary

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  003

2019 RESULTS AT-A-GLANCE(1)

VALUE OF NEW BUSINESS (2)(8)

ANNUALISED NEW 
PREMIUMS (3)(8)

OPERATING PROFIT AFTER 
TAX (4)

US$ 
millions

4,500

4,000

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

4,154

3,955

3,206

2,750

2,198

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

+6% 

YoY (CER)

+5% 

YoY (AER)

US$ 
millions

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

6,510

6,585

5,624

5,123

3,991

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

+2% 

YoY (CER)

+1% 

YoY (AER)

US$ 
millions

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

5,741

5,298

4,635

3,981

3,556

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

+9% 

YoY (CER)

+8% 

YoY (AER)

TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM 
INCOME (5)

EV EQUITY (6)

TOTAL ASSETS AND  
TOTAL LIABILITIES

US$ 
millions

35,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

34,002

30,543

26,393

22,133

19,876

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

+13% 

YoY (CER)

+11% 

YoY (AER)

US$ 
millions

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

63,905

56,203

52,429

43,650

39,818

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

+12% 

YoY (CER)

+14% 

YoY (AER)

US$ 
billions

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

284

219

230

226

190

175

185

150

170

138

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

+24% 

TOTAL ASSETS

+19% 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

004

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

OVERVIEW2019 BREAKDOWN BY MARKET SEGMENT

VALUE OF NEW BUSINESS (2)(7)

ANNUALISED NEW  
PREMIUMS (3)

37%

12%

6%

8%

11%

26%

37%

19%

6%

8%

11%

19%

  Hong Kong
  Mainland China
  Thailand
  Singapore
  Malaysia
  Other Markets (8)

OPERATING PROFIT AFTER 
TAX (4)

TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM 
INCOME (5)

14%

6%

10%

33%

19%

18%

38%

20%

6%

9%

13%

14%

Notes:
(1)  The financial information from 2017 to 2019 is presented on the  
31 December financial year-end basis. The financial information 
from 2015 to 2016 is presented on the 30 November financial 
year-end basis. For clarity, the growth rates are presented on the  
31 December financial year-end basis.

(2)  Value of new business (VONB) is the present value, measured at the 
point of sale, of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in the 
future from new business sold in the period less the cost of holding 
the required capital in excess of regulatory reserves to support this 
business.

(3)  Annualised new premiums (ANP) is a measure of new business 

activity that is calculated as the sum of 100 per cent of annualised 
first year premiums and 10 per cent of single premiums, before 
reinsurance ceded.

(4)  Operating profit after tax (OPAT) is shown after non-controlling 

interests.

(5)  Total weighted premium income (TWPI) consists of 100 per cent of 
renewal premiums, 100 per cent of first year premiums and 10 per 
cent of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded.

(6)  Embedded value (EV) is an actuarially determined estimate of the 
economic value of a life insurance business based on a particular 
set of assumptions as to future experience, excluding any economic 
value attributable to future new business. EV Equity is the total of 
embedded value, goodwill and other intangible assets.

(7)  Based on local statutory basis, before unallocated Group Office 

expenses and deduction of the amount attributable to non-controlling 
interests, VONB by segment includes pension business.

(8)  In 2019, ANP and VONB for Other Markets include 49 per cent of  
the results from our joint venture in India, Tata AIA Life Insurance 
Company Limited (Tata AIA Life), to reflect our shareholding. ANP 
and VONB for 2018 and before have not been restated and do not 
include any contribution from Tata AIA Life. The total reported  
VONB for the Group in 2019 excludes the VONB attributable to 
non-controlling interests. VONB for 2018 and before have not been 
restated and are reported before deducting the amount attributable 
to non-controlling interests, as previously disclosed. The IFRS 
results of Tata AIA Life are accounted for using the equity method. 
The results of Tata AIA Life are accounted for on a one quarter lag 
basis in AIA’s consolidated results. For clarity, TWPI does not include 
any contribution from Tata AIA Life.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  005

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

AIA’s long history in Asia through many different market cycles has 
provided us with a secure and trusted brand. Despite a challenging 
operating environment, we have achieved continued growth in 2019 
through the strength and resilience of our businesses and the scale of 
AIA’s opportunities in the Asia-Pacific region.

Over the course of the year, consumer confidence was affected by various geopolitical events, including uncertainty 
over trade negotiations between China and the United States, and the social unrest in Hong Kong. Against this 
backdrop, AIA continued to deliver growth in all our main financial metrics.

Value of new business (VONB) increased to US$4,154 million in the context of external headwinds, particularly 
in relation to events in Hong Kong. Excluding Hong Kong, the Group’s VONB grew by 16 per cent. Operating profit 
after tax (OPAT) increased by 9 per cent to US$5,741 million and underlying free surplus generation (UFSG) grew 
by 13 per cent to US$5,501 million. Growth rates are shown on constant exchange rates (CER) as this provides a 
clearer picture of the year-on-year performance of the underlying business.

Equity attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (the Company) on the embedded value basis (EV Equity) 
grew  to  US$63,905  million  over  the  year,  which  was  an  increase  of  12  per  cent.  As  at  31  December  2019, 
underscoring the Group’s financial strength, the solvency ratio for our principal regulated operating company, AIA 
Company Limited (AIA Co.), was 362 per cent and the Group’s free surplus above required regulatory capital was 
US$14,917 million, as measured under the Hong Kong Insurance Ordinance (HKIO) basis. 

The  board  of  Directors  (Board)  has  recommended  a  final  dividend  of  93.30  Hong  Kong  cents  per  share, 
following  AIA’s  established  prudent,  sustainable  and  progressive  dividend  policy,  allowing  for  future  growth 
opportunities and the financial flexibility of the Group within the context of the immediate macroeconomic and 
capital markets environment. 

AIA’s  long-term  opportunities  in  the  region  are  significant:  as  growing  numbers  of  people  in  Asia  enjoy  
middle-class incomes and lifestyles, their need for savings and financial protection will continue to increase. At 
the same time, Asia remains significantly underinsured and government social welfare provision is limited in many 
markets. This “protection gap” creates an important opportunity for AIA, as the leading pan-Asian life insurer, to 
meet customers’ needs. 

AIA celebrated its Centennial in 2019, which was a source of great pride for everyone involved with the Group. 
From Shanghai, where AIA’s story began in 1919, to our newest operation, Myanmar which began operations in 
November 2019, we held events across our 18 markets to mark this historic milestone. Our employees and their 
families joined with customers, friends and partners of AIA – including representatives from Tottenham Hotspur 
Football  Club  (Spurs)  –  to  celebrate  our  extraordinary  journey.  I  would  like  to  express  the  Board’s  profound 
gratitude to all of AIA’s customers, employees, agents and partners whose loyalty and dedication over generations 
have made the Group what it is today. Our centenary gave us a wonderful opportunity to recognise the contribution 
of everyone who has worked with the Group, past and present, and to look forward with confidence to the century 
that lies ahead.

006

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

OVERVIEWMr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Independent Non-executive Chairman

AIA  recognises  the  seriousness,  scale  and  complexity  of  the  challenge  posed  by  climate  change  and  we  are 
committed  to  playing  our  part  in  the  transition  to  a  more  sustainable  future.  Our  efforts  to  address  material 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) issues and enhancing our disclosures have earned us international 
recognition. 

In  2019, AIA  was  included  in  the  top  1  per  cent  of  companies  for  ESG  risk  management  by  the  rating  agency 
Sustainalytics, which ranked the Group second out of 253 companies in the insurance industry. We were also 
included  in  the  FTSE4Good  Index  Series  for  the  third  consecutive  year.  Since  2018,  AIA  has  been  part  of  the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), a global initiative that seeks to develop voluntary, 
consistent  disclosure  of  climate  change  impacts.  In  2019,  we  built  on  this  by  engaging  with  more  than  1,400 
companies across our investment portfolio, as well as over 30 external investment managers, as we sought to 
better understand how these companies manage climate change risks.

Our Group Chief Executive and President Ng Keng Hooi, will retire on 31 May 2020. On behalf of the entire Board, 
I would like to express my sincere thanks to Keng Hooi who has made a substantial and enduring contribution to 
AIA throughout our history as a listed company, both during his time as Group Chief Executive and President, as 
well as in his previous role as Regional Chief Executive.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  007

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

I also wish to welcome our Group Chief Executive and President Designate Lee Yuan Siong to the Group. Yuan Siong 
has an impressive track record of leadership in our industry and is very well positioned to build on the tremendous 
work done by Keng Hooi during his term as Group Chief Executive and President. Yuan Siong’s appointment is the 
result of a rigorous succession process by the Board to identify the best candidate to succeed Keng Hooi. We look 
forward to Yuan Siong’s leadership and contribution as AIA continues to deliver on its promises throughout Asia. 

As the Group approaches this transition in executive leadership, the Board remains as committed as ever to the 
highest  standards  of  corporate  governance. All  of  our  non-executive  directors  are  independent  and  they  bring 
a broad spectrum of governance and executive experience to the work of the Board. Our approach to effective 
governance goes hand in hand with AIA’s efforts to embed a culture throughout the organisation that is equal to 
the task of managing risk in an increasingly complex environment. In addition to our focus on sustainability, we 
remain highly focused and will continue to engage closely with our senior management on issues such as data 
privacy, cybersecurity and ethical business practices. 

In the first quarter of 2020, the world faces the uncertain impact of COVID-19 and the measures taken to limit 
its spread. The ultimate impact on the financial results of the Group will depend on the duration and severity of 
the  outbreak  and  we  are  closely  monitoring  the  developing  situation. As  a  result  of  travel  restrictions  and  the 
reduction  in  face-to-face  interactions,  we  have  seen  a  significant  disruption  in  new  business  sales  in  the  first 
quarter. Our priority will always be the health and well-being of our staff and agents. Our businesses in affected 
areas are also working hard to support our wider communities at this difficult time. 

I  am  confident  that  AIA  is  ideally  positioned  to  deliver  growth  over  the  long  term  by  continuing  to  serve  our 
communities throughout Asia. Our Purpose of playing a leadership role in driving economic and social development 
across the region has never been more important. Thank you for supporting us as we pursue these ambitions by 
helping our customers live Healthier, Longer, Better Lives.

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Independent Non-executive Chairman
12 March 2020

008

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

OVERVIEWGROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT’S REPORT

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Group Chief Executive and President

AIA continued to deliver growth across all our main financial metrics. 
This was achieved despite a challenging operating environment.

AIA  has  delivered  a  resilient  performance  in  2019  demonstrating  the  strength  and  quality  of  our  diversified, 
high-quality  portfolio  of  businesses  as  well  as  the  growing  structural  needs  for  protection  and  long-term  
savings products across our markets.

Headline value of new business (VONB) growth of 6 per cent was the result of very strong growth in the first half  
of the year set against a second half significantly affected by social unrest in Hong Kong. The Group delivered 
overall  VONB  growth  of  16  per  cent  for  the  full  year  excluding  Hong  Kong.  Operating  profit  after  tax  (OPAT) 
increased by 9 per cent, underlying free surplus generation (UFSG) grew by 13 per cent and equity attributable 
to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (the Company) on the embedded value basis (EV Equity) grew strongly to 
US$63.9 billion, up 12 per cent, after the payment of shareholder dividends. As in prior years, growth rates are 
shown using constant exchange rates (CER) to provide a clearer picture of the year-on-year performance of the 
underlying business.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  009

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT’S REPORT

The  board  of  Directors  (Board)  has  recommended  a  final  dividend  of  93.30  Hong  Kong  cents  per  share,  
following  AIA’s  established  prudent,  sustainable  and  progressive  dividend  policy,  allowing  for  future  growth 
opportunities and the financial flexibility of the Group within the context of the immediate macroeconomic and 
capital markets environment. The total dividend of 126.60 Hong Kong cents per share represents an increase of 
11 per cent compared with the total dividend in 2018, excluding the special dividend.

In 2019, a number of our markets experienced headwinds from falling consumer confidence and rising political 
and trade tensions. In particular, the reduced numbers of Mainland Chinese visitors to Hong Kong in the second 
half  of  the  year  affected  new  business  sales  in  our  largest  market.  Despite  this  near-term  disruption,  the  
long-term  growth  opportunities  for  AIA  remain  significant  as  we  continue  to  benefit  from  Asia’s  remarkable  
journey  towards  greater  prosperity  alongside  low  levels  of  private  insurance  penetration  and  social  welfare 
coverage.

The Group celebrated its Centennial year in 2019 and the contributions that generations of dedicated people at 
AIA have made to Asia’s economic and social progress over the last 100 years. AIA has navigated vast economic 
and political change over the past century on our way to becoming one of the world’s largest life insurers.

We  are  immensely  proud  of  the  contribution AIA  has  made  to  the  development  of  local  financial  markets  and  
the reach and effectiveness of life insurance in our region. We are also grateful for the long-term relationships  
we  have  developed  with  millions  of  customers  and  their  families  throughout  the  region.  In  many  cases,  these 
trusted relationships span generations.

AIA was founded in Shanghai and China remains at the heart of our growth strategy. The Chinese Government’s 
announcement  of  further  measures  to  remove  foreign  ownership  restrictions  and  continue  the  liberalisation 
of  the  life  insurance  sector  presents  an  historic  opportunity  for  AIA.  We  have  submitted  an  application  for  
regulatory approval to convert our Shanghai branch into a subsidiary. Subject to regulatory approval, the newly 
incorporated subsidiary will form the foundation for our geographical expansion plans in Mainland China.

The  life  insurance  industry  has  a  responsibility  to  promote  the  well-being  of  our  communities  by  supporting  
people  through  times  of  financial  adversity  and  illness  as  well  as  by  providing  an  efficient  means  of  pooling  
savings  so  that  they  generate  incomes  in  retirement.  However,  the  region  remains  significantly  underinsured  
in  terms  of  life  protection,  health  insurance,  as  well  as  in  pensions  and  retirement  savings.  The  opportunity  
to  address  these  growing  needs  inspires  us  and  demonstrates  the  significant  potential  for  growth  across  our 
markets.

In the context of well-being, I am especially proud of AIA’s industry leadership, as we strive to meet our brand 
promise to help people live Healthier, Longer, Better Lives. We are continuing our shift towards being a lifelong 
partner to our customers, moving beyond the traditional transaction-focused insurance model towards helping 
them live a more healthy lifestyle, including through AIA Vitality, our comprehensive, science-backed wellness 
programme.  This  shift  is  transforming  our  engagement  with  more  and  more  customers  around  the  region.  I  
believe encouraging people to improve their health and wellness will be a win for AIA, a win for our customers  
and a win for our communities.

AIA’s  trusted  distribution  capabilities,  market-leading  brand  and  long  history  in  Asia  provide  reassurance  for  
our  customers  as  we  help  safeguard  their  future  health  and  financial  security.  Our  dedicated  teams  remain 
focused on executing our clear growth strategy to sustain our competitive advantages as we continue to build  
on AIA’s position as the leading pan-Asian life insurance company.

010

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

OVERVIEW2019 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS (ON A CONSTANT EXCHANGE RATE BASIS)

Our Hong Kong business reported a 5 per cent decline in VONB to US$1,621 million with strong growth in the 
first half offset by a substantial decline in the Mainland Chinese visitor customer segment in the second half of 
the year. Our agency business delivered double-digit VONB growth from our Hong Kong domestic customers for 
the full year as our focus on the fundamentals of our Premier Agency strategy produced increased active agent 
numbers. VONB from partnership distribution declined in the second half from lower sales to Mainland Chinese 
visitors and increased competition. OPAT grew by 6 per cent to US$1,931 million.

In  Mainland  China,  we  delivered  another  very  strong  performance.  VONB  grew  by  27  per  cent  to  US$1,167  
million  and  VONB  margin  remained  strong  at  93.5  per  cent.  Our  differentiated  Premier  Agency  strategy  
continues  to  deliver  growth  in  both  new  recruits  and  active  agents.  In  July  2019,  we  successfully  opened  our 
new sales and service centres in Tianjin and Shijiazhuang, Hebei. This was our first geographical expansion in 
Mainland China for 17 years. OPAT grew by 28 per cent and exceeded US$1 billion for the first time.

Our  business  in  Thailand  grew  VONB  by  6  per  cent  to  US$494  million,  supported  by  sales  momentum  in  our 
Financial Adviser (FA) programme and our strategic long-term partnership with Bangkok Bank Public Company 
Limited (Bangkok Bank). Overall VONB margin remained strong at 67.7 per cent but reflected a higher proportion 
of bancassurance business compared with the prior year. OPAT increased by 3 per cent as underlying business 
growth and improved persistency were partly offset by lower bond yields and higher medical claims.

In  Singapore  VONB  of  US$352  million  was  stable  year-on-year,  with  growth  in  regular  premium  sales  offset 
by  lower  single  premiums  through  our  partnership  distribution  channels.  The  execution  of  our  Premier  
Agency  strategy  saw  an  increase  in  the  number  of  active  agents,  enabling  us  to  maintain  our  market-leading 
agency  distribution  platform.  Our  strategic  partnership  with  Citibank,  N.A.  (Citibank)  delivered  double-digit  
VONB  growth,  supported  by  an  increase  in  the  number  of  insurance  specialists  and  higher  productivity.  OPAT 
increased by 6 per cent.

Our business in Malaysia reported VONB growth of 7 per cent, with our agency channel delivering double-digit 
VONB growth, supported by the launch of a new quality recruitment platform. While our strategic partnership  
with  Public  Bank  Berhad  generated  strong  VONB  growth  from  in-branch  distribution,  this  was  offset  by  lower 
VONB in our direct marketing channel and our corporate solutions business. OPAT grew by 6 per cent.

Other  Markets  reported  very  strong  VONB  growth  of  27  per  cent  to  US$535  million,  led  by  Australia,  the  
Philippines  and  Vietnam.  We  have  included  a  first-time  contribution  from  our  Indian  joint  venture,  Tata  AIA  
Life,  in  line  with  our  49  per  cent  shareholding.  OPAT  grew  by  2  per  cent  to  US$823  million  as  the  earnings 
contribution from strong new business growth was partly offset by weaker operating experience in South Korea 
and an increase in operating expenses incurred in Australia in response to regulatory changes.

In  November  2019,  we  executed  a  Joint  Cooperation  Agreement  (JCA)  with  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia 
(CBA)  to  take  effective  management  control  and  extend  our  strategic  bancassurance  partnership  with  CBA  in 
Australia to 25 years. In Myanmar, our 100% wholly-owned subsidiary began operations in November 2019.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  011

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT’S REPORT

GROUP-WIDE OVERVIEW

DISTRIBUTION
The consistent execution of our Premier Agency strategy delivered agency VONB growth of 11 per cent in 2019  
to  US$3,243  million.  Excluding  Hong  Kong,  agency  achieved  16  per  cent  growth  in  VONB.  AIA’s  proprietary 
training, bespoke innovative digital tools and clear career development paths are fundamental to attracting the 
best  people  and  ensuring  that  we  retain  them.  In  2019,  AIA  achieved  another  record  in  Million  Dollar  Round  
Table (MDRT) membership with an increase in registered members of 22 per cent compared with 2018. AIA has 
now achieved the highest number of MDRT-registered members globally for five consecutive years.

AIA’s  extensive  network  of  industry-leading  strategic  partners  across  the  Asia-Pacific  region  significantly 
broadens  our  access  to  potential  new  customers  and  offers  tremendous  growth  opportunities.  In  2019,  VONB 
from partnerships reduced by 1 per cent to US$1,142 million due to the effect on our retail independent financial 
adviser (IFA) business in Hong Kong of the reduction in Mainland Chinese visitors in the second half of the year. 
Excluding Hong Kong, VONB from partnerships grew by 19 per cent.

Our  bancassurance  channel  delivered  very  strong  VONB  growth  in  2019  with  excellent  results  from  our  
strategic  partnerships  in  the  Philippines  and  Indonesia.  Our  regional  partnership  with  Citibank  continued  to  
grow  and  remained  the  largest  contributor  to  the  Group’s  bancassurance  VONB  in  2019.  New  bancassurance 
partnerships  launched  in  the  last  three  years  in  Vietnam,  Thailand  and  New  Zealand  provided  a  substantial 
contribution  to  the  VONB  growth  of  our  bancassurance  channel.  The  strong  momentum  in  these  markets 
demonstrates  our  ability  to  use  experience  from  elsewhere  in  the  Group  to  activate  new  partnerships  quickly  
and with increasing success.

BRAND AND MARKETING
Over  its  long  history  in  the  region,  AIA  has  grown  to  become  the  largest  pan-Asian  life  insurance  company,  
trusted by millions of customers with the leading insurance brand in Asia. Our purpose-led promise to make a 
positive difference by helping people to live Healthier, Longer, Better Lives is more relevant now than ever and  
sits at the core of all that we do for our customers. We continued to work with a range of partners to promote 
healthy living, including our Global Ambassador, David Beckham, and Tottenham Hotspur Football Club (Spurs) 
through our Global Principal Partnership.

Our  differentiated  health  and  well-being  strategic  framework  supports  the  entire  customer  health  journey  
across  prediction,  prevention,  diagnosis,  treatment  and  recovery.  AIA  Vitality  and  our  wellness  programmes 
have focused customer engagement on the benefits of living well to combat the rapid growth of lifestyle-related 
diseases in Asia. We now offer comprehensive wellness programmes in 12 of our markets. Overall membership 
across the Group exceeded 1.7 million at the end of December 2019, an increase of 42 per cent since the end  
of 2018.

Our brand promise, partnerships and wellness programmes are a source of great pride for our employees and 
distributors. Not only do we campaign on a range of health and wellness topics in the region through a variety  
of  education  and  outreach  programmes,  but  we  also  create  value  for  our  customers  by  delivering  meaningful 
health improvements, better treatment outcomes and much-needed financial protection.

012

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

OVERVIEWTECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS
Our  approach  to  investing  in  and  deploying  new  technologies  is  based  on  delivering  material  value  and  
enhancing  capabilities  that  improve  efficiency,  services,  productivity  and  experience  for  our  customers,  staff  
and distributors.

In 2019, we significantly expanded our ability to support customer transactions digitally and automated many 
back-office  processes  associated  with  the  provision  of  these  services.  More  than  80  per  cent  of  all  customer 
interactions  across  all  of  our  markets  can  now  be  performed  digitally.  In  addition,  over  90  per  cent  of  all  new  
cases were submitted digitally and 62 per cent were underwritten automatically.

We  continue  to  refine  our  proprietary  agency  tools  and  platforms  to  enable  greater  productivity  and  intuitive 
support  across  key  activities  including  sales  activity  management,  servicing  and  recruitment.  Our  digital 
recruitment  platforms  provide  content  and  features  tailored  to  each  market’s  unique  recruitment  programmes 
and customer propositions.

We have also begun a digital transformation with our strategic bancassurance partners utilising data analytics to 
further enhance the end-to-end customer experience, optimise leads generation and improve sales conversion 
rates. We aim to quickly expand and further enhance these tools as we roll them out across the Group.

As we continue to increase our use of technology, cybersecurity remains of vital importance for the Group. We 
continue  to  make  significant  investments  in  cybersecurity  measures,  including  in-house  forensic  investigation 
capabilities and through the use of independent external advisers to safeguard our data and test and validate  
our defences for resilience against cyberthreats.

ENGAGEMENT WITH PEOPLE

AIA’s  sustained  success  will  continue  to  be  the  direct  result  of  attracting  and  retaining  the  top  talent  and 
empowering  future  leaders.  We  foster  a  learning-based  collaborative  culture  for  our  more  than  23,000  
employees  and  tens  of  thousands  of  agents,  underpinned  by  our  Operating  Philosophy  of  “Doing  the  Right  
Thing, in the Right Way, with the Right People... the Right Results will come”.

In  2019,  we  launched  our  bespoke  leadership  curriculum  designed  to  help  our  leaders  across  all  levels  of  
the organisation reach their full potential. The AIA Leadership Centre (ALC) continues to provide best-in-class 
talent development programmes to our senior leaders, top agency leaders and key partner executives. The ALC  
has  now  entered  its  fourth  year  of  operation  and,  in  2019,  it  hosted  more  than  250  events.  It  was  awarded  
an  accreditation  from  the  prestigious  European  Foundation  for  Management  Development  in  recognition  of 
excellence in leadership development programmes. AIA is currently the only life insurer in the world to hold  
this accreditation.

An inclusive workplace that actively reflects our brand promise and demonstrates high levels of engagement, is 
at the core of our recruitment and retention strategy. I am pleased to report that our performance in the annual 
Gallup  Q12  Employee  Engagement  Survey,  placed  us  in  the  top  quartile  of  Gallup’s  global  financial  services 
and  insurance  industry  benchmark  for  the  third  consecutive  year.  In  addition,  2019  saw  a  record  number  of 
eligible  employees  participate  in  our  long-term  Employee  Share  Purchase  Plan;  a  powerful  demonstration  of  
our employees’ commitment to AIA.

AIA was also recognised in the Forbes Global 2000 – The World’s Best Employers 2019 list, and the Company  
was named a constituent of the Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index for the third year in a row.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  013

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT’S REPORT

OUTLOOK

Asian  economies  continued  to  deliver  solid  growth  in  2019  with  the  exception  of  Hong  Kong  which  was  
affected  by  social  unrest  in  the  second  half  of  the  year.  As  we  move  into  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  a  number  
of  our  markets  are  facing  headwinds  from  the  lower  interest  rate  environment  and  the  impact  of  COVID-19.  
The  expectation  is  for  a  temporary  but  significant  disruption  in  the  near  term. The  speed  of  recovery  and  the 
extent of any long-term impact remain uncertain but will depend on the duration and severity of the outbreak 
and associated containment measures. Policymakers are taking actions to help reduce the financial impact on 
personal incomes by supporting businesses with targeted measures including tax reductions and by providing 
further fiscal support.

AIA  is  closely  monitoring  the  developing  situation.  We  have  not  seen  any  unusual  patterns  of  claims  to  date 
in Mainland China and the agency recruitment pipeline remains strong as we accelerate our digital initiatives. 
However,  we  have  seen  a  significant  disruption  in  the  Group’s  new  business  sales  in  the  first  quarter  given  
travel restrictions and a general reluctance for people to engage in face-to-face meetings.

I am proud of the resilience and commitment of our people at this time. Our local businesses in affected areas  
have  been  supporting  their  communities  with  enhanced  benefits  and  expedited  claims  procedures  as  well  
as  practical  support  on  the  ground.  Our  thoughts  remain  with  the  families  and  communities  who  have  been 
affected by this public health emergency.

Despite  the  near-term  uncertainty,  the  strong  domestic  drivers  of  demand  and  major  demographic  trends  
in  Asia  provide  positive  structural  support  for  the  long-term  prospects  of  AIA’s  business.  The  need  for  AIA’s 
insurance products will continue to grow given rising incomes, low levels of private insurance penetration and 
limited social welfare coverage.

As I approach my retirement later in the year, I am confident that AIA is ideally positioned for future long-term 
growth.  I  also  know  that  our  success  will  create  significant  value  for  our  customers,  investors,  employees  and 
communities, as it has done for generations.

What  truly  sets  this  extraordinary  company  apart  is  the  depth  and  quality  of  our  employees,  agents  and  
partners, whose tireless work and unrelenting commitment are enabling us to transform how we engage with 
our customers. They always have been, and always will be, the cornerstone of our success and I offer them my 
heartfelt thanks.

I have been privileged to lead this remarkable group of people at the end of AIA’s first 100 years and into the  
dawn of its second century, which I believe holds great potential for Asia and for the Group. I am very pleased  
to pass the role of Group Chief Executive and President on to Lee Yuan Siong and I am certain that AIA will go  
from strength to strength under his leadership.

Ng Keng Hooi
Group Chief Executive and President
12 March 2020

014

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW

017  Financial Review

038  Business Review

056  Risk Management

064  Regulatory and International Developments

066  Our People

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  015

Mr. Garth Jones
Group Chief Financial Officer

In 2019, AIA has delivered a resilient performance, despite the 
challenging operating environment, with continued growth  
in all our main financial metrics. We achieved growth in value of  
new business (VONB), a solid increase in International Financial 
Reporting Standard (IFRS) operating profit after tax (OPAT),  
double-digit growth in underlying free surplus generation (UFSG)  
and embedded value (EV).

AIA  is  the  largest  publicly  listed  pan-Asian  life  insurance  group,  with  a  presence  across  18  markets  in  the 
Asia-Pacific region. We receive the vast majority of our premiums in local currencies and we closely match our 
local assets and liabilities to minimise the economic effects of foreign exchange movements. When reporting 
the Group’s consolidated figures, there is a currency translation effect as we report in US dollars. In order to 
provide a clear picture of the year-on-year performance of the underlying businesses, we have, unless otherwise 
stated, provided growth rates and commentaries on our operating performance on a constant exchange rate 
(CER) basis.

016

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEW

SUMMARY AND KEY FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

In 2019, AIA continued to deliver growth in all our main financial metrics: VONB, OPAT, UFSG, EV operating profit 
and EV. Headline VONB growth of 6 per cent was the result of very strong growth in the first half of the year set 
against a second half significantly affected by social unrest in Hong Kong. Across the Group, excluding Hong 
Kong, VONB grew strongly at 16 per cent. We delivered a solid increase of 9 per cent in OPAT notwithstanding 
the unfavourable impact of lower interest rates. UFSG increased at 13 per cent, supported by the growing scale 
of our in-force business. Free surplus increased over the year and our solvency position has remained strong 
after financing organic and inorganic growth opportunities as well as the payment of an increased shareholder 
dividend. EV grew at 12 per cent, supported by higher EV operating profit and positive operating and investment 
variances. The Board has recommended a 10 per cent increase in the final dividend, following AIA’s established 
prudent, sustainable and progressive dividend policy allowing for future growth opportunities and the financial 
flexibility of the Group within the context of the immediate macroeconomic and capital markets environment.

These results were delivered in a challenging operating environment and the continued focus on implementing 
our proven growth strategy has once again demonstrated our ability to deliver resilient financial performances 
through  market  cycles.  We  remain  confident  that  AIA’s  leading  businesses  across  the  region  place  us  in  an 
advantaged position to capture the ongoing growth opportunities of the Asian life insurance market. We will 
continue to focus on delivering profitable new business growth, leveraging our competitive advantages to invest 
capital where we see attractive opportunities, while maintaining our financial discipline.

On 1 November 2019, AIA took effective control of The Colonial Mutual Life Assurance Society Limited (CMLA), 
following  the  entry  into  a  contractual  Joint  Cooperation  Agreement  (JCA)  between  AIA  Australia  Limited, 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA) and CMLA (acquisition of CMLA).

EMBEDDED VALUE
VONB  grew  by  6  per  cent  to  US$4,154  million  in  2019  as  very  strong  growth  in  Mainland  China  and  Other 
Markets was largely offset by a 5 per cent decline in Hong Kong. Social unrest in the second half in Hong Kong 
prompted  a  substantial  decline  in  VONB  from  the  Mainland  Chinese  visitor  customer  segment  that  broadly 
tracked the reduction in visitor arrivals from Mainland China as reported by the Hong Kong Tourism Board.

Agency distribution accounted for 74 per cent of the Group’s total VONB. The consistent execution of our Premier 
Agency strategy helped generate 11 per cent VONB growth to US$3,243 million and a 5 per cent increase in 
the number of active agents. Partnership distribution VONB reduced by 1 per cent to US$1,142 million. Strong 
growth from our bancassurance channel was offset by the significant decline in new business from the Hong 
Kong retail independent financial adviser (IFA) channel in the second half of 2019, reflecting the reduction in 
visitor arrivals and increased competition.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  017

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONExcluding Hong Kong, the Group’s total VONB grew strongly at 16 per cent compared to 2018. Also excluding 
Hong  Kong,  VONB  from  the  Group’s  agency  distribution  grew  at  16  per  cent  and  VONB  from  partnership 
distribution increased by 19 per cent.

Annualised  new  premiums  (ANP)  increased  by  2  per  cent  to  US$6,585  million  and  VONB  margin  increased 
by 3.0 pps to 62.9 per cent. The present value of new business premium (PVNBP) margin increased to 11 per 
cent from 10 per cent in 2018. Despite the lower interest rate environment in the second half of 2019, both 
VONB margin and PVNBP margin improved in 2019, supported by the enhanced profitability in our long-term 
savings and protection products in Hong Kong and the positive effect of a tax rule change that increased the tax 
deductibility of commissions in Mainland China.

EV operating profit grew by 6 per cent to US$8,685 million, limited mainly by the level of VONB growth and the 
expected return on EV which reflected the adverse impact of investment markets in 2018. Operating variances 
remained positive at US$634 million. Our operating return on EV (Operating ROEV) was 15.9 per cent compared 
with 16.3 per cent in 2018, primarily as a result of the combined effect of slower growth in VONB and expected 
return on EV during the year compared with 2018.

Equity  attributable  to  shareholders  of  AIA  Group  Limited  (the  Company)  on  the  embedded  value  basis  (EV 
Equity)  grew  by  US$7,702  million  to  US$63,905  million. The  12  per  cent  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  EV 
operating profit of US$8,685 million, positive investment return variances of US$517 million and the positive 
effect  of  foreign  exchange  movements  of  US$670  million,  partly  offset  by  the  negative  effect  of  economic 
assumptions changes of US$254 million. Investment return variances reflect the positive effect of short-term 
capital  market  movements  on  our  investment  portfolio  and  statutory  reserves  compared  with  long-term 
expected returns. Goodwill and other intangible assets increased to US$1,920 million from US$1,686 million 
at 31 December 2018, primarily due to the acquisition of CMLA. EV Equity at 31 December 2019 is shown after 
the payment of shareholder dividends totalling US$1,961 million.

IFRS EARNINGS
OPAT increased by 9 per cent to US$5,741 million with all of our reportable market segments delivering growth 
in 2019 despite the unfavourable effects of the lower interest rates in the second half of 2019 as well as higher 
medical claims and operating expenses. We continue to both grow our business and proactively manage our in-
force portfolio. The expense ratio was 7.3 per cent compared with 7.1 per cent in 2018, with the increase mainly 
driven by higher operating expenses incurred by AIA Australia in response to various regulatory changes and 
the inclusion of the businesses acquired from CBA in Australia and New Zealand.

Operating  margin  after  tax  was  17.0  per  cent  compared  with  17.5  per  cent  in  2018,  reflecting  an  increased 
proportion of participating business in our in-force portfolio and the effect of negative investment and operating 
variances.

018

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWOperating return on shareholders’ allocated equity (Operating ROE) remained constant at 14.4 per cent with an 
increase in average shareholders’ allocated equity of US$3,216 million to US$39,820 million in 2019, benefiting 
from the positive mark-to-market movements in our equity portfolio, balancing the growth in OPAT.

Shareholders’ allocated equity increased over 2019 by US$6,050 million to US$42,845 million as a result of 
higher  net  profit  of  US$6,648  million,  including  positive  mark-to-market  movement  in  our  equity  portfolio, 
a  positive  opening  adjustment  of  US$482  million  resulting  from  the  initial  adoption  of  IFRS  16  and  positive 
foreign  exchange  movements  of  US$603  million,  partly  offset  by  the  payment  of  shareholder  dividends  of 
US$1,961 million.

CAPITAL AND DIVIDENDS
We delivered  13  per cent growth in UFSG  to  US$5,501 million in 2019 as we continued to benefit from the 
growing scale of our in-force business and higher returns on capital from 2018. Low interest rates had a limited 
impact in 2019 on UFSG as it is based on beginning of period assumptions, but this effect will flow through in 
the first half of 2020. Free surplus invested in writing new business reduced by 2 per cent to US$1,477 million, 
as the effect of increased sales was offset primarily by the impact of a tax rule change that increased the tax 
deductibility of commissions in Mainland China.

Free surplus  increased  by US$166 million  to US$14,917 million  at 31  December 2019 after the payment of 
shareholder dividends of US$1,961 million and a reduction of US$1,045 million resulting from the net effect of 
the acquisition of CMLA.

The solvency ratio of AIA Company Limited (AIA Co.) was 362 per cent at 31 December 2019, compared with 421 
per cent at 31 December 2018. The solvency ratio of AIA Co. remained strong after the effect of the acquisition 
of CMLA and dividends to the Company.

All  of  our  reportable  market  segments  made  positive  capital  remittances  to  the  Group  Corporate  Centre  in 
2019. Net remittances from business units increased by US$977 million to US$3,730 million, compared with 
US$2,753 million in 2018, including a one-off transfer of accumulated retained earnings from Mainland China 
and an additional US$319 million remitted in January 2019 from Thailand due to the timing of various required 
regulatory approvals in 2018, as previously highlighted in our Annual Report 2018.

The Board has recommended a final dividend of 93.30 Hong Kong cents per share, reflecting the strength and 
resilience of our financial results and the Board’s continued confidence in the future prospects of the Group. 
The final dividend is subject to shareholders’ approval at the Company’s forthcoming Annual General Meeting 
(AGM). The total dividend for 2019 of 126.60 Hong Kong cents per share represents an increase of 11 per cent 
compared with the total dividend in 2018, excluding the special dividend. The Board follows AIA’s established 
prudent, sustainable and progressive dividend policy allowing for future growth opportunities and the financial 
flexibility of the Group within the context of the immediate macroeconomic and capital markets environment.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  019

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNEW BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

VONB, ANP and Margin by Segment

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

VONB

2019

VONB 
Margin

2018

VONB 
Margin

ANP

VONB

VONB Change

ANP

YoY 
CER

1,621

66.1%

2,393

1,712

62.0%

2,697

(5)%

494

352

258

67.7%

65.5%

63.1%

1,167

93.5%

535

41.9%

4,427

66.6%

729

538

406

1,248

1,271

6,585

447

357

247

965

435

73.1%

65.4%

63.8%

90.5%

35.8%

4,163

63.2%

611

547

382

1,067

1,206

6,510

6%

–

7%

27%

27%

8%

YoY 
AER

(5)%

11%

(1)%

4%

21%

23%

6%

(87)

n/m

n/m

(56)

n/m

n/m

n/m

n/m

(154)

n/m

n/m

(152)

n/m

n/m

n/m

n/m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets(1)

Subtotal

Adjustment to reflect 
  consolidated reserving and 
  capital requirements

After-tax value of unallocated
  Group Office expenses

Total before
  non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests(1)

(32)

n/m

n/m

–

n/m

n/m

Total

4,154

62.9%

6,585

3,955

60.0%

6,510

4,186

62.9%

6,585

3,955

60.0%

6,510

7%

n/m

6%

6%

n/m

5%

Note:
(1)  In 2019, ANP and VONB for Other Markets include 49 per cent of the results from Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited (Tata AIA Life) to reflect our 
shareholding. The contribution to ANP and VONB amount to US$182 million and US$38 million respectively. The total reported VONB for the Group in 2019 
excludes the VONB attributable to non-controlling interests of US$32 million. For 2018, neither ANP nor VONB have been restated and they do not include 
any contribution from Tata AIA Life or deduct the amount attributable to non-controlling interests. As disclosed in our Annual Report 2018, the VONB 
attributable to non-controlling interests for 2018 is US$27 million.

VONB  grew  by  6  per  cent  to  US$4,154  million  in  2019  as  very  strong  growth  in  Mainland  China  and  Other 
Markets was largely offset by a 5 per cent decline in Hong Kong where the social unrest in the second half of 
2019 drove a substantial decline in the Mainland Chinese visitor customer segment.

ANP  increased  by  2  per  cent  to  US$6,585  million  and  VONB  margin  increased  by  3.0  pps  to  62.9  per  cent. 
PVNBP margin increased to 11 per cent from 10 per cent in 2018. Despite the lower interest rate environment in 
the second half of 2019, both VONB margin and PVNBP margin improved in 2019, supported by the enhanced 
profitability in our long-term savings and protection products in Hong Kong and the positive effect of a tax rule 
change that increased the tax deductibility of commissions in Mainland China.

Agency  distribution  accounted  for  74  per  cent  of  the  Group’s  total  VONB.  The  consistent  execution  of  our 
Premier  Agency  strategy  helped  generate  11  per  cent  VONB  growth  to  US$3,243  million  and  a  5  per  cent 
increase  in  the  number  of  active  agents.  Partnership  distribution  VONB  reduced  by  1  per  cent  to  US$1,142 
million. Strong growth from our bancassurance channel was offset by the significant decline in new business 
from the Hong Kong retail IFA channel in the second half of 2019, reflecting the reduction in visitor arrivals and 
increased competition.

020

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWExcluding Hong Kong, the Group’s total VONB grew strongly at 16 per cent compared to 2018. Also excluding 
Hong  Kong,  VONB  from  the  Group’s  agency  distribution  grew  at  16  per  cent  and  VONB  from  partnership 
distribution increased by 19 per cent.

Hong Kong reported a 5 per cent reduction in VONB in 2019. Double-digit growth in VONB from our domestic 
customer segment was more than offset by a substantial decline in VONB from the Mainland Chinese visitor 
customer segment, which broadly tracked the reduction in visitor arrivals from Mainland China, as reported by 
the Hong Kong Tourism Board, in the second half of 2019. VONB margin increased by 4.1 pps to 66.1 per cent, 
mainly driven by enhanced profitability in our long-term savings and protection products.

Mainland China delivered very strong VONB growth of 27 per cent to US$1,167 million. Our Premier Agency 
strategy supported double-digit growth in active agents and further improvements in productivity. VONB margin 
increased by 3.1 pps to 93.5 per cent, as the positive effect of the tax rule change previously mentioned was 
partly offset by the impact of enhanced policyholder benefits within our protection products.

Thailand  continued  to  benefit  from  strong  progress  in  both  our  Financial  Adviser  (FA)  programme  and  our 
exclusive partnership with Bangkok Bank Public Company Limited (Bangkok Bank), and reported overall VONB 
growth of 6 per cent to US$494 million in 2019. VONB margin decreased to 67.7 per cent mainly as a result of 
a higher proportion of bancassurance business.

VONB in Singapore remained stable at US$352 million in 2019 as growth in regular premium sales was offset 
by lower single premium sales in our partnership distribution channel.

Malaysia achieved VONB growth of 7 per cent to US$258 million in 2019, supported by increased sales in both 
agency and in-branch bancassurance channels.

Other  Markets  reported  very  strong  VONB  growth  of  27  per  cent  to  US$535  million  led  by  Australia,  the 
Philippines and Vietnam.

The VONB results for the Group in 2019 are reported after a deduction of US$273 million for the consolidation 
reserving and capital requirements over and above local statutory requirements, the present value of unallocated 
Group Office expenses and VONB attributable to non-controlling interests.

In 2019, ANP and VONB for Other Markets include 49 per cent of the results from Tata AIA Life to reflect our 
shareholding. The contribution to ANP and VONB amount to US$182 million and US$38 million respectively. 
The total reported VONB for the Group in 2019 excludes the VONB attributable to non-controlling interests of 
US$32 million. For 2018, neither ANP nor VONB have been restated and they do not include any contribution 
from Tata AIA Life or deduct the amount attributable to non-controlling interests. As disclosed in our Annual 
Report 2018, the VONB attributable to non-controlling interests for 2018 is US$27 million.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  021

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONEV EQUITY

EV OPERATING PROFIT
EV operating profit grew by 6 per cent to US$8,685 million, limited mainly by the level of VONB growth and the 
expected return on EV which reflected the adverse impact of investment markets in 2018. Operating variances 
remained  positive  at  US$634  million  and  cumulatively,  since  our  initial  public  offering  (IPO)  in  2010,  have 
added more than US$2.6 billion to EV.

Operating ROEV was 15.9 per cent compared with 16.3 per cent in 2018, primarily as a result of the combined 
effect of slower growth in VONB and expected return on EV during the year compared with 2018.

EV Operating Earnings Per Share – Basic

EV operating profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number 
  of ordinary shares (millions)

Basic EV operating earnings per share (US cents)

EV Operating Earnings Per Share – Diluted

EV operating profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number 
  of ordinary shares(1) (millions)

Diluted EV operating earnings per share(1) (US cents)

2019

8,685

12,042

72.12

2019

8,685

12,071

71.95

2018

8,278

12,021

68.86

2018

8,278

12,056

68.66

YoY 
CER

6%

n/a

6%

YoY 
CER

6%

n/a

6%

YoY 
AER

5%

n/a

5%

YoY 
AER

5%

n/a

5%

Note:
(1)  Diluted EV operating earnings per share including the dilutive effects, if any, of the awards of share options, restricted share units (RSUs), restricted stock 
purchase units (RSPUs) and restricted stock subscription units (RSSUs) granted to eligible directors, officers, employees and agents under the share-
based compensation plans as described in note 40 to the financial statements.

EV MOVEMENT
EV  grew  by  US$7,468  million  to  US$61,985  million  at  31  December  2019.  The  increase  in  EV  was  mainly 
driven by EV operating profit of US$8,685 million, positive investment return variances of US$517 million and 
the positive effect of foreign exchange movements of US$670 million, partly offset by the negative effect of 
economic assumption changes of US$254 million. Investment variances reflect the positive effect of short-term 
capital  market  movements  on  our  investment  portfolio  and  statutory  reserves  compared  with  long-term 
expected returns.

The EV at 31 December 2019 is shown after the payment of shareholder dividends of US$1,961 million and a 
deduction of US$247 million for the net effect from the acquisition of CMLA, which comprised the purchase 
price of US$1,454 million and the acquired EV of US$1,207 million.

022

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWAn analysis of the movement in EV is shown as follows:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening EV

Purchase price

Acquired EV(1)

Effect of acquisition

Value of new business

Expected return on EV

Operating experience variances

Operating assumption changes

Finance costs

EV operating profit

Investment return variances

Effect of changes in economic assumptions

Other non-operating variances

Total EV profit

Dividends

Other capital movements

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Closing EV

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening EV

Purchase price

Acquired EV(2)

Effect of acquisition

Value of new business

Expected return on EV

Operating experience variances

Operating assumption changes

Finance costs

EV operating profit

Investment return variances

Effect of changes in economic assumptions

Other non-operating variances

Total EV profit

Dividends

Other capital movements

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Closing EV

ANW

24,637

(1,454)

790

(664)

(702)

5,072

394

(18)

(208)

4,538

(942)

65

2,491

6,152

(1,961)

136

(59)

28,241

ANW

20,974

(918)

487

(431)

(660)

4,550

355

29

(173)

4,101

(1,428)

(3)

3,452

6,122

(1,589)

98

(537)

24,637

2019

VIF

29,880

–

417

417

4,856

(967)

206

52

–

4,147

1,459

(319)

(2,569)

2,718

–

–

729

33,744

EV

54,517

(1,454)

1,207

(247)

4,154

4,105

600

34

(208)

8,685

517

(254)

(78)

8,870

(1,961)

136

670

61,985

2018

VIF

EV

29,805

50,779

–

320

320

4,615

(657)

257

(38)

–

4,177

(790)

50

(3,182)

255

–

–

(500)

29,880

(918)

807

(111)

3,955

3,893

612

(9)

(173)

8,278

(2,218)

47

270

6,377

(1,589)

98

(1,037)

54,517

Notes:
(1)  The acquired EV for CMLA was calculated as at 1 November 2019 net of the related reinsurance agreement.

(2)  The acquired EV for AIA Sovereign Limited and its subsidiaries (Sovereign) was calculated as at 2 July 2018 net of the related reinsurance agreement.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  023

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONEV Equity

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

EV

Goodwill and other intangible assets(1)

EV Equity

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

61,985

1,920

63,905

54,517

1,686

56,203

Note:
(1)  Consistent with the IFRS financial statements, net of tax, amounts attributable to participating funds and non-controlling interests.

EV AND VONB SENSITIVITIES
Sensitivities to EV and VONB arising from changes to central assumptions from equity price and interest rate 
movements are shown below and are consistent with the prior period.

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Central value

Impact of equity price changes

10 per cent increase in equity prices

10 per cent decrease in equity prices

Impact of interest rate changes

50 basis points increase in interest rates

50 basis points decrease in interest rates

EV as at
31 December
2019

61,985

VONB
2019

4,154

EV as at
31 December
2018

54,517

968

(967)

719

(797)

n/a

n/a

151

(207)

736

(731)

158

(249)

VONB
2018

3,955

n/a

n/a

142

(184)

Please refer to Section 3 of the Supplementary Embedded Value Information for additional information.

024

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWIFRS PROFIT

OPAT(1) by Segment

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Group Corporate Centre

Total

2019

1,931

1,064

583

333

1,061

823

(54)

5,741

2018

1,814

995

558

320

870

826

(85)

5,298

YoY
CER

6%

3%

6%

6%

28%

2%

n/m

9%

YoY
AER

6%

7%

4%

4%

22%

–

n/m

8%

Note:
(1)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company only excluding non-controlling interests.

OPAT increased by 9 per cent to US$5,741 million with all of our reportable market segments delivering growth 
in 2019 despite the unfavourable effects of the lower interest rates in the second half of 2019 as well as higher 
medical claims and operating expenses. We continue to both grow our business and proactively manage our 
in-force portfolio.

Hong Kong achieved 6 per cent growth in OPAT as underlying business growth was partially offset by lower 
interest rates in the second half of 2019 which reduced yields on new fixed income investments and affected 
reported profit generation from our in-force participating product portfolio.

Mainland China continued to deliver excellent growth of 28 per cent and OPAT exceeded US$1 billion for the 
first time, primarily driven by strong new business growth, our high-quality sources of earnings and sustained 
favourable operating experience.

Thailand reported a 3 per cent increase in OPAT as a result of business growth and improved persistency, offset 
by negative medical claims experience arising from higher influenza claims and significantly lower yields on 
new fixed income investments in the second half of the year.

Singapore  delivered  6  per  cent  growth  in  OPAT,  reflecting  the  underlying  business  growth,  partly  offset  by 
continuing pressure on the profitability of our HealthShield portfolio.

Malaysia  achieved  6  per  cent  growth  in  OPAT  driven  by  underlying  business  growth,  partly  offset  by  higher 
medical claims driven by the greater incidence of seasonal infectious diseases in the second half of 2019.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  025

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONOther  Markets  delivered  OPAT  growth  of  2  per  cent  in  2019,  as  the  earnings  contribution  from  strong  new 
business  growth  was  offset  by  a  deterioration  of  operating  experience  in  South  Korea  and  higher  operating 
expenses incurred by AIA Australia in response to various regulatory changes.

Operating ROE remained constant at 14.4 per cent with an increase in average shareholders’ allocated equity 
of US$3,216 million to US$39,820 million in 2019, benefiting from the positive mark-to-market movements in 
our equity portfolio, balancing the growth in OPAT.

TWPI by Segment

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

2019

13,107

4,352

2,916

2,142

4,804

6,681

2018

11,444

3,895

2,738

2,083

4,006

6,377

34,002

30,543

TWPI increased by 13 per cent to US$34,002 million compared with 2018.

IFRS Operating Profit Investment Return

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Interest income

Expected long-term investment return 

for equities and real estate

Total

2019

6,624

2,275

8,899

2018

6,125

1,951

8,076

YoY
CER

15%

7%

8%

6%

25%

9%

13%

YoY
CER

9%

17%

11%

YoY
AER

15%

12%

7%

3%

20%

5%

11%

YoY
AER

8%

17%

10%

IFRS operating profit investment return increased by 11 per cent to US$8,899 million compared with 2018. The 
growth was primarily driven by the increased size of our investment portfolio.

Operating Expenses

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Operating expenses

2019

2,468

2018

2,171

YoY
CER

16%

YoY
AER

14%

Operating expenses grew by 16 per cent to US$2,468 million. The expense ratio was 7.3 per cent, compared with 
7.1 per cent in 2018, with the increase mainly driven by higher operating expenses incurred by AIA Australia 
in  response  to  various  regulatory  changes  as  well  as  the  inclusion  of  the  businesses  acquired  from  CBA  in 
Australia and New Zealand.

026

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW 
Net Profit(1)

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

OPAT

2019

5,741

2018

5,298

Short-term fluctuations in investment return related 

to equities and real estate, net of tax(2)

937

(2,063)

Reclassification of revaluation gain for property 
  held for own use, net of tax(2)

Corporate transaction related costs, net of tax

Implementation costs of new accounting standards, 
  net of tax

Other non-operating investment return 
  and other items, net of tax

Total

(170)

(85)

(39)

264

6,648

(212)

(148)

(42)

(236)

2,597

YoY
CER

9%

n/m

n/m

n/m

n/m

YoY
AER

8%

n/m

n/m

n/m

n/m

n/m

165%

n/m

156%

Notes:
(1)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company only excluding non-controlling interests.

(2)  Short-term fluctuations in investment return include the revaluation gain for property held for own use. This amount is then reclassified out of net profit 

to conform to IFRS measurement and presentation.

IFRS NON-OPERATING MOVEMENT
IFRS net profit was US$6,648 million in 2019, more than double the result in 2018. Our net profit definition 
includes  mark-to-market  movements  from  our  equity  portfolio  and  the  result  in  2019  included  positive 
short-term fluctuations from equities and real estate of US$937 million, compared with negative movements 
of US$2,063 million in 2018. Other non-operating items in 2019 included corporate transaction related costs 
of US$85 million, associated with the acquisition of CMLA and Sovereign, and the implementation costs of new 
accounting standards of US$39 million.

Movement In Shareholders’ Allocated Equity

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening shareholders’ allocated equity

Opening adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

Net profit

Purchase of shares held by employee share-based trusts

Dividends

Revaluation gains on property held for own use

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other capital movements

Total movement in shareholders’ allocated equity

Closing shareholders’ allocated equity

Average shareholders’ allocated equity

2019

36,795

482

6,648

(21)

(1,961)

167

603

132

6,050

42,845

39,820

2018

36,413

–

2,597

(11)

(1,589)

8

(732)

109

382

36,795

36,604

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  027

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
The movement in shareholders’ allocated equity is shown before fair value reserve movements. AIA believes 
this provides a clearer reflection of the underlying movement in shareholders’ equity over the year, before the 
IFRS accounting treatment of market value movements in available for sale bonds.

Average shareholders’ allocated equity increased by US$3,216 million to US$39,820 million in 2019 compared 
with US$36,604 million in 2018, benefiting from the positive mark-to-market movements in our equity portfolio.

Shareholders’ allocated equity increased over 2019 by US$6,050 million to US$42,845 million as a result of 
higher  net  profit  of  US$6,648  million  including  positive  mark-to-market  movements  in  our  equity  portfolio, 
a  positive  opening  adjustment  of  US$482  million  resulting  from  the  initial  adoption  of  IFRS  16  and  positive 
foreign  exchange  movements  of  US$603  million,  partly  offset  by  the  payment  of  shareholder  dividends  of 
US$1,961 million.

Sensitivities arising from foreign exchange rate, interest rate and equity price movements are included in note 
38 to the financial statements.

IFRS EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)

Basic EPS based on IFRS OPAT attributable to shareholders increased by 9 per cent to 47.67 US cents in 2019.

Basic EPS based on IFRS net profit attributable to shareholders, including mark-to-market movements from our 
equity and investment property portfolios, more than doubled to 55.21 US cents in 2019.

IFRS EPS – Basic

Profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 

(millions)

Basic earnings per share (US cents)

IFRS EPS – Diluted

Profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares(2) 

(millions)

Diluted earnings per share(2) (US cents)

Net Profit(1)

OPAT(1)

2019

6,648

12,042

55.21

2018

2,597

12,021

21.60

2019

5,741

12,042

47.67

Net Profit(1)

OPAT(1)

2019

6,648

12,071

55.07

2018

2,597

12,056

21.54

2019

5,741

12,071

47.56

2018

5,298

12,021

44.07

2018

5,298

12,056

43.94

Notes:
(1)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company only excluding non-controlling interests.

(2)  Diluted earnings per share including the dilutive effects, if any, of the awards of share options, RSUs, RSPUs and RSSUs granted to eligible directors, 

officers, employees and agents under the share-based compensation plans as described in note 40 to the financial statements.

028

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW 
 
CAPITAL

FREE SURPLUS GENERATION
The  Group’s  free  surplus  represents  the  excess  of  adjusted  net  worth  over  required  capital  including  the 
consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements. The  Group  holds  free  surplus  to  enable  it  to  invest  in  new 
business, take advantage of inorganic opportunities and absorb the effects of capital market stress.

UFSG  excludes  investment  return  variances  and  other  items.  We  delivered  13  per  cent  growth  in  UFSG  to 
US$5,501  million  in  2019  as  we  continued  to  benefit  from  the  growing  scale  of  our  in-force  business  and 
higher returns on capital from 2018. Low interest rates had a limited impact on UFSG in 2019 as it is based on 
beginning of period assumptions, but this effect will flow through in the first half of 2020. Free surplus invested 
in writing new business reduced by 2 per cent to US$1,477 million, as the effect of increased sales was offset 
primarily by the impact of a tax rule change that increased the tax deductibility of commissions in Mainland 
China.

The  overall  effect  of  investment  return  variances  and  other  items  including  regulatory  developments  was 
negative US$588 million. This effect comprised a negative impact of US$1,104 million from lower interest rates, 
partially offset by a positive impact of US$516 million from other items including foreign exchange movement 
and mark-to-market gains on equities.

Over the year, free surplus increased by US$166 million to US$14,917 million at 31 December 2019, after the 
payment of shareholder dividends of US$1,961 million and a deduction of US$1,045 million for the net effect 
of the acquisition of CMLA.

The following table summarises the change in free surplus:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening free surplus

Release of free surplus through the subsidiarisation of AIA Korea on 1 January 2018

Effect of acquisition(1)

Underlying free surplus generation

Free surplus used to fund new business

Investment return variances and other items

Unallocated Group Office expenses

Dividends

Finance costs and other capital movements

Closing free surplus

Note:
(1)  After taking into account the effect of reinsurance.

2019

14,751

–

(1,045)

5,501

(1,477)

(588)

(192)

(1,961)

(72)

14,917

2018

12,586

1,886

(497)

4,945

(1,540)

(795)

(170)

(1,589)

(75)

14,751

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  029

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNET FUNDS TO GROUP CORPORATE CENTRE
Working capital is composed of debt and equity securities, deposits and cash and cash equivalents held at the 
Group Corporate Centre. Working capital increased to US$13,471 million at 31 December 2019.

Net remittances from business units increased by US$977 million to US$3,730 million, with the increase largely 
contributed  by  Thailand  and  Mainland  China.  Thailand  remittances  increased  to  US$1,037  million  in  2019 
following the regulatory change approved in 2018 and an additional US$319 million remitted in January 2019 
due to the timing of various required regulatory approvals in 2018, as previously highlighted in our Annual Report 
2018. Remittances from Mainland China nearly doubled, reflecting the increasing scale of the business and a 
one-off transfer of accumulated retained earnings. As previously highlighted, there was a special remittance 
in 2018 from New Zealand post the acquisition of Sovereign, which explains the lower remittances from Other 
Markets in 2019.

Borrowings  increased  by  US$797  million  from  the  net  proceeds  of  the  issuances  of  medium-term  notes  of 
US$1,301  million  less  the  redemption  of  medium-term  notes  of  US$500  million  upon  maturity.  The  total 
increase in working capital is reported after the payment of shareholder dividends of US$1,961 million and a 
gross initial payment of US$344 million in 2019 related to the acquisition of CMLA.

The movements in working capital are summarised as follows:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening working capital

Group Corporate Centre operating results

Net remittance from business units

  Hong Kong

  Thailand

  Singapore

  Malaysia

  Mainland China

  Other Markets

Net remittance to Group Corporate Centre

Initial payment for acquisition of CMLA(1)

Payment for acquisition of Sovereign

Increase in borrowings

Purchase of shares held by the employee share-based trusts

Payment of dividends

Mark-to-market movements in debt securities and others

Closing working capital

Note:
(1)  Represents initial payment of AUD500 million as previously announced.

2019

10,296

(54)

986

1,037

295

176

1,022

214

3,730

(344)

–

797

(21)

(1,961)

1,028

13,471

2018

9,714

(85)

1,054

149

267

185

542

556

2,753

–

(918)

1,001

(11)

(1,589)

(569)

10,296

030

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWIFRS BALANCE SHEET

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Assets

  Financial investments

Investment property

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Deferred acquisition and origination costs

  Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Other liabilities

Less total liabilities

Equity

  Total equity

  Less non-controlling interests

Total equity attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited

Shareholders’ allocated equity

As at
31 December 
2019

As at
31 December 
2018

Change
AER

233,363

186,142

4,834

3,941

26,328

15,666

4,794

2,451

24,626

11,793

284,132

229,806

201,870

172,649

5,757

18,549

4,954

12,797

226,176

190,400

57,956

448

57,508

42,845

39,406

400

39,006

36,795

25%

1%

61%

7%

33%

24%

17%

16%

45%

19%

47%

12%

47%

16%

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  031

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
Movement in Shareholders’ Equity

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening shareholders’ equity

Opening adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

Net profit

Fair value gains/(losses) on assets

Purchase of shares held by employee share-based trusts

Dividends

Revaluation gains on property held for own use

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other capital movements

Total movement in shareholders’ equity

Closing shareholders’ equity

2019

39,006

482

6,648

12,452

(21)

(1,961)

167

603

132

18,502

57,508

2018

43,176

–

2,597

(4,552)

(11)

(1,589)

8

(732)

109

(4,170)

39,006

Total Investments

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

As at
31 December
2019

Percentage 
of total

As at
31 December 
2018

Percentage 
of total

Total policyholder and shareholder

212,742

87%

171,337

88%

Total unit-linked contracts and consolidated 

investment funds

Total investments

31,456

244,198

13%

100%

23,938

195,275

12%

100%

The investment mix remained stable during the year as set out below:

Unit-Linked Contracts and Consolidated Investment Funds

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Unit-linked contracts and consolidated 

investment funds

  Debt securities

  Loans and deposits

  Equities

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivatives

As at
31 December
2019

Percentage 
of total

As at
31 December 
2018

Percentage 
of total

5,866

703

24,101

752

34

19%

2%

77%

2%

–

4,765

81

18,418

672

2

20%

–

77%

3%

–

Total unit-linked contracts and consolidated 

investment funds

31,456

100%

23,938

100%

032

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW 
 
 
Policyholder and Shareholder Investments

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Participating funds and Other participating
  business with distinct portfolios

  Government bonds

  Other government and government agency bonds

  Corporate bonds and structured securities

  Loans and deposits

  Subtotal – Fixed income investments

  Equities

Investment property and property held for own use

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivatives

Subtotal Participating funds and Other
  participating business with distinct portfolios

Other policyholder and shareholder

  Government bonds

  Other government and government agency bonds

  Corporate bonds and structured securities

  Loans and deposits

  Subtotal – Fixed income investments

  Equities

Investment property and property held for own use

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivatives

Subtotal other policyholder and shareholder

Total policyholder and shareholder

As at
31 December
2019

Percentage 
of total

As at
31 December 
2018

Percentage 
of total

7,751

9,974

40,842

2,523

61,090

18,739

1,065

481

231

4%

5%

19%

1%

29%

8%

1%

–

–

6,645

7,476

30,183

2,179

46,483

13,892

888

395

148

4%

4%

18%

1%

27%

8%

1%

–

–

81,606

38%

61,806

36%

43,345

16,727

47,479

6,860

114,411

7,482

5,829

2,708

706

131,136

212,742

21%

8%

22%

3%

54%

4%

3%

1%

–

62%

100%

35,821

13,496

41,835

5,132

96,284

5,789

5,794

1,384

280

109,531

171,337

21%

8%

24%

3%

56%

3%

4%

1%

–

64%

100%

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  033

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
ASSETS
Participating  business  is  written  in  a  segregated  statutory  fund  with  regulations  governing  the  division  of 
surplus  between  policyholders  and  shareholders.  “Other  participating  business  with  distinct  portfolios”  is 
supported  by  segregated  investment  assets  and  explicit  provisions  for  future  surplus  distribution.  However, 
the division of surplus between policyholders and shareholders is not defined in regulations. Our investment 
disclosures were enhanced in 2018 to reflect the nature and greater size of this business by grouping its assets 
together with participating business.

Total  assets  increased  by  US$54,326  million  to  US$284,132  million  at  31  December  2019,  compared  with 
US$229,806 million at 31 December 2018.

Total investments including financial investments, investment property, property held for own use, and cash 
and cash equivalents increased by US$48,923 million to US$244,198 million at 31 December 2019, compared 
with US$195,275 million at 31 December 2018.

Of the total US$244,198 million investments at 31 December 2019, US$212,742 million were held in respect of 
policyholders and shareholders and the remaining US$31,456 million were backing unit-linked contracts and 
consolidated investment funds.

Fixed income investments, including debt securities, loans and term deposits held in respect of policyholders 
and shareholders, totalled US$175,501 million at 31 December 2019 compared with US$142,767 million at 
31  December  2018.  The  overall  average  credit  rating  of  other  government  and  government  agency  bonds, 
corporate bonds and structured securities of A- remained consistent with the position at 31 December 2018.

Government bonds, other government and government agency bonds represented 44 per cent of fixed income 
investments at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018. Corporate bonds and structured securities accounted 
for 50 per cent of fixed income investments at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018.

Equity securities held in respect of policyholders and shareholders totalled US$26,221 million at 31 December 
2019,  compared  with  US$19,681  million  at  31  December  2018.  The  US$6,540  million  increase  in  carrying  
value was mainly attributable to new purchases and positive mark-to-market movements. Within this figure, 
equity securities of US$18,739 million were held in participating funds and other participating business with 
distinct portfolios.

Cash and cash equivalents increased by US$1,490 million to US$3,941 million at 31 December 2019 compared 
to US$2,451 million at 31 December 2018. The increase largely reflected positive net cash inflows from our 
operating business, net proceeds of the issuances of medium-term notes totalling US$1,301 million during the 
year, partly offset by the redemption of medium-term notes of US$500 million upon maturity and the payment 
of shareholder dividends of US$1,961 million.

034

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWInvestment  property  and  property  held  for  own  use  in  respect  of  policyholders  and  shareholders  totalled 
US$6,894 million at 31 December 2019 compared with US$6,682 million at 31 December 2018.

Deferred  acquisition  and  origination  costs  increased  to  US$26,328  million  at  31  December  2019  compared 
with US$24,626 million at 31 December 2018, largely reflecting new business growth.

Other assets increased to US$15,666 million at 31 December 2019 compared with US$11,793 million at 31 
December 2018, reflecting an increase in property, plant and equipment, which was driven by the adoption of 
IFRS 16, reinsurance recoveries, goodwill from the acquisition of CMLA and other receivables.

LIABILITIES
Total liabilities increased to US$226,176 million at 31 December 2019 from US$190,400 million at 31 December 
2018.

Insurance and investment contract liabilities grew to US$201,870 million at 31 December 2019 compared with 
US$172,649 million at 31 December 2018, reflecting the underlying growth of the in-force portfolio, positive 
mark-to-market  movements  on  equities  backing  unit-linked  and  participating  policies  and  positive  foreign 
exchange movement.

Borrowings increased to US$5,757 million at 31 December 2019, due to the net proceeds from the issuances 
of medium-term notes totalling US$1,301 million during the year less the redemption of medium-term notes 
of US$500 million upon maturity. Leverage ratio, which is defined as borrowings expressed as a percentage of 
total borrowings and equity, was 9.0 per cent, compared with 11.2 per cent at 31 December 2018.

Other  liabilities  were  US$18,549  million  at  31  December  2019,  compared  with  US$12,797  million  at  31 
December 2018, reflecting the consideration payable for the acquisition of CMLA, an increase in lease liabilities 
from the adoption of IFRS 16, deferred tax liabilities and investment-related payables.

Details of commitments and contingencies are included in note 43 to the financial statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  035

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONREGULATORY CAPITAL

Our Group supervisor is the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (HKIA). The Group’s principal operating company  
is AIA Co., a Hong Kong-domiciled insurer.

At 31 December 2019, the total available capital for AIA Co., our main regulated entity, was US$11,856 million 
as measured under the Hong Kong Insurance Ordinance (HKIO) basis, resulting in a solvency ratio of 362 per 
cent of regulatory minimum capital compared with 421 per cent at 31 December 2018. The solvency ratio of AIA 
Co. remained strong after the effect of the acquisition of CMLA and dividends to the Company.

A summary of the total available capital and solvency ratios of AIA Co. is as follows:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Total available capital

Regulatory minimum capital (100%)

Solvency ratio (%)

As at
31 December 
2019

As at
31 December 
2018

11,856

3,272

362%

9,208

2,189

421%

The  Group’s  individual  branches  and  subsidiaries  are  also  subject  to  supervision,  including  relevant  capital 
requirements,  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  they  and  their  parent  entity  operate.  The  local  operating  units 
were in compliance with the capital requirements of their respective entity and local regulators in each of our 
geographical markets at 31 December 2019.

GLOBAL MEDIUM-TERM NOTE (GMTN) AND SECURITIES PROGRAMME

In March 2019, we increased our GMTN and Securities programme from US$6 billion to US$8 billion.

Under the programme, on 16 January 2019, the Company issued unlisted Hong Kong dollar-denominated fixed 
rate medium-term notes, which consisted of HK$1,300 million of 3.5-year notes at an annual rate of 2.95 per cent 
and HK$1,100 million of 12-year notes at an annual rate of 3.68 per cent. In aggregate, the US dollar-equivalent 
issued  is  approximately  US$307  million.  On  9 April  2019,  the  Company  issued  US  dollar-denominated  fixed 
rate medium-term notes that are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. The offering comprised 
US$1,000 million of 10-year notes at an annual rate of 3.6 per cent.

The Company redeemed senior unsecured fixed rate notes with a nominal amount of US$500 million in March 
2019. At 31 December 2019, the aggregate carrying amount of the debt issued under the GMTN and Securities 
programme was US$5,757 million.

036

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWFINANCIAL REVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCREDIT RATINGS

At 31 December 2019, AIA Co. had financial strength ratings of Aa2 (Very Low Credit Risk) with a stable outlook 
from Moody’s; AA (Very Strong) with a stable outlook from Fitch; and AA- (Very Strong) with a stable outlook 
from Standard & Poor’s.

At 31 December 2019, the Company has issuer credit ratings of A2 (Low Credit Risk) with a stable outlook from 
Moody’s; AA- (Very High Credit Quality) with a stable outlook from Fitch; and A (Strong) with a positive outlook 
from  Standard  &  Poor’s.  Standard  &  Poor’s  revised  the  outlook  on  the  Company  from  stable  to  positive  on  7 
August 2019.

DIVIDENDS

The Board has recommended a final dividend of 93.30 Hong Kong cents per share, reflecting the strength and 
resilience of our financial results and the Board’s continued confidence in the future prospects of the Group. 
The final dividend is subject to shareholders’ approval at the Company’s forthcoming AGM. The total dividend 
for 2019 of 126.60 Hong Kong cents per share represents an increase of 11 per cent compared with the total 
dividend in 2018, excluding the special dividend. The Board follows AIA’s established prudent, sustainable and 
progressive dividend policy allowing for future growth opportunities and the financial flexibility of the Group 
within the context of the immediate macroeconomic and capital markets environment.

UPDATE ON THE ACQUISITION OF CBA’S LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESSES IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW 
ZEALAND

Following the acquisition of AIA New Zealand Limited (formerly known as Sovereign Assurance Company) in 
July 2018, we achieved another major milestone on 1 November 2019 when the Group, CBA and CMLA entered 
into a JCA. This agreement provides an alternative completion structure for the original planned acquisition and 
allows the Group to exercise an appropriate level of direct management control and oversight over CMLA and 
certain affiliated companies, excluding CMLA’s stake in BoCommLife Insurance Company Limited in Mainland 
China. The acquisition of CMLA presents the Group with an extensive customer reach in Australia, including a 
25-year strategic bancassurance partnership with CBA.

We continue to progress the integration of the acquired business in Australia and have made particularly good 
progress in New Zealand. Expected pre-tax integration costs post completion of the purchase of Sovereign and 
enactment of the JCA have increased, and are estimated to be US$240 million, driven by additional complexity 
of the integration. The transaction is now not expected to be accretive to our earnings in the first year following 
completion, although our expectation of annualised pre-tax cost synergies has increased from US$60 million 
to US$80 million per annum within two years of the commencement of the JCA. We continue to believe that 
the transaction will significantly expand AIA’s access to potential new customers and deliver profitable growth.

The 2019 financial results for the Group included the full year results of AIA New Zealand Limited and two-month 
results of CMLA since November 2019.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  037

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONBUSINESS REVIEW

DISTRIBUTION

AGENCY
Our proprietary tied agency remains AIA’s primary distribution channel and a core growth engine for the Group. 
The quality and scale of our agency force are key competitive advantages for AIA that enable us to reach and 
serve  millions  of  customers  across  the  markets  in  which  we  operate  by  meeting  their  diverse  needs  with  our 
comprehensive suite of products and services.

Consistent  execution  of  our  Premier  Agency  strategy  supported  total  agency  VONB  growth  of  11  per  cent  in  
2019  to  US$3,243  million,  representing  74  per  cent  of  the  Group’s  total  VONB.  ANP  grew  by  4  per  cent  to  
US$4,305 million and VONB margin increased to 75.3 per cent.

Quality recruitment is a critical pillar of AIA’s Premier Agency strategy. We aim to recruit high-calibre talent and 
provide  our  agents  with  bespoke  training  and  clear  career  development  pathways.  These  quality  recruitment 
programmes  are  central  to  our  agency  transformation  initiatives,  particularly  in  Thailand,  Malaysia,  Vietnam, 
Indonesia  and  the  Philippines  where  we  have  launched  new  programmes  over  the  last  three  years.  Quality  
recruits  in  these  markets  have  on  average  nearly  twice  the  activity  ratio  of  our  standard  new  recruits  and  are 
significantly more productive.

AIA’s  commitment  to  building  a  high-quality,  professional  agency  force  resulted  in  5  per  cent  growth  in  the  
number of active agents for the Group overall (including Tata AIA Life).

An important strategic priority for AIA is to further enhance the professionalism and quality of our market-leading 
proprietary agency force through the use of technology. We continue to invest in digital technology that provides 
simple  and  effective  support  for  our  agents  and  agency  leaders  across  all  of  their  key  activities  including  
sales,  servicing  and  recruitment. Across  the  Group,  we  apply  a  comprehensive  digital  roadmap  for  our  agency 
applications  and  management  tools  that  uses  a  human-centric  design  approach  to  ensure  the  best  possible  
user experience.

For example, we are currently rolling out new digital recruitment platforms across the Group with content and 
features  tailored  to  each  market’s  unique  programmes  and  customer  propositions.  These  platforms  are  now  
live in Hong Kong, Malaysia and Mainland China, and will be expanded to other markets in the near future. We  
also rolled out an innovative interactive Financial Health Check tool in Hong Kong that provides agents with a 
detailed customer needs and insurance gap analysis, and continued driving the adoption of Master Planner in 
Mainland China, which enables a systematic and structured approach to sales activity management for agency 
leaders.  We  have  also  continued  to  embed  new  propensity  models  into  our  leads  generation  platforms  that  
enable our agents to target and meet specific customer needs. Over 95 per cent of total policies submitted by 
agency distribution in 2019 were submitted through our interactive Point of Sales (iPoS) platform.

In  2019,  AIA  achieved  another  excellent  result  in  Million  Dollar  Round  Table  (MDRT)  membership  with  over  
12,000 registered members across the Group, which represents an increase of 22 per cent compared with 2018. 
AIA has now become the multinational company with the largest number of MDRT-registered members globally 
for five consecutive years.

038

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWPARTNERSHIPS
AIA’s  partnership  distribution  is  complementary  to  our  proprietary  agency.  Our  extensive  network  of  
industry-leading strategic partners across the Asia-Pacific region significantly broadens our access to potential 
new customers and offers tremendous growth opportunities for the Group.

Overall partnership VONB in 2019 fell by 1 per cent to US$1,142 million and accounted for 26 per cent of the 
Group’s  total  VONB.  ANP  decreased  by  1  per  cent  to  US$2,280  million  and  VONB  margin  remained  broadly 
consistent with 2018 at 50.1 per cent. The lower VONB in 2019 was primarily the result of a large drop in VONB 
from the Hong Kong retail IFA channel as sales to the Mainland Chinese visitor customer segment through this 
channel  fell  significantly  in  the  second  half  of  2019,  as  previously  mentioned  in  our Third  Quarter  2019  New 
Business Highlights. Excluding Hong Kong, VONB for the Group’s overall partnership distribution increased by  
19 per cent in 2019.

Our  bancassurance  channel  delivered  very  strong  VONB  growth  in  2019  with  excellent  results  from  our  
strategic  partnerships  with  Bank  of  the  Philippine  Islands  (BPI)  in  the  Philippines  and  Bank  of  Central  Asia  
(BCA)  in  Indonesia.  Our  regional  partnership  with  Citibank,  N.A.  (Citibank)  was  affected  by  lower  VONB  in 
Hong Kong, but continued to deliver positive growth overall and remained the largest contributor to the Group’s 
bancassurance  VONB  in  2019.  New  bank  partnerships  launched  in  the  last  three  years,  including  Bangkok  
Bank  Public  Company  Limited  (Bangkok  Bank)  in  Thailand,  ASB  Bank  Limited  (ASB)  in  New  Zealand  and  
Vietnam  Prosperity  Joint-Stock  Commercial  Bank  (VPBank)  in  Vietnam,  provided  a  substantial  contribution  to 
the  VONB  growth  of  our  bancassurance  channel  in  2019. The  strong  momentum  of  these  newer  partnerships 
demonstrates our ability to build on past experience and activate new partnerships with greater success across 
the Group.

VONB from our intermediated channels, including IFAs, brokers, private banks and specialist advisers declined  
in  2019,  mainly  due  to  the  large  reduction  in  Hong  Kong’s  IFA  channel.  Our  Singapore  broker  business  also 
recorded a decrease in VONB as we continued to maintain strict pricing discipline for single premium business  
in the high net worth segment amid intensifying competition.

As mentioned in the Interim Report 2019, in our direct marketing channel across the region, we are shifting away 
from  traditional  telemarketing  sales  models  towards  a  more  digitally-enabled  business  model.  Consequently, 
VONB from this channel reduced in 2019 as we continue to make progress on this transition.

A key strategic priority for partnership distribution is to execute a digital transformation of our business model 
through  deeper  systems  integration  with  our  strategic  bancassurance  partners  and  utilising  data  analytics 
technology to further enhance the customer experience, optimise leads generation and improve sales conversion 
rates.  As  part  of  this  Group-wide  initiative,  we  have  launched  new  digital  support  platforms  to  several  of  our  
major  partnerships  in  the  second  half  of  2019,  initially  focusing  on  supporting  in-branch  sales  staff  to  better 
target customers with customised insurance propositions. Early results have been encouraging and we aim to 
further expand and enhance these tools across the Group.

Notes:

Thoughout the Distribution section: 
VONB and VONB margin by distribution channel are based on local statutory reserving and capital requirements and exclude pension business.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  039

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONBUSINESS REVIEW

MARKETING

Since AIA  first  started  as  a  small  insurance  agency  over  a  century  ago,  we  have  grown  to  become  the  largest  
pan-Asian life insurance company, trusted by millions and with the number one life insurance brand in Asia.

LIFELONG CUSTOMER PARTNER
We  continue  the  shift  towards  being  a  lifelong  partner  to  our  customers,  moving  beyond  the  traditional  
transaction-focused  insurance  model.  Our  differentiated  health  and  well-being  strategic  framework  spans 
prediction,  prevention,  diagnosis,  treatment  and  recovery.  This  framework  transforms  engagement  with  our 
customers, delivers meaningful health improvements, improves treatment outcomes and increases repeat sales.

AIA  Vitality  is  changing  customer  perceptions  of  the  need  for  life  and  health  insurance,  and  our  distributors 
engage with customers to help them understand the benefits of living well to prevent illness. We launched AIA 
Vitality in New Zealand in August 2019 and we now have comprehensive wellness programmes in 12 markets. 
Overall membership of our wellness programmes across the Group exceeded 1.7 million at the end of December 
2019, an increase of 42 per cent since the end of 2018.

In 2019, we recorded over 800,000 workouts per day and received 6.6 million health assessments. In addition,  
we recorded a total of 18.4 million weekly challenges achieved by AIA Vitality members. The Group now offers 
more than 100 products integrated with AIA Vitality across our markets.

The increased scale of our wellness programmes across the region reflects our commitment to helping deliver  
a healthier society. Over 2019, our health improvement studies, based on the health assessments provided by  
AIA Vitality members, showed that 21 per cent of these members improved their body mass index (BMI) results 
and 39 per cent moved to a healthy range in cholesterol levels.

In  Mainland  China,  we  launched  two  single-disease  products  that  leverage  our  strategic  partnership  with  
WeDoctor  to  cover  breast  cancer  and  leukaemia.  Both  products  encompass  the  entire  customer  journey  of 
prediction,  prevention,  diagnosis,  treatment  and  recovery.  Through  our  partnership  with  WeDoctor,  we  offer 
policyholders consultations, specialist referrals and access to expert second opinions. Our customers can also 
gain access to psychological counselling and post-treatment support services.

CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT
Our ambition is to deliver a distinctive, personalised and meaningful experience for our customers. Our customer 
tracking  studies  in  three  of  our  key  markets,  namely  Hong  Kong,  Mainland  China  and  Thailand,  give  us  rich 
insights  into  both  the  key  drivers  of  customer  engagement  and  business  impacts. Two  key  results  from  these 
studies are the positive impact of customer advocacy and the importance of regular engagement with agents. 
Customers in these markets who recommend AIA to others have a repurchase propensity around double that of 
other customers. Repurchase rates for customers in these markets with regular contact from their agents are at 
least three times of the rates for those with infrequent contact.

In  2019,  we  developed  a  digital  Financial  Health  Check  tool  to  help  our  agents  engage  better  with  customers  
and provide them with financial advice that is both more automated and consistent. The new tool was launched 
in  Hong  Kong  in July  and  will  be  rolled  out  to Thailand,  Malaysia,  Mainland  China  and  Singapore  in  2020.  We  
also  launched  an  online  data-driven  campaign  focused  on  Hong  Kong’s  new  tax-deductible  products.  This 
campaign won 11 industry awards for marketing excellence and was a key contributor in AIA Hong Kong being 
awarded “Marketer of The Year 2019” by Marketing Magazine.

040

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWHEALTHIER, LONGER, BETTER LIVES
Healthier,  Longer,  Better  Lives,  our  purpose-led  brand  promise,  underpins  all  of  our  marketing  activities  and 
captures  our  drive  to  help  customers  improve  their  lifestyles.  Helping  our  millions  of  customers  know  and  
improve their health is good for those customers, good for the society and good for our shareholders.

We  are  deeply  committed  to  helping  combat  the  dramatic  rise  of  lifestyle-related  diseases  and,  in  2019,  we 
continued to work with a range of partners to promote healthy living, including our Global Ambassador, David 
Beckham, and Tottenham Hotspur Football Club (Spurs) through our Global Principal Partnership.

We continue to take a leadership stance on important health and wellness topics in our region. In September, 
we unveiled a comprehensive programme designed to raise awareness of sleep sufficiency with a focus on the 
benefits provided by just one more hour of sleep. The programme provides tips, tools and rewards to encourage 
people in Asia to change their behaviour and get enough sleep.

During the year, we launched the next phase of our “What’s Your Why?” campaign across the region. Led by David 
Beckham,  the  campaign  focuses  on  people’s  motivation  for  living  a  healthier  life  and  has  attracted  more  than 
56  million  views,  positively  impacting AIA’s  brand  recall  and  consideration.  In  2019,  David  visited  Hong  Kong, 
Vietnam, Mainland China and the Philippines, amplifying AIA’s brand presence and participating in events that 
reflect AIA’s commitment to Healthier, Longer, Better Lives. To date, he has engaged directly with over 35,000  
AIA customers, agents, partners, employees and community members across the markets where we operate.

Our  ongoing  partnership  with  Spurs  is  considered  invaluable  in  enhancing  the  power  of  the  AIA  brand  and 
engaging  with  our  customers  as  well  as  our  distributors.  In July,  we  were  proud  to  announce  the  extension  of  
our relationship with Spurs through to the end of the 2026/27 season, which will see our partnership span well 
over a decade. We now have three Spurs coaches stationed in Asia on a permanent basis, and they trained and 
inspired more than 26,000 children, parents and staff in 2019.

02

01

03

03
In July, we extended our 
partnership with Spurs 
through to the end of the 
2026/27 season.

01
We now have 
comprehensive wellness 
programmes in 12 markets 
with overall membership 
of more than 1.7 million. 

02
During the year, we 
launched the next phase  
of our “What’s Your Why?” 
campaign led by David 
Beckham across the 
region.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  041

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
BUSINESS REVIEW

TECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS

The continuing transformation of our technology systems and business processes is a key enabler of the Group’s 
strategic  priorities.  Our  focus  in  2019  was  on  digitalisation,  automation  and  innovation  to  deliver  enhanced 
capabilities and services that increase efficiency, productivity and an improved customer experience.

INCREASING EFFICIENCY AND CUSTOMER SATISFACTION THROUGH DIGITALISATION
Digital  customer  service  has  become  an  important  factor  in  achieving  greater  customer  satisfaction.  We  have 
significantly  increased  the  number  of  transactions  and  communications  that  customers  are  able  to  undertake 
digitally, as well as automating back-office processes associated with the provision of these services.

Across  all  of  our  markets,  more  than  80  per  cent  of  all  customer  interactions  can  now  be  performed  digitally. 
In 2019, over 30 per cent of our 37 million customer interactions were fully automated and completed with no 
manual  processes.  More  than  90  per  cent  of  all  new  business  across  the  Group  was  digitally  submitted  and  
62 per cent of all cases were underwritten automatically.

Through  increased  digitalisation  and  automation,  our  back-office  processes  have  become  significantly  more 
efficient  leading  to  improved  service  turnaround  times.  Since  the  beginning  of  2018,  we  have  achieved  a  
44  per  cent  increase  in  transactions  per  operations  employee  across  the  Group.  Examples  of  digitalisation  
success include the AIA Xiao You chatbot in Mainland China, which now handles 95 per cent of the local incoming 
agent enquiries, and the Go-Green initiative in Singapore, where 65 per cent of all policy communication is now 
delivered electronically.

In  addition  to  our  work  on  digitalisation  of  customer-facing  operations,  we  also  continue  to  drive  internal  
operating efficiencies with a focus on leveraging cloud technology. For example, in 2019 we implemented new 
cloud platforms to support and enhance our processes in both human resources and risk management. As part 
of  our  hybrid  multi-cloud  strategy,  all  new  platforms  across  our  major  markets  are  implemented  using  cloud 
technology as a priority.

DRIVING PRODUCTIVITY AND SERVICE EXCELLENCE
We  are  applying  design  thinking,  agile  principles  and  disruptive  technologies  to  deliver  tangible  business 
outcomes across our distribution channels and service functions.

We  have  followed  a  comprehensive  digital  strategy  in  our  agency  distribution  to  help  deliver  an  enhanced 
experience for our agents. In Hong Kong, we redesigned processes using human-centred design, consolidated 
digital touchpoints and established a single customer view in our digital agent application, AIA Smart. Since its 
launch in April 2019, agents using AIA Smart have seen a significant improvement in their productivity.

In  partnership  distribution,  we  have  embarked  on  a  multi-year  programme  to  transform  distribution  with  our 
multiple bank partners across the Group. Our modular, cloud-based, end-to-end digital platform uses advanced 
analytics  to  identify  potential  customers,  generate  leads  and  improve  sales  conversion. The  platform  provides 
omni-channel capabilities including online purchase by customers. In 2019, we deployed our leads-management 
module in the Philippines with BPI and our digitally-led sales platform in Singapore with Citibank.

042

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWIn  2019,  we  launched  an  enhanced  digital  customer  experience  for  AIA  Vitality  in  Thailand,  Hong  Kong,  
Singapore and New Zealand, which helps drive customer engagement. We also launched a virtual data science 
lab to accelerate insights from the customer data generated from AIA Vitality.

Our  business  units  in  Hong  Kong  and  Singapore  have  consolidated  customer  digital  touchpoints  across 
insurance, health and wellness to deliver an integrated, cohesive user experience. For example, AIA Hong Kong 
launched  a  one-stop  mobile  application  for  customers,  AIA  Connect.  It  is  a  customer-centric  mobile  platform 
allowing  our  customers  to  manage  all  of  their  individual  policies  in  one  place,  including  employee  benefits, 
pension,  health  and  wellness,  and AIA  Vitality. This  application  is  designed  to  make  services  easily  accessible 
and convenient, enabling customers to find a doctor and medical services and to submit claims electronically. 
It leverages new technology and innovation with a built-in chatbot to handle the majority of service enquiries. 
Currently,  more  than  15  per  cent  of  all  service  requests  are  submitted  via  AIA  Connect,  contributing  to  a  
20 per cent reduction in overall paper submission. The chatbot covers up to 80 per cent of the top 20 incoming 
enquiries and initial claims assessment lead time has reduced by 70 per cent.

PROMOTING INNOVATION AND ENHANCING CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE
We  continue  to  enhance  our  digital  health  propositions  within  our  health  and  well-being  strategic  framework.  
Key  achievements  in  2019  included  broadening  the  services  provided  by  our  partnership  with  WeDoctor  in 
Mainland  China,  delivering  telemedicine  and  e-pharmacy  services  with  Whitecoat  in  Singapore,  improving  
digital  claims  management  in  Thailand  and  rolling  out  personal  medical  case  management  with  Medix  in  
Indonesia, Malaysia and Thailand.

Both customer experience and back-office operational efficiency are benefiting from our continuing investment 
in  innovative  technologies  such  as  blockchain.  We  have  completed  a  pilot  in  Singapore  that  demonstrated  
how  we  can  apply  blockchain  technology  to  transform  our  engagement  with  agents  through  gamification  
and  blockchain-powered  rewards.  The  pilot  uses  a  highly-secure  and  scalable  platform  with  digital  tokens  as  
real-time  rewards  and  is  designed  to  increase  customer  engagement  to  ultimately  improve  repurchase  and 
retention rates.

In  2019,  we  conducted  underwriting  automation  proof  of  concepts  in  Hong  Kong,  Mainland  China  and  the 
Philippines, which helps to increase auto-underwriting rates while reducing cost and modifying our underwriting 
approach. Further pilots are underway, and we expect to roll them out to other markets in 2020.

ENHANCING SECURITY OF DATA
As  we  continue  to  increase  our  use  of  digital  services  across  the  Group,  we  also  continue  to  invest  in  a  
variety  of  cybersecurity  measures  to  safeguard  our  data.  We  use  independent  external  consultants  to  test  
and  validate  our  defences  against  cyberthreats.  During  the  year,  we  conducted  a  cyber  resilience  test,  which 
saw  our  systems  successfully  repel  simulated  cyberattacks  and  we  completed  the  readiness  assessment  of  
our  Information  Security  Management  System  (ISMS)  based  on  ISO  27001.  We  have  also  built  new  in-house 
forensic investigation capabilities.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  043

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

HONG KONG

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA Hong Kong reported a 5 per cent reduction in VONB. This reduction reflected a decline in sales from Mainland 
Chinese visitors in the second half of 2019, broadly tracking the fall in the number of visitor arrivals as previously 
highlighted.  Our  domestic  customer  segment  in  Hong  Kong  continued  to  deliver  a  strong  performance  with 
double-digit  VONB  growth  for  the  year.  Overall  ANP  decreased  by  11  per  cent  while  VONB  margin  increased  
by 4.1 pps to 66.1 per cent, driven by enhanced profitability in our long-term savings and protection products.  
We  continue  to  maintain  our  focus  on  writing  high-quality,  profitable  new  business  with  almost  90  per  cent  
of total ANP from policies having a premium payment term of at least five years. TWPI grew by 15 per cent to 
US$13,107 million as persistency for our in-force policies remained high throughout the year. OPAT growth was 
only  6  per  cent,  despite  strong  TWPI  growth,  as  markedly  lower  interest  rates  in  the  second  half  of  the  year 
reduced yields on new fixed income investments and affected profit generation from our in-force participating 
product portfolio.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Our  agency  business  achieved  positive  VONB  growth  for  the  year,  including  double-digit  growth  from  our 
domestic customer segment, demonstrating the quality of our people and the execution of our Premier Agency 
strategy against a challenging market backdrop. We continue to focus on supporting our agents with innovative 
and powerful digital tools. During the year, we launched an interactive Financial Health Check tool that enables 
our  agents  to  provide  more  targeted  and  bespoke  advice  to  our  customers.  We  also  continued  to  grow  the  
number  of  high-calibre  recruits  in  our  AIA  Premier  Academy  programme,  which  supported  an  increase  in  
the  total  number  of  active  agents.  The  fundamental  quality  and  professionalism  of  our  agents  remains  a  key 
differentiator for AIA in the Hong Kong market.

VONB from partnership distribution reported a significant decline in the second half of 2019, due to lower sales 
from  the  Mainland  Chinese  visitor  customer  segment  and  increased  competition  in  the  retail  IFA  channel  as 
previously highlighted. In bancassurance, our exclusive partnership with Citibank also experienced lower sales 
from the Mainland Chinese visitor customer segment, although new sales and marketing initiatives throughout 
the year continued to support positive VONB growth for the domestic customer segment.

AIA Hong Kong is dedicated to meeting the protection and long-term savings needs of all our customers and to 
help them live Healthier, Longer, Better Lives. In 2019, our Hong Kong business delivered double-digit growth  
in  VONB  from  existing  customer  repurchases  as  we  launched  a  series  of  marketing  initiatives  to  promote  
protection  products,  especially  for  plans  certified  under  the  Hong  Kong  government’s  new  Voluntary  Health 
Insurance  Scheme.  This  focus  on  protection  was  also  supported  by  AIA  Vitality,  which  saw  more  than  25  per  
cent growth in VONB from products integrated with the programme in 2019.

044

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWHONG KONG

V O N B
2019

1,621

2018
1,712

V O N B   M A R G I N
2019
2018
62.0%

66.1%

A N P
2019

2,393

2018
2,697

T W P I
2019

13,107

2018
11,444

O PAT
2019

1,931

2018
1,814

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  045

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONYoY (CER)(5)%YoY (AER)(5)%YoY (CER)4.1ppsYoY (AER)4.1ppsYoY (CER)(11)%YoY (AER)(11)%YoY (CER)15%YoY (AER)15%YoY (CER)6%YoY (AER)6%BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

MAINLAND CHINA

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA China delivered another very strong performance in 2019 with VONB up 27 per cent to US$1,167 million. 
ANP grew by 22 per cent to US$1,248 million and VONB margin remained strong at 93.5 per cent as the impact 
of  enhanced  policyholder  benefits  within  our  protection  products  was  offset  by  the  positive  effect  of  a  tax  
rule  change  that  increased  the  tax  deductibility  of  commissions.  OPAT  increased  by  28  per  cent  to  US$1,061 
million  and  exceeded  US$1  billion  for  the  first  time  as  strong  new  business  growth,  our  high-quality  sources  
of  earnings  and  sustained  favourable  operating  experience  continues  to  underpin  our  strong  track  record  of 
earnings growth in Mainland China.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The  continuing  execution  of  our  differentiated  Premier  Agency  strategy  in  Mainland  China  supported  another 
strong performance in 2019. AIA China further enhanced our proprietary Premier Agency programme with new 
development  programmes  and  technology  designed  to  further  uplift  the  quality  of  our  agency  leaders.  These 
included  implementing  a  bespoke  training  programme  focused  on  prospecting  and  recruiting  high-quality  
talent and driving greater adoption of our digital Master Planner management platform. We also leveraged the 
deep experience of our successful agency leaders to enhance the platform with new features that guide leaders 
to adopt a proven and more structured approach to agency management.

These  initiatives  have  contributed  to  double-digit  growth  in  the  number  of  active  agents  and  increased  agent 
productivity.

In  line  with  the  Group’s  differentiated  health  and  well-being  strategic  framework,  we  expanded  our  
protection-focused  customer  product  propositions  to  include  value-added  support  for  our  customers  across  
their  entire  healthcare  journey  from  prevention  and  protection  to  recovery.  During  2019  we  upgraded  our  
flagship  All-in-One  protection  product  with  expanded  disease  coverage  and  critical  illness  benefits  and  we 
launched  two  new  single-disease  products  jointly  developed  with  WeDoctor,  our  strategic  partner.  These 
products are tailored to the specific needs of our target customer segments and leverage WeDoctor services to 
support customers throughout their individual medical journeys. Our high net worth customers benefit from our 
proprietary  claims  administrator  and  medical  network  which  includes  more  than  650  domestic  and  overseas 
healthcare providers.

In July 2019, we successfully opened new sales and service centres in Tianjin and Shijiazhuang, Hebei, which 
represents our first geographical expansion within Mainland China in 17 years.

046

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWMAINLAND CHINA

V O N B
2019

1,167

2018
965

V O N B   M A R G I N
2019
2018
90.5%

93.5%

A N P
2019

1,248

2018
1,067

T W P I
2019

4,804

2018
4,006

O PAT
2019

1,061

2018
870

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  047

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONYoY (CER)27%YoY (AER)21%YoY (CER)3.1ppsYoY (AER)3.0ppsYoY (CER)22%YoY (AER)17%YoY (CER)25%YoY (AER)20%YoY (CER)28%YoY (AER)22%BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

THAILAND

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA  Thailand  delivered  6  per  cent  VONB  growth  to  US$494  million,  supported  by  strong  sales  momentum  in  
both  our  Financial  Adviser  (FA)  agency  programme  and  our  exclusive  partnership  with  Bangkok  Bank.  ANP 
increased  by  14  per  cent,  while  VONB  margin  decreased  to  67.7  per  cent,  reflecting  a  higher  proportion  of 
bancassurance  business.  Regular  premium  business  accounted  for  more  than  95  per  cent  of  ANP  as  we  
remained  focused  on  protection  and  long-term  savings  products.  OPAT  increased  by  3  per  cent  to  US$1,064  
million as a result of underlying business growth and improvements in persistency, offset by negative medical 
claims  experience  arising  from  higher  influenza  claims  and  significantly  lower  yields  on  new  fixed  income 
investments in the second half of the year.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Our Thailand business continues to transform the quality and professionalism of our market-leading agency force 
in Thailand through focused execution of our FA programme. In 2019, agents in the FA programme represented 
15 per cent of total agents and contributed more than 30 per cent of total agency VONB. Our focused training  
and  development  programmes  helped  our  FA  new  recruits  achieve  significantly  higher  productivity  and  more  
than double the activity ratio of standard new agents. Strong VONB growth delivered by our FA programme was 
offset by our proactive efforts to reduce the number of less productive agents for the agency channel overall.

Our  strategic  bancassurance  partnership  with  Bangkok  Bank  delivered  very  strong  VONB  growth  as  we  
continued to train in-branch insurance specialists and other bank staff across Bangkok Bank’s nationwide retail 
branch network. This supported higher overall productivity for the partnership.

During the year we focused on promoting our expanded range of critical illness products as part of our continuing 
efforts to raise customer awareness of their individual protection gaps. As a result, we delivered a strong double-
digit increase in ANP for critical illness products in 2019. We also activated our regional partnership with Medix 
in Thailand, helping to further differentiate our customer propositions with personal medical case management 
services  in  the  affluent  customer  segment.  Digitalisation  played  a  significant  role  in  AIA  Thailand’s  continued 
enhancement  of  its  distribution,  customer  experience  and  operational  efficiency.  During  the  year,  we  added  
new e-payment options for premium collection, which drove a more than 60 per cent increase in the proportion  
of new business premiums collected digitally and was a key driver of our improved persistency experience.

048

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWTHAILAND

V O N B
2019

494

2018
447

V O N B   M A R G I N
2019
2018
73.1%

67.7%

A N P
2019

729

2018
611

T W P I
2019

4,352

2018
3,895

O PAT
2019

1,064

2018
995

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  049

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONYoY (CER)6%YoY (AER)11%YoY (CER)(5.5)ppsYoY (AER)(5.4)ppsYoY (CER)14%YoY (AER)19%YoY (CER)7%YoY (AER)12%YoY (CER)3%YoY (AER)7%BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

SINGAPORE

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA  Singapore  reported  VONB  of  US$352  million.  ANP  was  down  slightly  compared  with  2018  as  growth  in 
regular premium new business was offset by lower single premium sales in our partnership distribution channels. 
VONB  margin  remained  consistent  at  65.5  per  cent  in  2019.  OPAT  increased  by  6  per  cent  to  US$583  million  
with  underlying  premium  growth  partly  offset  by  continuing  pressure  on  the  profitability  of  our  HealthShield 
portfolio.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
We are committed to our Premier Agency strategy in Singapore with an ongoing focus on quality recruitment, 
professional  career  development  and  investing  in  next-generation  integrated  digital  platforms.  Continued  
execution  of  our  strategic  priorities  has  enabled  AIA  Singapore  to  maintain  its  market  leadership  in  agency 
distribution with the largest number of MDRT registered members in Singapore. During the year, we delivered  
an increase in the number of active agents and this supported modest VONB growth from our agency.

Our  strategic  bancassurance  partnership  with  Citibank  delivered  double-digit  VONB  growth,  supported  by  an 
increase in both the number and productivity of insurance specialists in the mass affluent and retail customer 
segments.  Overall  VONB  was  lower  from  partnership  distribution  as  we  maintained  our  disciplined  approach  
to the pricing of single premium high net worth products through our broker and non-exclusive bancassurance 
channels in the face of intensifying competition.

In  2019,  AIA  Singapore  launched  a  first-in-market,  bespoke  wealth  solution,  which  provides  customers  with  
a  unique  combination  of  protection  cover  and  access  to  a  selected  group  of  leading  global  asset  managers.  
We  also  launched  two  innovative  critical  illness  products  that  provide  new  benefits  for  the  Singapore  market, 
including  cover  for  mental  illness  and  comprehensive  protection  across  all  stages  of  critical  illness  including 
chronic conditions such as Type 2 Diabetes that are often early indicators of more serious illnesses. In addition 
to  these  new  product  launches,  we  also  continued  to  focus  on  proactively  mitigating  the  effects  of  rising 
medical  claims  costs  on  our  HealthShield  portfolio  through  the  introduction  of  deductibles,  active  re-pricing  
and strengthened relationships with key medical providers in the market.

In 2019, we launched a new online platform enabling our agents to handle all customer requests digitally. We 
also  rolled  out  major  enhancements  to  our  customer  service  application,  My AIA  SG,  with  full  integration  with  
our  award-winning  AIA  Vitality  wellness  programme  to  provide  a  seamless  digital  customer  experience.  My  
AIA SG has been widely adopted by our customers and over 70 per cent of customer service requests are now 
submitted and responded to digitally.

050

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWSINGAPORE

V O N B
2019

352

2018
357

V O N B   M A R G I N
2019
2018
65.4%

65.5%

A N P
2019

538

2018
547

T W P I
2019

2,916

2018
2,738

O PAT
2019

583

2018
558

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  051

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONYoY (CER)—YoY (AER)(1)%YoY (CER)0.1ppsYoY (AER)0.1ppsYoY (CER)—YoY (AER)(2)%YoY (CER)8%YoY (AER)7%YoY (CER)6%YoY (AER)4%BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

MALAYSIA

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA Malaysia reported 7 per cent growth in VONB to US$258 million in 2019. ANP increased by 9 per cent to 
US$406 million, while VONB margin decreased slightly to 63.1 per cent as a positive product mix shift towards 
individual  protection  products  was  offset  by  regulatory  changes  to  unit-linked  products  in  the  second  half  of 
2019.  Overall  VONB  growth  was  also  supported  by  double-digit  growth  in  our Takaful  business,  mainly  driven 
by  strong  credit  life  sales  from  the  bancassurance  channel.  OPAT  increased  by  6  per  cent  to  US$333  million 
as underlying business growth was partially offset by higher medical claims driven by the greater incidence of 
seasonal infectious diseases in the second half of the year.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Our  agency  delivered  double-digit  VONB  growth  in  2019,  driven  by  the  positive  impact  of  a  new  quality  
recruitment platform launched in the first half of the year. Recruits from this programme accounted for half of  
AIA Malaysia’s total new agent recruits in 2019 and they are more than twice as active compared to our standard 
new agents, supporting excellent ANP growth from new agents. The success of our quality recruitment initiative 
was  enabled  by  our  continuing  investments  in  digital  platforms.  For  example,  our  new  digital  recruitment  tool 
enables  agency  leaders  to  track  and  manage  the  end-to-end  recruitment  process  and  is  now  used  to  process 
applications for all new agency recruits.

In  partnership  distribution,  our  strategic  partnership  with  Public  Bank  Berhad  delivered  double-digit  VONB  
growth  from  in-branch  distribution,  which  was  supported  by  an  increase  in  the  number  of  active  insurance 
specialists. However, this was offset by lower sales in our direct marketing channel and the impact of reduced 
VONB  margins  for  our  corporate  solutions  broker  and  direct  sales  force  channels  after  we  strengthened  our 
persistency and claims assumptions. Direct marketing sales recorded a double-digit decline, partly as a result of 
a sharp increase in alleged fraudulent telephone activities generally across the country that adversely affected 
consumer confidence in direct selling through telemarketing.

AIA  Malaysia  continues  to  actively  expand  its  range  of  health  and  wellness  propositions  and  services  for  our 
customers. In 2019, we included a first-in-market mental health benefit in our award-winning innovative health 
rider and launched new personal case management services through our regional partnership with Medix. Our 
campaign to upgrade our customers who have legacy medical riders to our new health rider has prompted more 
than  25  per  cent  of  eligible  customers  to  upgrade  their  plans  since  the  offer  was  launched.  We  continued  to 
enhance our AIA Vitality programme and the number of members increased by over 40 per cent in 2019.

052

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWMALAYSIA

V O N B
2019

258

2018
247

V O N B   M A R G I N
2019
2018
63.8%

63.1%

A N P
2019

406

2018
382

T W P I
2019

2,142

2018
2,083

O PAT
2019

333

2018
320

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  053

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONYoY (CER)7%YoY (AER)4%YoY (CER)(0.7)ppsYoY (AER)(0.7)ppsYoY (CER)9%YoY (AER)6%YoY (CER)6%YoY (AER)3%YoY (CER)6%YoY (AER)4%BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

OTHER MARKETS

AIA’s Other Markets include Australia (including New Zealand), Cambodia, Indonesia, Myanmar, the Philippines, 
South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan (China), Vietnam and India.

The VONB and ANP results for 2019 include a contribution from our 49 per cent shareholding of Tata AIA Life.  
The IFRS results for Tata AIA Life continue to be accounted for using the equity method. For the avoidance of 
doubt, our results in 2018 have not been restated for this change and VONB and ANP from Tata AIA Life are not 
included in the 2018 comparative figures shown in this section.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Other  Markets  reported  very  strong  VONB  growth  of  27  per  cent  to  US$535  million  led  by  Australia,  the  
Philippines and Vietnam. VONB growth for the segment was 18 per cent excluding the contribution from Tata  
AIA  Life’s  results.  ANP  grew  by  9  per  cent  to  US$1,271  million  and  VONB  margin  increased  to  41.9  per  cent.  
OPAT  grew  by  2  per  cent  to  US$823  million  as  the  earnings  contribution  from  strong  new  business  growth  
was  partially  offset  by  a  deterioration  in  operating  experience  in  South  Korea  and  higher  operating  expenses 
incurred by AIA Australia in response to various regulatory changes.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Australia: AIA’s business in the Australia segment overall delivered strong double-digit VONB growth despite a 
challenging operating environment. Total premiums for the life insurance industry overall in Australia declined  
as  consumer  sentiment  for  financial  services  remains  subdued  in  the  wake  of  the  Financial  Services  Royal 
Commission  and  subsequent  regulatory  changes.  The  Retail  Employees  Superannuation  Trust  (REST),  AIA 
Australia’s largest in-force group scheme client, ran a competitive tender process during the year and decided  
to  move  their  scheme  to  another  provider  after  the  pre-existing  scheme  expired  in  November  2019.  In  New 
Zealand,  we  introduced  our  AIA  Vitality  proposition  to  the  market  by  integrating  the  programme  with  a  new 
flagship protection product launched under the consolidated AIA brand in the second half of the year.

On  1  November  2019,  we  executed  a  JCA  with  CBA  in  Australia  that  enabled  AIA  to  exercise  an  appropriate 
level  of  direct  management  control  of  the  CMLA  businesses.  We  also  extended  our  strategic  bancassurance 
partnerships  with  CBA  in  Australia  and  ASB  Bank  Limited  in  New  Zealand  to  25  years.  We  initiated  sales  
through the bancassurance partnership with CBA in Australia in December 2019.

Cambodia: Our strategic priorities for AIA Cambodia remain focused on increasing scale with our multi-channel 
distribution  strategy  by  expanding  our  agency  force  and  building  momentum  with  our  strategic  partners.  In  
2019, we more than doubled the number of active agents.

Indonesia:  VONB  for  our  business  in  Indonesia  declined  in  2019  as  we  established  a  new  quality  agency 
recruitment  platform  while  proactively  reducing  the  number  of  unproductive  agents.  Our  business  returned  to 
positive  VONB  growth  in  the  second  half  of  2019  with  excellent  VONB  growth  from  our  strategic  partnership  
with BCA as new recruitment and activity management initiatives helped drive very strong growth in the number 
of active in-branch insurance specialists.

Myanmar:  In  November  2019,  AIA  was  granted  a  licence  to  operate  a  life  insurance  business  in  Myanmar  
through  a  100%  wholly-owned  subsidiary.  Since  obtaining  regulatory  approval  for  this  licence,  we  have  made 
good progress with the launch of a multi-channel distribution platform with a strong pipeline of agency recruits 
and an exclusive long-term strategic partnership with AYA Financial Group and Max Myanmar Group.

054

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWPhilippines: Our Philippines operations delivered excellent VONB growth in both our agency and bancassurance 
channels. Agency  VONB  growth  was  supported  by  a  shift  in  product  mix  towards  a  new  traditional  protection 
product  with  comprehensive  critical  illness  benefits.  Our  joint  venture  with  BPI  achieved  very  strong  VONB 
growth,  supported  by  double-digit  growth  in  the  number  of  active  in-branch  insurance  specialists  and  a  shift 
towards higher-margin regular premium unit-linked products.

South  Korea:  AIA  Korea’s  VONB  decreased  in  2019,  despite  positive  growth  in  ANP,  as  margins  fell  in  the  
direct marketing channel following a regulatory mandated re-pricing exercise in the second quarter. OPAT also 
reduced due to a deterioration in claims and persistency experience in our in-force portfolio. AIA Korea launched 
a  new  digital  direct  channel  aimed  at  accelerating  insurance  sales  to AIA  Vitality  members  from  our  strategic 
partnership with SK Telecom, the nation’s leading telecommunications provider by number of customers.

Sri  Lanka:  VONB  growth  for  our  Sri  Lankan  business  was  negative  in  2019  as  we  faced  difficult  market  
conditions following a series of terrorist attacks in the first half of the year that dampened the macroeconomic 
outlook and negatively impacted consumer confidence.

Taiwan (China):  AIA Taiwan delivered very strong VONB growth in 2019, primarily driven by strong bancassurance 
sales  momentum.  We  continue  to  focus  on  offering  insurance  solutions  that  meet  targeted  customer  needs  
for  legacy  planning  and  retirement,  using  effective  marketing  campaigns  and  delivering  comprehensive  sales 
support for our key bank and IFA partners.

Vietnam: Our business in Vietnam continued its strong performance track record with excellent VONB growth  
in  2019.  In  agency,  we  delivered  strong  VONB  growth  by  increasing  productivity  through  a  continuing  focus  
on  our  Premier  Agency  strategy.  Our  bancassurance  channel  more  than  doubled  VONB  as  we  increased  the 
number  of  active  insurance  specialists  in  our  strategic  partnership  with  VPBank  and  with  our  other  domestic 
bank partners.

India: Tata AIA Life’s multi-channel strategy means that both our agency and partnership distribution channels 
contribute  substantially  to  total  VONB.  Overall,  the  business  delivered  excellent  VONB  growth  from  these  
channels.  Tata  AIA  Life  differentiates  itself  in  the  Indian  insurance  market  with  a  protection-focused  product 
strategy,  a  commitment  to  growing  a  high-quality  Premier  Agency  and  further  developing  its  multiple  bank 
partnerships. In 2019, the business maintained its leading position in the pure retail protection market, and our 
agency force remained among the most productive in the industry.

OTHER MARKETS

V O N B
2019

535

2018
435

V O N B   M A R G I N
2019
2018
35.8%

41.9%

A N P
2019

1,271

2018
1,206

T W P I
2019

6,681

2018
6,377

O PAT
2019

823

2018
826

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  055

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONYoY (CER)27%YoY (AER)23%YoY (CER)6.1ppsYoY (AER)6.1ppsYoY (CER)9%YoY (AER)5%YoY (CER)9%YoY (AER)5%YoY (CER)2%YoY (AER)—RISK MANAGEMENT

OVERVIEW

The  Group  recognises  the  importance  of  sound  risk  management  in  every  aspect  of  our  business  and  for  all 
stakeholders. For our policyholders, it provides the security of knowing that we will always be there for them. For 
investors,  it  is  key  to  protecting  and  enhancing  the  long-term  value  of  their  investment.  Finally,  for  regulators, 
sound risk management supports industry growth and enhances the public’s trust in the industry.

While effective risk management is vital to any organisation, it goes to the core of a life insurance business where 
it is a fundamental driver of value. The Group’s Risk Management Framework (RMF) does not seek to eliminate all 
risks but rather to identify, understand and manage them within acceptable limits in order to support the creation 
of long-term value. 

The Group’s RMF is built around developing an appropriate and mindful risk culture at every level of the organisation 
in  support  of  our  strategic  objectives. The  RMF  provides  business  units  with  appropriate  tools,  processes  and 
capabilities for the identification, assessment and, where required, upward referral of identified material risks for 
further evaluation.

The Group’s RMF consists of the following key components:

R i s k Culture

R i s k   G overnance

Risk
Disclosure

Risk
Underwriting

STRATEGIC
OBJECTIVES

Risk
Strategy

Risk
Control

•  Risk Governance;
•  Risk Culture;
•  Risk Strategy; 
•  Risk Underwriting; 
•  Risk Control; and 
•  Risk Disclosure.

056

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWRISK GOVERNANCE

THREE LINES OF DEFENCE
The  Group’s  Risk  Governance  framework  is  built  on  the  “Three  Lines  of  Defence”  model.  With  regard  to  risk 
management,  the  objective  is  to  ensure  that  an  appropriate  framework  is  in  place,  including  an  independent 
system of checks and balances, to provide assurance that risks are identified, assessed, managed and governed 
properly. The framework clearly defines roles and responsibilities for the management of risk between Executive 
Management (First Line), Risk & Compliance (Second Line) and Internal Audit (Third Line) functions. While each 
line of defence is independent from the others, they work closely to ensure effective oversight.

The First Line is made up of the business decision-takers who are the Risk Owners and are responsible for ensuring 
that effective and appropriate processes are in place at all times to effectively identify, assess and manage risk 
in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  RMF.  In  particular,  the  amount  of  risk  taken  at  each  level  of  the  organisation 
must be consistent with both the Risk Appetite of the Group and the relevant business unit. The First Line is also 
responsible for operating an effective control environment, including mitigation of risks through implementation 
of controls.

Initial  identification,  assessment  and  management  of  risk  is  the  responsibility  of  executives  operating  in  the 
First  Line.  Decisions  regarding  activities  deemed  to  have  significant  risks  attached  or  that  are  outside  the  
limits delegated to a given level of management are referred to a senior Group executive or, where appropriate, 
through the Group Chief Executive and President to the Risk Committee of the Board and, where appropriate, to 
the full Board.

The Second Line consists of the Group Chief Risk Officer (CRO), business unit CROs, and the Risk & Compliance 
function. This group ensures that the RMF remains appropriate and effective with respect to the risk profile and 
operations of the Group. This group is independent of, but works closely with, the First Line to ensure that risks 
are being managed appropriately within the Risk Appetite of the Group and the relevant business unit. Whilst the 
First Line is empowered with decision-making authority, the Second Line is responsible for overseeing First Line 
activities and ensuring that decisions are subject to an appropriate level of governance, as well as ensuring that 
the Group adheres to its own high standards.

The  Third  Line  of  Defence  (Third  Line)  is  the  Group  Internal  Audit  (GIA)  function,  which  reports  to  the  Audit 
Committee  of  the  Board.  GIA  is  responsible  for  providing  independent  assurance  over  the  effectiveness  of  the 
RMF, including key internal controls, and makes recommendations based on the audit findings.

The Three Lines of Defence converge at the Board, which retains overall responsibility for the Group’s RMF.

AIA Group Limited Board

Group and Business Units 
Functions

Group and Business Units  
Risk & Compliance

Group Internal Audit

Executive Management

Risk Oversight

Independent Assurance

First Line of Defence

Second Line of Defence

Third Line of Defence

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  057

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRISK COMMITTEE STRUCTURE
The Group’s Risk Committee structure is designed to:

•  ensure consistent application of the RMF across the Group;
•  provide streamlined processes for the timely identification, assessment and escalation of risk issues;
•  provide objective analysis of risk issues enabling informed decision-making; and
•  ensure discussion and challenge in relation to risk issues in suitable forums leading to optimal outcomes.

AIA Group Limited Board

Audit 
Committee

Risk 
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Operational Risk 
Committee

Financial Risk  
Committee

The Board
The Board retains overall responsibility for oversight of the Group’s risk management activities. In this regard the 
Board sets the Group’s Risk Appetite, approves the RMF (including amendments or refinements from time to time) 
and monitors material Group-wide risks. In fulfilling these responsibilities, the Board is supported and advised by 
the Risk Committee.

Risk Committee
The  Risk  Committee  oversees  risk  management  across  the  Group  and  advises  the  Board  on  all  risk-related 
issues requiring Board attention. The members of the Risk Committee are all Board directors, with the majority of 
members, including the Committee Chairman, being Independent Non-executive Directors. The Risk Committee 
meets at least four times a year.

Operational Risk (ORC) and Financial Risk (FRC) Committees
The  Risk  Committee  is  supported  by  two  Executive  Risk  Committees  which,  between  them,  oversee  the 
management of all risks. The ORC is chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer and oversees risks associated 
with failure in internal processes, personnel and systems or from external events. The FRC is chaired by the Group 
Chief Executive and President and oversees risks associated with Financial, Insurance and Investment activities. 
The FRC and ORC each meet at least four times a year.

The above committee structures are replicated at the business unit level where applicable.

058

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWRISK MANAGEMENTRISK CULTURE

The RMF recognises the importance of risk culture in the effective management of risks. Risk Culture defines the 
Group’s attitude to risks and ensures its remuneration structure promotes the right behaviour.

ACCOUNTABILITY
A  key  component  of  the  Group’s  risk  culture  is  accountability. The  First  Line  of  Defence  (First  Line)  generally 
consists of business unit management and is responsible for managing risks associated with their businesses. The 
Risk & Compliance function makes up our Second Line of Defence (Second Line) and is headed by the Group CRO 
who has overall accountability for the Risk & Compliance function across the Group. Within each business unit, the 
business unit CRO is a senior position with a primary reporting line into the Group CRO and a secondary reporting 
line  to  the  local  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO). This  structure  ensures  independence  of  the  Second  Line  while 
ensuring that business unit CROs have full access to local business discussions so as to provide risk management 
perspectives and insights. The Group CRO is a member of the Group Executive Committee while business unit 
CROs are, in most cases, also members of their respective local Executive Committees.

The Risk & Compliance organisational structure is shown below:

Group Chief Executive
and President

Group CRO

Group Risk & Compliance

Business Unit CROs

REMUNERATION
The Company’s executive remuneration structure ensures appropriate consideration of the RMF within a strong 
performance-oriented  culture.  This  is  supported  by  a  performance  management  system  where  all  staff  are 
measured on ‘how’ as well as ‘what’ they deliver. This structure places significant emphasis on conduct as well as 
achievement, and is consistent with our fundamental Operating Philosophy of “Doing the Right Thing, in the Right 
Way, with the Right People... the Right Results will come”.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  059

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
RISK STRATEGY 

Risk Strategy describes the types of risks, and how and to what extent they are taken in order to pursue the Group’s 
strategic objectives. The Group Risk Appetite Framework (RAF) establishes the quantum and nature of risks the 
Group is prepared to take to achieve its strategic objectives.

1.  The Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) is an overarching  

statement on the enterprise’s attitude to risk;

2.  Risk Principles and Risk Tolerances are qualitative  
statements and quantitative metrics that expand  
and validate the RAS; and

3.  Risk Controls and Risk Limits are used to  

manage specific risks.

Risk Appetite Statement

Risk Principles and 
Risk Tolerances

Risk Controls and 
Risk Limits

RISK APPETITE STATEMENT
The Group has adopted the following RAS:

“The amount of risk taken by AIA in the ordinary course of its business will be sufficient to meet its customers’ 
reasonable requirements for protection and benefits while ensuring that the level and volatility of shareholder 
returns are in line with a broadly-based risk profile appropriate to an Asia-Pacific ex-Japan-focused life 
insurance company.”

RISK PRINCIPLES AND RISK TOLERANCES
The RAS is supported by five Risk Principles:

Risk Principles

Regulatory Capital 

Financial Strength 

“AIA has no appetite for regulatory non-compliance and as such will ensure that we hold 
sufficient capital to meet our current statutory minimum solvency in all but the most 
extreme market conditions.”

“AIA will ensure the Group’s ability to meet all future commitments to our customers, both 
financial obligations and in terms of the promises we make to them. We will maintain 
sufficient capital to support a Financial Strength Rating that meets our business needs.”

Liquidity

“AIA will maintain sufficient liquidity to meet our expected financial commitments as they 
fall due.”

Earnings Volatility

Business Practice

“AIA will seek to deliver reported operating earnings consistent with expectations and will 
implement policies, limits and controls to contain operational risks, risk concentrations and 
insurance risks within reasonable tolerances.”

“AIA will uphold high ethical standards and will implement sound internal controls to 
minimise the downside risk from the impact of any operational failures within reasonable 
tolerances.”

Further granular measures, indicators and tolerances are used to monitor and control specific risk types.

060

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWRISK MANAGEMENT 
RISK LANDSCAPE
The Group maintains a detailed risk taxonomy to ensure all risks are identified and systematically managed. These 
risks are categorised in accordance with the risk landscape shown below. 

l
a
p
i
c
n
i
r
P

s
k
s
i
R

s
k
s
i
R
g
n
i
y
l
r
e
d
n
U

Operating Risks

Financial Risks

Liability Risks

Operational Risk

Business Risk

Structural Risk

Investment Risk

Insurance Risk

Conduct Risk

Strategic Risk

Property Risk*

Mortality Risk

Execution, Delivery &
Process Management Risk

Business Environment

Equity Risk*

External Event Risk

Lapse Risk

Credit Default Risk*

Financial Crime Risk

Expense Risk

Credit Spread Risk*

Disability / Morbidity
Risk

Pandemic &
Catastrophe Risk

Reinsurance
Counterparty Risk

Fraud Risk

People Risk

Information Risk

Technology Risk

Legal &
Compliance Risk

FX Risk

Investment
Counterparty Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Liquidity Risk

* Risks may be structural, if the assets are used 
to back policyholder liabilities, or investment, 
if related to shareholder positions.

Principal Risk

Definition

Operational Risk

Business Risk

Structural Risk

The risk arising from internal processes, personnel and systems or from external events 
which may result in a direct or indirect business impact. This includes potential legal or 
regulatory sanctions, financial loss, or loss of reputation the Group may suffer as a  
result of a failure (or perceived failure) to comply with applicable laws, regulations or 
industry standards.

The risk of loss, lower than anticipated or forgone business profits arising from greater-
than-expected business expenses or a reduced revenue base. This may arise due to 
internal factors such as the business strategy, or from implications of the wider business 
environment over the planning horizon.

The risk arising from changes in price, or volatility, of assets relative to the value of the 
liabilities. This includes the sensitivity of the balance sheet to market movements, such 
as foreign exchange and interest rates, as well as the ability to meet financial obligations, 
such as claims, debt servicing and dividends, when due.

Investment Risk

The risk of adverse market movements in assets, as well as indirect exposure through 
default of a counterparty, leading to a reduction in surplus.

Insurance Risk

The risk of adverse movements in the value or trend of insurance liabilities arising from 
the biometric risks underwritten by the Group. The risk may manifest gradually over time 
or more suddenly from shocks or extreme events. Insurance risk includes changes to 
actuarial assumptions regarding future experience for these risks.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  061

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
RISK UNDERWRITING

The Group has a robust process that provides sufficient information, capability and tools to manage its key risks. 
Risks which the Group proactively accepts are identified, quantified and managed to support the creation of long-
term value. 

Identification

1

2

Quantification

Review and
Management

4

3

Underwriting
Decisions

IDENTIFICATION
Timely and complete identification of risks is an essential first step to the risk management process. The Risk & 
Compliance function has developed a systematic process to identify existing and emerging risks in the business 
units.  The  risk  landscape  enables  a  consistent  identification  and  classification  of  existing  and  emerging  risks 
inherent in business activities.

QUANTIFICATION
Quantification  of  risk  is  important  in  establishing  the  level  of  exposure  and  in  determining  the  appropriate 
management  actions  within  the  Group’s  Risk  Appetite.  Specific  approaches  to  quantifying  risk  are  applied 
depending upon the nature of the risk, including regular capital assessments, and stress and scenario testing.

UNDERWRITING DECISIONS
Risks are evaluated against approved risk tolerances to ensure implications on risk profile are understood and 
appropriately considered in decision-making. 

REVIEW AND MANAGEMENT
Executives  working  in  the  First  Line  are  responsible  for  the  execution  of  appropriate  actions  and  other  risk 
mitigation  strategies  to  transfer,  mitigate  or  eliminate  risks  considered  outside  of  risk  tolerance. They  are  also 
responsible for the timely escalation of material risk developments.

062

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWRISK MANAGEMENT 
RISK CONTROL

Risks which the Group seeks to mitigate are managed through an effective internal controls system to maintain 
exposures  within  an  acceptable  residual  level. The  Operational  Risk  and  Control  Framework  (ORCF)  has  been 
designed  to  ensure  that  the  Group  operates  in  accordance  with  the  expectations  of  stakeholders.  A  primary 
component of the ORCF is the Risk and Control Assessment (RCA), which is a regular evaluation of the business’ 
operational risks and control effectiveness to ensure that information and perspectives on the internal control 
environment are appropriately considered.

RISK DISCLOSURE

The Second Line is responsible for monitoring First Line activities and reporting to the appropriate Risk Committees 
the  performance  of  the  First  Line  against  risk  metrics  and  limits  defined  in  the  Risk  Appetite.  Information  is 
gathered from underlying systems and provided to the Board, respective Risk Committees and other executive 
management to inform key decision-making.

Ongoing  monitoring  of  the  RMF  is  undertaken  to  support  an  ongoing  evaluation  of  the  Group’s  risk  profile, 
compliance status and overall effectiveness of the RMF. The overall RMF is reviewed by the Board on an annual 
basis to confirm its continued appropriateness. In addition, to ensure the effectiveness of the Risk Management 
Process, an Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) is reported to the Risk Committees for annual review.

EXECUTION OF THE RMF

The  Group  has  embedded  its  RMF  into  key  business  processes  and  decision-making,  with  the  following 
priority areas:

1.  Product  lifecycle  and  approval:  in  evaluating  the  launch,  revision  and  ongoing  management  of  insurance 

products, the Group considers the potential financial and operational risks involved;

2.  Strategic  planning:  the  Group  undertakes  an  annual  planning  process  to  develop  and  set  its  strategy  and 
corporate  objectives.  The  Risk  &  Compliance  function  assesses  the  impact  of  potential  strategies  on  the 
Group’s risk profile and ensure that the strategies selected are in line with its Risk Appetite;

3.  Investment  management:  whilst  the  Group  seeks  to  realise  positive  returns,  we  carefully  manage  risks  
arising from our asset portfolio to ensure AIA maintains the financial flexibility needed to fund new business 
growth opportunities, support its planned dividend policy, pay claims and withstand capital market (or other) 
stress conditions;

4.  Structural management: the timing and value of assets are matched with corresponding liabilities to ensure 
sufficient resources are available to meet liabilities as they fall due. Our asset allocation strategy is driven by 
the liability matching approach, which seeks to ensure that structural risks are managed carefully; and

5.  Internal  Control:  to  ensure  potential  operational  and  compliance  risk  exposures  arising  from  day-to-day 
business activities are subject to appropriate control and management within our Risk Appetite, the Group has 
embedded a robust approach to internal control as part of its ORCF.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  063

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONREGULATORY AND INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENTS

The  life  insurance  regulatory  landscape  continues  to  evolve.  At  a  global  level,  the  International  Association  of 
Insurance Supervisors (IAIS) adopted a global framework for the supervision of Internationally Active Insurance 
Groups (IAIGs) at its annual general meeting on 14 November 2019. AIA expects to be designated an IAIG in due 
course. The global framework includes:

•  a  common  framework  for  the  supervision  of  IAIGs  (ComFrame)  which  builds  and  expands  upon  the  high- 

level standards and guidance currently set out in the IAIS Insurance Core Principles;

• 

• 

the development of an insurance capital standard (ICS) over a five-year monitoring period; and

the adoption of a holistic framework for assessment of systemic risk (the Holistic Framework).

The development and implementation of the ICS will be conducted in two phases:

•  Under the first phase, beginning in 2020, a “Reference ICS” will be assessed during a five-year Monitoring 

Period for reporting privately to group-wide supervisors.

• 

It  is  proposed  that  the  second  phase,  beginning  in  2025,  will  include  implementation  of  the  ICS  as  part  
of prescribed group capital requirements.

National regulators across AIA’s span of operations are in the midst of a variety of initiatives intended to align 
their  respective  regulatory  frameworks  with  the  broad  principles  recommended  by  the  IAIS  in  the  Insurance  
Core Principles and ComFrame. AIA is an active participant in the industry dialogue on a host of issues including:

•  Hong  Kong’s  Group-wide  Supervision  (GWS)  framework:  The  GWS  framework  is  expected  to  be  finalised 
and  enacted  in  legislation  during  2020.  It  is  expected  that  the  GWS  solvency  framework  will  be  based  
on  a  “Summation  Approach”,  whereby  AIA’s  published  group-level  available  and  required  capital  will  
be  calculated  based  on  a  summing  up  of  the  available  and  required  capital  according  to  the  regulatory 
requirements  for  the  relevant  supervised  entity,  with  the  HKIA  having  the  ability  to  vary  a  group’s  capital 
requirements where it believes this is necessary and justified after following a defined due process.

•  Hong  Kong  risk-based  capital  regime:  A  multi-year  consultation  process  is  being  run  by  the  HKIA  to  
develop  a  risk-based  capital  regime  for  Hong  Kong  insurers  which  will  replace  the  current  Solvency  
1  regime.  AIA  continues  to  be  closely  and  constructively  engaged  with  the  HKIA  on  this  development,  
and  is  participating  in  quantitative  impact  studies.  Based  on  the  most  recent  information  provided,  our  
current expectation is that the regime will be effective from 1 January 2024.

•  Singapore  risk-based  capital  regime:  The  Monetary  Authority  of  Singapore  has  finalised  a  revised  risk- 
based  capital  regime  for  insurers.  The  revised  regime  will  be  effective  from  31  March  2020  and  is  not  
expected to have a material impact on the Group.

•  Thailand  risk-based  capital  regime:  The  Office  of  Insurance  Commission  plans  to  implement  a  revised  
risk-based  capital  regime  for  insurers  in  phases.  Phase  1  of  the  revised  regime  became  effective  on  31 
December 2019 and does not have a material impact on the Group.

064

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW•  Equivalence  Assessment  Framework:  The  HKIA  and  the  China  Banking  and  Insurance  Regulatory  
Commission  (CBIRC)  signed  the  Equivalence  Assessment  Framework  Agreement  on  the  Solvency  
Regulatory  Regime  on  16  May  2017.  As  a  transitional  arrangement,  AIA  is  reporting  the  capital  position  
of  its  China  branches  under  the  HKIO  based  on  the  China  local  regulatory  solvency  basis  progressively  
over a 4-year phase-in period to full implementation on 31 March 2022.

•  Relaxation  of  Foreign  Ownership  Limits  for  Life  Insurers  in  Mainland  China:  Further  to  its  initial  
announcement  in  2017  to  relax  the  foreign  ownership  limits  in  the  financial  services  sector,  the  Mainland 
Chinese  Government  has,  as  of  6  December  2019,  officially  lifted  these  ownership  restrictions  effective  
1  January  2020  to  allow  for  100  percent  foreign  ownership  of  licenced  life  insurance  companies  in  
China.  Subsequent  to  the  announcement,  AIA  Company  Limited  submitted  an  application  to  the  CBIRC  
seeking  approval  to  convert  its  existing  Shanghai  Branch  to  a  100  percent  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  with  
which  it  intends  to  manage  and  operate  its  life  insurance  business  in  China.  As  at  12  March  2020  the  
application is pending approval from the CBIRC.

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

The  Group  continues  to  prepare  for  the  implementation  of  the  IFRS  17,  Insurance  Contracts  issued  by  the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) in May 2017. IFRS 17 includes some fundamental differences 
to  current  accounting  in  insurance  contract  measurement,  profit  recognition,  financial  statement  presentation  
and disclosures. The IASB published an Exposure Draft on 26 June 2019 which proposed targeted amendments 
to the requirements in IFRS 17. The proposed amendments include deferring the effective date of IFRS 17 by  
one  year,  to  1 January  2022,  and  extending  the  temporary  exemption  from  applying  IFRS  9  for  insurers  using  
IFRS standards to 1 January 2022. The final standard is expected to be published in mid-2020.

AIA  Group  has  also  recently  implemented  IFRS  15,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,  and  IFRS  16,  
Leases:

• 

• 

IFRS  15  establishes  revenue  recognition  principles  for  contracts  with  customers  and  enhances  disclosure 
requirements.  Adoption  of  the  standard  has  had  no  material  financial  impact  to  the  Group’s  consolidated 
financial statements but requires additional disclosures.

IFRS  16,  Leases,  sets  out  the  principles  for  the  recognition,  measurement,  presentation  and  disclosure  
of  leases.  The  standard  introduces  a  single  lessee  accounting  model  and  requires  a  lessee  to  recognise  
assets  and  liabilities  for  all  leases  with  a  term  of  more  than  12  months,  unless  the  underlying  asset  is  of  
low  value. The  Group  has  elected  to  apply  IFRS  16  to  its  leases  retrospectively  with  the  cumulative  effect  
of initially applying the standard recognised at 1 January 2018.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  065

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONOUR PEOPLE

AIA has always been a business built on its people. 

At AIA, equipping our employees for success is vital to serving our customers and enabling our communities to 
live Healthier, Longer, Better Lives.

Our business is supported by over 23,000(1) employees and tens of thousands of agents. Guided by our Operating 
Philosophy of “Doing the Right Thing, in the Right Way, with the Right People... the Right Results will come”, we 
focus on fostering a culture that promotes recruiting, developing and retaining high performing employees.

DEVELOPING OUR PEOPLE

Development of our employees is a key strategic priority. We foster a learning culture that supports the development 
of our people’s key capabilities. We believe that this will both help them succeed in their current roles and provide a 
platform for meaningful, long-term careers with AIA. We practise a holistic approach to learning and development, 
whereby knowledge and skills are accumulated from on-the-job experiences, collaborative projects, classroom 
and digital learning, supported by activities such as mentoring and coaching.

In  2019,  after  reviewing  our  existing  enterprise-wide  learning  and  development  framework,  we  introduced  a 
refreshed Group-wide approach. Our  updated  framework is designed to support our employees at every stage 
of their career, drive a step change in our approach to learning and development and support the business by 
developing talent with valuable and relevant skills.

In 2019, we also took a major step in building on our approach to leadership development. We introduced a new 
leadership development programme for our most senior leaders known as “SPARK”. This new programme will be a 
cornerstone of our leadership development strategy and will shape other new programmes that will be cascaded 
in 2020 and beyond. 

We  also  recently  updated  the  framework  for  defining  the  desired  behaviours  for  people  at  every  level  of  our 
organisation by articulating and communicating our Leadership Essentials, intended to further embed and foster 
our culture and shape long-term individual employee development. 

In  support  of  our  talent  development  strategies,  we  continue  to  provide  best-in-class  programmes  at  the  AIA 
Leadership Centre (ALC), our world-class learning facility in Bangkok, Thailand. With a clear focus on AIA’s strategic 
and governance priorities, the ALC continues to be a differentiator in the development of our people by delivering 
bespoke development programmes to our senior leaders, top agency leaders and key partner executives. The ALC 
has now entered its fourth year of operation. In 2019 it hosted more than 250 events and delivered more than 25 
customised learning events.

Committed to having a strong talent pipeline, our comprehensive annual Group-wide organisation people review 
process continues to identify different talent segments to enable leaders to plan for the succession of key roles. 
The success of our approach to talent development and our Group-wide succession planning can be found in the 
many examples of internal promotions into key leadership roles throughout the Group in 2019, including at the 
most senior levels of the organisation.

Note:
(1)  Excludes interns and agents of the Group, and employees of Tata AIA Life.

066

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW01

03

02

01
The ALC entered its  
fourth year of operation  
in 2019 and was awarded 
the “Corporate Learning 
Improvement Process” 
accreditation by European 
Foundation for 
Management Development 
in recognition of our 
excellence in talent 
development. 

02
AIA Vietnam was 
recognised as a  
“Great Place to Work”  
by the Great Place to  
Work Institute.

03
AIA Thailand was 
recognised as “Best 
Employer” through  
the Kincentric Best  
Employers programme.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  067

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
OUR PEOPLE

RECOGNISING AND REWARDING OUR PEOPLE

Our total rewards programmes use a combination of market competitive financial and non-financial rewards 
to  attract,  engage  and  retain  employees  and  motivate  them  to  help  AIA  execute  its  short-  and  long-term 
business goals.

Our core rewards programmes are tied to our performance development dialogue programme, which is designed 
to enable people managers to assess the performance and behaviours of their staff and recommend development 
activities to help meet defined career objectives. The performance development dialogue focuses both on what 
employees have accomplished and, just as importantly, how individuals achieve their goals. 

Our benefits and workforce well-being programmes work together to help our employees and their families live 
Healthier,  Longer,  Better  Lives.  For  example,  we  continue  to  provide  flexible  benefits  in  various  business  units 
to  provide  our  people  with  more  choices.  This  year  we  piloted  a  new  workforce  well-being  programme  to  all 
Group Office employees, which focused on physical, mental and financial well-being. We continue to support our 
employees through programmes such as AIA Vitality memberships, team challenges and health check-ups.

We  are  also  proud  to  provide  our  employees  with  the  opportunity  to  become  AIA  shareholders  through  our 
Employee Share Purchase Plan (ESPP). In 2019, the percentage of eligible employees, and number of participants 
that enrolled into the plan, grew to the highest levels since the plan was adopted.

ENGAGING OUR PEOPLE

Continuing to build on our collaborative and inclusive workplace, which prioritises employee engagement, remains 
a top priority for AIA. 

Each year for the past nine years we have conducted the Gallup Q12 survey to help us monitor levels of employee 
engagement  across  our  business  units  and  functions.  The  survey  provides  meaningful  input  to  allow  for  the 
development of strategies to address areas requiring improvement, with the goal of building on our strong levels 
of engagement.

In  2019,  97  per  cent  of  our  people  responded  to  the  survey  and  the  Group’s  employee  engagement  scores 
placed us in the top quartile of Gallup’s global financial services and insurance industry benchmark for the third 
consecutive year.

068

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWEMPLOYER RECOGNITION

In 2019 we were recognised as an employer of choice and received many prestigious local, regional and global 
awards. Among these:

•  AIA Group was recognised in the Forbes “Global 2000 – World’s Best Employers 2019” list.
•  For the third year in a row, the Company was named a constituent of the “Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index”. 

• 

The Company was also included in the index for 2020.
In recognition of our excellence in leadership development programmes the ALC was awarded the “Corporate 
Learning Improvement Process” accreditation by European Foundation for Management Development. AIA is 
currently the only life insurer in the world to hold this accreditation.

•  AIA  China,  AIA  Thailand  and  Tata  AIA  Life  each  received  the  “Best  Employer”  award  with  the  Group  also 
receiving the regional “Best Employer” Asia Pacific award through the Kincentric Best Employers programme 
(formerly known as Aon Best Employers Programme).

•  Philam Life, AIA Taiwan and AIA Thailand were recognised by HR Asia as “Best Companies to Work For in Asia”.
•  AIA Thailand was awarded a “Top Employer Thailand” by the Top Employers Institute.
•  AIA Vietnam was recognised as a “Great Place to Work” by the Great Place to Work Institute.
•  AIA Sri Lanka was recognised by the Great Place to Work Institute as one of the “Best Workplaces” in Sri Lanka 

and as one of the “Best Workplaces for Women” in Sri Lanka.

•  AIA Malaysia was the insurance sector winner in “Malaysia’s 100 Leading Graduate Employers” by GTI Media.
•  AIA Singapore was the insurance and risk management sector winner in “Singapore’s 100 Leading Graduate 

Employers” by GTI Media.

MODERNISING THE WAY WE WORK

In  2018,  we  embarked  on  a  long-term  strategic  initiative  to  deliver  greater  business  insights  and  operational 
efficiencies  through  a  new  human  resources  information  system  and  global  process  design. Throughout  2019 
we have worked closely with our business units(2) and by the start of 2020 they will have transitioned to our new 
system and global processes. Through this initiative we will be able to provide a better and more personalised 
experience for our employees and empower our people managers.

Note:
(2)  Excluding AIA Myanmar and Tata AIA Life.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  069

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCE

071  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

072  Board of Directors

080  Executive Committee

085  Report of the Directors

095  Corporate Governance Report

108  Remuneration Report

070

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
applicable laws and regulations.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements of the Company, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

•  make judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with HKFRS and IFRS; and

•  prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 

will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that give a true and fair view of the state of 
the Company’s affairs and explain its transactions.

The Directors are responsible for taking reasonable steps to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and 
detect fraud and other irregularities. The Directors are also responsible for preparing a Report of the Directors and 
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 85 to 107 of this Annual Report.

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

1.  the consolidated financial statements of the Company, prepared in accordance with HKFRS and IFRS, give a 
true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position, cash flows and results of the Company and its 
undertakings included in the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole; and

2.  the section headed “Financial and Operating Review” included in this Annual Report presents a fair review 
of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and its undertakings 
included in the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that the Group faces.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  071

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONBOARD OF DIRECTORS

Mr. John Barrie 
Harrison

Mr. Mohamed 
Azman Yahya

Dr. Narongchai 
Akrasanee

Mr. Jack  
Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Edmund 
Sze-Wing Tse

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

072

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEMr. Chung-Kong 
Chow

Ms. Swee-Lian 
Teo

Professor Lawrence 
Juen-Yee Lau

Mr. Cesar Velasquez 
Purisima

Mr. George 
Yong-Boon Yeo

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  073

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN AND INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Aged  82,  is  the  Independent  Non-executive  Chairman  and  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the 
Company. He was appointed Non-executive Director of the Company on 27 September 2010 and elected Non-
executive Chairman on 1 January 2011. He was re-designated as the Independent Non-executive Chairman and 
an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 23 March 2017. Mr. Tse is also the Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee and the Risk Committee of the Company. He 
is a director of AIA Foundation. Mr. Tse’s appointments during almost 59 years with the Group and its predecessor, 
AIG Group, include serving as Honorary Chairman of AIA Co. from July 2009 to December 2010, Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer from 2000 to June 2009 and President and Chief Executive Officer from 1983 to 2000. He 
also served as Chairman of The Philippine American Life and General Insurance (PHILAM LIFE) Company from 
2005 to 2015. Mr. Tse is a non-executive director of PCCW Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) 
and a director of Bridge Holdings Company Limited. Mr. Tse is also a member of the membership committee and 
a fellow of the Hong Kong Academy of Finance. He served as a non-executive director of PineBridge Investments 
Limited from 2012 to 2014 and a non-executive director of PICC Property and Casualty Company Limited (listed 
on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) from 2004 to July 2014. In recognition of his outstanding contributions to 
the development of Hong Kong’s insurance industry, Mr. Tse was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the HKSAR 
Government in 2001. Mr. Tse received an honorary fellowship and an honorary degree of Doctor of Social Sciences 
from The University of Hong Kong in 1998 and 2002, respectively. He also received an honorary degree of Doctor 
of Business Administration from Lingnan University in 2018. In 2003, he was elected to the prestigious Insurance 
Hall of Fame and in 2017, Mr. Tse was awarded the first ever Lifetime Achievement Award at the Pacific Insurance 
Conference in recognition of his outstanding contribution to the insurance industry.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Aged  65,  is  an  Executive  Director  and  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  of  the  Company,  having  been 
appointed on 1 June 2017. Mr. Ng is also a member of the Risk Committee of the Company. He joined the Group 
in  October  2010  and  has  over  39  years  of  experience  in Asian  life  insurance  having  spent  his  entire  career  in 
the  sector.  Prior  to  his  current  role,  he  was  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  Designate  from  March  2017 
and was a Regional Chief Executive for the Group since his initial appointment in 2010. During that time, he was 
responsible for a number of the Company’s businesses, including those operating in Mainland China, Thailand, 
Indonesia, Singapore, Brunei and Taiwan as well as for the Group’s Agency Distribution channel. He is a director of 
various companies within the Group including acting as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for both AIA Co. and 
AIA International. Prior to joining the Group, he was Group Chief Executive Officer and Director of Great Eastern 
Holdings Limited from December 2008 to 2010. Mr. Ng worked for Prudential plc from 1989 to 2008, serving as 
a Managing Director of Insurance of Prudential Corporation Asia Limited from 2005 to 2008, responsible for its 
operations in Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and the Philippines. Mr. Ng began his career in life insurance at AIA 
Malaysia in 1980. He has been a member of the Hong Kong Academy of Finance since 2019 and a Fellow of the 
Society of Actuaries (U.S.) since 1985. He received his Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering 
from Lafayette College (Pennsylvania, USA) in 1979.

074

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEBOARD OF DIRECTORSINDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Aged 75, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company. He was appointed a Non-executive Director 
of  the  Company  on  28  September  2010  and  re-designated  as  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the 
Company  on  26  September  2012.  He  is  also  the  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  a  member  of 
the Audit  Committee  and  the  Nomination  Committee  of  the  Company.  From August  2007  to  September  2010, 
Mr. So served as an independent non-executive director of AIA Co. He is currently an independent non-executive 
director of China Resources Power Holdings Co. Ltd. (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) and the Chairman 
of Airport Authority Hong Kong. He is also an independent senior advisor to Credit Suisse, Greater China and a 
non-official member of the Chief Executive’s Council of Advisers on Innovation and Strategic Development. Mr. 
So was Chairman of the Consultative Committee on Economic and Trade Co-operation between Hong Kong and 
Mainland China from October 2013 to December 2015. Mr. So was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star and the Grand 
Bauhinia Medal by the HKSAR Government in 2011 and 2017, respectively. Mr. So served as an executive director 
of the Hong Kong Trade Development Council from 1985 to 1992 and served as its Chairman from 2007 to 2015. 
He was an independent non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock 
Exchange)  from  2002  to  2015,  a  non-executive  director  of The  Hongkong  and  Shanghai  Banking  Corporation 
Limited from 2000 to 2007, the Chairman of the Hong Kong Film Development Council from 2007 to 2013 and a 
member of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference from 2008 to 2018.

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow
Aged  69,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  28  September 
2010. He is also the Chairman of the Risk Committee and a member of the Nomination Committee of the Company. 
Mr. Chow was appointed a non-official member of the Executive Council of the HKSAR on 1 July 2012 and was 
further appointed for a new term of office from 1 July 2017. Mr. Chow was also appointed as the Chairman of 
the Advisory Committee on Admission of Quality Migrants and Professionals of the HKSAR from 1 July 2016, a 
director of the Community Chest of Hong Kong from 19 June 2017, a member of the Financial Leaders Forum set 
up by the HKSAR Government from 18 August 2017, a non-official member of the Human Resources Planning 
Commission of the HKSAR Government from 1 April 2018, a member of the InnoHK Steering Committee from 4 
February 2019 and the Chairman of the Urban Renewal Authority Board from 1 May 2019. He has also been a 
Steward of The Hong Kong Jockey Club since March 2011. Mr. Chow was knighted in the United Kingdom for his 
contribution to industry in 2000 and was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the HKSAR Government in 2015. 
Mr. Chow was the Chairman of the Advisory Committee on Corruption of the Independent Commission Against 
Corruption from 2013 to 2018, the Chairman of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (listed on the Hong 
Kong Stock Exchange) from 2012 to 2018, Chief Executive Officer of MTR Corporation Limited (listed on the Hong 
Kong Stock Exchange) from 2003 to 2011, Chief Executive Officer of Brambles Industries plc, a global support 
services company, from 2001 to 2003, and Chief Executive of GKN plc, a leading industrial company based in 
the United Kingdom, from 1997 to 2001. He was an independent non-executive director of Anglo American plc 
from 2008 to 2014, independent non-executive director of Standard Chartered plc from 1997 to 2008 and the 
Chairman of the Hong Kong General Chamber of Commerce from 2012 to June 2014.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  075

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMr. John Barrie Harrison
Aged 63, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company, having been appointed on 1 July 2011. He is 
also the Chairman of the Audit Committee and a member of the Nomination Committee and the Risk Committee of 
the Company. Mr. Harrison is an independent non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited (listed on 
the Hong Kong Stock Exchange). He is also an independent non-executive director of BW Group Limited and has 
been Vice Chairman of BW LPG Limited since 2013. Mr. Harrison is also an independent non-executive director 
of Grosvenor Asia Pacific Limited since 1 December 2017. He was appointed an Honorary Court Member of The 
Hong Kong University of Science and Technology with effect from 20 September 2016. He was an independent 
non-executive director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) 
from 20 April 2011 to 26 April 2017, The London Metal Exchange Limited from 6 December 2012 to 26 April 
2017 and LME Clear Limited from 16 December 2013 to 26 April 2017. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Harrison was 
Deputy Chairman of KPMG International. In 2003, he was elected Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KPMG, 
China and Hong Kong and Chairman of KPMG Asia Pacific. Mr. Harrison began his career with KPMG in London 
in 1977, becoming a partner of KPMG Hong Kong in 1987. From 2012 to May 2015, he was also a member of the 
Asian  Advisory  Committee  of  AustralianSuper  Pty  Ltd.  Mr.  Harrison  received  an  honorary  fellowship  from The 
Hong Kong University of Science and Technology in 2017. Mr. Harrison is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales and a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Aged 65, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company, having been appointed on 2 November 2012. 
He is also a member of the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee of the 
Company. Mr. Yeo is a senior advisor of Kerry Group Limited and Kerry Logistics Network Limited. Mr. Yeo is an 
independent director of Pinduoduo Inc. (listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market) and New Yangon Development 
Company Limited. He has been a member of the International Advisory Committee of Mitsubishi Corporation since 
June 2014 and a member of Global Advisory Board of Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. since July 2019. He is a 
member of the International Advisory Board of the Berggruen Institute on Governance. In March 2018, he became 
a senior advisor to Brunswick Group LLP for its Geopolitical Initiative. He became a member of the Vatican Council 
for the Economy in February 2014. In 2012, Mr. Yeo was presented with the Order of Sikatuna by the Philippines 
Government and the Padma Bhushan by the Indian Government, and became an Honorary Officer of the Order 
of Australia. Mr. Yeo was the Chairman and an executive director of Kerry Logistics Network Limited (listed on 
the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) from 2012 to 2019 and from 2013 to 2019 respectively. He was also a director 
of  Kerry  Holdings  Limited  from  2016  to  2019.  During  2013  to  2014,  Mr.  Yeo  was  a  member  of  the  Pontifical 
Commission for Reference on the Economic-Administrative Structure of the Holy See. During 1988 to 2011, Mr. 
Yeo was a member of the Singapore Parliament and held various Cabinet positions, including Minister for Foreign 
Affairs, Minister for Trade and Industry, Minister for Health, Minister for Information and the Arts and Minister of 
State for Finance. During 1972 to 1988, Mr. Yeo served in the Singapore Armed Forces and attained the rank of 
Brigadier-General in 1988 when he was Director of Joint Operations and Planning in the Ministry of Defence.

076

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEBOARD OF DIRECTORSMr. Mohamed Azman Yahya (alias: Mohamed Azman bin Yahya)
Aged  56,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  24  February 
2014.  He  is  also  a  member  of  the  Nomination  Committee  and  the  Remuneration  Committee  of  the  Company. 
Mr. Yahya is the Executive Chairman of Symphony Life Berhad and the Independent Non-executive Chairman of 
Ranhill Holdings Berhad, both listed on the Main Market of Bursa Malaysia Securities Berhad (Bursa Malaysia). Mr. 
Yahya is a director and Chairman of various companies, including Symphony House Sdn Bhd (formerly known as 
Symphony House Berhad) and Sepang International Circuit Sdn Bhd. He started his career at KPMG in London and 
thereafter worked in a variety of roles in investment banking, ultimately being named chief executive of Amanah 
Merchant Bank. In 1998, he was tasked by the Malaysian Government to set-up and head Danaharta, the national 
asset management company. He was also the Chairman of the Corporate Debt Restructuring Committee, set up by 
Bank Negara Malaysia to mediate and assist in debt restructuring programmes of viable companies. Mr. Yahya was 
a director of Khazanah Nasional Berhad, the Malaysian government investment arm, from 2004 to 2018, a director 
of Ekuiti Nasional Berhad, a government linked private equity fund management company, from 2009 to 2019, 
and an independent non-executive director of Sime Darby Berhad from 2017 to 2019. Mr. Yahya was the Non-
executive Chairman of Ranhill Holdings Berhad before his re-designation as Independent Non-executive Chairman 
with effective from 2 February 2019. Mr. Yahya received his BSc Economics (First Class) from the London School 
of Economics and Political Science in 1985 and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales, the Malaysian Institute of Accountants and a fellow of the Institute of Bankers Malaysia.

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Aged  75,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  18  September 
2014. He is also a member of the Nomination Committee and the Risk Committee of the Company. Professor Lau 
currently serves as an independent non-executive director of CNOOC Limited and Semiconductor Manufacturing 
International Corporation (both listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange). He 
is also an independent non-executive director of Hysan Development Company Limited (listed on the Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange) and Far EasTone Telecommunications Company Limited (listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange). 
He has been serving as the Ralph and Claire Landau Professor of Economics at The Chinese University of Hong 
Kong (CUHK) since 2007 and the Chairman of the Council of Shenzhen Finance Institute of CUHK, Shenzhen since 
12 January 2017. He currently serves as a member of the Currency Board Sub-committee of the Exchange Fund 
Advisory Committee of the HKSAR. He was formerly a member of the Exchange Fund Advisory Committee of the 
HKSAR, Chairman of its Governance Sub-committee and a member of its Investment Sub-committee until 2019. 
In addition, he serves as a member and Chairman of the Prize Recommendation Committee for the LUI Che Woo 
Prize Limited; Vice-Chairman of the Our Hong Kong Foundation; Vice-Chairman of China Center for International 
Economic Exchanges, Beijing; a member of the Hong Kong Trade Development Council Belt and Road & Greater 
Bay  Area  Committee;  a  fellow  of  the  Hong  Kong  Academy  of  Finance;  as  well  as  the  C.V.  Starr  distinguished 
fellow  of  China  Development  Research  Foundation,  Beijing.  He  was  awarded  the  Gold  Bauhinia  Star  by  the 
HKSAR Government in 2011. From 2004 to 2010, Professor Lau served as Vice-Chancellor (President) of CUHK. 
He was appointed Chairman of CIC International (Hong Kong) Co., Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China 
Investment Corporation, in September 2010 and retired from the position in September 2014. He was a member 
of the 12th National Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference and a Vice-Chairman 
of its Sub-committee of Economics from 2013 to 2018. He received his B.S. degree (with Great Distinction) in 
Physics  from  Stanford  University  in  1964  and  his  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  Economics  from  the  University  of 
California at Berkeley in 1966 and 1969, respectively. He joined the faculty of the Department of Economics at 
Stanford University in 1966, becoming its Professor of Economics in 1976 and the first Kwoh-Ting Li Professor 
in Economic Development in 1992. From 1992 to 1996, he served as a Co-Director of the Asia-Pacific Research 
Center at Stanford University, and from 1997 to 1999 as the Director of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy 
Research. He became its Kwoh-Ting Li Professor in Economic Development, Emeritus, upon his retirement from 
Stanford University in 2006. 

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  077

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMs. Swee-Lian Teo
Aged 60, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company, having been appointed on 14 August 2015. 
She is also a member of the Nomination Committee and the Risk Committee of the Company. Ms. Teo currently 
serves as a non-executive and independent director and a member of the corporate governance and nominations 
committee  and  executive  resource  and  compensation  committee  and  chairs  the  risk  committee  of  Singapore 
Telecommunications Limited (listed on the Singapore Exchange). She is also the Chairman of the board and non-
executive independent director of CapitaLand Mall Trust Management Limited (listed on the Singapore Exchange) 
and  a  non-executive  director  and  chairs  the  audit  and  risk  committee  of Avanda  Investment  Management  Pte 
Ltd., a Singapore-based fund management company. Ms. Teo is a member of the board of directors of the Dubai 
Financial Services Authority and a director of Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd. Ms. Teo has over 27 years of experience with 
Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS). During her time at the MAS, she worked in foreign reserves management, 
financial sector development, strategic planning and financial supervision. She was the Deputy Managing Director 
in charge of Financial Supervision, overseeing the regulation and supervision of the banking, insurance and capital 
markets industries and macroeconomic surveillance, and also represented the MAS on various international fora, 
including the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, and on various committees and working groups of the 
Financial Stability Board. She retired from the MAS as Special Advisor in the Managing Director’s office in June 
2015. In addition to the MAS, Ms. Teo also served on the board of the Civil Aviation Authority of Singapore from 2002 
to 2010. Ms. Teo received her B.Sc. (First) in Mathematics from the Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
University of London in 1981 and her M.Sc. in Applied Statistics from the University of Oxford in 1982. She was 
also awarded the Public Administration Medal (Gold) (Bar) at the Singapore National Day Awards in 2012.

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee
Aged 74, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company, having been appointed on 15 January 2016. 
He is also a member of the Audit Committee and the Nomination Committee of the Company and the Chairman 
of  advisory  board  of  AIA  Thailand.  Dr.  Narongchai  was  previously  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of 
the  Company  from  21  November  2012  to  31  August  2014.  He  is  the  former  Minister  of  Energy  and  Minister  
of Commerce for the Kingdom of Thailand, and served as a Senator. Dr. Narongchai served as Chairman of the 
Export-Import  Bank  of  Thailand  from  December  2005  to  June  2010,  a  Director  of  the  Office  of  the  Insurance 
Commission  of  Thailand  from  October  2007  to  August  2012,  a  Director  of  the  National  Economic  and  Social 
Development Board from July 2009 to July 2013 and a member of the Monetary Policy Committee of the Bank 
of Thailand from November 2011 to September 2014. He is currently the Chairman of the Steering Committee 
and Vice-Chairman of the Council of Mekong Institute, the Chairman of the Thailand National Committee for the 
Pacific  Economic  Cooperation  Council  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Khon  Kaen  University  Council  in Thailand.  Dr. 
Narongchai also acts as the Chairman and an independent director of three entities listed on the Stock Exchange 
of  Thailand,  namely  MFC  Asset  Management  Public  Company  Limited,  Ananda  Development  Public  Company 
Limited  and Thai-German  Products  Public  Company  Limited.  He  is  the  Chairman  and  an  independent  director 
of The Brooker Group Public Company Limited, which is listed on the Stock Exchange of Thailand’s Market for 
Alternative Investment. Dr. Narongchai is also the Chairman of the Seranee Group of companies. He previously 
served  as  an  independent  director  of  each  of  Malee  Sampran  Public  Company  Limited  and  ABICO  Holdings 
Public Company Limited and as the Vice-Chairman and an independent director of Thai-German Products Public 
Company Limited, all of which are listed on the Stock Exchange of Thailand. Dr. Narongchai received his Bachelor’s 
degree in Economics with Honours from the University of Western Australia and a M.A. and Ph.D. in Economics 
from Johns Hopkins University.

078

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEBOARD OF DIRECTORSMr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima
Aged 59, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company, having been appointed on 1 September 2017. 
He is also a member of the Nomination Committee of the Company. Mr. Purisima currently serves as an independent 
director of Ayala Land, Inc. and Universal Robina Corporation (both listed on The Philippine Stock Exchange). He is 
also a founding partner of Ikhlas Capital Singapore Pte. Ltd., a member of the Global Advisory Council of Sumitomo 
Mitsui Banking Corporation, and a member of Singapore Management University’s International Advisory Council 
in the Republic of the Philippines (the Philippines). He is also a member of the board of trustees of the World 
Wildlife Fund - Philippines, De La Salle University, and the International School of Manila. He is an Asia Fellow at 
the Milken Institute, a global, non-profit, non-partisan think tank. Mr. Purisima served in the government of the 
Philippines as Secretary of Finance from July 2010 to June 2016 and as Secretary of Trade and Industry from 
January 2004 to February 2005. He also previously served on the boards of a number of government institutions, 
including as a member of the Monetary Board of the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (Central Bank of the Philippines), 
Governor of the World Bank Group for the Philippines, Governor of the Asian Development Bank for the Philippines, 
Alternate  Governor  of  the  International  Monetary  Fund  for  the  Philippines  and  Chairman  of  Land  Bank  of  the 
Philippines. He was conferred the Chevalier dans l’Ordre national de la Légion d’Honneur (Knight of the National 
Order of the Legion of Honour) by the President of the French Republic in 2017, the Order of Lakandula, Rank 
of  Grand  Cross  (Bayani)  by  the  President  of  the  Philippines  in  2016  and  the  Chevalier  de  l’Ordre  national  du 
Mérite (Knight of the National Order of Merit) by the President of the French Republic in 2001. Mr. Purisima is a 
certified public accountant. He has extensive experience in public accounting both in the Philippines and abroad. 
He was Chairman and Managing Partner of SyCip, Gorres, Velayo & Co. (a member firm of Andersen Worldwide 
until 2002 when it became a member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited) from 1999 until 2004. During the 
period,  Mr.  Purisima  was  also  the  Asia-Pacific  Area  Managing  Partner  for  Assurance  and  Business  Advisory 
Services of Andersen Worldwide from 2001 to 2002 and Regional Managing Partner for the ASEAN Practice of 
Andersen Worldwide from 2000 to 2001. Mr. Purisima obtained his Bachelor of Science in Commerce (Majors in 
Accounting & Management of Financial Institutions) degree from De La Salle University (Manila) in 1979, Master 
of Management degree from J. L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University in 1983 and 
Doctor of Humanities honoris causa degree from Angeles University Foundation (the Philippines) in 2012.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  079

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONEXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Biswa Misra

Stuart A. Spencer

Mark Konyn

Cara Ang

Jacky Chan

William Lisle

080

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCENg Keng Hooi

Garth Jones

Tan Hak Leh

Mitchell New

Mark Saunders

 Jayne Plunkett

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  081

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMr. Ng Keng Hooi
Mr. Ng’s biography is set out above.

Mr. Garth Jones
Aged  57,  is  the  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  responsible  for  leading  the  Group  in  all  aspects  of  capital  and 
financial management, as well as managing relationships with key external stakeholders, including independent 
auditors and actuaries, rating agencies and international accounting and regulatory bodies. He is a director of 
various companies within the Group, including AIA Co. and AIA International. He joined the Group in April 2011. 
Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Jones was the Executive Vice President of China Pacific Life Insurance Co., Ltd., 
the life insurance arm of China Pacific Insurance (Group) Co., Ltd. He also held a number of senior management 
positions during 12 years with Prudential Corporation Asia Limited, including Chief Financial Officer of the Asian 
life insurance operations. Prior to joining Prudential, Mr. Jones led the development of Swiss Re’s Asia life business. 
Mr. Jones is a Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries. On 1 June 2016, he was appointed a member of the 
industry advisory committee on long term business, which advises the HKIA. Mr. Jones is also a member of the 
IFRS Advisory Council of the IASB.

Mr. William Lisle
Aged 54, is the Regional Chief Executive responsible for the Group’s businesses operating in Thailand, Australia 
and  New  Zealand,  India,  Sri  Lanka  and  Vietnam  as  well  as  Group  Partnership  Distribution.  Mr.  Lisle  was  Chief 
Executive Officer of AIA’s operation in Malaysia from December 2012 to May 2015, including leading the large- 
scale and successful integration of ING Malaysia after its acquisition by the Group in 2012. He is a director of 
various companies within the Group, including AIA Co., AIA Australia Limited and AIA New Zealand Limited. He 
is also a director of Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited, a joint venture between the Group and Tata Sons 
Limited in India. Mr. Lisle joined the Group in January 2011 as Group Chief Distribution Officer. Prior to joining 
the Group, Mr. Lisle was the Managing Director, South Asia for Aviva from May 2009 until 2010. Prior to joining 
Aviva, Mr. Lisle held a number of senior positions at Prudential Corporation Asia Limited, including Chief Executive 
Officer in Malaysia from 2008 to 2009, Chief Executive Officer in Korea from 2005 to 2008, Chief Agency Officer 
for ICICI Prudential from 2002 to 2004 and Director of Agency Development, South Asia in 2001.

Mr. Jacky Chan
Aged  56,  is  the  Regional  Chief  Executive  responsible  for  the  Group’s  businesses  operating  in  Hong  Kong  SAR 
and Macau SAR, the Philippines, Korea and Taiwan as well as Group Agency Distribution and Group Corporate 
Solutions. He is a director of various companies within the Group, including AIA Co. and AIA International. Mr. Chan 
has extensive experience having worked at AIA for the past 32 years. Prior to becoming a Regional Chief Executive, 
Mr. Chan was Chief Executive Officer of AIA Hong Kong and Macau since 2009. Previously, he held several senior 
positions including the Country Head of AIA China, Executive Vice President – Distribution & Marketing of Nan 
Shan Life Insurance of Taiwan and Senior Vice President & Head of Life Profit Centre of AIA - Asia (ex-Japan & 
Korea). Mr. Chan holds a Bachelor of Science Degree from The University of Hong Kong. He is a Fellow of the 
Society of Actuaries (FSA), a member of American Academy of Actuaries (MAAA) and a Fellow of the Canadian 
Institute of Actuaries (CIA).

082

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEEXECUTIVE COMMITTEEMr. Tan Hak Leh
Aged 54, is the Regional Chief Executive responsible for the Group’s businesses operating in Singapore and Brunei, 
Malaysia, Cambodia, Myanmar and Indonesia. He is a director of various companies within the Group. Mr. Tan was 
Chief Executive Officer of AIA’s operation in Thailand from 2016 to 2019, Group Chief Risk Officer in 2015 and 
Chief Executive Officer of AIA’s operation in Singapore from 2011 to 2015. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Tan was 
Chief Executive Officer of Great Eastern Life, Singapore. Prior to joining Great Eastern Life, Mr. Tan was Director 
of  the  Insurance  Department  of  the  Monetary Authority  of  Singapore.  Mr. Tan  has  played  an  active  role  in  the 
life insurance industry since 2005. His appointments include: President of the Life Insurance Association (LIA), 
Singapore from 2010 to 2013, Vice Chair of Singapore College of Insurance from 2011 to 2013 and Vice President 
of Thailand Life Assurance Association from 2017 to 2018. He was also a Board member of Financial Industry 
Disputes Resolution Centre Ltd from 2008 to 2015. 

Mr. Mitchell New
Aged 56, is the Group General Counsel responsible for the provision of legal services for the Group and providing 
leadership  to  legal  and  corporate  governance  functions  within  country  operations.  He  is  a  director  of  various 
companies  within  the  Group  including  AIA  International,  AIA  Singapore  Private  Limited  and  AIA  Reinsurance 
Limited. He joined the Group in April 2011. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. New was a member of the law firm 
Fasken Martineau and occupied various senior roles with Manulife Financial, including Senior Vice President and 
Chief Legal Officer for Asia, based in Hong Kong and Senior Vice President and General Counsel to Manulife’s 
Canadian division. He is a qualified barrister and solicitor and member of the Law Society of Upper Canada and 
holds a Bachelor of Commerce Degree and Master’s Degree in Business Administration from McMaster University 
and a Bachelor of Laws Degree from the University of Western Ontario.

Mr. Mark Saunders
Aged 56, is the Group Chief Strategy and Corporate Development Officer responsible for strategy and corporate 
transactions for the Group. He is also responsible for the Group’s Healthcare business. He joined the Group in April 
2014 and is a director of various companies within the Group. He previously served as Group Chief Strategy and 
Marketing Officer and also held responsibility for the Group’s Corporate Solutions business. Prior to joining the 
Group, Mr. Saunders was Managing Director of Towers Watson for the Asia-Pacific Insurance Sector, as well as 
Managing Director for the firm’s Hong Kong business and a board member of various entities. Prior to his time at 
Towers Watson, and working in Hong Kong since 1989, he was Asian Regional Leader, Hong Kong Chief Executive 
Officer and Executive Director and Board Member of the Isle of Man-based international life insurance operations 
of Clerical Medical and its joint venture life insurer in Korea (Coryo-CM). He is a Fellow of the Institute and Faculty 
of Actuaries and Fellow of five other professional actuarial bodies.

Dr. Mark Konyn
Aged  58,  is  the  Group  Chief  Investment  Officer  responsible  for  providing  oversight  of  the  management  of  the 
investment  portfolios  of  the  Group  as  well  as  supervising  and  supporting  the  many  investment  professionals 
throughout  the  Group.  He  is  a  director  of  various  companies  within  the  Group  including  Chairman  of  AIA 
Investment Management Private Limited and AIA Investment Management HK Limited. He joined the Group in 
September 2015. Dr. Konyn joined AIA from Cathay Conning Asset Management, where he was Chief Executive 
Officer responsible for the company’s  investment business and  strategic expansion in the region. He had held 
senior positions at Allianz Global Investors (where he was Asia-Pacific CEO for RCM Global Investors), Fidelity 
Investments  and  Prudential  UK.  He  is  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Statistical  Society,  and  holds  a  Diploma  from  the 
London  Business  School  in  Investment  Management,  having  previously  completed  his  Ph.D.  in  Operational 
Research sponsored by the UK Government.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  083

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMs. Cara Ang
Aged 51, is the Group Chief Human Resources Officer responsible for the development of overall human capital 
strategies  and  their  implementation  across  the  Group,  as  well  as  leading  and  providing  support  to  the  human 
resources functions in country market operations. She joined the Group as the Chief Human Resources Officer for 
AIA Singapore in May 2016. Prior to joining AIA, Ms. Ang was the Head of Human Resources of Standard Chartered 
Bank Singapore. During her time with Standard Chartered, she spent more than 10 years in a variety of country, 
regional  and  global  HR  leadership  roles  based  in  Singapore  and Thailand.  Prior  to  joining  Standard  Chartered 
Bank Singapore, Ms. Ang was the Senior Vice President and Head of Human Resources for Marsh Asia.

Mr. Biswa Misra
Aged 42, is the Group Chief Technology and Operations Officer responsible for providing leadership to the Group’s 
technology, operations and innovation areas and leading all Group Office technology resources. He is a director 
of various companies within the Group. He joined the Group in June 2013. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Misra 
served as the Regional Chief Technology Officer for ING Insurance Asia Pacific. Previously, he spent six years with 
information technology consulting firm Capgemini, leading the company’s insurance practice for Asia. Mr. Misra 
holds a degree in electrical engineering from the National Institute of Technology, Surat, India.

Mr. Stuart A. Spencer
Aged 54, is the Group Chief Marketing Officer of AIA, responsible for the Group’s marketing initiatives, customer 
propositions and AIA Vitality. He is a director of various companies within the Group. Mr. Spencer re-joined AIA 
in  May  2017  from  Zurich  Insurance  Group,  where  he  was  most  recently  the  interim  CEO, Asia  Pacific.  Prior  to 
that he was Chief Executive Officer, General Insurance, Asia Pacific for Zurich Insurance from 2013 to 2016. Mr. 
Spencer was with the American International Group from 1996 to 2009, during which time he held a number of 
senior  positions  including  leading  their  Accident  &  Health  General  Insurance  operations  in  Latin  America  and 
the Caribbean and President – Accident and Health Worldwide. Mr. Spencer was also the Global Head and COO, 
Worldwide  Life,  Accident  &  Health,  for  Chubb  Insurance.  Mr.  Spencer  is  an  alumnus  of  the  Harvard  Business 
School, The Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy and Brandeis University.

Ms. Jayne Plunkett
Aged 50, is the Group Chief Risk Officer responsible for the Group’s risk and compliance functions. Ms. Plunkett 
joined AIA in November 2019 from Swiss Re, where she was most recently Chief Executive Officer Reinsurance 
Asia, Regional President Asia and member of the Group Executive Committee. During her time with Swiss Re, she 
had held several senior positions including Head of Casualty Underwriting for Asia and Division Head Casualty 
Reinsurance.  Prior  to  that,  she  was  with  GE  Insurance  Solutions.  Ms.  Plunkett  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Business Administration from Drake University. She is a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society and a member of 
the American Academy of Actuaries.

084

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEEXECUTIVE COMMITTEEREPORT OF THE DIRECTORS

The Board is pleased to present this report and the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for 
the year ended 31 December 2019.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

The  Group  is  a  life  insurance  based  financial  services  provider  operating  in  18  markets  throughout  the  Asia-
Pacific region. The Group’s principal activity is the life insurance business. In that context, the Group, through its 
various operating entities, provides individual life insurance, individual accident and health insurance and savings 
plans throughout Asia. The Group also distributes related investment and other financial services products to its 
customers and is active in the provision of Group insurance and pension schemes in a number of its markets.

Details of the activities and other particulars of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are set out in note 44 to the 
financial statements.

RESULTS

The results of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019 and the state of the Group’s affairs at that date are 
set out in the financial statements on pages 132 to 268 of this Annual Report.

BUSINESS REVIEW

The  review  of  the  business  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  including  a  description  of  its 
principal  risks  and  uncertainties  and  an  indication  of  likely  future  developments  as  required  by  Schedule  5  to 
the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, is contained in the Group Chief Executive and President’s Report (pages 9  
to 14), Financial Review (pages 17 to 37), Business Review (pages 38 to 55), Risk Management (pages 56 to 
63) and Our People (pages 66 to 69) sections under Financial and Operating Review, and note 43 and note 45 to  
the financial statements. These discussions form part of this report.

AIA takes a proactive approach to understanding the impacts posed to our business by the environment, while 
also mitigating our own environmental footprint. The Group has voiced our support for the Paris Agreement by 
becoming  a  signatory  to  the Task  Force  on  Climate-related  Financial  Disclosures  (TCFD).  We  continue  to  take 
initiatives to understand the risks posed to our insurance and investment operations from climate change, and 
reported against the TCFD recommendations for the first time in the Group’s ESG Report 2019.

We monitor our own operational impact, and in 2019, developed a set of Group Environmental Procedures outlining 
initiatives to reduce our environmental footprint. The Group also established an emissions reduction target, aiming 
to reduce our operational footprint by 25% per employee by 2030, compared to 2017 levels.

AIA also continues to monitor environmental regulation and opportunities in the area of green finance, and engages 
with companies in our Group investment portfolio on ESG issues, with particular focus on the management of 
climate change risks.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  085

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCustomer  privacy  is  of  paramount  importance  to  the  Group.  We  continue  to  upgrade  and  invest  in  physical, 
administrative  and  technical  measures  to  protect  personal  and  business  data.  This  includes  programmes  to 
educate and raise awareness among our people regarding sound and proper cybersecurity and data protection 
practices.

People are at the heart of our business, and this means ensuring that we adhere to the high standards of quality 
and customer service expected by our customers. Helping our customers improve their health requires that we 
better understand their needs. To that end, we conduct research to understand the needs of various customer 
segments in order to customise our products and services.

AIA’s Supplier Code of Conduct outlines how we consider and integrate sustainability issues within our supply chain 
management process. As a Group, we work with suppliers that demonstrate best practice. Dedicated due diligence 
processes form a part of our existing supply chain management and monitoring system. This includes conducting 
supplier  and  third-party  assessments  where  necessary,  as  well  as  requesting  information  on  employment  and 
environmental practices from selected material suppliers through our supplier registration process.

To  understand  more  about  our  progress  on  ESG  initiatives,  please  refer  to  our  ESG  Report,  which  is  published  
on  the  websites  of  both  the  Hong  Kong  Exchanges  and  Clearing  Limited  and  the  Company  together  with  this 
Annual Report.

The Group is licensed to conduct insurance business and subject to extensive local regulatory oversight in each 
of  the  geographical  markets  in  which  its  branches  and  subsidiaries  operate.  While  the  extent  of  regulation 
varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, it typically includes laws and regulations regarding corporate governance, 
solvency/capital  adequacy,  market  conduct,  investment  management,  financial  reporting  and  distribution. The 
Group dedicates substantial resources and appropriate personnel to support compliance with relevant laws and 
regulations. AIA also monitors during the year ended 31 December 2019 the Group’s compliance with all material 
laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  it  including  the  solvency  and  capital  adequacy  requirements  applied  by  its 
regulators, details of which are contained in note 37 to the financial statements.

Please  see  the  Corporate  Governance  Report  for  a  discussion  on  the  Company’s  high  standards  of  corporate 
governance and the Board’s responsibility for compliance with statutory obligations.

Details of significant events affecting the Group that have occurred since 31 December 2019 are set out in note 
45 to the financial statements.

DIVIDENDS

An interim dividend of 33.30 Hong Kong cents per share for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019 (for the 
seven-month period ended 30 June 2018: 29.20 Hong Kong cents per share) was paid on 26 September 2019. The 
Board has recommended an increase of 10 per cent in the payment of a final dividend to 93.30 Hong Kong cents 
per share for the year ended 31 December 2019 (for the thirteen-month period ended 31 December 2018: 84.80 
Hong  Kong  cents  per  share),  consistent  with  AIA’s  established  prudent,  sustainable  and  progressive  dividend 
policy. During the thirteen-month period ended 31 December 2018, the Company paid a special dividend of 9.50 
Hong Kong cents per share for the additional month in the accounting period due to the change of the Company’s 
financial year-end date from 30 November 2018 to 31 December 2018. 

086

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREPORT OF THE DIRECTORS 
Under the trust deed of the Company’s Restricted Share Unit Scheme (RSU Scheme), shares of the Company are 
held by the trustee in either of two trust funds. These shares are held against the future entitlements of scheme 
participants. Provided the shares of the Company are held by the trustee and no beneficial interest in those shares 
has been vested in any beneficiary, the trustee shall waive any right to dividend payments or other distributions in 
respect of those shares (unless the Company determines otherwise).

As of 26 September 2019 (being the payment date of the interim dividend), the trustee held 37,232,476 shares. 
The amount of interim dividend payments waived was approximately US$2 million. Pursuant to the trust deed, the 
trustee will waive the right to final dividend payment if it is declared.

Subject  to  shareholders’  approval  at  the  annual  general  meeting  (AGM),  the  final  dividend  will  be  payable  
on Friday, 19 June 2020 to shareholders whose names appear on the register of members of the Company at  
the  close  of  business  on Thursday,  4 June  2020,  being  the  record  date  for  determining  the  entitlement  to  the  
final dividend.

DIRECTORS

The Directors of the Company during the year under review and up to the date of this report are as follows:

Independent Non-executive Chairman and Independent Non-executive Director

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Executive Director

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi (Group Chief Executive and President)

Independent Non-executive Directors 

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya 

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

In accordance with Article 100 of the Company’s Articles of Association, Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse, Mr. Jack  
Chak-Kwong  So  and  Mr.  Mohamed  Azman  Yahya  will  retire  from  office  by  rotation  and,  being  eligible,  offer 
themselves for re-election at the AGM.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  087

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCHANGES IN DIRECTORS’ INFORMATION

Changes in the Directors’ information which are required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 13.51B(1) of the Rules 
Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (Listing Rules) are set out below:

Name of Director

Change

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

• Ceased to be a member of the Exchange Fund Advisory Committee of the 
Hong  Kong  Special  Administrative  Region,  Chairman  of  its  Governance 
Sub-committee  and  a  member  of  its  Investment  Sub-committee  with 
effect from 30 September 2019

• Ceased  to  be  a  member  of  Hong  Kong  Trade  Development  Council 

(HKTDC) Belt and Road Committee in October 2019

• Appointed  as  a  member  of  HKTDC  Belt  and  Road  &  Greater  Bay  Area 

Committee in October 2019

Save as disclosed above, there is no other information required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 13.51B(1) of the 
Listing Rules.

DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS

No Director proposed for re-election at the AGM has a service contract with the Company which is not determinable 
by the Company within one year without payment of compensation (other than statutory compensation).

DIRECTORS OF SUBSIDIARIES

The names of all directors who have served on the boards of the subsidiaries of the Company during the year 
under review and up to the date of this report are available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com under the 
sub-section headed “Board of Directors” of “Corporate Governance” in the section headed “Investor Relations”.

PERMITTED INDEMNITY PROVISION

Pursuant  to  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Association,  subject  to  the  relevant  statutes,  every  Director  shall  be 
indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all costs, charges, expenses, losses and liabilities which he/
she may sustain or incur in or about the execution of his/her office or which may attach thereto. The Company has 
taken out insurance against the liabilities and costs associated with proceedings which may be brought against 
directors of the Group.

088

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREPORT OF THE DIRECTORSDIRECTORS’ AND THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S INTERESTS AND SHORT POSITIONS IN SHARES AND 
UNDERLYING SHARES

As  at  31  December  2019,  the  Directors’  and  the  Chief  Executive’s  interests  and  short  positions  in  the  shares, 
underlying shares and debentures of the Company and its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV 
of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (SFO)) as recorded in the register required to be kept under Section 352 
of the SFO, or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange) pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (Model 
Code) set out in Appendix 10 to the Listing Rules, are as follows:

Interests and short positions in the shares and underlying shares of the Company:

Number of 
shares or  
underlying  
shares
Long Position (L)

Percentage  
of the total  
number of  

Class

shares in issue (1)

Capacity 

Name of Directors

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

9,418,276(L)
61,200(L)

(2)

(3)

3,360,400(L)
200,000(L)

(3)

(3)

Ordinary

Ordinary

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

86,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

130,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

80,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

50,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

160,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Notes:
(1)  Based on 12,088,876,781 ordinary shares in issue as at 31 December 2019.

0.07
<0.01

0.02
<0.01

< 0.01

< 0.01

< 0.01

< 0.01

< 0.01

Beneficial owner
Interest of spouse(4)

Beneficial owner
Interest of controlled 

corporation(5)

Beneficial owner

Interest of controlled 

corporation(6)

Interests held jointly 
with another person(7)

Beneficial owner

Interest of spouse(8)

(2)  The  interests  included  2,667,773  shares  of  the  Company,  5,424,788  share  options  under  the  Share  Option  Scheme  (SO  Scheme),  1,323,849 
restricted share units under the RSU Scheme and 1,866 matching restricted stock purchase units (RSPUs) under the Employee Share Purchase 
Plan (ESPP).

(3)  The interests were shares of the Company.

(4)  The 61,200 shares were held by Ms. Leong Seet Lan, the spouse of Mr. Ng Keng Hooi, as beneficial owner.

(5)  The 200,000 shares were held by Edmund & Peggy Tse Foundation Limited, one-third interest of which is beneficially held by Mr. Edmund Sze-

Wing Tse.

(6)  The 130,000 shares were held by Cyber Project Developments Limited, a company beneficially wholly owned by Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So. 

(7)  The 80,000 shares were jointly held by Mr. John Barrie Harrison and his spouse, Ms. Rona Irene Harrison, as beneficial owners.

(8)  The 160,000 shares were held by Ms. Ayesha Abbas Macpherson, the spouse of Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau, as beneficial owner.

Save as disclosed above, as at 31 December 2019, neither the Directors nor the Chief Executive of the Company 
had any interest or short position in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company or its associated 
corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) as recorded in the register required to be kept under 
Section 352 of the SFO, or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to 
the Model Code.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  089

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINTERESTS AND SHORT POSITIONS IN SHARES AND UNDERLYING SHARES OF PERSONS OTHER 
THAN THE DIRECTORS OR THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE

As at 31 December 2019, the following persons, other than the Directors or the Chief Executive of the Company, 
had interests and short positions in the shares and underlying shares of the Company as recorded in the register 
required to be kept under Section 336 of the SFO:

Name of Shareholder

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

Number of shares  
or underlying shares 
(Note 1) 
Long Position(L)
Short Position(S)
Lending Pool(P)

1,070,555,441(L)
285,444,816(S)
747,192,065(P)

Class

Ordinary

The Capital Group Companies, Inc.

965,413,629(L)

Ordinary

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Citigroup Inc.

BlackRock, Inc.

778,373,473(L)
44,352,751(S)
378,076,019(P)

761,482,458(L)
6,493,786(S)
749,969,393(P)

629,705,868(L)
2,007,714(S)

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Notes:
(1)  The interests or short positions include underlying shares as follows:

Percentage of  
the total number  
of shares in issue 
(Note 2)

8.85
2.36
6.18

7.98

6.43 
 0.36 
 3.12

6.29 
 0.05 
 6.20

5.20 
 0.01

Capacity 

Note 3

Interest of 
controlled 
corporations

Note 4

Note 5

Interest of 
controlled 
corporations

Long Position

Short Position

Physically 
settled  
listed 
derivatives

Cash settled 
listed 
derivatives

Physically  
settled  
unlisted  
derivatives

Cash settled  
unlisted  
derivatives

Physically 
settled  
listed 
derivatives

Cash settled 
listed 
derivatives

Physically  
settled  
unlisted 
derivatives

Cash settled  
unlisted 
derivatives

–

–

–

–

– 4,015,176

–

–

–

–

– 285,444,816

–

–

–

–

Name of Shareholder

The Bank of New York 
Mellon Corporation

The Capital Group 
Companies, Inc.

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 13,483,000 3,912,200

858,260 19,673,473 4,331,000 7,114,000

4,875,033 3,943,713

Citigroup Inc.

3,142,045

BlackRock, Inc.

–

–

–

755,865

1,071,550 1,380,000

–

182,000

–

–

–

1,193,135

97,200

–

818,114

(2)  Based on 12,088,876,781 shares in issue as at 31 December 2019.

(3)  The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation held the interests and short positions in the following capacities:

Capacity

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Long Position)

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Short Position)

Interest of controlled corporations

1,070,555,441

285,444,816

090

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREPORT OF THE DIRECTORS(4)  JPMorgan Chase & Co. held the interests and short positions in the following capacities:

Capacity

Interest of controlled corporations

Investment manager

Person having a security interest in shares

Trustee

Approved lending agent

(5)  Citigroup Inc. held the interests and short positions in the following capacities:

Capacity

Interest of controlled corporations

Approved lending agent

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Long Position)

49,698,435

347,644,591

1,872,885

1,081,543

378,076,019

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Short Position)

44,352,751

–

–

–

–

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Long Position)

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Short Position)

11,513,065

749,969,393

6,493,786

–

Save as disclosed above, as at 31 December 2019, no person, other than the Directors or the Chief Executive of 
the Company, whose interests are set out in the section entitled “Directors’ and the Chief Executive’s Interests and 
Short Positions in Shares and Underlying Shares”, had any interest or short position in the shares or underlying 
shares of the Company as recorded in the register required to be kept under Section 336 of the SFO.

DIRECTORS’ RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE SHARES OR DEBENTURES

Under his service contract, Mr. Ng Keng Hooi, an Executive Director and the Group Chief Executive and President, 
is entitled to an annual discretionary earned incentive award, which includes payment in the form of shares of the 
Company. Details of Mr. Ng Keng Hooi’s incentive awards are set out in the Remuneration Report.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN TRANSACTIONS, ARRANGEMENTS OR CONTRACTS

No transactions, arrangements or contracts of significance to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries was 
a party, and in which any Director of the Company or his/her connected entity has a material interest, directly or 
indirectly, subsisted as at 31 December 2019 or at any time during the year under review.

RESERVES

As  at  31  December  2019,  the  aggregate  amount  of  reserves  available  for  distribution  to  shareholders  of  the 
Company, as calculated under the provisions of Part 6 of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, was US$7,079 
million (31 December 2018: US$6,488 million).

CHARITABLE DONATIONS

Charitable donations made by the Group during the year ended 31 December 2019 amounted to US$4 million (for 
the thirteen-month period ended 31 December 2018: US$6 million).

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  091

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the percentage of the aggregate purchases attributable to the Group’s 
five largest suppliers was less than 30 per cent of the Group’s total value of purchases and the percentage of the 
aggregate sales attributable to the Group’s five largest customers was less than 30 per cent of the Group’s total 
value of sales.

SHARES ISSUED

Details  of  the  shares  issued  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  are  set  out  in  note  35  to  the  financial 
statements.

DEBENTURES ISSUED

Details of the debentures issued during the year ended 31 December 2019 are set out in note 30 to the financial 
statements.

EQUITY-LINKED AGREEMENTS

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Company  did  not  enter  into  any  equity-linked  agreements  and 
there did not subsist any equity-linked agreement entered into by the Company as at 31 December 2019, save for 
the restricted share units, outstanding share options and restricted stock purchase units awarded to employees 
under the RSU Scheme, the SO Scheme and the ESPP, respectively, and the restricted stock subscription units 
awarded to agents under the Agency Share Purchase Plan (ASPP), each described below and in the Remuneration 
Report and note 40 to the financial statements.

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT SCHEME
During the year ended 31 December 2019, 10,672,622 restricted share units were awarded by the Company under 
the RSU Scheme adopted by the Company on 28 September 2010 (as amended). Details of the scheme are set out 
in the Remuneration Report and note 40 to the financial statements.

SHARE OPTION SCHEME
During the year ended 31 December 2019, 4,412,153 share options were awarded by the Company under the SO 
Scheme adopted by the Company on 28 September 2010 (as amended). 10,552,614 share options were exercised 
during  the  year  under  review  and  the  Company  issued  10,552,614  new  shares  accordingly.  The  proceeds 
received amounted to approximately US$55 million. A summary of the terms of the SO Scheme is set out in the 
Remuneration Report and further details of the SO Scheme are set out in the Remuneration Report and note 40 
to the financial statements.

The SO Scheme will expire on 27 September 2020 and an ordinary resolution will be proposed at the forthcoming 
annual general meeting to approve the adoption of a new share option scheme and the termination of the SO 
Scheme. Upon the termination of the SO Scheme, no further share options can be granted thereunder, but it shall 
remain in full force and effect to the extent necessary to give effect to the exercise of any share options granted 
prior to its termination which remain outstanding, and the exercise of such share options shall be subject to and 
in accordance with the terms on which they were granted, the provisions of the SO Scheme and the Listing Rules.

092

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREPORT OF THE DIRECTORSEMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN 
During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  1,331,071  restricted  stock  purchase  units  were  awarded  by  the 
Company and 1,076,322 matching restricted stock purchase units were vested under the ESPP adopted by the 
Company on 25 July 2011 (as amended). No new shares have been issued pursuant to the ESPP since its adoption. 
Details of the plan are set out in the Remuneration Report and note 40 to the financial statements.

AGENCY SHARE PURCHASE PLAN 
The Company adopted the ASPP on 23 February 2012 (ASPP Adoption Date). Under the ASPP, certain agents and 
agency leaders of the Group are selected to participate in the plan. Those agents selected for participation may 
elect to purchase the Company’s shares and, after having been in the plan for a period of three years, receive one 
matching share for each two shares purchased through the award of matching restricted stock subscription units 
(RSSUs). Each eligible agent’s participation level is capped at a maximum purchase in any plan year of US$15,000 
(or local equivalent). Upon vesting of the matching RSSUs, those agents who remain as agents of the Group will 
receive one matching share for each RSSU which he or she holds. The aggregate number of new shares which can 
be issued by the Company under the ASPP during the 10-year period shall not exceed 2.5 per cent of the number 
of shares in issue on the ASPP Adoption Date. Since the ASPP Adoption Date and up to 31 December 2019, a 
cumulative total of 5,433,433 new shares were issued under the ASPP, representing approximately 0.045 per cent 
of the shares in issue as at the ASPP Adoption Date.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  1,250,598  matching  RSSUs  were  awarded,  1,260,386  matching 
RSSUs  were  vested,  and  1,260,386  new  shares  (Awarded  Shares)  were  issued  for  RSSUs  vested  pursuant  to 
the ASPP. The Awarded Shares were issued at the subscription price of US$1.00 each to Computershare Hong 
Kong Trustees Limited (being the plan trustee) to hold the same on trust for certain eligible agents upon vesting 
of their matching RSSUs. The closing price of the Company’s shares on 29 April 2019 (being the business day 
immediately following the date on which the aforesaid matching RSSUs were vested, which was a non-trading 
day) was HK$80.30. The proceeds received amounted to approximately US$1.26 million which were used to fund 
the administration expenses of the ASPP and as general working capital of the Company. 

NON-EXEMPT CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group had not entered into any connected transactions which are 
not exempt from the annual reporting requirement under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Details of the related party transactions undertaken by the Group during the year ended 31 December 2019 in the 
ordinary course of business are set out in note 42 to the financial statements. Such related party transactions are 
all exempt connected transactions under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  093

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONPURCHASE, SALE OR REDEMPTION OF THE COMPANY’S LISTED SECURITIES

Save  for  the  purchase  of  3,127,664  shares  of  the  Company  under  the  RSU  Scheme  and  the  ESPP  at  a  total 
consideration of approximately US$31 million, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries purchased, sold or 
redeemed any of the Company’s listed securities during the year ended 31 December 2019. These purchases were 
made by the trustees of the relevant scheme/plan on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. These shares are held on 
trust for participants of the relevant scheme/plan and therefore have not been cancelled. Please refer to note 40 
to the financial statements for details.

PUBLIC FLOAT

Based on information that is publicly available to the Company and within the knowledge of the Directors, the 
Company has maintained the amount of public float as approved by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and permitted 
under the Listing Rules as at the date of this report.

AUDITOR

PricewaterhouseCoopers was re-appointed auditor of the Company in 2019.

PricewaterhouseCoopers will retire and, being eligible, offer itself for re-appointment at the AGM. A resolution for 
the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers as auditor of the Company will be proposed at the AGM.

By Order of the Board

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Independent Non-executive Chairman
12 March 2020

094

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREPORT OF THE DIRECTORSCORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

CORE PRINCIPLES

The Board believes that strong corporate governance is essential both to the delivery of sustainable value and to 
maintaining a culture of business integrity, which in turn supports investor confidence. The Board is ultimately 
responsible  for  the  performance  of  the  Group,  including  the  consistent  achievement  of  business  plans  and 
compliance with statutory as well as corporate obligations. The Board is also responsible for the development 
and implementation of the Group’s corporate governance practices. This Corporate Governance Report explains 
the Company’s corporate governance principles and practices, including how the Board manages the business to 
deliver long-term shareholder value and to promote the development of the Group.

As a company listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the Company is committed to high 
standards of corporate governance and sees the maintenance of good corporate governance practices as essential 
to  its  sustainable  growth.  It  is  vital  that  Board  members,  in  aggregate,  have  the  requisite  skills  and  expertise 
and  are  supported  by  a  structure  that  enables  appropriate  delegation  between  the  Board,  its  committees  and 
management, whilst ensuring that the Board retains overall control. To promote effective governance across all 
of our operations, the Board has approved a governance framework, which maps out internal approval processes 
including those matters that may be delegated.

In this Corporate Governance Report, the Board seeks to set out the Company’s corporate governance structure 
and policies, inform shareholders of the corporate governance undertakings of the Company and demonstrate to 
shareholders the value of such practices.

Throughout  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  with  the  exception  of  Code  Provision  F.1.3,  the  Company  had 
applied the principles and complied with all applicable code provisions of the Corporate Governance Code set 
out in Appendix 14 to the Listing Rules. Code Provision F.1.3 provides that the company secretary should report 
to  the  chairman  of  the  board  and/or  the  chief  executive. The  Company  operates  under  a  variant  of  this  model 
whereby the Group Company Secretary reports to the Group General Counsel, who is ultimately accountable for 
the company secretarial function of the Company and who in turn reports directly to the Group Chief Executive.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Board is accountable to shareholders for the affairs of the Company. It meets these obligations by ensuring 
the maintenance of high standards of governance in all aspects of the Company’s business, setting the strategic 
direction for the Group and maintaining appropriate levels of review, challenge and guidance in its relationship 
with Group management. It is also the ultimate decision-making body for all matters considered material to the 
Group  and  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that,  as  a  collective  body,  Board  members  have  the  appropriate  skills, 
knowledge and experience to perform their roles effectively.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  095

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONIn these matters, the Board provides leadership to management in respect of operational issues through the Group 
Chief Executive and President, who is authorised to act on behalf of the Board in the operational management 
of  the  Company.  Any  responsibilities  not  so  delegated  by  the  Board  to  the  Group  Chief  Executive  remain  the 
responsibility of the Board.

The Board has also adopted and/or updated various policies as recommended by the Audit Committee and the 
Risk Committee for better corporate governance.

During  the  year  under  review,  the  Board  reviewed  the  Company’s  compliance  with  the  Corporate  Governance 
Code, including the necessary disclosures in its reports to shareholders.

The Board discharges the following responsibilities either by itself or through delegation to the Audit Committee, 
the Nomination Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Risk Committee:

(a)  the development and review of the Company’s policies and practices on corporate governance;

(b) the review and monitoring of the training and continuous professional development of Directors and senior 

management;

(c) the review and monitoring of the Company’s policies and practices on compliance with legal and regulatory 

requirements;

(d) the development, review and monitoring of the Code of Conduct applicable to all officers and employees of the 

Group; and

(e) the review of the Company’s compliance with the Corporate Governance Code and disclosure in this Corporate 

Governance Report.

The Company has also adopted its own Directors’ and Chief Executives’ Dealing Policy (Dealing Policy) on terms 
no less exacting than those set out in the Model Code in respect of dealings by the Directors in the securities of the 
Company. All of the Directors confirmed, following specific enquiry by the Company, that they have complied with 
the required standards set out in the Model Code and the Dealing Policy throughout the year ended 31 December 
2019.

BOARD EVALUATION
The  Board  undertakes  regularly  a  formal  evaluation  of  its  own  performance  and  that  of  its  committees  and 
individual  Directors  to  ensure  the  Board  and  its  committees  continue  to  perform  effectively.  The  evaluation 
is  conducted  either  by  way  of  internal  assessment  or  through  independent  external  consultants.  A  tailored 
questionnaire is used to collect views and comments from Board members. Findings are reviewed and considered 
by the Board to formulate appropriate follow-up actions.

096

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTBOARD COMPOSITION
As of 31 December 2019 and up to the date of this Corporate Governance Report, the Board consists of eleven 
members,  comprising  one  Executive  Director  and  ten  Independent  Non-executive  Directors.  All  Directors  are 
expressly identified by reference to such categories in all corporate communications that disclose their names. The 
composition of the Board is well balanced with each Director having sound board level experience and expertise 
relevant  to  the  business  operations  and  development  of  the  Group.  The  Board  is  comprised  of  members  with 
extensive business, financial, government, regulatory and policy experience from a variety of backgrounds. There 
is diversity of nationality, ethnicity, educational background, functional expertise, gender, age and experience.

Biographies of the Directors are set out on pages 74 to 79 of this Annual Report.

BOARD INDEPENDENCE
Over 90 per cent (ten out of eleven) of the Board are Independent Non-executive Directors. Save as disclosed 
below  in  respect  of  Mr.  Tse,  each  of  the  Independent  Non-executive  Directors  of  the  Company  meets  the 
independence guidelines set out in Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules and has provided to the Company the requisite 
annual confirmation as to his or her independence. Mr. Tse, save for being currently a director of AIA Foundation 
(a subsidiary of the Company) and previously a Non-executive Director of the Company from 27 September 2010 
to 22 March 2017 until his re-designation as an Independent Non-executive Director, has met the independence 
guidelines set out in Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules. The Company has satisfied itself that Mr. Tse is independent 
pursuant to Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules on the basis that since his appointment as a Non-executive Director of 
the Company on 27 September 2010, Mr. Tse has not held any executive or management role or function in the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries, and at no time during that period has he been employed by the Company or any 
of its subsidiaries. He has not taken part in the day-to-day management of the Company or its subsidiaries beyond 
his attendance at and participation in board and committee meetings of the Group.

Save as disclosed herein, none of the Independent Non-executive Directors has any business with or significant 
financial interests in the Company or its subsidiaries and therefore all the Independent Non-executive Directors 
continue to be considered by the Company to be independent.

BOARD PROCESS
Board meetings are held at least four times a year to determine overall strategies, receive management updates, 
approve business plans as well as interim and annual results, and to consider other significant matters. At these 
meetings, senior management also provides regular updates to the Board with respect to the Group’s business 
activities and development of the Group, together with regulatory and policy updates.

Directors are empowered under the relevant terms of reference to request further information from management 
whenever they think fit.

During the year under review, there were five scheduled Board meetings, all of which were convened in accordance 
with the Articles of Association of the Company.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  097

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe attendance of individual Directors, either in person or through electronic means of communication, at the 
Board meetings, committees’ meetings and the 2019 annual general meeting of the Company (2019 AGM) held 
during the year under review are as follows:

Name of Director

Independent Non-executive 
Chairman and Independent 
Non-executive Director

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse 

Executive Director, 
Group Chief Executive and President 

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Independent Non-executive 
Directors

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee 

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

No. of Meetings Attended / No. of Meetings Held

Audit  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Board

Risk  

Committee 2019 AGM

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

–

–

4/4

–

4/4

4/4

–

–

–

4/4

–

2/2

7/7

4/4

1/1

–

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

–

4/4

1/1

7/7

–

–

6/7

7/7

–

–

–

–

–

4/4

4/4

–

–

4/4

4/4

–

–

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

Minutes  of  the  meetings  of  and  circular  resolutions  passed  by  the  Board  and  all  committees  are  kept  by  the 
Company Secretary. These minutes and resolutions are open for inspection on reasonable notice by any Director.

CHAIRMAN AND GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse, Independent Non-executive Chairman of the Company, plays a critical role of leading 
the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities. With the support of the Group Chief Executive and President and senior 
management, Mr. Tse seeks to ensure that all Directors are properly briefed on issues arising at Board meetings 
and that they receive adequate and reliable information in a timely manner. He is also responsible for making sure 
that good corporate governance practices and procedures are followed.

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi, Group Chief Executive and President of the Company, reports to the Board and is responsible 
for the overall leadership, strategic and executive management and profit performance of the Group, including 
all  operations  and  administration.  Mr.  Ng  attends  Board  meetings  as  the  sole  Executive  Director  and,  in  his 
capacity as Group Chief Executive and President, ensures that the Board is updated at least monthly in respect of 
material aspects of the Company’s performance. Mr. Ng discharges his responsibilities within the framework of 
the Company’s policies, reserved powers and routine reporting requirements and is advised and assisted by the 
senior management of the Group.

The segregation ensures a clear distinction between the Chairman’s responsibility to manage the Board and the 
Group Chief Executive and President’s responsibility to manage the Group’s business.

The roles and responsibilities of the Board, the Chairman of the Board and the Group Chief Executive are set out in 
the Board Charter of the Company, which is available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com.

098

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
The Company uses a formal and transparent procedure for the appointment of new Directors. The Board receives 
recommendations  for  the  appointment  of  new  Directors  from  the  Nomination  Committee,  which  considers  the 
background  of  the  proposed  new  Directors.  The  Board  then  deliberates  over  such  recommendations  prior  to 
approval. To promote greater transparency in this respect, the Directors’ Nomination Policy was adopted by the 
Board on 14 March 2019. A summary of the Directors’ Nomination Policy is set out in the sub-section headed 
“Nomination Committee” of the “Committees of the Board” section in this report.

All Directors (including Non-executive Directors) are subject to retirement by rotation once every three years and 
are subject to re-election at the general meetings of the Company in accordance with the Articles of Association 
of the Company and the Corporate Governance Code.

INDUCTION AND ONGOING DEVELOPMENT
The  Company  provides  each  Director  with  personalised  induction,  training  and  development.  On  appointment, 
each  Director  receives  a  comprehensive  and  tailored  induction  covering,  amongst  other  things,  the  role  of  the 
Board  and  its  key  committees,  group  structure,  governance  structure  and  the  duties  and  responsibilities  of  a 
director under applicable laws and regulations.

Directors receive detailed briefings on the Group’s principal businesses, the markets in which it operates and the 
overall competitive environment. Other areas addressed include legal and compliance issues affecting directors 
of  financial  services  companies,  the  Group’s  governance  arrangements,  the  principal  basis  of  accounting  for 
the  Group’s  results,  the  internal  audit  and  risk  management  functions,  its  investor  relations  programme  and 
remuneration policies. The Directors are continually updated on the Group’s business and the latest developments 
to  the  Listing  Rules  and  other  applicable  statutory  requirements  to  ensure  compliance  and  continuous  good 
corporate governance practice.

During the year under review, the Company organised a Board Strategy Day and provided a number of briefings 
to  the  Directors  to  update  them  on  the  implementation  of  the  Group’s  strategies  to  capture  future  business 
opportunities and the latest developments in the Group’s principal businesses and major products. In December 
2019, the Board visited Beijing, PRC, where Directors had an in-depth review of the Group’s local operations. The 
visit also provided an opportunity for the Directors to gain new insights into the insurance sector in PRC and its 
prospects for continued growth.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  099

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONAll Directors are encouraged to participate in continuous professional development to extend and refresh their 
knowledge and skills, and are required to provide their training records to the Company. The training received by 
the Directors during the year under review is summarised as follows:

Types of Training

Reading or attending briefings / 
seminars / conferences  
relevant to regulatory and 
governance updates 

Attending corporate events / 
Board visits / executive  
briefings relevant to  
the Group’s business 

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Name of Director

Independent Non-executive Chairman and 
Independent Non-executive Director

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Executive Director, Group Chief Executive 
and President 

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Independent Non-executive Directors 

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya 

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The  Company’s  corporate  governance  is  implemented  through  a  structured  hierarchy,  which  includes  the 
Board and four committees established by the Board, namely, the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee, 
the  Remuneration  Committee  and  the  Risk  Committee. The  memberships  and  terms  of  reference  of  all  Board 
committees  are  available  on  the  websites  of  both  the  Hong  Kong  Exchanges  and  Clearing  Limited  and  the 
Company. In addition to the four Board committees, a number of management committees have been established 
including, among others, an Executive Committee, the Group Operational Risk Committee and the Group Financial 
Risk Committee.

AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee consists of four members, all of whom are Independent Non-executive Directors. They are 
Mr.  Harrison,  who  serves  as  chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee,  Mr.  So,  Mr.  Yeo  and  Dr.  Narongchai.  The  Audit 
Committee is delegated with the authority from the Board to oversee the Group’s financial reporting system, the 
internal control systems and the relationship with the external auditor of the Company, and to review the Group’s 
financial information.

The  duties  performed  by  the  Audit  Committee  during  the  year  under  review  included  overseeing  the  Group’s 
financial reporting system, reviewing risk management and internal control systems; monitoring the integrity of 
the preparation of the Company’s financial information, including quarterly business highlights and interim and 
annual results of the Group; reviewing the Group’s financial and accounting policies and practices as well as its 
whistle-blowing programme; and monitoring the adequacy of resources for and effectiveness of the internal audit 
function. Details of how the reviews of the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems had 
been undertaken are set out in the Risk Management and Internal Control section of this report.

100

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTThe Audit Committee also provided oversight for and management of the relationship with the Group’s external 
auditor,  including  reviewing  and  monitoring  the  external  auditor’s  independence  and  objectivity,  and  the 
effectiveness of the audit process in accordance with applicable standards.

The Audit Committee held four meetings during the year ended 31 December 2019. The attendance records of the 
Audit Committee members are set out on page 98 of this Annual Report.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The  Nomination  Committee  consists  of  ten  members,  including  the  Independent  Non-executive  Chairman,  Mr. 
Tse, who serves as chairman of the Nomination Committee, and the remaining nine Independent Non-executive 
Directors, Mr. So, Mr. Chow, Mr. Harrison, Mr. Yeo, Mr. Yahya, Professor Lau, Ms. Teo, Dr. Narongchai and Mr. Purisima. 
The Nomination Committee is delegated with the authority from the Board to review the Board’s composition and 
diversity, formulate and implement the Directors’ Nomination Policy, make recommendation to the Board on the 
appointment/re-appointment of Directors and members of the Board committees, and assess the independence 
of the Independent Non-executive Directors.

The duties performed by the Nomination Committee during the year under review included reviewing and making 
recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  succession  plan  of  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  and  more 
generally, on the structure, size and composition of the Board, with due regard to the skills, knowledge, experience 
and  diversity  of  background  and  experience  of  its  members;  overseeing  the  identification  and  assessment  of 
potential candidates for directorship; providing oversight and direction in respect of the succession planning for 
directors and determining the composition of the Board committees.

To promote greater transparency on the Nomination Committee’s processes and criteria for selecting and making 
recommendations to the Board on the appointment, election or re-election of Directors, the Directors’ Nomination 
Policy was adopted by the Board on 14 March 2019 upon the recommendation of the Nomination Committee.

A summary of the Directors’ Nomination Policy is set out below:

• 

In assessing the suitability of a candidate proposed for appointment, election or re-election as a Director, the 
Nomination Committee shall consider the candidate on the basis of the selection criteria set out in the Directors’ 
Nomination Policy, which includes, amongst other things, whether his/her skills, knowledge, experience and 
background  can  complement  and  enhance  those  of  the  existing  Board  members  with  due  regards  to  the 
benefits of diversity perspectives set out in the Board Diversity Policy; his/her character, reputation, integrity 
and standard of competence; and the ability to devote sufficient time to discharge his/her duties as a Director. 
For  candidates  proposed  for  nomination  as  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director,  the  satisfaction  of  the 
independence requirement under Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules is also required.

•  For appointment or election of a new Director, the Nomination Committee shall take the lead in identifying 
candidates suitably qualified to become a Director. It may consider referrals from existing Directors, and use 
open advertising or the services of external advisers to facilitate the search based on the selection criteria set 
out in the Directors’ Nomination Policy. Shareholders may also propose a person for election as a Director of the 
Company at a general meeting, relevant procedures of which are set out on the website of the Company. The 
Nomination Committee shall evaluate the suitability of a candidate through interviews, background checks, 
third party reference checks, and/or any process as it deems necessary and appropriate.

•  For re-election of a retiring Director, the Nomination Committee will review the overall past contributions of the 
retiring Director to the Company, and determine whether he/she continues to meet the selection criteria set 
out in the Directors’ Nomination Policy.

These processes aim to ensure that every Director has the requisite character, experience and integrity, and that 
he/she is able to demonstrate a standard of competence commensurate with his/her position as a Director.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  101

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Furthermore, the Board Diversity Policy, which was adopted by the Board in 2013 and describes the Company’s 
approach to ensuring adequate diversity, is summarised below:

•  Consideration  and  selection  of  candidates  for  appointment  to  the  Board  will  be  based  on  merit  which 
shall  include  a  review  of  any  candidate’s  integrity,  experience,  educational  background,  industry  or  related 
experience and more general experience;

•  Within that overriding emphasis on merit, the Nomination Committee shall seek to address Board vacancies 
by  actively  considering  candidates  that  bring  a  diversity  of  background  and  opinion  from  amongst  those 
candidates with the appropriate background and industry or related expertise and experience. The Nomination 
Committee’s considerations shall include achieving an appropriate level of diversity having regard to factors 
such as race, gender, age, nationality, cultural and educational background;

•  The Nomination Committee will (a) in reviewing the Board composition, consider the benefits of all aspects 
of  diversity  including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  described  above,  in  order  to  maintain  an  appropriate  range 
and balance of skills, experience, knowledge and character on the Board; and (b) as part of the performance 
evaluation of the Board, consider the balance of skills, experience, knowledge and independence of the Board; 
and

•  As part of the Nomination Committee’s annual review of the structure, size and composition of the Board, the 
Nomination Committee will expressly consider and include commentary to the Board on the subject of the 
Board’s diversity.

The Nomination Committee held two meetings during the year ended 31 December 2019. The attendance records 
of the Nomination Committee members are set out on page 98 of this Annual Report.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee consists of four members, all of whom are Independent Non-executive Directors. 
They are Mr. So, who serves as chairman of the Remuneration Committee, Mr. Yeo, Mr. Yahya and Mr. Tse. The 
duties of the Remuneration Committee are to make recommendations to the Board on the remuneration policy 
covering the Directors and senior management of the Group and to review and approve remuneration offered to 
the Executive Director and senior management of the Group.

The Remuneration Committee held seven meetings during the year ended 31 December 2019. The attendance 
records of the Remuneration Committee members are set out on page 98 of this Annual Report. Details of the role 
of  the  Remuneration  Committee,  and  the  key  activities  performed  by  the  Remuneration  Committee  during  the 
year under review have been set out in the Remuneration Report, which forms part of this Corporate Governance 
Report.

RISK COMMITTEE
The Risk Committee consists of six members, five of whom are Independent Non-executive Directors, including 
Mr. Chow, who serves as chairman of the Risk Committee, Mr. Harrison, Professor Lau, Ms. Teo, Mr. Tse and Mr. 
Ng, the sole Executive Director. The Risk Committee is delegated with the authority from the Board to, amongst 
other things, determine the Group’s risk appetite, including the risk appetite statement, risk principles and risk 
tolerances, oversee and review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Risk Management Framework of the Group, 
ensure that the material risks facing the Group have been identified and that the risk profile adequately represents 
any  significant  issues  relating  to  the  Group’s  control  environment  with  mitigating  actions  put  in  place,  and  to 
advise the Board on risk-related issues.

102

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTThe duties performed by the Risk Committee during the year under review included providing advice to the Board 
on the risk profile and risk management strategy of the Group; considering and reviewing disclosures in interim 
and annual reports, risk management-related policies and guidelines, statutory solvency positions, risk appetite 
and metrics; overseeing the risk management and compliance framework; reviewing the risk management and 
internal control systems; endorsing the Company’s risk governance structure; and reviewing major risks. Details 
of how the Risk Committee reviews the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems are set 
out in the Risk Management and Internal Control section of this report.

The Risk Committee held four meetings during the year ended 31 December 2019. The attendance records of the 
Risk Committee members are set out on page 98 of this Annual Report.

EXTERNAL AUDITOR

The external auditor of the Company is PricewaterhouseCoopers. The Audit Committee is responsible for making 
recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  external  auditor’s  appointment,  re-appointment  and  removal,  which  are 
subject to approval by the Board and by the shareholders at a general meeting of the Company. In assessing the 
external  auditor,  the  Audit  Committee  will  take  into  account  relevant  experience,  performance,  objectivity  and 
independence  of  the  external  auditor. The  Board  has  adopted  policies  on  nomination  and  appointment  of  and 
services performed by the external auditor to enhance related governance practices.

The Audit Committee also reviews the non-audit services provided by the external auditor and its remuneration on 
a regular basis. For the year ended 31 December 2019, the total estimated remuneration payable by the Group to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers was US$26.0 million (for the thirteen-month period ended 31 December 2018: US$23.0 
million), an analysis of which is set out below:

US$ millions

Audit services

Non-audit services, including:

Audit-related services

Tax services

Other services

Total

2019

18.9

5.1

1.4

0.6

26.0

2018 

16.7

2.0

1.7

2.6

23.0

In addition to those fees disclosed above, audit fees of US$0.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2019 (for 
the thirteen-month period ended 31 December 2018: US$0.8 million) were payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers 
by funds for which the Group is the investment adviser, manager or administrator.

ACCOUNTABILITY AND AUDIT

FINANCIAL REPORTING
The  annual  results  of  the  Company  and  other  financial  information  were  published  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements of the Listing Rules and other applicable regulations and industry best practice. When preparing the 
Company’s financial reports, the Board endeavours to present this information in a comprehensible, informative 
and user-friendly manner.

The  Directors  acknowledge  their  responsibility  for  preparing  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements 
and ensuring that the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is in accordance with the 
relevant requirements and applicable standards.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  103

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe statement of the Company’s auditor concerning its reporting responsibilities on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements is set out in the Independent Auditor’s Report on pages 125 to 131 of this Annual Report.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board, assisted by its committees, is responsible for overseeing the Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems on an ongoing basis. The Board reviews the effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems on an annual basis.

The Group’s RMF does not seek to eliminate all risks but rather to identify, understand and manage them within 
acceptable limits in order to support the sustainability of the business and the creation of long-term value, and 
can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The main features 
and other information on the RMF and the process used to identify, evaluate and manage significant risks are set 
out in the Risk Management section of this Annual Report.

The Company has an internal audit function (Internal Audit). The key features of the Company’s internal control 
system include independent reviews and testing of internal controls, taking a risk-based approach and developing 
an annual audit plan presented to the Audit Committee. Reports of significant audit findings are prepared and 
communicated to management and the Audit Committee and where control weaknesses or defects are identified, 
recommendations  are  provided  to  resolve  them.  This  includes  issues  formally  identified  from  internal  audits, 
forensic  investigations,  regulatory  reports  and  special  projects.  Management  is  responsible  for  the  design, 
implementation and evaluation of the internal control system, including ongoing mitigation, across the business 
and processes.

The  Board  has,  through  the  Risk  Committee  and  Audit  Committee,  reviewed  the  adequacy  and  effectiveness 
of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  (covering  all  material  controls  such  as  financial, 
operational and compliance controls), including:

•  

the adequacy of resources, staff qualifications and experience, training programmes and the budget of the 
Group’s accounting, internal audit and financial reporting functions;

•  areas of risk identified by management as well as the quality and scope of management’s ongoing monitoring 

of risks and the risk management system;

• 

• 

• 

• 

the changes in the nature and extent of significant risks since the previous review and the Group’s ability to 
respond to changes in the external environment and its business;

the  quality  and  scope  of  the  internal  control  system  implemented  by  management  and  the  work  and 
effectiveness of Internal Audit as well as any significant risks reported by Internal Audit;

the extent and frequency of communication of monitoring results to the Board and its committees, to enable 
the assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems;

the incidence of any significant control failings or weaknesses that have been identified during the year and 
the extent to which they have resulted in a material impact on the Group’s financial performance or condition;

•  

the effectiveness of the Group’s processes in relation to financial reporting and regulatory compliance;

• 

the scope of work performed by both internal and external auditors and any significant issues arising from 
internal and external audit reports; and

•  

the results of management’s control self-assessment exercises.

104

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTThe annual review of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems was supported by an internal 
certification  process  performed  by  management  (at  both  the  Company’s  and  subsidiaries’  levels),  the  Risk  & 
Compliance function and Internal Audit of the Company.

Management  has  confirmed  to  the  Board  that  the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  are 
adequate  and  effective.  Based  on  the  review  result  and  management’s  confirmation,  the  Board  considered 
the Group’s risk management and internal control systems to be adequate and effective for the year ended 31 
December 2019.

INSIDE INFORMATION
The Company has implemented proper procedures and internal controls for the handling and dissemination of 
inside information:

•  The Company has established a policy on the disclosure of inside information to ensure that all current and 
prospective  investors  of  the  Company,  market  participants  and  the  public  are  provided  with  appropriate 
information relating to the Group in a timely and simultaneous manner. The policy has been communicated to 
all relevant staff and related training has also been provided to them; and

•  A  written  communications  protocol  has  also  been  established  to  implement  a  control  process  within  the 
Group for the management of communications with various internal and external stakeholders. Such protocol 
identifies a list of spokespersons who are authorised to provide information about the Group to the relevant 
stakeholders. The Company’s Code of Conduct further contains a strict prohibition on the unauthorised use of 
confidential or non-public information.

COMPANY SECRETARY

All  the  Directors  have  access  to  the  advice  and  services  of  the  Company  Secretary  at  any  time  in  respect  of 
their duties and the effective operation of the Board and Board committees. The Company Secretary advises the 
Board on all corporate governance matters; facilitates the induction and professional development of Directors; 
and  ensures  good  information  flows  and  communications  within  the  Board  and  its  committees,  and  between 
management and the Non-executive Directors. The Company Secretary also plays an important role in ensuring 
that Board and Board committee policies and procedures are followed and the Board’s obligations to shareholders 
pursuant to the Listing Rules are discharged. 

Ms. Nicole Pao succeeded Mr. Mitchell David New as Company Secretary of the Company with effect from 17 May 
2019. Ms. Pao continues to report to Mr. New. Mr. New continues to act as Group General Counsel, a member of 
the Group Executive Committee, as well as a director of various entities within the Group. During the year under 
review, Ms. Pao had undertaken at least 15 hours of relevant continuing professional education.

ENGAGEMENT WITH SHAREHOLDERS

The Board recognises the importance of maintaining an ongoing dialogue with the Company’s shareholders and 
does so through general meetings, press releases, announcements and corporate communications such as the 
annual report, interim report and circulars. The Board is committed to the timely disclosure of information. The 
latest information regarding the Group’s activities, announcements, results presentations, webcasts and corporate 
communications is made available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com in a timely manner. The financial 
calendar highlighting the key dates for shareholders is set out on page 299 of this Annual Report.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  105

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe Investor Relations function oversees the Company’s engagement with investors. The Company’s institutional 
shareholder base is geographically diversified and the Company is also extensively covered by research analysts 
from a wide range of broker houses. An active and open dialogue with institutional investors is maintained through 
regular investor interactions, including meetings, investment conferences and roadshows. Investor feedback and 
analysts’  reports  on  the  Company  are  circulated  to  the  Board  and  the  Executive  Committee  on  a  regular  and 
systematic basis to promote an understanding of external views on the Company’s performance.

The  Board  has  adopted  a  Shareholders’  Communication  Policy  and  such  policy  will  be  reviewed  on  a  regular 
basis  to  ensure  its  effectiveness.  The  Board  welcomes  views,  questions  and  concerns  from  shareholders  and 
other stakeholders. Shareholders and other stakeholders may send their enquiries and concerns to the Board. The 
contact details are set out on page 300 of this Annual Report.

2019 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The  most  recent  general  meeting  of  the  Company  was  the  2019 AGM  which  was  held  at  the  Grand  Ballroom, 
2/F,  New  World  Millennium  Hong  Kong  Hotel,  72  Mody  Road, Tsim  Sha Tsui  East,  Kowloon,  Hong  Kong  on  17 
May  2019.  The  Chairman  and  all  other  members  of  the  Board  at  that  time,  together  with  the  Group’s  senior 
management and external auditor, attended the 2019 AGM. The poll voting results are available on the websites 
of both the Company and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited. The matters resolved at the 2019 AGM 
are summarised below:

•  Receipt of the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company, the Report of the Directors and the 

Independent Auditor’s Report for the thirteen-month period ended 31 December 2018;

•   Declaration of a special dividend of 9.50 Hong Kong cents per share for the thirteen-month period ended 31 

December 2018;

•   Declaration of a final dividend of 84.80 Hong Kong cents per share for the thirteen-month period ended 31 

December 2018;

•  Re-election,  by  separate  ordinary  resolutions,  of  Ms.  Teo,  Dr.  Akrasanee  and  Mr.  Yeo  as  Independent  Non-

executive Directors of the Company;

•  Re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers as auditor of the Company until the conclusion of the next annual 

general meeting and authorising the Board to fix its remuneration;

•   General mandate to Directors to cause the Company to issue additional shares of the Company, not exceeding 
10 per cent of the aggregate number of shares of the Company in issue on the date of the 2019 AGM, and the 
discount for any shares to be issued not exceeding 10 per cent to the benchmarked price;

•  General mandate to Directors to cause the Company to buy back shares of the Company, not exceeding 10 per 

cent of the aggregate number of shares of the Company in issue on the date of the 2019 AGM; 

•  General mandate to Directors to cause the Company to issue shares of the Company under the RSU Scheme, 
not exceeding 2.5 per cent of the number of shares of the Company in issue on the date of the listing of the 
Company’s shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange;

•  Adjustment of the limit of the annual sum of the Directors’ fees to US$2,500,000; and

•  Amendment of Articles of Association of the Company.

The forthcoming annual general meeting of the Company will be held on Friday, 29 May 2020. Further details will 
be set out in the circular to be sent to the shareholders of the Company on or before 27 April 2020.

106

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTSHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS

GENERAL MEETING
Shareholder(s) representing at least 5 per cent of the total voting rights of all the shareholders of the Company 
having a right to vote at general meetings, may request to call a general meeting. If such request is made, a general 
meeting must be called. Such request, either in hard copy form or in electronic form and being authenticated by 
the person or persons making it, must be deposited at the registered office of the Company at 35/F, AIA Central, No. 
1 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong or sent by email to ir@aia.com for the attention of the Company Secretary. 
Shareholder(s) of the Company should make reference to the provisions under Sections 566 to 568 of the Hong 
Kong Companies Ordinance for calling a general meeting.

MOVING A RESOLUTION AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Shareholder(s) of the Company may request the Company to give notice of a resolution and move such resolution 
at an annual general meeting. Such notice of resolution must be given by the Company if it has received such 
request from:

(a)  shareholder(s) of the Company representing at least 2.5 per cent of the total voting rights of all the shareholders 
of the Company who have a right to vote on the resolution at the annual general meeting to which the request 
relates; or

(b)  at  least  50  shareholders  of  the  Company  who  have  a  right  to  vote  on  the  resolution  at  the  annual  general 

meeting to which the request relates.

Such a request must identify the resolution of which notice is to be given, be either in hard copy form or in electronic 
form and be authenticated by the person or persons making it, and be received by the Company not later than six 
weeks before the annual general meeting to which the request relates or, if later, the time at which notice is given 
of that meeting. The request must be deposited at the registered office of the Company at 35/F, AIA Central, No. 
1 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong or sent by email to ir@aia.com for the attention of the Company Secretary. 
Shareholder(s) of the Company should make reference to Sections 615 and 616 of the Hong Kong Companies 
Ordinance for the relevant procedures to move a resolution at an annual general meeting.

PROPOSING A PERSON FOR ELECTION AS A DIRECTOR
Shareholders can propose a person (other than a retiring Director himself/herself) for election as a Director at a 
general meeting of the Company. Relevant procedures are available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com.

CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS

Shareholders of the Company approved amendment to the Articles of Association of the Company at the 2019 
AGM.  Details  of  the  amendments  were  set  out  in  the  2019  AGM  notice  and  the  accompanied  circular  to  the 
shareholders of the Company dated 12 April 2019. The Company’s Articles of Association (in both English and 
Chinese) is available on the websites of both the Company and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited. 

By Order of the Board

Nicole Pao
Company Secretary
12 March 2020

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  107

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONREMUNERATION REPORT

STATEMENT OF THE CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present  
the Report on Remuneration for Directors and Key Management 
Personnel for the period ended 31 December 2019.

In 2019, the Remuneration Committee continued its work of ensuring that the remuneration arrangements for 
our senior executives and employees support the Group’s strategic priorities and allow us to attract, motivate, and 
retain high calibre talent.

Similar  to  prior  years,  the  Remuneration  Committee  undertook  a  rigorous  process  in  reviewing  the  Group’s 
executive  remuneration,  taking  into  account  our  regulatory  environment,  AIA’s  risk  management  framework, 
market practice and the interests of our shareholders.

During 2019, the Remuneration Committee continued to monitor the regulatory landscape in Hong Kong under the 
Insurance Authority, as well as developments in AIA’s other markets such as Australia and Korea. The Committee 
will continue to work with its independent advisor to monitor and respond to emerging regulations throughout the 
region that may impact the remuneration of AIA’s senior executives and key management personnel. 

As part of the review of the Group’s remuneration policy during the year, the Remuneration Committee reviewed 
the four equity-linked schemes as they are due to expire. The four equity-linked schemes are: the Restricted Share 
Unit Scheme, the Share Option Scheme, the Employee Share Purchase Plan and the Agency Share Purchase Plan. 
This assessment was intended to ensure that the plans remain in line with the regulatory environment, support 
shareholders’ best interests, remain consistent with market best practice, and will continue to allow us to attract 
and engage critical talents including our employees and best performing agents. 

108

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEIn  addition  to  the  policy  review  and  scheme  assessments,  the  Remuneration  Committee  reviewed  and 
subsequently approved the remuneration package to be provided to Mr. Lee Yuan Siong as the incoming 
Group Chief Executive and President.

The remuneration structure for senior executives remains unchanged in 2019 and will continue to apply  
in  2020. As  in  prior  years,  a  significant  proportion  of  total  remuneration  awarded  in  2019  is  subject  to 
multi-year performance-based vesting conditions which ensure that our executives’ interests are closely 
aligned with those of shareholders over the long term.

Overall, the Remuneration Committee believes that the Group’s current remuneration arrangements are 
effective and has communicated its deliberations and activities to the Risk Committee in 2019.

Jack Chak-Kwong So
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
12 March 2020

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  109

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE

ROLE OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the specific remuneration packages of the Group 
Chief Executive and President and Key Management Personnel (the members of the Group’s Executive Committee 
who,  by  the  nature  and  accountabilities  of  their  respective  positions,  participate  directly  in  the  development, 
implementation,  monitoring  and  reporting  of  the  overall  business  strategies  of  the  Group),  and  making 
recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  remuneration  policy  and  structure  to  be  applied  for  the  Chairman  and  
Non-executive Directors.

The Remuneration Committee is also responsible for establishing formal and transparent procedures for developing 
remuneration  policies  and  structures.  In  making  its  determinations  and  recommendations,  the  Remuneration 
Committee  considers  such  factors  as  the  responsibilities  of  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  and  Key 
Management Personnel, the remuneration paid by comparable companies, remuneration levels within the Group 
and the application of performance-based remuneration programmes.

The Remuneration Committee also oversees the design and operation of the Company’s share schemes and other 
Group  incentive  schemes,  recommending  share-based  employee  grants  for  approval  by  the  Board  as  well  as 
reviewing and, where appropriate, amending the terms of the schemes as may be required.

The  Remuneration  Committee  is  authorised  by  the  Board  to  discharge  its  duties  as  outlined  in  its  Terms  of 
Reference. It is also authorised to seek any remuneration information it requires from the Group Chief Executive 
and  President  and/or  Key  Management  Personnel  and  may  obtain  external  independent  professional  advice  if 
necessary.

The full Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee can be accessed at www.aia.com.

MEMBERS AND MEETINGS
As of 31 December 2019, the Remuneration Committee consisted of four Independent Non-executive Directors, 
being Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So, who is the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo, 
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya and Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse.

The Remuneration Committee held seven meetings during the year ended 31 December 2019. The attendance 
records of the Remuneration Committee members are set out on page 98 of this Annual Report. 

110

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION REPORTACTIVITIES OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee performed the following major activities in 2019.

Area

Summary of activities

Remuneration decisions for  
the Group Chief Executive  
and President and  
Key Management Personnel

Design and operation of  
the Group’s incentive schemes

Remuneration governance and 
disclosure

•  Reviewed and approved the 2019 remuneration packages of the Group Chief 

Executive and President and Key Management Personnel at the start of the year

•  Recommended the 2019 long-term incentive grant for the Group Chief Executive 

and President for approval by the Independent Non-executive Directors of  
the Board

•  Reviewed and approved the remuneration package for the incoming Group Chief 

Executive and President 

•  Reviewed the executive benchmarking results ahead of the 2019/20 annual 

review cycle  

•  Reviewed and approved the 2018 short-term incentive plan pay-outs and the 
vesting of the 2016 performance-based Restricted Share Units (RSUs) for the 
Group Chief Executive and President, Key Management Personnel, and all other 
plan participants

•  Reviewed and approved grants under the long-term incentive plan, including 
setting the performance measures and targets for all performance-based  
RSU grants for the 2019 to 2021 performance cycle

•  Reviewed and approved the performance measures and targets for the 2020 

short-term and long-term incentive plans 

•  Reviewed the four equity schemes for alignment with regulatory requirements, 

market best practices, and shareholders’ interests in preparation for the renewal 
of the Company’s long-term incentive plans, Employee Share Purchase Plan and 
Agency Share Purchase Plan

•  Reviewed and approved the 2018 Remuneration Report

•  Provided the Risk Committee with a summary of considerations undertaken by the 
Remuneration Committee in ensuring that the Group’s remuneration and benefits 
arrangements align with stakeholders’ interests and avoid excessive risk-taking

•  Reviewed the regulatory and corporate governance environment impacting 

executive remuneration in Hong Kong, Asia Pacific and other markets

•  Reviewed the emerging remuneration trends for AIA’s international insurance  

peer companies and for Asia Pacific and other regions

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  111

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONOUR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION POLICY

OBJECTIVES OF OUR REMUNERATION POLICY
The Company’s executive remuneration policy is based on the principle of providing an equitable, motivating and 
competitive  remuneration  package  to  foster  a  strong  performance-oriented  culture  within  an  appropriate  risk 
management framework.

The  policy  aims  to  ensure  that  rewards  and  incentives  relate  directly  to  the  performance  of  individuals,  the 
operations and functions in which they work or for which they are responsible, and the overall performance of the 
Group. The compensation and benefits arrangements designed under the policy provide incentives that which are 
consistent with the interests of the Company’s stakeholders and do not encourage executives to take excessive 
risks that may threaten the value of the Group.

112

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION REPORTCOMPONENTS OF OUR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION POLICY
The table below summarises the Company’s remuneration approach regarding the elements of the remuneration 
structure applied to the Group Chief Executive and President and the Key Management Personnel for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 and will continue to apply in 2020.

Element

Purpose

Basis of determination

Notes on practices

Base salary

Base salary is the fixed cash 
element of remuneration to 
recruit and retain talent

Base salary is determined with 
reference to the specific roles 
and responsibilities of the 
position, internal relativities, 
market practice, individual 
experience, performance and 
other factors to attract and 
retain employees with required 
capabilities to achieve the 
Group’s business objectives

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews salaries annually 
against AIA’s international 
insurance peers and wider 
market levels

Salary increases, where 
applicable, typically take effect 
from 1 March

Short-term 
incentive

Long-term 
incentive

Benefits and 
allowances

Employee share 
purchase plan

Short-term incentives are 
delivered in the form of a 
performance-based cash 
award to incentivise, recognise 
and reward achievement of 
the Group’s objectives and 
individual contribution

Short-term incentive target 
and maximum opportunities 
are determined with reference 
to roles and responsibilities 
of the individual and market 
competitiveness of variable 
and total compensation 

Pay-out of short-term 
incentives is based on the 
achievement of the Group’s 
pre-defined financial 
performance targets as well  
as individual contribution

Long-term incentives are 
delivered in the form of 
performance-based RSUs  
and share options 

These grants are used to 
align the long-term interests 
of executives with those of 
shareholders, and to reward 
and motivate participants 
who have made important 
contributions or are expected 
to play a significant role in  
the future

Benefits form a financial 
safety net for AIA employees 
and include benefits that may 
be required by regulations; 
they are part of the long-term 
employment relationship and 
contribute to the value of total 
remuneration 

Allowances may be provided 
where necessary

The ESPP provides 
employees with a share 
investment opportunity with 
matching offer to facilitate 
and encourage AIA share 
ownership

Long-term incentive grant 
values are determined 
with reference to roles and 
responsibilities as well as 
performance and potential 
of the individual, whilst 
also considering market 
competitiveness of variable 
and total compensation 

A significant proportion of the 
packages of the Group Chief 
Executive and President and 
Key Management Personnel 
are provided in the form of 
long-term incentive awards

The benefits programme 
is designed to be market 
competitive and fully 
compliant with local 
regulations

Allowances may be provided 
to align with local market 
practices in order to ensure 
market competitiveness of the 
overall rewards package

The plan is open to all 
employees who have 
completed probation and 
is subject to a maximum 
contribution indicated as a 
percentage of base salary or 
the plan’s maximum dollar 
limit

Long-term incentive grants  
are discretionary and 
participation is determined  
on an annual basis

Grants are made in RSUs 
and share options to deliver 
a balanced mix of ownership 
and incentives, and generally 
vest after a three-year period

The RSUs are subject to  
pre-defined performance 
vesting requirements

The Group Chief Executive 
and President and Key 
Management Personnel 
participate in retirement 
schemes and receive, for 
example, medical and life 
insurance

Participants receive matching 
shares for shares purchased 
and held for three years, 
subject to an investment limit 
approved by the Remuneration 
Committee

Matching shares vest after 
three years

Further details on the operation of our short and long-term incentives, along with the ESPP, are provided on the 
following pages. 

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  113

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINCENTIVE AND SHARE-BASED PLANS

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
2019 Short-term Incentive Plan 
2019  short-term  incentive  plan  target  and  maximum  opportunities  were  determined  by  the  Remuneration 
Committee and communicated to the Group Chief Executive and President and Key Management Personnel at the 
beginning of the financial period ended 31 December 2019.

2019 Performance Measures and Awards
For 2019, the performance measures used in the short-term incentive plan were as follows:

Group 2019 Short-term Incentive Measures

Value of New Business 
(VONB)

Underlying Free Surplus Generation 
(UFSG)

Operating Profit after Tax 
(OPAT)

60% 
WEIGHTING

15% 
WEIGHTING

25% 
WEIGHTING

VONB is an estimate of the 
economic value of one year’s sales 
as published by the Company

UFSG is the free surplus generated 
by the business excluding the free 
surplus invested in new business, 
investment return variances and 
other items

OPAT is the IFRS operating profit 
after tax based on the IFRS results 
published by the Company

Consistent with prior years, an individual’s performance contribution was also considered when determining 
the amounts to be paid to the Group Chief Executive and President and Key Management Personnel

The total value of short-term incentive awards that will be paid to Mr. Ng Keng Hooi (Group Chief Executive and 
President) and the Key Management Personnel for the year ended 31 December 2019 is US$10,446,600.

The short-term incentive amounts for the year ended 31 December 2019 are included in note 41 to the financial 
statements as “Bonuses” for Mr. Ng Keng Hooi, and as part of the “Salaries and other short-term employee benefits” 
for the Key Management Personnel.

114

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION REPORTLONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The RSU Scheme and the SO Scheme were both adopted by the Company on 28 September 2010 and are effective 
for a period of 10 years from the date of adoption, summaries of which are provided later in this section and in 
note 40 to the financial statements. These schemes are designed to motivate and reward participants who have 
not only made an important contribution to AIA’s success, but are expected to play a significant role in the future.

Grants made under these schemes are discretionary and are determined on an annual basis with reference to an 
individual’s overall variable remuneration, total remuneration package competitiveness, role and responsibilities, 
as well as performance and potential.

The  schemes  operate  through  the  grant  of  performance-based  RSUs  and  share  options  to  deliver  a  balanced  
mix  of  incentives  and  ownership.  The  grants  made  are  subject  to  eligibility  criteria  and  generally  vest  after  a  
three-year period.

As  applicable  to  other  remuneration  payments,  long-term  incentive  vesting  is  subject  to  the  Remuneration 
Committee’s approval and these schemes are reviewed regularly to ensure their design, process, structure and 
governance work together to balance risk and incentives.

The SO Scheme will expire on 27 September 2020 and an ordinary resolution will be proposed at the forthcoming 
annual  general  meeting  to  approve  the  adoption  of  a  new  share  option  scheme  and  the  termination  of  the  
SO Scheme. Upon the termination of the SO Scheme, no further share options can be granted thereunder, but 
it shall remain in full force and effect to the extent necessary to give effect to the exercise of any share options 
granted prior to its termination, and the exercise of such share options shall be subject to and in accordance with 
the terms on which they were granted, the provisions of the SO Scheme and the Listing Rules.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  115

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRESTRICTED SHARE UNIT SCHEME
The objectives of the RSU Scheme are to retain participants, align their interests with those of the Company’s 
shareholders and reward the creation of sustainable value through the grant of Company’s shares to participants 
when rigorous performance conditions have been achieved.

Under  the  RSU  Scheme,  the  Company  may  grant  RSUs  to  employees,  directors  (excluding  independent  
non-executive directors) and officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Company  granted  10,672,622  RSUs  under  the  RSU  Scheme.  
Since the adoption of the RSU Scheme on 28 September 2010 and up to 31 December 2019, a cumulative total of 
88,218,214 RSUs vested under the RSU Scheme, representing approximately 0.73 per cent of the shares in issue 
as at the Company’s listing date. No new shares have been issued under the RSU Scheme since its adoption.

2019 RSU Performance Measures
Consistent with prior years, vesting of the performance-based RSU grants during 2019 will be contingent on the 
extent of achievement of three-year performance targets for the following three performance measures:

Performance Measures for 2019 Performance-based RSUs

Value of New Business 
(VONB)

Equity Attributable to  
Shareholders of the Company on  
the Embedded Value Basis 
(EV Equity)

Relative Total Shareholder Return 
(TSR)

1/3 
WEIGHTING

1/3 
WEIGHTING

1/3 
WEIGHTING

VONB is an estimate of the economic 
value of one year’s sales as 
published by the Company (1)

EV Equity is the total of embedded 
value, goodwill and other intangible 
assets as published by the Company. 
Embedded value is an estimate of 
the economic value of in-force life 
insurance business, including the 
net worth on the Group’s balance 
sheet but excluding any economic 
value attributable to future new 
business (1)

TSR is the compound annual return 
from the ownership of a share over 
a period of time measured by 
calculating the change in the share 
price and the gross value of 
dividends received (and reinvested) 
during that period. AIA’s TSR is 
compared with the TSR of the peer 
companies (2) over the performance 
period

Notes:
(1)  VONB  and  EV  Equity  performance  considered  in  determining  incentive  awards  will  be  based  on  Group  VONB  and  Group  EV  Equity  results  as 

published by the Company.

(2)  TSR peer companies for the 2019 performance-based RSUs include 19 life and health or multi-line insurance companies identified within the Dow 

Jones Insurance Titans 30 index (DJTINN) at the start of the performance period.

116

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION REPORTThe  performance-based  RSUs  are  tested  against  pre-defined  performance  targets  at  the  end  of  a  three-year 
performance  period.  Achievement  of  each  performance  measure  will  independently  determine  the  vesting  of  
one-third of the grant. 

•  Threshold performance levels (for TSR, the 25th percentile of peer companies’ performance) are required for 

any RSUs to vest.

•  At target performance levels (for TSR, the median of peer companies’ performance), 50 per cent of the RSUs 

will vest.

•  At maximum performance levels (for TSR, the 75th percentile or above of peer companies’ performance), the 

full allocation of RSUs will vest.

The 2019 RSU grant performance measures will be assessed over a three-year period starting 1 January 2019 and 
running through 31 December 2021.

Vesting of RSU Grants in 2019
In  February  2019,  after  assessing  the  performance  of  the  Company  against  the  pre-determined  performance 
targets for the VONB, EV Equity and relative TSR measures (with each measure having an equal weighting) over 
the  three-year  period  from  1  December  2015  to  30  November  2018,  the  Remuneration  Committee  approved 
the  vesting  of  the  2016  performance-based  RSU  grants  at  98.44  per  cent  of  the  maximum  level.  The  2016 
performance-based RSU grants vested on 18 March 2019.

The final vesting results for the 2017 performance-based RSU grants to vest in March 2020 will be disclosed in 
the Remuneration Report in the Company’s Annual Report 2020. 

2020 RSU Grants
The Remuneration Committee will grant performance-based RSUs to selected participants after the Company’s 
year-end financial results announcement. Details of the grant will be disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report 
2020. 

Consistent  with  prior  years,  VONB,  EV  Equity  and  relative  TSR  targets  will  continue  to  be  used  to  assess  the 
performance  outcomes  of  the  RSU  grants  that  will  be  granted  in  2020. The  three  performance  measures  will 
continue to be equally weighted and will be assessed over a three-year period starting 1 January 2020. 

Similar to the 2019 performance-based RSUs, for relative TSR assessment only those DJTINN companies that are 
considered life and health or multi-line insurance companies will be selected as peers (19 companies).

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  117

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRSU Movements During the Year Ended 31 December 2019
The table below summarises the movements in RSU grants during the year ended 31 December 2019.

Group Chief Executive 
and President, 
Key Management 
Personnel and other 
eligible employees and 
participants (1)

Group Chief Executive 
and President
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Key Management 
Personnel (excluding 
Group Chief Executive 
and President)

Other eligible 
employees and 
participants (1)

RSUs  
granted  
during the 
year ended 
31 December 
2019

RSUs vested 
during the 
year ended 
31 December 
2019

RSUs 
cancelled /  
lapsed / 
reclassified 
during the 
year ended 
31 December 

RSUs 
outstanding 
as at  
31 December 

2019 (8) 

2019 (9)

Date of 
grant  
(day / 
month / 

Vesting  
date(s)  
(day / 
month /  

year) (2)

year) (3)

RSUs 
outstanding 
as at  
1 January  
2019

9/3/2016

9/3/2019 (4)

320,071 

10/3/2017

10/3/2020 (4)

267,659

31/7/2017

1/6/2020 (4)

15/3/2018

15/3/2021 (4)

213,164 

439,258 

–

–

–

–

27/3/2019

27/3/2022 (4)

–

403,768 

9/3/2016

9/3/2019 (4)

1,297,805

1/8/2016

1/8/2019 (4)

41,249 

10/3/2017

10/3/2020 (4)

1,137,349 

31/7/2017

1/6/2020 (4)

311,947 

15/3/2018

15/3/2021 (4)

1,070,214 

12/9/2018

12/9/2021 (4)

61,010 

–

–

–

–

–

–

27/3/2019

27/3/2022 (4)

15/5/2019

1/5/2022 (4)

30/12/2019

30/12/2022 (5)

–

–

–

954,462 

27,182 

445,308 

9/3/2016

9/3/2019 (4)

12,002,223

1/8/2016

1/8/2019 (4)

34,621

17/10/2016

1/8/2019 (6)

101,217

17/10/2016

See Note (7)

20,938

10/3/2017

10/3/2020 (4)

10,895,899

31/7/2017

1/6/2020 (4)

28,519

15/3/2018

15/3/2021 (4)

9,327,079

29/6/2018

15/3/2021 (4)

12/9/2018

15/3/2021 (4)

108,956

122,146

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27/3/2019

27/3/2022 (4)

15/5/2019

1/5/2022 (4)

–

–

8,825,422 

16,480 

(315,078)

(4,993)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,277,564)

(20,241)

(40,606)

(643)

–

267,659

213,164 

439,258 

403,768 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

19,311 

1,156,660

–

311,947 

20,042 

1,090,256 

–

61,010

15,782 

970,244 

–

–

27,182 

445,308 

(11,720,949)

(281,274)

(34,081)

(101,217)

(20,938)

(540)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(13,443)

(650,059)

10,232,397 

–

–

28,519 

(13,216)

(686,892)

8,626,971 

–

–

–

–

–

108,956 

(122,146)

–

(491,220)

8,334,202 

–

16,480 

Notes:
(1)  Includes RSUs outstanding as at 1 January 2019 for the retired Group Chief Executive and President, Mr. Mark Edward Tucker.

(2)  The measurement dates (i.e., the dates used to determine the value of the grants for accounting purposes) for grants made during the year ended 
30 November 2016 were determined to be 9 March 2016, 1 August 2016 and 17 October 2016. The measurement dates for grants made during 
the year ended 30 November 2017 were determined to be 10 March 2017 and 31 July 2017. The measurement dates for grants made during the 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018 were determined to be 15 March 2018, 29 June 2018 and 12 September 2018. The measurement dates 
for grants made during the financial year ended 31 December 2019 were determined to be 27 March 2019, 15 May 2019 and 30 December 2019. 
These measurement dates were determined in accordance with IFRS 2.

(3)  The date of vesting is subject to applicable dealing restrictions.

(4)  The vesting of these RSUs is subject to the achievement of performance measures shown on pages 116 and 117 of this Report.

(5)  The vesting of these RSUs is service-based only (meaning there are no further performance conditions attached except for continued employment). 

All RSUs will vest on 30 December 2022.

118

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION REPORT(6)  The vesting of these RSUs was service-based only (meaning there were no further conditions attached except for continued employment). All 

RSUs vested on 1 August 2019.

(7)  The vesting of these RSUs was service-based only (meaning there are no further conditions attached except for continued employment). One-third 

of the RSUs vested on 1 August 2017, one-third vested on 1 August 2018 and one-third vested on 1 August 2019.

(8)  These  RSUs  lapsed  or  were  reclassified  during  the  financial  year  ended  31  December  2019. The  reclassification  of  RSUs  was  a  result  of  one 
executive  who  was  previously  categorised  as  “Other  eligible  employees  and  participants”  becoming  “Key  Management  Personnel”  during  this 
period. There were no cancelled RSUs during the financial year ended 31 December 2019.

(9)  Includes RSUs outstanding as at 31 December 2019 that, in accordance with the RSU Scheme rules, will lapse on or before the respective vesting 

date.

SHARE OPTION SCHEME
The  objective  of  the  SO  Scheme  is  to  align  the  interests  of  plan  participants  with  those  of  the  Company’s 
shareholders by allowing participants to share in the value created for our shareholders.

Under  the  SO  Scheme,  the  Company  may  grant  share  options  to  employees,  directors  (excluding  independent 
non-executive directors) or officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. No amount is payable by participants 
on the acceptance of a share option.

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Company granted 4,412,153 share options under the SO Scheme 
to the Group Chief Executive and President and certain employees and officers of the Company and a number of 
its subsidiaries.

The formula for determining the exercise price of such share options is, as set out in the SO scheme rules, at least 
the highest of (i) the closing price of the shares on the date of grant, (ii) the average closing price of the shares 
for the five business days immediately preceding the date of grant and (iii) the nominal value of a share. Since the 
adoption of the SO Scheme on 28 September 2010 and up to 31 December 2019, a cumulative total of 39,443,347 
new shares were issued under the SO Scheme, representing approximately 0.33 per cent of the shares in issue as 
at the Company’s listing date.

The total number of shares available for issue for all outstanding share options and share options that can be 
granted  under  the  scheme  in  future  is  261,656,653  shares,  representing  approximately  2.17  per  cent  of  the 
number of shares in issue as at the date of this report. Unless shareholders’ approval is obtained in accordance 
with the relevant procedural requirements under the Listing Rules, the maximum number of shares under option 
that may be granted to any participant in any 12-month period up to and including a proposed date of grant is 
0.25 per cent (0.1 per cent for a substantial shareholder of the Company) of the number of shares in issue as of 
the proposed date of grant. 

Since the adoption of the plan, no share options have been granted to substantial shareholders or in excess of  
the individual limit.

According  to  the  SO  Scheme  rules,  the  minimum  holding  period  of  a  share  option  is  six  months  from  date  of 
acceptance,  and  a  share  option  shall  have  a  maximum  life  of  10  years  before  expiry.  Generally,  share  options 
granted by the Company become exercisable three years after the date of grant and remain exercisable for another 
seven years, subject to the participants’ continued employment in good standing or retirement. 

There  are  no  performance  conditions  attached  to  the  vesting  of  share  options.  Each  share  option  entitles  the 
eligible participant to subscribe for one ordinary share. Benefits are realised only to the extent that the share price 
exceeds the exercise price.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  119

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION2019 Share Option Grants
The share options granted in 2019 will vest in 2022, assuming all service requirements are met. Details of the 
valuation of the share options are set out in note 40 to the financial statements.

Vesting of Share Option Grants in 2019
All share options granted in 2016 vested on 9 March 2019 in accordance with the SO Scheme rules and became 
exercisable on 18 March 2019, being the first trading date after the Hong Kong regulatory blackout period.

2020 Share Option Grants
The  Remuneration  Committee  will  grant  share  options  to  selected  participants  after  the  Company’s  year-end 
financial results announcement. Details of these grants will be disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report 2020. 

Share Option Movements During the Year Ended 31 December 2019
The table below summarises the movements in share option granted during the year ended 31 December 2019.

Share  
options  
cancelled /  
lapsed /  
reclassified  
during the  
year ended  
31 December 

2019 (17)

Share  
options 
exercised 
during the 
year ended 
31 December 
2019

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share  
options 
outstanding  
as at  
31 December 

2019 (18)

602,486

541,692

851,026

732,574

476,786

1,105,066

1,115,158

Exercise 
price 
(HK$)

37.56

47.73

41.90

50.30

61.55

67.15

76.38

75,576

(402,855)

27.35

100,000

–

(440,918)

27.35

–

71,303

76,937

67,963

(45,978)

28.40

544,337

(47,093)

34.35

593,011

(204,169)

37.56

527,584

–

(332,282)

39.45

–

60,016

(570,601)

47.73

473,259

–

–

851,026

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,769,436

254,789

(1,610,625)

41.90

1,413,600

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

17,619

–

(65,046)

–

(60,577)

–

(75,576)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

50.30

61.55

67.15

63.64

76.38

78.70

27.35

2,430,952

697,732

2,627,326

161,951

2,575,511

72,856

592,790

–

(106,820)

27.35

324,277

(71,303)

(32,219)

28.40

574,170

(76,937)

(107,783)

34.35

438,536

(67,963)

(2,211,131)

37.56

558,745

(60,016)

(1,974,898)

47.73

501,480

3,202,674

(254,789)

(2,465,242)

41.90

482,643

–

–

–

–

(126,211)

(128,882)

(102,344)

–

–

–

–

–

50.30

67.15

76.38

78.70

1,707,433

489,354

476,342

9,365

Weighted 
average  
closing price 
of shares 
immediately 
before the 
dates on  
which share 
options were 
exercised 
(HK$)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

77.78

77.03

78.50

78.50

79.09

78.30

78.60

80.55

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

80.00

80.00

76.24

78.96

78.97

78.72

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Group Chief Executive 
and President, 
Key Management 
Personnel and other 
eligible employees 
and participants (1)

Date of 
grant  
(day / 
month / 

year) (2)

Period during which 
share options  
are exercisable  
(day / month / year)

Share  
options 
outstanding  
as at  
1 January 
2019

Share  
options  
granted  
during the  
year ended  
31 December 
2019

Share  
options  
vested  
during the 
 year ended  
31 December 
2019

Group Chief  
Executive and 
President 
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Key Management 
Personnel  
(excluding  
Group Chief  
Executive and 
President)

5/3/2014

  5/3/2017 -   4/3/2024 (3)

602,486

12/3/2015

  12/3/2018 -  11/3/2025 (4)

541,692

9/3/2016

  9/3/2019 -   8/3/2026 (5)

851,026

10/3/2017

  10/3/2020 -   9/3/2027 (6)

732,574

31/7/2017

  1/6/2020 -  30/7/2027 (7)

476,786

15/3/2018

  15/3/2021 -  14/3/2028 (8)

1,105,066

–

–

–

–

–

–

27/3/2019

  27/3/2022 -  26/3/2029 (9)

–

1,115,158

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 -  31/5/2021 (10)

427,279

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 -  31/5/2021 (11)

440,918

15/3/2012

  15/3/2015 -  14/3/2022 (12)

519,012

11/3/2013

  11/3/2016 -  10/3/2023 (13)

563,167

5/3/2014

  5/3/2017 -   4/3/2024 (3)

663,790

14/4/2014

  14/4/2017 -  13/4/2024 (14)

332,282

12/3/2015

  12/3/2018 -  11/3/2025 (4)

983,844

9/3/2016

  9/3/2019 -   8/3/2026 (5)

2,769,436

10/3/2017

  10/3/2020 -   9/3/2027 (6)

2,413,333

31/7/2017

  1/6/2020 -  30/7/2027 (7)

697,732

15/3/2018

  15/3/2021 -  14/3/2028 (8)

2,692,372

12/9/2018

  12/9/2021 -  11/9/2028 (15)

161,951

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27/3/2019

  27/3/2022 -  26/3/2029 (9)

15/5/2019

  1/5/2022 -  14/5/2029 (16)

–

–

2,636,088

72,856

Other eligible 
employees and 
participants 
(including the  
Retired Group  
Chief Executive  
and President) (1)

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 -  31/5/2021 (10)

668,366

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 -  31/5/2021 (11)

431,097

15/3/2012

  15/3/2015 -  14/3/2022 (12)

677,692

11/3/2013

  11/3/2016 -  10/3/2023 (13)

623,256

5/3/2014

  5/3/2017 -   4/3/2024 (3)

2,837,839

12/3/2015

  12/3/2018 -  11/3/2025 (4)

2,536,394

9/3/2016

  9/3/2019 -   8/3/2026 (5)

3,202,674

10/3/2017

  10/3/2020 -   9/3/2027 (6)

1,833,644

15/3/2018

  15/3/2021- 14/3/2028 (8)

618,236

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27/3/2019

  27/3/2022 -  26/3/2029 (9)

15/5/2019

  1/5/2022 -  14/5/2029 (16)

–

–

578,686

9,365

120

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION REPORT 
Notes:
(1)  Includes share options outstanding as at 1 January 2019 for the retired Group Chief Executive and President, Mr. Mark Edward Tucker.

(2)  The measurement date (i.e., the date used to determine the value of the awards for accounting purposes) for grants made during the year ended 
30 November 2011 was determined to be 15 June 2011. The measurement date for grants made during the year ended 30 November 2012 was 
determined  to  be  15  March  2012.  The  measurement  date  for  grants  made  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2013  was  determined  to  be  
11 March 2013. The measurement dates for grants made during the year ended 30 November 2014 were determined to be 5 March 2014 and  
14 April  2014. The  measurement  date  for  grants  made  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2015  was  determined  to  be  12  March  2015. The 
measurement date for grants made during the year ended 30 November 2016 was determined to be 9 March 2016. The measurement dates for 
grants made during the year ended 30 November 2017 were determined to be 10 March 2017 and 31 July 2017. The measurement dates for grants 
made during the thirteen months ended 31 December 2018 were determined to be 15 March 2018 and 12 September 2018. The measurement 
dates  for  grants  made  during  the  financial  year  ended  31  December  2019  were  determined  to  be  27  March  2019  and  15  May  2019.  These 
measurement dates were determined in accordance with IFRS 2.

(3)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 5 March 2017.

(4)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 12 March 2018.

(5)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 9 March 2019.

(6)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options have vested on 10 March 2020.

(7)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 1 June 2020.

(8)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 15 March 2021.

(9)  The closing price of the Company’s shares immediately before the date on which share options were granted was HK$75.65. The vesting of share 

options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 27 March 2022.

(10) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 1 April 2014.

(11) The vesting of share options is service-based only. One-third of share options vested on 1 April 2014, one-third vested on 1 April 2015, and one 

third vested on 1 April 2016. 

(12) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 15 March 2015.

(13) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 11 March 2016.

(14) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 14 April 2017.

(15) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 12 September 2021.

(16) The closing price of the Company’s shares immediately before the date on which share options were granted was HK$75.70. The vesting of share 

options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 1 May 2022.

(17) These share options lapsed or were reclassified during the financial year ended 31 December 2019. The reclassification of share options was a 
result of an executive who was previously categorised as “Other eligible employees and participants” becoming “Key Management Personnel” 
during this period. There were no cancelled share options during the financial year ended 31 December 2019.

(18) Includes share options outstanding as at 31 December 2019 that, in accordance with the SO Scheme rules, will lapse on or before the end of the 

respective periods during which the share options are exercisable.

EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN
The Company adopted the ESPP on 25 July 2011 (ESPP Adoption Date). The ESPP is designed to facilitate and 
encourage AIA share ownership by employees and provide a long-term retention mechanism.

Under the ESPP, eligible employees of the Group may elect to purchase the Company’s shares and, after having 
been in the plan for three years, receive one restricted matching share for every two shares purchased through the 
grant of matching restricted stock purchase units (RSPUs). In 2019, each eligible employee’s participation level 
was capped at a maximum purchase in any plan year of 8 per cent of the respective base salary or HK$9,750 (or 
local equivalent) per calendar month, whichever was lower. 

Upon vesting of the matching RSPUs, those employees who are still in employment with the Group will receive 
one  matching  share  for  each  RSPU  which  he  or  she  holds.  The  matching  shares  can  either  be  purchased  on 
market by the trustee of the ESPP or provided to recipients through the issuance by the Company of new shares. 
The aggregate number of shares which can be issued by the Company under the ESPP during the 10-year period 
shall not exceed 2.5 per cent of the number of shares in issue on the ESPP Adoption Date. No new shares have 
been issued under the ESPP since its adoption. For further information on the ESPP, please refer to note 40 to the 
financial statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  121

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONDuring the year ended 31 December 2019, 1,331,071 matching RSPUs were granted, 1,076,322 matching RSPUs 
vested and no new shares were issued for the RSPUs pursuant to the ESPP. Since the ESPP Adoption Date and 
up to 31 December 2019, a cumulative total of 4,555,626 matching RSPUs vested under the ESPP, representing 
approximately 0.038 per cent of the shares in issue as at the ESPP Adoption Date.

DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL EMOLUMENTS

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Mr.  Ng  Keng  Hooi  received  remuneration  exclusively  for  his  role  as  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  and 
received no separate fees for his role as a Board Director or for acting as a director of any subsidiary companies.

The table below provides details of annual target level of remuneration, excluding benefits and allowances for the 
Group Chief Executive and President.

US$ thousands

Base Salary (2)

Target short-term incentive

Target long-term incentive

Total Annual Target Pay Opportunity

Annual Target Pay Opportunity (1)

2019
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

2018
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

1,080

1,980

3,960

7,020

1,030

1,800

3,600

6,430

Notes:
(1)  The target remuneration levels shown in the table above exclude benefits and allowances. Mr. Ng Keng Hooi also received an annual housing 

allowance of HK$3,000,000.

(2)  Mr. Ng Keng Hooi’s base salary is paid in Hong Kong Dollars. The 2019 figure represents the annualised amount from 1 March 2019 (being the 
2019 annual review salary effective date). Values indicated in the table above have been converted to U.S. dollars using exchange rates as of the 
end of each year. 

Details of the actual remuneration costs incurred by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2019 in 
relation to the Group Chief Executive and President are included in note 41 to the financial statements.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Remuneration for the Independent Non-executive Directors was paid during the year ended 31 December 2019 
and  included  fees  for  their  services  provided  to  the  Board  Committees.  All  remuneration  of  the  Independent 
Non-executive Directors was on a flat annual fee basis, with no variable component linked to either corporate or 
individual performance.

Details  of  the  Non-executive  Directors’  remuneration  cost  incurred  by  the  Company  during  the  year  ended  
31 December 2019 are included in note 41 to the financial statements.

Board Chairman
As  previously  approved  by  the  Board,  the  Board  Chairman  Basic  Fees,  inclusive  of  Board  Membership  fee,  
was  US$542,000  per  annum  for  the  year  ending  31  December  2019  and  US$600,000  per  annum  effective  
1 January 2020. 

122

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION REPORTNon-executive Directors
Board Membership fees for the Non-executive Directors were US$168,000 per annum effective 1 January 2019 
which is similar to market rates provided by our global insurance peers.

Additional  annual  fees  for  Committee  Membership  and  Chair  positions  are  also  provided  to  the  Non-executive 
Directors as follows:

•  Audit Committee Chair 

•  Audit Committee Member 

•  Nomination Committee Chair 

•  Nomination Committee Member 

•  Remuneration Committee Chair 

US$55,000

US$40,000

US$25,000

US$15,000

US$45,000

•  Remuneration Committee Member 

US$30,000

•  Risk Committee Chair 

•  Risk Committee Member 

US$45,000

US$30,000

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
The total remuneration cost charged to the consolidated income statement for the Key Management Personnel 
during year ended 31 December 2019 was US$42,226,223. 

Details of remuneration provided during the year ended 31 December 2019 are included in note 41 to the financial 
statements.

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Remuneration Committee reviewed and approved the remuneration 
package for the incoming Group Chief Executive and President, Mr. Lee Yuan Siong. Mr. Lee will succeed Mr. Ng 
Keng Hooi as Group Chief Executive and President of the Company with effect from 1 June 2020. The term of  
Mr. Lee’s service contract will be for three years starting in Q1 2020 and the Company has an option to renew with 
him for a further three years. 

The remuneration for Mr. Lee for 2020 will comprise an annual base salary of HK$8,466,000, target short-term 
incentives  of  US$1,980,000  and  target  long-term  incentive  of  US$3,960,000,  making  a  total  target  annual 
remuneration of US$7,025,341. Mr. Lee will also be awarded compensation with a total value of US$28,151,124 
for unvested long-term incentives and deferred payments that he forfeited on leaving his prior employment, details 
of which have been set out in the Company’s announcement dated 22 November 2019. Mr. Lee’s remuneration 
was set by the Remuneration Committee with reference to Mr. Lee’s duties and responsibilities within the Group 
and the prevailing market conditions.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 |  123

OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
25.  Impairment of financial assets
26.  Cash and cash equivalents
27.  Insurance contract liabilities
28.  Investment contract liabilities
29.  Effect of changes in assumptions and estimates
30. Borrowings
31.  Obligations under repurchase and  
securities lending agreements
32.  Offsetting of financial assets and 

financial liabilities

33. Provisions
34.  Other liabilities
35.  Share capital and reserves
36.  Non-controlling interests 
37.  Group capital structure
38.  Risk management
39.  Employee benefits
40.  Share-based compensation
41.  Remuneration of directors and 
key management personnel

42.  Related party transactions
43.  Commitments and contingencies
44. Subsidiaries
45.  Events after the reporting period
46.  Statement of financial position of the Company
47.  Statement of changes in equity of the Company
48.  Supplementary financial information  

on a calendar year basis

269  Independent Auditor’s Report on  
the Supplementary Embedded  
Value Information

273  Supplementary Embedded  

Value Information

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

125  Independent Auditor’s Report

132  Consolidated Income Statement

133  Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

134  Consolidated Statement of  

Financial Position

136  Consolidated Statement of  

Changes in Equity

138  Consolidated Statement of  

Cash Flows

140  Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and 
Significant Accounting Policies

1.  Corporate information
2.  Significant accounting policies
3.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements
4.  Exchange rates
5.  Change in Group composition
6.  Premiums and fee income
7.  Operating profit after tax
8.  Total weighted premium income and  

annualised new premiums

9.  Segment information
10.  Revenue
11.  Expenses
12.  Income tax
13.  Earnings per share
14.  Dividends
15.  Intangible assets
16.  Investments in associates and joint venture
17.  Property, plant and equipment
18.  Investment property
19.  Reinsurance assets
20.  Deferred acquisition and origination costs
21.  Financial investments
22.  Derivative financial instruments
23.  Fair value measurement
24.  Other assets

124

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF AIA GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)

Opinion
What we have audited
The consolidated financial statements of AIA Group Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries 
(the “Group”) set out on pages 132 to 268, which comprise:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2019;

the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant 
accounting policies.

Our opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated 
financial  position  of  the  Group  as  at  31  December  2019,  and  of  its  consolidated  financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with Hong 
Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRSs”) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and have been properly prepared in 
compliance with the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Hong Kong Standards on Auditing (“HKSAs”) issued 
by the HKICPA. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the HKICPA’s Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (“the Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with the Code.

125

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTANNUAL REPORT 2019 | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONKey Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance 
in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

The key audit matters identified relate to the valuation of insurance contract liabilities and the 
amortisation of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”).

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

a)  Valuation of insurance contract liabilities

Refer  to  the  following  notes  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements:  Note  2.4  for  related 
accounting policies, Note 3 for critical accounting estimates and judgements, Note 27 and Note 
29.

As  at  31  December  2019  the  Group  has 
insurance  contract  liabilities  of  US$189,597 
million.

We  performed  the  following  audit  procedures 
to address this matter:

(cid:127)  We understood the valuation methodologies 
used,  identified  changes  in  methodologies 
from  previous  valuation  and  assessed  the 
reasonableness  and  impact  for  material 
changes identified, by applying our industry 
knowledge  and  experience  to  compare 
whether the methodologies and changes to 
those  are  consistent  with 
recognised 
actuarial practices and expectation derived 
from market experience.

(cid:127)  We assessed the reasonableness of the key 
assumptions  including  those  for  mortality, 
morbidity, persistency, expense, investment 
return and valuation interest rates as well as 
provision 
for  adverse  deviation.  Our 
assessment of the assumptions included:

(cid:127)  Obtaining  an  understanding  of,  and 
to 

in  place 

testing, 
determine the assumptions;

the  controls 

(cid:127)  Examining 

the  approach  used  by 
management to derive the assumptions 
by applying our industry knowledge and 
experience;

liabilities 

The  Director’s  valuation  of  these  insurance 
contract 
involves  significant 
judgement about uncertain future outcomes, 
including  mortality,  morbidity,  persistency, 
return,  valuation 
expense, 
interest  rates  and  provision  for  adverse 
deviation,  as  well  as  complex  valuation 
methodologies.

investment 

The liabilities for traditional participating life 
assurance  policies  with  discretionary 
participation features and non-participating 
life  assurance  policies,  annuities  and 
policies related to other protection products 
are  substantially  determined  by  a  net  level 
premium  valuation  method  using  best 
estimate  assumptions  at  policy  inception 
adjusted 
for  adverse  deviation.  These 
assumptions  remain  locked  in  thereafter, 
subject to meeting a liability adequacy test 
liabilities  with  a 
which  compares  the 
valuation 
estimate 
assumptions.

current  best 

on 

126

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey Audit Matters (continued)

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

a)  Valuation of insurance contract liabilities (continued)

Insurance  contract  liabilities  for  universal 
life and unit-linked policies are substantially 
based  on  the  value  of  the  account  balance 
together  with 
for  unearned 
liabilities 
revenue  and  additional  insurance  benefits 
which  are  dependent  upon  operating 
assumptions  and  future  investment  return 
assumptions  that  are  reassessed  at  each 
reporting period.

focused  on 

As part of our consideration of assumptions, 
insurance 
we  have 
contracts  where 
the  assumptions  are 
reassessed at each reporting date as well as 
how assumptions are set at policy inception 
dates.

those 

(cid:127)  Challenging  the  key  assumptions  used 
by management against past experience, 
market  observable  data  (as  applicable) 
and our experience of market practice.

(cid:127)  We  checked  the  calculation  of  the  liability 
adequacy  test  and  assessed  the  related 
results  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  the 
insurance  contract  liabilities  used  for  the 
inforce business are adequate in the context 
of  a  valuation  on  current  best  estimate 
assumptions.

Based upon the work performed, we found the 
methodologies  and  assumptions  used  by 
management to be appropriate, including those 
used in the liability adequacy test.

in 

to 

We  have, 
valuation 
relation 
methodologies used, focused on changes in 
methodologies  from  the  previous  valuation 
as well as methodologies applied to material 
new product types (as applicable).

b)  Amortisation of DAC

Refer  to  the  following  notes  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements:  Note  2.4.1  for  related 
accounting policies, Note 3.3 for critical accounting estimates and judgements, Note 11 and 
Note 20.

As  at  31  December  2019,  the  Group  has 
reported DAC of US$25,915 million.

We  performed  the  following  audit  procedures 
to address this matter:

DAC  for  traditional  life  insurance  policies 
and  annuities  are  amortised  over  the 
expected  life  of  the  policies  as  a  constant 
percentage  of  premiums  and  involve  less 
judgement  by  the  Directors  compared  to 
universal 
life  and  unit-linked  policies. 
Expected  premiums  are  estimated  at  the 
date of policy issue.

and 

accounting  policy 

(cid:127)  Reviewed  and  challenged  the  basis  of 
amortisation  of  DAC  in  the  context  of  the 
the 
Group’s 
appropriateness of the assumptions used in 
determining  the  estimated  gross  profits 
used for amortisation for universal life and 
unit-linked policies. This included those for 
mortality,  morbidity,  persistency,  expense 
and 
investment  returns  by  comparing 
against past experience, market observable 
data  (as  applicable)  and  our  experience  of 
market practice.

127

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTKey Audit Matters (continued)

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

b)  Amortisation of DAC (continued)

Based upon the work performed, we found the 
assumptions used in relation to the amortisation 
of DAC for universal life and unit-linked policies 
to be appropriate.

is  amortised  over 

The  amortisation  of  DAC  for  universal  life 
and  unit-linked  policies  involves  greater 
judgement  by  the  Directors.  For  these 
contracts,  DAC 
the 
expected  life  of  the  contracts  based  on  a 
constant percentage of the present value of 
estimated  gross  profits  expected  to  be 
realised over the life of the contract or on a 
straight-line  basis.  Estimated  gross  profits 
regularly  and  significant 
are 
judgement 
in  making 
appropriate estimates of gross profits.

exercised 

revised 

is 

As part of our audit we have focused on DAC 
related  to  universal  life  and  unit-linked 
policies  where 
the  assumptions  are 
reassessed at each reporting date.

Other Information
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information 
comprises all of the information included in the annual report other than the consolidated financial 
statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we 
do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read 
the  other  information  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially 
inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

128

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSOther Matter
The  Group  has  prepared  Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information  as  at  and  for  the  year 
ended 31 December 2019 in accordance with the embedded value basis of preparation set out in 
Sections  4  and  5  of  the  Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information,  on  which  we  issued  a 
separate auditor’s report to the Board of Directors of the Company dated 12 March 2020.

Responsibilities of Directors and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated 
Financial Statements
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with HKFRSs issued by the HKICPA and 
IFRSs issued by the IASB and the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for such internal control 
as  the  Directors  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend 
to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those  charged  with  governance  are  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Group’s  financial  reporting 
process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. We report our opinion solely to you, as a body, 
in accordance with Section 405 of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance and for no other purpose. 
We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents 
of this report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with HKSAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

129

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTAuditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 

(continued)
As part of an audit in accordance with HKSAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

(cid:127) 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, 
and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one 
resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional  omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

(cid:127)  Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

(cid:127)  Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of 

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Directors.

(cid:127)  Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are 
based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future 
events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

(cid:127)  Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure  and  content  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  including  the  disclosures,  and  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

(cid:127)  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities 
or  business  activities  within  the  Group  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group 
audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

130

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAuditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 

(continued)
We  communicate  with  those  charged  with  governance  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the 
planned  scope  and  timing  of  the  audit  and  significant  audit  findings,  including  any  significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with 
relevant  ethical  requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and 
where applicable, related safeguards.

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those  charged  with  governance,  we  determine  those 
matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the 
current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s 
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely 
rare  circumstances,  we  determine  that  a  matter  should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the 
public interest benefits of such communication.

The  engagement  partner  on  the  audit  resulting  in  this  independent  auditor’s  report  is  Lars 
Christian Jordy Nielsen.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

12 March 2020

131

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTUS$m

REVENUE

Premiums and fee income

Premiums ceded to reinsurers

Net premiums and fee income

Investment return

Other operating revenue

Total revenue

EXPENSES

Insurance and investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits ceded

Net insurance and investment contract benefits

Commission and other acquisition expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs

Other expenses

Total expenses

Profit before share of losses from associates and joint ventures

Share of losses from associates and joint ventures

Profit before tax

Income tax (expense)/credit attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders’ profits

Tax expense

Tax attributable to policyholders’ returns

Tax expense attributable to shareholders’ profits

Net profit

Net profit attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

EARNINGS PER SHARE (US$)
Basic

Diluted

Notes

6

10

10

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

34,777

(2,166)

32,611

14,350

281

47,242

33,400

(1,940)

31,460

4,283

2,468

283

845

33,881

(1,968)

31,913

4,077

307

36,297

26,383

(1,787)

24,596

4,136

2,366

228

801

11

39,339

32,127

7,903

(8)

7,895

(179)

7,716

(1,208)

179

(1,029)

4,170

–

4,170

51

4,221

(944)

(51)

(995)

6,687

3,226

6,648

39

0.55

0.55

3,163

63

0.26

0.26

12

13

13

132

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSUS$m

Net profit

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Fair value gains/(losses) on available for sale financial assets 
(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$(1,307)m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$(177)m)

Fair value (gains)/losses on available for sale financial assets transferred to income on 
  disposal and impairment 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$66m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$18m)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Cash flow hedges

Share of other comprehensive expense from associates and joint ventures

Subtotal

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Revaluation gains on property held for own use 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$(11)m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$(10)m)

Effect of remeasurement of net liability of defined benefit schemes 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$3m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$(7)m)

Subtotal

Total other comprehensive income/(expense)

Total comprehensive income/(expense)

Total comprehensive income/(expense) attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

6,687

3,226

13,014

(4,174)

(545)

619

18

(1)

26

(510)

16

(45)

13,105

(4,687)

167

(24)

143

13,248

19,935

19,864

71

11

1

12

(4,675)

(1,449)

(1,484)

35

133

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEANNUAL REPORT 2019 | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$m

ASSETS

Intangible assets

Investments in associates and joint ventures

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Reinsurance assets

Deferred acquisition and origination costs

Financial investments:

  Loans and deposits

  Available for sale

  Debt securities

  At fair value through profit or loss

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax assets

Current tax recoverable

Other assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Insurance contract liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Borrowings

Obligations under repurchase and securities lending agreements

Derivative financial instruments

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Notes

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

15

16

17

18

19

20

21, 23

22

12

24

26

27

28

30

31

22

33

12

34

2,520

615

2,865

4,834

3,833

1,970

610

1,233

4,794

2,887

26,328

24,626

10,086

7,392

138,852

112,485

33,132

50,322

971

27,736

38,099

430

233,363

186,142

23

205

5,605

3,941

26

164

4,903

2,451

284,132

229,806

189,597

12,273

5,757

1,826

412

225

6,237

432

9,417

164,764

7,885

4,954

1,683

243

168

4,187

532

5,984

226,176

190,400

134

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
US$m

EQUITY

Share capital

Employee share-based trusts

Other reserves

Retained earnings

  Fair value reserve

  Foreign currency translation reserve

  Property revaluation reserve

  Others

Amounts reflected in other comprehensive income

Total equity attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2020.

Notes

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

35

35

35

35

35

35

36

14,129

(220)

14,073

(258)

(11,887)

(11,910)

40,372

14,663

(698)

1,163

(14)

15,114

57,508

448

57,956

284,132

35,661

2,211

(1,301)

538

(8)

1,440

39,006

400

39,406

229,806

Ng Keng Hooi

Director

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Director

135

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITIONNotes

Share 
capital

Employee 
share-
based 
trusts

Other
 reserves

Retained 
earnings

Other comprehensive income

Fair 
value 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation
 reserve

Property 
revaluation 
reserve

Non-
controlling 
interests

Others

Total
 equity

14,073

(258) (11,910)

35,661

2,211

(1,301)

538

(8)

400

39,406

2

–

–

–

–

–

–

482

14,073

(258) (11,910)

35,661

2,211

(1,301)

1,020

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(6)

88

(21)

–

59

(59)

6,648

–

–

12,988

–

–

–

–

–

–

(545)

–

–

9

–

–

–

–

–

613

–

(10)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

167

–

–

18

–

–

–

(24)

–

(8)

–

–

482

400

39,888

39

6,687

–

26

13,014

–

6

–

–

–

–

(545)

619

18

(1)

167

(24)

6,648

12,452

603

167

(1,961)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(24)

(6)

–

71

19,935

(21)

(1,982)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2)

–

–

–

–

56

(8)

88

(21)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

56

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

24

14,129

(220) (11,887)

40,372

14,663

(698)

1,163

(14)

448

57,956

US$m

Balance at 1 January 2019, 
  as previously reported

Opening adjustment on 
  adoption of IFRS 16

Balance at 1 January 2019, 
  as adjusted

Net profit

Fair value gains on 
  available for sale 
financial assets

Fair value gains on 
  available for sale 
financial assets 
transferred to income 

  on disposal

Foreign currency 

translation adjustments

Cash flow hedges

Share of other 
  comprehensive 

income/(expense) 
from associates and 
joint ventures

Revaluation gains on 
  property held for 
  own use

Effect of remeasurement 
  of net liability of defined 
  benefit schemes

Total comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
for the year

Dividends

14

Shares issued under share 
  option scheme and 
  agency share purchase plan

Acquisition of non-
  controlling interests

Share-based compensation

Purchase of shares held 
  by employee share-
  based trusts

Transfer of vested shares 

from employee 
  share-based trusts

Revaluation reserve 

transferred to retained 

  earnings on disposal

Balance at 
  31 December 2019

136

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$m

Balance at 
  1 December 2017

Net profit

Fair value losses on 
  available for sale 
financial assets

Fair value losses on 
  available for sale 
financial assets 
transferred to income on 
  disposal and impairment

Foreign currency 

translation adjustments

Cash flow hedges

Share of other 
  comprehensive expense 
from associates and joint 

  ventures

Revaluation gains on 
  property held for 
  own use

Effect of remeasurement 
  of net liability of defined 
  benefit schemes

Total comprehensive 

income/(expense) for 
the period

Dividends

14

Shares issued under share 
  option scheme and 
  agency share purchase plan

Capital contributions from 
  non-controlling interests

Share-based compensation

Purchase of shares held 
  by employee share-
  based trusts

Transfer of vested shares 

from employee 
  share-based trusts

Others

Balance at 
  31 December 2018

Note

Share 
capital

Employee 
share-
based 
trusts

Other 
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Other comprehensive income

Fair 
value 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Property 
revaluation 
reserve

Non-
controlling 
interests

Others

Total 
equity

14,065

(297) (11,948)

34,087

6,336

(751)

527

(25)

378

42,372

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

82

(12)

–

51

–

(51)

7

3,163

–

–

(4,151)

–

–

–

–

–

–

26

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(505)

–

(45)

–

–

3,163

(4,125)

(550)

(1,589)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11

–

11

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16

–

–

1

63

3,226

(23)

(4,174)

–

(5)

–

26

(510)

16

–

–

–

(45)

11

1

17

–

35

(1,449)

(20)

(1,609)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7

–

–

–

–

8

7

82

(12)

–

7

14,073

(258) (11,910)

35,661

2,211

(1,301)

538

(8)

400

39,406

137

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

Notes

7,895

4,170

(22,693)

(14,998)

18,813

152

632

14,037

(177)

482

(8,217)

(8,095)

6,668

884

(60)

(737)

3,337

(169)

–

3

(8)

190

(106)

(155)

(245)

6,718

782

(44)

(855)

2,020

(92)

(3)

–

–

22

(149)

(606)

(828)

US$m

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit before tax

Adjustments for:

  Financial investments

Insurance and investment contract liabilities, and deferred acquisition and 
  origination costs

  Obligations under repurchase and securities lending agreements

  Receipt of upfront reinsurance commission related to acquisition of 

  subsidiaries

  Other non-cash operating items, including investment income 

  and the effect of exchange rate changes on certain operating items(1)

31

5

  Operating cash items:

Interest received

  Dividends received

Interest paid

  Tax paid

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Payments for intangible assets

Contribution to a joint venture

Distribution or dividend from associates and joint ventures

Payments for increase in interest of an associate

Proceeds from sales of investment property and property, 
  plant and equipment(2)

Payments for investment property and property, plant and equipment(2)

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

15

16

16

16

17, 18

17, 18

5

138

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$m

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Issuances of medium-term notes

Redemption of medium-term notes

Proceeds from other borrowings

Repayment of other borrowings

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

Payments for lease liabilities(1)

Interest paid on medium-term notes

Capital contributions from non-controlling interests

Dividends paid during the year/period

Purchase of shares held by employee share-based trusts

Shares issued under share option scheme and agency share purchase plan

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the financial year/period

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the financial year/period

Notes

30

30

30

30

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

1,301

(500)

1,559

(1,561)

(8)

(157)

(207)

–

1,490

(500)

2,603

(2,603)

–

–

(168)

7

(1,982)

(1,609)

(21)

56

(1,520)

1,572

2,146

35

3,753

(12)

8

(784)

408

1,787

(49)

2,146

Notes:

(1)  The total cash outflow for leases for the year ended 31 December 2019 was US$191m. On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised lease 

liabilities of US$498m on 1 January 2019 with subsequent non-cash movement of US$215m for the year ended 31 December 2019.

(2)  The comparative information has been adjusted to conform to the current year presentation.

Cash and cash equivalents in the above consolidated statement of cash flows can be further analysed as follows:

US$m

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

Note

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position

26

Bank overdrafts

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS IN THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF 
  CASH FLOWS

3,941

(188)

2,451

(305)

3,753

2,146

139

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS1. CORPORATE INFORMATION
AIA Group Limited (the “Company”) was established as a company with limited liability incorporated in Hong Kong on 24 
August 2009. The address of its registered office is 35/F, AIA Central, No. 1 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong.

AIA Group Limited is listed on the Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited under the stock code “1299” 
with American Depositary Receipts (Level 1) being traded on the over-the-counter market (ticker symbol: “AAGIY”).

AIA Group Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively “AIA” or the “Group”) is a life insurance based financial services provider 
operating in 18 markets throughout the Asia-Pacific region. The Group’s principal activity is the writing of life insurance 
business,  providing  life  insurance,  accident  and  health  insurance  and  savings  plans  throughout  Asia,  and  distributing 
related investment and other financial services products to its customers.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance
The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  all  applicable  Hong  Kong  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (HKFRS),  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  and  the  Hong  Kong  Companies 
Ordinance. IFRS is substantially consistent with HKFRS and the accounting policy selections that the Group has made in 
preparing these consolidated financial statements are such that the Group is able to comply with both HKFRS and IFRS. 
References to IFRS, International Accounting Standards (IAS) and Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee (IFRS IC) in these consolidated financial statements should be read as referring to the equivalent HKFRS, Hong 
Kong  Accounting  Standards  (HKAS)  and  Hong  Kong  (IFRIC)  Interpretations  (HK(IFRIC)  –  Int)  as  the  case  may  be. 
Accordingly, there are not any differences of accounting practice between HKFRS and IFRS affecting these consolidated 
financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2020.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  using  the  historical  cost  convention,  as  modified  by  the 
revaluation of available for sale financial assets, certain financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through 
profit or loss, derivative financial instruments, property held for own use and investment properties, all of which are carried 
at fair value.

Items included in the consolidated financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured in the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which that entity operates (the functional currency). The Company’s functional currency 
and the presentation currency of the Company and the Group is the US dollar. The consolidated financial statements are 
presented in millions of US dollars (US$m) unless otherwise stated.

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial period, except as described as follows.

140

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(a) The following relevant new standards have been adopted for the first time for the financial year ended 31 December 

2019:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

IFRS  15,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,  establishes  revenue  recognition  principles  for  contracts  with 
customers and enhances disclosure requirements. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognised when the Group satisfies 
a performance obligation by transferring a service to a customer. In addition, revenue is recognised to the extent 
that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. 
It  also  provides  guidance  related  to  the  costs  to  obtain  and  to  fulfil  a  contract.  This  standard  replaces  IAS  18, 
Revenue, and several related interpretations and provides a new five-step model to recognise revenue for contracts 
with customers other than insurance contracts, financial instruments and lease contracts. Given insurance contracts 
are scoped out of IFRS 15, the main impact of the new standard to the Group is on the revenue recognition of asset 
management contracts and service components of investment contracts without DPF. Adoption of the standard has 
no financial impact to the Group’s consolidated financial statements but requires additional disclosures.

IFRS  16,  Leases,  replaces  the  existing  standard  IAS  17,  Leases,  and  sets  out  the  principles  for  the  recognition, 
measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases. The standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and 
requires a lessee to recognise assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the 
underlying  asset  is  of  low  value.  The  Group  has  elected  to  apply  IFRS  16  to  its  leases  retrospectively  with  the 
cumulative  effect  of  initially  applying  the  standard  recognised  at  the  date  of  initial  application.  Therefore,  the 
comparative  information  has  not  been  restated  and  continues  to  be  reported  under  IAS  17.  Furthermore,  as 
permitted by the standard the Group has elected to initially measure the right-of-use asset in relation to each lease 
at an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating 
to that lease recognised in the statement of financial position immediately before the date of initial application. This 
approach results in no adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on 1 January 2019. However, due to 
the initial application of the revaluation model in measuring the right-of-use assets relating to the Group’s interest 
in leasehold land and land use rights associated with property held for own use, the opening balance of property 
revaluation reserve has been adjusted by US$482m on 1 January 2019.

(b) The following relevant new interpretations and amendments to standards have been adopted for the first time for the 

financial year ended 31 December 2019 and have no material impact to the Group:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration;

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 12, Income Tax Consequences of Payments on Instruments Classified as Equity;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 19, Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 23, Borrowing Costs Eligible for Capitalisation;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 28, Measuring an Associate or Joint Venture at Fair Value;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 28, Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 40, Transfers of Investment Property;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 2, Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions; and

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 3, Business Combinations and IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements – Remeasurement of Previously 

Held Interests.

141

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(c) The following standard and amendments are effective for the financial year ended 31 December 2019, but the Group 

has elected to apply the temporary exemption described further below:

(cid:127) 

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and 
financial liabilities. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into separate measurement categories: those 
measured as at fair value with changes either recognised in profit or loss (FVTPL) or in other comprehensive income 
(FVOCI) and those measured at amortised cost. The determination is made at initial recognition depending on the 
entity’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the 
instrument. An option is also available at initial recognition to irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise 
meets  the  requirements  to  be  measured  at  amortised  cost  or  at  FVOCI  as  at  FVTPL  if  doing  so  eliminates  or 
significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise. In addition, a revised expected credit 
losses model will replace the incurred loss impairment model in IAS 39. For financial liabilities, the standard retains 
most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases where the fair value option is taken for financial 
liabilities, part of the fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income 
rather than profit or loss, unless this creates an accounting mismatch. In addition, the new standard revises the 
hedge accounting model to more closely align with the entity’s risk management strategies. The IASB made further 
changes to two areas of IFRS 9. Financial assets containing prepayment features with negative compensation can 
be measured at amortised cost or at FVOCI if the cash flow represents solely payments of principal and interest and 
the financial assets are held within a business model of “hold to collect” or “hold to collect and sell”. Non-substantial 
modifications or exchange of financial liabilities that do not result in derecognition will be required to be recognised 
in profit or loss. The Group is yet to fully assess the impact of the above new requirements and changes.

The  standard  is  mandatorily  effective  for  financial  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2018  (except  for 
prepayment features with negative compensation and modifications or exchange of financial liabilities that do not 
result in derecognition which will become effective for financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019), but 
the Group qualifies for a temporary exemption as explained below.

(cid:127)  On 12 September 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts, Applying IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments with IFRS 4, which provides two alternative measures to address the different effective dates of IFRS 
9 and IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts. These measures include a temporary option (known as the “deferral approach”) 
for companies whose activities are predominantly connected with insurance to defer the effective date of IFRS 9 
until the earlier of the effective date of IFRS 17 and financial reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021 
(please  note  below  that  the  IASB  Board  proposed  to  defer  the  effective  date  of  IFRS  17  to  1  January  2022  in 
Exposure Draft amendments to IFRS 17 published in June 2019), as well as an approach that allows an entity to 
remove from profit or loss the effects of certain accounting mismatches that may occur before IFRS 17 is applied.

(cid:127)  The Group has elected to apply the deferral approach since it has not previously applied any versions of IFRS 9 and 
the Group’s activities are predominantly connected with insurance at its annual reporting date that immediately 
precedes 1 April 2016, based on the eligibility assessment the total carrying amount of liabilities connected with 
insurance of US$126,750m as at 30 November 2015 is greater than 90% of the total carrying amount of all its 
liabilities. Liabilities connected with insurance included liabilities within the scope of IFRS 4, investment contract 
liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss of US$5,937m and various other liabilities of US$4,433m 
mainly  including  certain  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  financial  liabilities  related  to  derivatives  and  repurchase 
agreements associated with those contracts.

142

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(c) The following standard and amendments are effective for the financial year ended 31 December 2019, but the Group 

has elected to apply the temporary exemption described further below: (continued)

(cid:127) 

In the Company’s statement of financial position, IFRS 9 has been adopted for the first time for the financial year 
ended 31 December 2019. The Company is not eligible for the deferral approach in its separate financial statements 
since the Company did not meet the eligibility criteria for the temporary exemption.

IFRS 9 categorises financial assets into three principal classification categories: measured at amortised cost, at 
FVOCI and at FVTPL. These supersede IAS 39’s categories of held to maturity investments, loans and receivables, 
available for sale financial assets and financial assets measured at FVTPL. The classification of financial assets 
under IFRS 9 is based on the business model under which the financial asset is managed and its contractual cash 
flow characteristics. In addition, on initial recognition the Company may irrevocably designate a financial asset that 
otherwise meets the requirements to be measured at amortised cost or at FVOCI as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates 
or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise. The classification and measurement 
categories for financial liabilities have remained the same. The carrying amounts for financial liabilities at 1 January 
2019 have not been impacted by the initial application of IFRS 9.

IFRS 9 replaces the “incurred loss” model in IAS 39 with a forward-looking “expected credit loss” (ECL) model. The 
ECL model requires an ongoing measurement of credit risk associated with a financial asset and therefore recognises 
ECLs  earlier  than  under  the  “incurred  loss”  accounting  model  in  IAS  39. The  new  impairment  model  applies  to 
financial assets measured at amortised cost and debt securities at FVOCI.

Accordingly, the Company’s financial assets classified in the IAS 39 category “available-for-sale” as at 31 December 
2018  have  been  reclassified  to  the  IFRS  9  category  “FVOCI”  and  other  financial  assets  classified  in  the  IAS  39 
category “loans and receivables” as at 31 December 2018 have been reclassified to the IFRS 9 category “amortised 
cost” at the date of initial adoption on 1 January 2019.

The initial adoption of IFRS 9 did not result in a material impact to the carrying amounts for financial assets and 
there has been no material adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings or total equity on 1 January 
2019. The statement of financial position and statement of changes in equity of the Company are disclosed in notes 
46 and 47 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements, respectively.

(cid:127)  After  the  date  of  eligibility  assessment,  there  has  been  no  change  in  the  Group’s  activities  that  requires  a 
reassessment of the eligibility assessment. Additional information on financial assets in relation to the election of 
the temporary option is illustrated per below:

Financial assets of the Group are separated into the following two groups:

(i)  financial assets with contractual terms that give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and 
interest on the principal amount outstanding (SPPI) in accordance with IFRS 9 and are not held for trading or 
managed on fair value basis; and

(ii) all financial assets other than those specified in (i).

143

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(c) The following standard and amendments are effective for the financial year ended 31 December 2019, but the Group 

has elected to apply the temporary exemption described further below: (continued)

The following table shows the fair value and change in fair value of these two groups of financial assets:

Fair value as at 31 December 2019

Change in fair value for the year ended 
31 December 2019

Financial assets that 
met SPPI criteria and 
not held for trading or 
managed on 
fair value basis

Others

Total

Financial assets that 
met SPPI criteria and 
not held for trading or 
managed on 
fair value basis

Others

Total

162,997

8,987

171,984

13,842(1) 50,881(2)

64,723

176,839

59,868

236,707

15,266

189

15,455

–

15,266

4,990

5,179

4,990

20,445

US$m

Debt securities

Other financial assets

Total(3)

Notes:
(1)  Balance of other financial assets qualifying as SPPI includes loans and deposits, other receivables, accrued investment income and cash and 

cash equivalents.

(2)  Balance represents equity securities and derivative financial instruments.
(3)  Certain financial assets included within the consolidated financial statements, including policy loans under loans and deposits, reinsurance 
receivables and insurance receivables under other receivables amounting to US$5,561m are not included above since they will be accounted 
for under IFRS 17 when its adoption is in parallel with IFRS 9.

The financial assets presented above that met SPPI criteria and not held for trading or managed on fair value basis are 
primarily debt securities. Additional information on the credit quality analysis of these debt securities is provided in 
note 21.

(d) The  following  relevant  new  amendments  to  standards  have  been  issued  but  are  not  effective  for  the  financial  year 
ended 31 December 2019 and have not been early adopted (the financial years for which the adoption is required for 
the  Group  are  stated  in  parentheses).  The  Group  has  assessed  the  impact  of  these  new  standards  on  its  financial 
position  and  results  of  operations  and  they  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  financial  position  or 
results of operations of the Group:

(cid:127)  Amendment to IAS 1, Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (2022);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8, Definition of Material (2020);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 3, Definition of a Business (2020); and

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7, Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (2020).

144

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(e) The following relevant new standard has been issued but is not effective for the financial year ended 31 December 

2019 and has not been early adopted:

(cid:127) 

IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (previously IFRS 4 Phase II) will replace the current IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts. IFRS 
17  includes  fundamental  differences  to  current  accounting  in  both  insurance  contract  measurement  and  profit 
recognition. The general model is based on a discounted cash flow model with a risk adjustment and deferral of 
unearned profits. A separate approach applies to insurance contracts that are linked to returns on underlying items 
and meet certain requirements. Additionally, IFRS 17 requires more granular information and a new presentation 
format for the statement of comprehensive income as well as extensive disclosures. On 12 December 2017, the 
Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  (HKICPA)  approved  the  issuance  of  HKFRS  17,  Insurance 
Contracts. The standards are currently mandatorily effective for financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2021. However, IASB proposed in June 2019 to defer IFRS 17 and extend the temporary IFRS 9 exemption available 
to insurers until the financial period beginning on or after 1 January 2022. The proposed deferral was published in 
the Exposure Draft amendments to IFRS 17 for public consultation ended on 25 September 2019. HKICPA has not 
yet made any announcements related to IASB proposed deferral for IFRS 17. The Group is in the midst of conducting 
a detailed assessment of the new standard.

The significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements are set out 
below.  These  policies  have  been  applied  consistently  in  all  periods  presented.  The  Company’s  statement  of  financial 
position  and  the  statement  of  changes  in  equity,  as  set  out  in  notes  46  and  47  respectively,  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, except for the accounting policies in respect of the Company’s investment 
as set out in note 2.3 and financial instruments as set out in note 2.5.5 given that the Company has adopted IFRS 9 with 
effect from 1 January 2019.

2.2 Operating profit
The  long-term  nature  of  much  of  the  Group’s  operations  means  that,  for  management’s  decision-making  and  internal 
performance  management  purposes,  the  Group  evaluates  its  results  and  its  operating  segments  using  a  financial 
performance measure referred to as “operating profit”. Operating profit includes among others the expected long-term 
investment  returns  for  investments  in  equities  and  real  estate  based  on  the  assumptions  applied  by  the  Group  in  the 
Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information.  The  Group  defines  operating  profit  after  tax  as  net  profit  excluding  the 
following non-operating items:

(cid:127)  short-term fluctuations between expected and actual investment returns related to equities and real estate;

(cid:127)  other investment return (including short-term fluctuations due to market factors); and

(cid:127)  other significant items that management considers to be non-operating income and expenses.

The  Group  considers  that  the  presentation  of  operating  profit  enhances  the  understanding  and  comparability  of  its 
performance and that of its operating segments. The Group considers that trends can be more clearly identified without 
the fluctuating effects of these non-operating items, many of which are largely dependent on market factors.

Operating profit is provided as additional information to assist in the comparison of business trends in different reporting 
periods on a consistent basis and enhance overall understanding of financial performance.

145

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.3 Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. A structured entity is an entity 
that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such 
as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual 
arrangements. The Group has determined that the investment funds and structured securities, such as collateralised debt 
obligations,  mortgage-backed  securities  and  other  asset-backed  securities  that  the  Group  has  interest  are  structured 
entities.

The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the 
entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the 
date on which control is transferred to the Group and are excluded from consolidation from the date at which the Group no 
longer has control. Intercompany transactions are eliminated.

The Group utilises the acquisition method of accounting to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries, unless the acquisition 
forms part of the Group reorganisation of entities under common control. Under this method, the cost of an acquisition is 
measured as the fair value of consideration payable, shares issued or liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. The 
excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired is recorded as goodwill (see 
2.10 below). The Group recognises, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and 
any non-controlling interest in the subsidiary. Any surplus of the acquirer’s interest in the subsidiary’s net assets over the 
cost of acquisition is credited to the consolidated income statement.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group include the assets, liabilities and results of the Company and subsidiaries 
in which AIA Group Limited has a controlling interest, using accounts drawn up to the reporting date.

Investment funds
Investment funds in which the Group has interests and power to direct their relevant activities that affect the return of the 
funds  are  consolidated  in  the  financial  statements.  In  conducting  the  assessment,  the  Group  considers  substantive 
contractual rights as well as de facto control. De facto control of an entity may arise from circumstances where the Group 
does not have more than 50% of the voting power but it has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the entity. 
If the Group has power to remove or control over the party having the ability to direct the relevant activities of the fund 
based on the facts and circumstances and that the Group has exposure to variable returns of the investment funds, they 
are  consolidated.  Variable  returns  include  both  rights  to  the  profits  or  distributions  as  well  as  the  obligation  to  absorb 
losses of the investees.

Employee share-based trusts
Trusts are set up to acquire shares of the Company for distribution to participants in future periods through the share-based 
compensation schemes. The consolidation of these trusts is evaluated in accordance with IFRS 10; where the Group is 
deemed  to  control  the  trusts,  they  are  consolidated.  Shares  acquired  by  the  trusts  to  the  extent  not  provided  to  the 
participants upon vesting are carried at cost and reported as “employee share-based trusts” in the consolidated statement 
of financial position, and as a deduction from the equity in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests are presented within equity except when they arise through the minority’s interest in puttable 
liabilities  such  as  the  unit  holders’  interest  in  consolidated  investment  funds,  when  they  are  recognised  as  a  liability, 
reflecting the net assets of the consolidated entity.

Acquisitions and disposals of non-controlling interests, except when they arise through the minority’s interest in puttable 
liabilities, are treated as transactions between equity holders. As a result, any difference between the acquisition cost or 
sale price of the non-controlling interest and the carrying value of the non-controlling interest is recognised as an increase 
or decrease in equity.

146

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.3 Basis of consolidation (continued)
Associates and joint ventures
Associates  are  entities  over  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence,  but  which  it  does  not  control  or  joint  control. 
Generally, it is presumed that the Group has significant influence if it has between 20 per cent and 50 per cent of voting 
rights. Joint ventures are entities whereby the Group and other parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to 
joint control arising from a contractual agreement.

Gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interest in the associates and joint ventures. Losses are also eliminated, unless the transaction provides evidence of an 
impairment of an asset transferred between entities.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under this method, 
the cost of the investment in an associate or joint venture, together with the Group’s share of that entity’s post-acquisition 
changes to equity, is included as an asset in the consolidated statement of financial position. Cost includes goodwill arising 
on acquisition. The Group’s share of post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the consolidated income statement 
and its share of post-acquisition movement in equity is recognised in other comprehensive income. Equity accounting is 
discontinued when the Group no longer has significant influence over the investment. If the Group’s share of losses in an 
associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the undertaking, additional losses are provided for, and a liability 
recognised, only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of 
the associate or joint venture.

The Company’s investments
In  the  Company’s  statement  of  financial  position,  subsidiaries,  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  stated  at  cost,  unless 
impaired. The Company’s interests in investment funds such as mutual funds and unit trusts are designated at fair value 
through profit or loss.

2.4 Insurance and investment contracts
Consistent accounting policies for the measurement and recognition of insurance and investment contracts have been 
adopted throughout the Group, except for in a limited number of cases, the Group measures insurance contract liabilities 
with reference to statutory requirements in the applicable jurisdiction (see note 2.4.3).

Product classification
The Group classified its contracts written as either insurance contracts or investment contracts, depending on the level of 
insurance risk. Insurance contracts are those contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, while investment contracts 
are those contracts without significant insurance risk. Some insurance and investment contracts, referred to as participating 
business, have discretionary participation features, “DPF”, which may entitle the customer to receive, as a supplement to 
guaranteed benefits, additional non-guaranteed benefits, such as policyholder dividends or bonuses. The Group applies 
the same accounting policies for the recognition and measurement of obligations arising from investment contracts with 
DPF as it does for insurance contracts.

In  the  event  that  a  scenario  (other  than  those  lacking  commercial  substance)  exists  in  which  an  insured  event  would 
require the Group to pay significant additional benefits to its customers, the contract is accounted for as an insurance 
contract. For investment contracts that do not contain DPF, IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Measurement and Recognition, 
and, if the contract includes an investment management element, IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, are 
applied. IFRS 4 permits the continued use of previously applied accounting policies for insurance contracts and investment 
contracts with DPF, and this basis has been adopted by the Group in accounting for such contracts. Once a contract has 
been classified as an insurance or investment contract, reclassification is not subsequently performed unless the terms of 
the agreement are later amended.

147

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
Certain  contracts  with  DPF  supplement  the  amount  of  guaranteed  benefits  due  to  policyholders.  These  contracts  are 
distinct from other insurance and investment contracts as the Group has discretion in the amount and/or timing of the 
benefits declared, and how such benefits are allocated between groups of policyholders. Customers may be entitled to 
receive, as a supplement to guaranteed benefits, additional benefits or bonuses:

(cid:127) 

that are likely to be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits;

(cid:127)  whose amount or timing is contractually at the discretion of the Group; and

(cid:127) 

that are contractually based on:

– the performance of a specified pool of contracts or a specified type of contract;

– realised and/or unrealised investment returns on a specified pool of assets held by the issuer; or

– the profit or loss of the Company, fund or other entity that issues the contract.

The Group applies the same accounting policies for the recognition and measurement of obligations and the deferral of 
acquisition costs arising from investment contracts with DPF as it does to insurance contracts. The Group refers to such 
contracts as participating business. In some jurisdictions participating business is written in a participating fund which is 
distinct from the other assets of the Company or branch. The allocation of benefits from the assets held in such participating 
funds is subject to minimum policyholder participation mechanisms which are established by regulation. The extent of 
such policyholder participation may change over time. The current policyholder participation in declared dividends for 
locations with participating funds is set out below:

Country

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Australia

Brunei

Current policyholder 
participation

90%

90%

70%

80%

80%

In some jurisdictions participating business is not written in a distinct fund and the Group refers to this as other participating 
business.

148

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
The Group’s products may be divided into the following main categories:

Policy type

Description of benefits payable

Insurance contract liabilities(1)

Investment contract liabilities

Basis of accounting for:

Participating 
funds

Traditional 
participating 
life assurance 
with DPF

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. 
The basic sum assured, payable on 
death or maturity, may be enhanced 
by dividends or bonuses, the 
aggregate amount of which is 
determined by the performance of 
a distinct fund of assets and 
liabilities

Insurance contract liabilities make provision 
for the present value of guaranteed benefits 
less estimated future net premiums to be 
collected from policyholders. In addition, an 
insurance liability is recorded for the 
proportion of the net assets of the 
participating funds that would be allocated 
to policyholders, assuming all performance 
would be declared as a dividend based 
upon local regulations

Not applicable, as IFRS 4 
permits contracts with DPF 
to be accounted for as 
insurance contracts

Other 
participating 
business

The timing of dividend and bonus 
declarations is at the discretion of 
the insurer. Local regulations 
generally prescribe a minimum 
proportion of policyholder 
participation in declared dividends

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. 
The basic sum assured, payable on 
death or maturity, may be enhanced 
by dividends or bonuses, the timing 
or amount of which are at the 
discretion of the insurer taking into 
account factors such as investment 
experience

Non-participating life 
assurance, annuities and 
other protection products

Benefits payable are not at the 
discretion of the insurer

Universal life

Benefits are based on an account 
balance, credited with interest at a 
rate set by the insurer, and a death 
benefit, which may be varied by the 
customer

Unit-linked

These may be primarily savings 
products or may combine savings 
with an element of protection

Insurance contract liabilities make provision 
for the present value of guaranteed benefits 
and non-guaranteed participation less 
estimated future net premiums to be 
collected from policyholders

Not applicable, as IFRS 4 
permits contracts with DPF 
to be accounted for as 
insurance contracts

Insurance contract liabilities reflect the 
present value of future policy benefits to be 
paid less the present value of estimated 
future net premiums to be collected from 
policyholders. In addition, deferred profit 
liabilities for limited payment contracts are 
recognised

Insurance contract liabilities reflect the 
accumulation value, representing premiums 
received and investment return credited, 
less deductions for front-end loads, 
mortality and morbidity costs and expense 
charges. In addition, liabilities for unearned 
revenue and additional insurance benefits 
are recorded

Insurance contract liabilities reflect the 
accumulation value, representing premiums 
received and investment return credited, 
less deductions for front-end loads, 
mortality and morbidity costs and expense 
charges. In addition, liabilities for unearned 
revenue and additional insurance benefits 
are recorded

Investment contract 
liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost

Not applicable as such 
contracts generally contain 
significant insurance risk

Investment contract 
liabilities are measured at 
fair value (determined with 
reference to the 
accumulation value)

Note:
(1)  In  a  limited  number  of  cases,  the  Group  measures  insurance  contract  liabilities  with  reference  to  statutory  requirements  in  the  applicable 

jurisdiction.

In the notes to the financial statements, unit-linked contracts are presented together with pension contracts for disclosure 
purposes.

149

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
The basis of accounting for insurance and investment contracts is discussed in notes 2.4.1 and 2.4.2 below.

2.4.1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF
Premiums
Premiums from life insurance contracts, including participating policies and annuity policies with life contingencies, are 
recognised as revenue when due from the policyholder. Benefits and expenses are provided in respect of such revenue so 
as to recognise profits over the estimated life of the policies. For limited pay contracts, premiums are recognised in profit 
or loss when due, with any excess profit deferred and recognised in income in a constant relationship to the insurance 
in-force or, for annuities, the amount of expected benefit payments.

Amounts collected as premiums from insurance contracts with investment features but with sufficient insurance risk to be 
considered  insurance  contracts,  such  as  universal  life,  and  certain  unit-linked  contracts,  are  accumulated  as  deposits. 
Revenue from these contracts consists of policy fees for the cost of insurance, administration, and surrenders during the 
period.

Upfront fees are recognised over the estimated life of the contracts to which they relate. Policy benefits and claims that are 
charged to expenses include benefit claims incurred in the period in excess of related policyholder contract deposits and 
interest credited to policyholder deposits.

Unearned revenue liability
Unearned revenue liability represents upfront fees and other non-level charges that have been collected and released to 
the consolidated income statement over the estimated life of the business. A separate liability for accumulation value is 
established.

Deferred profit liability
Deferred profit liability arising from traditional insurance contracts represents excess profits that have been collected and 
released to the consolidated income statement over the estimated life of the business. A separate liability for future policy 
benefits is established.

Deferred acquisition costs
The costs of acquiring new insurance  contracts, including  commissions and distribution costs, underwriting and other 
policy issue expenses which vary with and are primarily related to the production of new business or renewal of existing 
business, are deferred as an asset. Deferred acquisition costs are assessed for recoverability in the year of policy issue to 
ensure that these costs are recoverable out of the estimated future margins to be earned on the policy. Deferred acquisition 
costs are assessed for recoverability at least annually thereafter. Future investment income is also taken into account in 
assessing recoverability. To the extent that acquisition costs are not considered to be recoverable at inception or thereafter, 
these costs are expensed in the consolidated income statement.

150

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF (continued)
Deferred acquisition costs (continued)
Deferred acquisition costs for life insurance and annuity policies are amortised over the expected life of the contracts as a 
constant  percentage  of  expected  premiums.  Expected  premiums  are  estimated  at  the  date  of  policy  issue  and  are 
consistently  applied  throughout  the  life  of  the  contract  unless  a  deficiency  occurs  when  performing  liability  adequacy 
testing (see below).

Deferred acquisition costs for universal life and unit-linked contracts are amortised over the expected life of the contracts 
based on a constant percentage of the present value of estimated gross profits expected to be realised over the life of the 
contract  or  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Estimated  gross  profits  include  expected  amounts  to  be  assessed  for  mortality, 
administration, investment and surrenders, less benefit claims in excess of policyholder balances, administrative expenses 
and interest credited. Estimated gross profits are revised regularly. The interest rate used to compute the present value of 
revised estimates of expected gross profits is the latest revised rate applied to the remaining benefit period. Deviations of 
actual results from estimated experience are reflected in earnings.

In  a  limited  number  of  cases  where  the  Group  measures  insurance  contract  liabilities  with  reference  to  statutory 
requirements in the applicable jurisdiction, acquisition costs deemed recoverable are included as a component of insurance 
contract liabilities, and are therefore deferred and amortised over the life of the corresponding policies.

Deferred sales inducements
Deferred sales inducements, consisting of day one bonuses, persistency bonuses and enhanced crediting rates are deferred 
and amortised using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortise acquisition costs when:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the sales inducements are recognised as part of insurance contract liabilities;

they are explicitly identified in the contract on inception;

they are incremental to amounts credited on similar contracts without sales inducements; and

they are higher than the expected ongoing crediting rates for periods after the inducement.

Unbundling
The deposit component of an insurance contract is unbundled when both of the following conditions are met:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the deposit component (including any embedded surrender option) can be measured separately (i.e. without taking 
into account the insurance component); and

the Group’s accounting policies do not otherwise require the recognition of all obligations and rights arising from the 
deposit component.

Bifurcation
To the extent that certain of the Group’s insurance contracts include embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely 
related to the host contract, these are bifurcated from the insurance contracts and accounted for as derivatives.

151

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF (continued)
Benefits and claims
Insurance contract benefits reflect the cost of all maturities, surrenders, withdrawals and claims arising during the period, 
as well as policyholder dividends accrued in anticipation of dividend declarations.

Accident  and  health  claims  incurred  include  all  losses  occurring  during  the  period,  whether  reported  or  not,  related 
handling costs, a reduction for recoveries, and any adjustments to claims outstanding from previous years.

Claims handling costs include internal and external costs incurred in connection with the negotiation and settlement of 
claims, and are included in operating expenses.

Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF)
Insurance contract liabilities represent the estimated future policyholder benefit liability for life insurance policies.

Future  policy  benefits  for  life  insurance  policies  are  calculated  using  a  net  level  premium  valuation  method  which 
represents the present value of estimated future policy benefits to be paid, less the present value of estimated future net 
premiums to be collected from policyholders.

For contracts with an explicit account balance, such as universal life and unit-linked contracts, insurance contract liabilities 
are equal to the accumulation value, which represents premiums received and investment returns credited to the policy 
less deductions for mortality and morbidity costs and expense charges.

Settlement options are accounted for as an integral component of the underlying insurance or investment contract unless 
they provide annuitisation benefits, in which case an additional liability is established to the extent that the present value 
of expected annuitisation payments at the expected annuitisation date exceeds the expected account balance at that date. 
Where  settlement  options  have  been  issued  with  guaranteed  rates  less  than  market  interest  rates,  the  insurance  or 
investment  contract  liability  does  not  reflect  any  provision  for  subsequent  declines  in  market  interest  rates  unless  a 
deficiency is identified through liability adequacy testing.

The Group accounts for insurance contract liabilities for participating business written in participating funds by establishing 
a liability for the present value of guaranteed benefits less estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders. 
In addition, an insurance liability is recorded for the proportion of the net assets of the participating funds that would be 
allocated to policyholders assuming all relevant surplus at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position 
were  to  be  declared  as  a  policyholder  dividend  based  upon  applicable  regulations.  The  Group  accounts  for  other 
participating  business  by  establishing  a  liability  for  the  present  value  of  guaranteed  benefits  and  non-guaranteed 
participation, less estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders.

Liability adequacy testing
The  adequacy  of  liabilities  is  assessed  by  portfolio  of  contracts,  in  accordance  with  the  Group’s  manner  of  acquiring, 
servicing  and  measuring  the  profitability  of  its  insurance  contracts.  Liability  adequacy  testing  is  performed  for  each 
reportable segment.

For traditional life insurance contracts, insurance contract liabilities reduced by deferred acquisition costs and value of 
business acquired on acquired insurance contracts, are compared to the gross premium valuation calculated on a best 
estimate basis, as of the valuation date. If there is a deficiency, the unamortised balance of deferred acquisition cost and 
value of business acquired on acquired insurance contracts are written down to the extent of the deficiency. If, after writing 
down  the  unamortised  balance  for  the  specific  portfolio  of  contracts  to  nil,  a  deficiency  still  exists,  the  net  liability  is 
increased by the amount of the remaining deficiency.

For universal life and investment contracts, deferred acquisition costs, net of unearned revenue liabilities, are compared to 
estimated gross profits. If a deficiency exists, deferred acquisition costs are written down.

Financial guarantees
Financial guarantees are regarded as insurance contracts. Liabilities in respect of such contracts are recognised when loss 
is incurred.

152

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.2 Investment contracts
Investment contracts do not contain sufficient insurance risk to be considered insurance contracts and are accounted for 
as a financial liability, other than investment contracts with DPF which are excluded from the scope of IAS 39 and are 
accounted for as insurance contracts.

Revenue from these contracts consists of various charges (policy fees, handling fees, management fees and surrender 
charges) made against the contract for the cost of insurance, expenses and early surrender. First year charges are amortised 
over the life of the contract as the services are provided.

Investment contract fee revenue
Customers are charged fees for policy administration, investment management, surrenders or other contract services. The 
fees may be fixed amounts or vary with the amounts being managed, and will generally be charged as an adjustment to the 
policyholder’s account balance. The fees are recognised as revenue in the period in which they are received unless they 
relate to services to be provided in future periods, in which case they are deferred and recognised as the service is provided.

When part of the fee received from a policyholder is expected to be refunded in the future, the related fee is not recognised 
as a revenue and a sales inducement liability is established which forms part of the investment contract liabilities.

Origination and other “upfront” fees (fees that are assessed against the account balance as consideration for origination of 
the contract) are charged on some non-participating investment and pension contracts. Where the investment contract is 
recorded at amortised cost, these fees are amortised and recognised over the expected term of the policy as an adjustment 
to the effective yield. Where the investment contract is measured at fair value, the front-end fees that relate to the provision 
of investment management services are amortised and recognised as the services are provided.

Deferred origination costs
The  costs  of  acquiring  investment  contracts  with  investment  management  services,  including  commissions  and  other 
incremental expenses directly related to the issue of each new contract, are deferred and amortised over the period that 
services are provided. Deferred origination costs are tested for recoverability at each reporting date.

The costs of acquiring new investment contracts without investment management services are included as part of the 
effective interest rate used to calculate the amortised cost of the related investment contract liabilities.

Investment contract liabilities
Deposits received in respect of investment contracts are not accounted for through the consolidated income statement, 
except  for  the  investment  income  and  fees  attributable  to  those  contracts,  but  are  accounted  for  directly  through  the 
consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  as  an  adjustment  to  the  investment  contract  liability,  which  reflects  the 
account balance.

The  majority  of  the  Group’s  contracts  classified  as  investment  contracts  are  unit-linked  contracts,  with  measurement 
directly  linked  to  the  underlying  investment  assets. These  represent  investment  portfolios  maintained  to  meet  specific 
investment objectives of policyholders who generally bear the credit and market risks on those investments. The liabilities 
are carried at fair value determined with reference to the accumulation value (current unit value) with changes recognised 
in profit or loss. The costs of policy administration, investment management, surrender charges and certain policyholder 
taxes  assessed  against  customers’  account  balances  are  included  in  revenue,  and  accounted  for  as  described  under 
“Investment contract fee revenue” above.

Non unit-linked investment contract liabilities are carried at amortised cost, being the fair value of consideration received 
at the date of initial recognition, less the net effect of principal payments such as transaction costs and front-end fees, plus 
or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and 
the maturity value, and less any write-down for surrender payments. The effective interest rate equates the discounted 
cash payments to the initial amount. At each reporting date, the unearned revenue liability is determined as the value of 
the future best estimate cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate. Any adjustment is immediately recognised as 
income or expense in the consolidated income statement.

153

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.2 Investment contracts (continued)
Investment contract liabilities (continued)
The amortised cost of the financial liability is never recorded at less than the amount payable on surrender, discounted for 
the time value of money where applicable, if the investment contract is subject to a surrender option.

Deferred fee income liability
Deferred fee income liability represents upfront fees and other non-level charges that have been collected and released to 
the consolidated income statement over the estimated life of the business. A separate liability for accumulation value is 
established.

2.4.3 Insurance and investment contracts
Reinsurance
The Group cedes reinsurance in the normal course of business, with retentions varying by line of business. The cost of 
reinsurance is accounted for over the life of the underlying reinsured policies, using assumptions consistent with those 
used to account for such policies.

Premiums  ceded  and  claims  reimbursed  are  presented  on  a  gross  basis  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  and 
statement of financial position.

Reinsurance  assets  consist  of  amounts  receivable  in  respect  of  ceded  insurance  liabilities.  Amounts  recoverable  from 
reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the reinsured insurance or investment contract liabilities or benefits 
paid and in accordance with the relevant reinsurance contract.

To the extent that reinsurance contracts principally transfer financial risk (as opposed to insurance risk) they are accounted 
for directly through the consolidated statement of financial position and are not included in reinsurance assets or liabilities. 
A deposit asset or liability is recognised, based on the consideration paid or received less any explicitly identified premiums 
or fees to be retained by the reinsured.

If a reinsurance asset is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying amount accordingly and recognises that impairment loss 
in the consolidated income statement. A reinsurance asset is impaired if there is objective evidence, as a result of an event 
that occurred after initial recognition of the reinsurance asset, that the Group may not receive all amounts due to it under 
the terms of the contract, and the impact on the amounts that the Group will receive from the reinsurer can be reliably 
measured.

The upfront premium rebate received on reinsurance contracts is a reinsurance liability. This liability is initially recognised 
as a reduction in deferred acquisition and origination costs up to the carrying value of associated deferred acquisition 
costs or associated value of business acquired, if any, with any excess being recognised in other liabilities. This reinsurance 
liability is released in line with the release of the underlying insurance contracts. Change in this reinsurance liability during 
the period is recognised as insurance and investment contract benefits ceded.

Value of business acquired (VOBA)
The VOBA in respect of a portfolio of long-term insurance and investment contracts, either directly or through the purchase 
of  a  subsidiary,  is  recognised  as  an  asset.  If  this  results  from  the  acquisition  of  an  investment  in  a  joint  venture  or  an 
associate, the VOBA is held within the carrying amount of that investment. In all cases, the VOBA is amortised over the 
estimated life of the contracts in the acquired portfolio on a systematic basis. The rate of amortisation reflects the profile 
of  the  value  of  in-force  business  acquired.  The  carrying  value  of  VOBA  is  reviewed  annually  for  impairment  and  any 
reduction is charged to the consolidated income statement.

Shadow accounting
Shadow  accounting  is  applied  to  insurance  and  certain  investment  contracts  with  discretionary  participation  feature 
where financial assets backing insurance and investment contract liabilities are classified as available for sale. Shadow 
accounting  is  applied  to  deferred  acquisition  costs,  VOBA,  deferred  origination  costs  and  the  contract  liabilities  for 
investment contracts with DPF to take into account the effect of unrealised gains or losses on insurance liabilities or assets 
that  are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  same  way  as  for  a  realised  gain  or  loss  recognised  in  the 
consolidated income statement. Such assets or liabilities are adjusted with corresponding charges or credits recognised 
directly in shareholders’ equity as a component of the related unrealised gains and losses.

154

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.3 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Insurance contracts (including investment contracts with DPF) liabilities measured with reference to statutory 
requirements
In a limited number of cases, the Group measures insurance contract liabilities with reference to statutory requirements in 
the  applicable  jurisdiction. The  insurance  contract  liabilities  of  those  countries  are  predominately  measured  at  the  net 
present value of future receipts from and payments to policyholders. The discount rate applied reflects the current market 
rate. The excess of premium received over claims and expenses (the margin) is recognised over the life of the contract in 
a manner that reflects the pattern of service provided to the policyholder. The movement in insurance contract liabilities 
recognised in the profit or loss reflects the planned release of this margin.

Other assessments and levies
The  Group  is  potentially  subject  to  various  periodic  insurance-related  assessments  or  guarantee  fund  levies.  Related 
provisions  are  established  where  there  is  a  present  obligation  (legal  or  constructive)  as  a  result  of  a  past  event.  Such 
amounts  are  not  included  in  insurance  or  investment  contract  liabilities  but  are  included  under  “Provisions”  in  the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

2.5 Financial instruments
2.5.1 Classification of and designation of financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss comprise two categories:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

financial assets or liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss upon initial recognition; and

financial assets or liabilities classified as held for trading.

Management designates financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss if this eliminates a measurement 
inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are actively managed on a fair value basis, including:

(cid:127) 

financial assets held to back unit-linked contracts and participating funds;

(cid:127)  other financial assets managed on a fair value basis; consisting of the Group’s equity portfolio and investments held by 

the Group’s fully consolidated investment funds; and

(cid:127)  compound instruments containing an embedded derivative, where the embedded derivative would otherwise require 

bifurcation.

Financial assets and liabilities classified as held for trading include financial assets acquired principally for the purpose of 
selling them in the near future and those that form part of a portfolio of financial assets in which there is evidence of 
short-term profit taking, as well as derivative assets and liabilities.

Dividend income from equity instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss is recognised in investment income 
in the consolidated income statement, generally when the security becomes ex-dividend. Interest income is recognised on 
an accrued basis. For all financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, changes in fair value are recognised 
in investment experience.

Transaction costs in respect of financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are expensed as they are 
incurred.

155

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.1 Classification of and designation of financial instruments (continued)
Available for sale financial assets
Financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, and loans and receivables, are classified as available 
for sale.

The available for sale category is used where the relevant investments backing insurance and investment contract liabilities 
and shareholders’ equity are not managed on a fair value basis. These principally consist of the Group’s debt securities 
(other than those backing participating funds and unit-linked contracts). Available for sale financial assets are initially 
recognised at fair value plus attributable transaction costs. For available for sale debt securities, the difference between 
their cost and par value is amortised. Available for sale financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest 
income from debt securities classified as available for sale is recognised in investment income in the consolidated income 
statement using the effective interest method.

Unrealised gains and losses on securities classified as available for sale are analysed between differences resulting from 
foreign currency translation, and other fair value changes. Foreign currency translation differences on monetary available 
for sale investments, such as debt securities are calculated as if they were carried at amortised cost and so are recognised 
in the consolidated income statement as investment experience. For impairments of available for sale financial assets, 
reference is made to the section “Impairment of financial assets”.

Changes in the fair value of securities classified as available for sale, except for impairment losses and relevant foreign 
exchange  gains  and  losses,  are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in  a  separate  fair  value 
reserve within equity. Impairment losses and relevant foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in the consolidated 
income statement.

Realised gains and losses on financial assets
Realised gains and losses on available for sale financial assets are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds 
and amortised cost. Amortised cost is determined by specific identification.

Recognition of financial instruments
Purchases  and  sales  of  financial  instruments  are  recognised  on  the  trade  date,  which  is  the  date  at  which  the  Group 
commits to purchase or sell the assets.

Derecognition and offset of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where 
the  Group  has  transferred  substantially  all  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership.  If  the  Group  neither  transfers  nor  retains 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognises the financial asset if it no longer 
has control over the asset. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognise the asset 
to the extent of its continuing involvement. The extent of continuing involvement is determined by the extent to which the 
Group is exposed to changes in the fair value of the asset.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated statement of financial position 
only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net 
basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are carried at amortised 
cost  using  the  effective  interest  method  less  any  impairment  losses.  Interest  income  from  loans  and  receivables  is 
recognised in investment income in the consolidated income statement using the effective interest method.

156

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.1 Classification of and designation of financial instruments (continued)
Term deposits
Deposits include time deposits with financial institutions which do not meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents as 
their maturity at acquisition exceeds three months. Certain of these balances are subject to regulatory or other restriction 
as disclosed in note 21 Financial investments. Deposits are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  in  hand,  deposits  held  at  call  with  banks  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid 
investments with maturities at acquisition of three months or less, which are held for cash management purposes. Cash 
and  cash  equivalents  also  include  cash  received  as  collateral  for  derivative  transactions,  and  repo  and  reverse  repo 
transactions,  as  well  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents  held  for  the  benefit  of  policyholders  in  connection  with  unit-linked 
products. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2.5.2 Fair values of non-derivative financial instruments
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in 
an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, having regard to the specific characteristics 
of the asset or liability concerned, assuming that the transfer takes place in the most advantageous market to which the 
Group has access. The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as financial instruments at fair 
value  through  profit  or  loss  and  available  for  sale  securities)  are  based  on  quoted  market  prices  at  the  date  of  the 
consolidated statement of financial position. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the 
current bid price, which is considered to be the price within the bid-ask spread that is most representative of the fair value 
in the circumstances. The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in active markets are determined using 
valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions at 
the date of each consolidated statement of financial position. The objective of using a valuation technique is to estimate 
the price at which an orderly transaction would take place between market participants at the date of the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

Financial instruments carried at fair value are measured using a fair value hierarchy described in note 23.

2.5.3 Impairment of financial assets
General
Financial assets are assessed for impairment on a regular basis. The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there 
is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset, or group of financial 
assets, is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one 
or more events that have occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event) and that loss event (or events) has 
an  impact  on  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  the  financial  asset  or  group  of  financial  assets  that  can  be  reliably 
estimated.

For loans and receivables, the Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists for financial assets 
that  are  individually  significant.  If  the  Group  determines  that  objective  evidence  of  impairment  does  not  exist  for  an 
individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with 
similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for 
impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised are not included in a collective assessment 
of impairment.

157

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.3 Impairment of financial assets (continued)
Available for sale financial instruments
When a decline in the fair value of an available for sale asset has been recognised in other comprehensive income and 
there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss already recognised directly in other comprehensive 
income is recognised in current period profit or loss.

If the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available for sale increases in a subsequent period, and the increase can 
be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in profit or loss, the impairment loss 
is reversed through profit or loss. Where, following the recognition of an impairment loss in respect of an available for sale 
debt security, the asset suffers further falls in value, such further falls are recognised as an impairment only in the case 
when objective evidence exists of a further impairment event to which the losses can be attributed.

Loans and receivables
For loans and receivables, impairment is considered to have taken place if it is probable that the Group will not be able to 
collect principal and/or interest due according to the contractual terms of the instrument. When impairment is determined 
to have occurred, the carrying amount is decreased through a charge to profit or loss. The carrying amount of mortgage 
loans or receivables is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of any allowance is recognised 
as an impairment loss in profit or loss.

2.5.4 Derivative financial instruments
Derivative  financial  instruments  primarily  include  foreign  exchange  contracts  and  interest  rate  swaps  that  derive  their 
value  mainly  from  underlying  foreign  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates.  All  derivatives  are  initially  recognised  in  the 
consolidated statement of financial position at their fair value, which represents their cost excluding transaction costs, 
which are expensed, giving rise to a day one loss. They are subsequently remeasured at their fair value, with movements in 
this value recognised in profit or loss. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices or, if these are not available, by 
using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models or option pricing models. All derivatives are carried as 
assets when the fair values are positive and as liabilities when the fair values are negative.

Derivative instruments for economic hedging
Whilst  the  Group  enters  into  derivative  transactions  to  provide  economic  hedges  under  the  Group’s  risk  management 
framework,  it  adopts  hedge  accounting  to  these  transactions  only  in  limited  circumstances. This  is  either  because  the 
transactions would not meet the specific IFRS rules to be eligible for hedge accounting or the documentation requirements 
to meet hedge accounting criteria would be unduly onerous. Where hedge accounting does not apply, these transactions 
are treated as held for trading and fair value movements are recognised immediately in investment experience.

Cash flow hedge
The Group has, in a limited number of cases, designated certain derivatives as hedges of interest rate risk associated with 
the cash flows of highly probable forecast transactions such as forecast purchases of debt securities. To the extent these 
hedges are effective, the change in fair value of the derivatives designated as hedging instruments is recognised in the 
cash flow hedge reserve in other comprehensive income within equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion 
is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Amounts accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve are reclassified to profit 
or  loss  when  the  hedged  item  affects  profit  or  loss.  In  respect  of  a  forecast  purchase  of  a  debt  security  classified  as 
available for sale, the cash flows are expected to affect profit or loss when the coupons from the purchased bonds are 
recognised, or on disposal of the security. The application of hedge accounting is discontinued when one of the following 
situations occurs: when a derivative designated as the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised prior 
to the occurrence of the forecast transaction, when the hedge is no longer highly effective or expected to be highly effective, 
or when the Group revokes the designation of the hedging relationship. In these situations, the cumulative gain or loss on 
the hedging instrument that has been recognised in other comprehensive income from the period when the hedge was 
effective remains separately in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. This amount is reclassified to profit or loss 
when the hedged item affects profit or loss. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the entire amount is 
reclassified immediately to profit or loss.

158

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.4 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Embedded derivatives
Embedded derivatives are derivatives embedded within other non-derivative host financial instruments to create hybrid 
instruments.  Where  the  economic  characteristics  and  risks  of  the  embedded  derivatives  are  not  closely  related  to  the 
economic characteristics and risks of the host instrument, and where the hybrid instrument is not measured at fair value 
with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss, the embedded derivative is bifurcated and carried at fair value as a 
derivative in accordance with IAS 39.

2.5.5 The Company’s financial instruments
As discussed in note 2.1(c) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has adopted IFRS 9 for financial periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2019.

Upon  the  adoption  of  IFRS  9,  financial  assets  are  classified  as  measured  at  amortised  cost,  FVOCI  or  FVTPL.  The 
classification  of  financial  assets  is  based  on  the  business  model  under  which  the  financial  asset  is  managed  and  its 
contractual cash flow characteristics.

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the 
principal amount outstanding.

A debt security is measured at FVOCI if it meets both of the following conditions:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling 
financial assets; and

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the 
principal amount outstanding.

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortised cost or FVOCI as described above are measured at FVTPL.

Changes in fair value of debt securities measured at FVOCI are recognised in other comprehensive income, except for the 
recognition in profit or loss of expected credit losses, interest income (calculated using the effective interest method) and 
foreign exchange gains and losses. When the investment is derecognised, the amount accumulated in other comprehensive 
income is recycled from equity to profit or loss.

Changes in fair value of financial assets measured at FVTPL (including interest) are recognised in profit or loss.

The  Company  recognises  loss  allowances  for  ECL  on  financial  assets  measured  at  amortised  cost  and  debt  securities 
measured  at  FVOCI,  which  measured  at  either  lifetime  ECL  or  12-month  ECL  according  to  a  ‘three-stage’  impairment 
model.  A  financial  instrument  that  is  not  credit-impaired  on  initial  recognition  is  classified  in  ‘Stage  1’.  If  a  significant 
increase in credit risk since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to ‘Stage 2’. If the financial 
instrument  is  credit-impaired,  it  is  then  moved  to  ‘Stage  3’.  Financial  instruments  in  Stages  2  and  3  have  their  loss 
allowances measured at Lifetime ECL which are the ECL that result from all possible default events over the expected life 
of a financial instrument. Financial instruments in Stage 1 have their loss allowances measured at 12-month ECL which 
are the portion of ECL that results from default events that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date (or a 
shorter  period  if  the  expected  life  of  the  instrument  is  less  than  12  months).  The  maximum  period  considered  when 
estimating ECL is the maximum contractual period over which the Company is exposed to credit risk.

159

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.5 The Company’s financial instruments (continued)
ECL are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses and are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls – i.e. 
the  difference  between  the  cash  flows  due  to  the  entity  in  accordance  with  the  contract  and  the  cash  flows  that  the 
Company expects to receive.

At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost and debt securities at 
FVOCI are credit-impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact 
on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred.

Loss allowance for ECL of financial assets measured at amortised cost is deducted from the gross carrying amount of the 
assets, while ECL of debt securities measured at FVOCI is charged to profit or loss and is recognised in other comprehensive 
income.

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic 
prospect of recovery. This is generally the case when the Company determines that the borrower does not have assets or 
sources  of  income  that  could  generate  sufficient  cash  flows  to  repay  the  amounts  subject  to  the  write-off.  However, 
financial assets that are written off could still be subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Company’s 
procedures for recovery of amount due.

2.6 Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activity from which it earns revenues and 
incurs  expenses  and,  for  which,  discrete  financial  information  is  available,  and  whose  operating  results  are  regularly 
reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision-maker, considered to be the Executive Committee of the Group (ExCo).

2.7 Foreign currency translation
Income  statements  and  cash  flows  of  foreign  entities  are  translated  into  the  Group’s  presentation  currency  at  average 
exchange rates for the period as this approximates to the exchange rates prevailing at the transaction date. Their statements 
of financial position are translated at year or period end exchange rates. Exchange differences arising from the translation 
of the net investment in foreign operations, are taken to the currency translation reserve within equity. On disposal of a 
foreign operation, such exchange differences are transferred out of this reserve and are recognised in the consolidated 
income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Foreign currency transactions are accounted for at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Gains and 
losses  resulting  from  the  settlement  of  such  transactions,  and  from  the  translation  of  monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies into functional currency, are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Translation  differences  on  financial  assets  designated  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  included  in  investment 
experience. For monetary financial assets classified as available for sale, translation differences are calculated as if they 
were carried at amortised cost and so are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Foreign exchange movements 
on non-monetary equities that are accounted for as available for sale are included in the fair value reserve.

2.8 Property, plant and equipment
Property  held  for  own  use,  excluding  right-of-use  assets  in  relation  to  other  leased  property,  plant  and  equipment,  is 
carried at fair value at last valuation date less accumulated depreciation. The Group records its interest in leasehold land 
and land use rights associated with property held for own use as right-of-use assets, which are reported as a component 
of property, plant and equipment and carried at fair value at last valuation date less accumulated depreciation. When an 
asset is adjusted for the latest fair value, any accumulated depreciation at the date of valuation is eliminated against the 
gross carrying amount of the asset. The movement of fair values is generally recognised in other comprehensive income. 
When  such  properties  are  sold,  the  amounts  accumulated  in  other  comprehensive  income  are  transferred  to  retained 
earnings.

160

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.8 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 
Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Right-of-use  assets  in  relation  to  other  leased  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
depreciation. The right-of-use asset in relation to a lease is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the 
lease term on a straight-line basis.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate cost less any residual value over the estimated useful 
life, generally:

Fixtures, fittings and office equipment

Buildings

Computer hardware and other assets

Freehold land

5 years

20-40 years

3-5 years

No depreciation

Subsequent costs are included in the carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, when it is probable 
that future economic benefits will flow to the Group. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated income 
statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if applicable, at each reporting date. An asset is written down 
to its recoverable amount if the carrying value is greater than the estimated recoverable amount.

Any gain and loss arising on disposal of property, plant and equipment is measured as the difference between the net sale 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant asset, and is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

2.9 Investment property
Property  held  for  long-term  rental  or  capital  appreciation,  or  both  that  is  not  occupied  by  the  Group  is  classified  as 
investment property. Investment property, including land and buildings, is initially recognised at cost with changes in fair 
values in subsequent periods recognised in the consolidated income statement.

If an investment property becomes held for own use, it is reclassified as property, plant and equipment. Where a property 
is partly used as an investment property and partly for the use by the Group, these elements are recorded separately within 
investment property and property, plant and equipment respectively, where the component used as investment property 
would be capable of separate sale or lease.

2.10 Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable 
assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions prior to 1 
December 2006 (the date of transition to IFRS) is carried at book value (original cost less cumulative amortisation) on that 
date, less any impairment subsequently incurred. Goodwill arising on the Group’s investment in subsidiaries since that date 
is shown as a separate asset and is carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, whilst that on associates and 
joint ventures is included within the carrying value of those investments. All acquisition-related costs are expensed as 
incurred.

161

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.10 Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets consist primarily of acquired computer software and contractual relationships, such as access to 
distribution networks, and are amortised over their estimated useful lives.

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the 
specific software. Costs directly associated with the internal production of identifiable and unique software by the Group 
that will generate economic benefits exceeding those costs over a period greater than a year, are recognised as intangible 
assets. All other costs associated with developing or maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an 
expense as incurred. Costs of acquiring computer software licences and incurred in the internal production of computer 
software  are  amortised  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  software,  which  does  not 
generally exceed a period of 3 to 15 years. The amortisation charge for the period is included in the consolidated income 
statement under “Operating expenses”.

Costs associated with acquiring rights to access distribution networks are amortised on the basis of the expected pattern 
of consumption of the expected future economic benefits embodied in the intangible asset. The amortisation charge for 
rights to access distribution networks is included in the consolidated income statement under “Commission and other 
acquisition expenses”.

2.11 Impairment of non-financial assets
Property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other non-financial assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised to 
the extent that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the fair value of the 
asset  less  cost  to  sell  and  value  in  use.  For  the  purposes  of  assessing  impairment,  assets  are  allocated  to  each  of  the 
Group’s cash-generating units, or group of cash-generating units, the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable 
cash flows. The carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reviewed at least annually 
or when circumstances or events indicate that there may be uncertainty over this value.

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any objective evidence that its investments in 
associates  and  joint  ventures  are  impaired.  Such  objective  evidence  includes  whether  there  has  been  any  significant 
adverse changes in the technological, market, economic or legal environment in which the associates and joint ventures 
operate or whether there has been a significant or prolonged decline in value below their cost. If there is an indication that 
an interest in an associate or a joint venture is impaired, the Group assesses whether the entire carrying amount of the 
investment (including goodwill) is recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss for the amount by which 
the carrying amount is lower than the higher of the investment’s fair value less costs to sell or value in use. Any reversal of 
such impairment loss in subsequent periods is reversed through profit or loss.

In the statement of financial position of the Company, impairment testing of the investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
joint ventures is required upon receiving dividends from these investments if the dividend exceeds the total comprehensive 
income of the subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures in the period the dividend is declared or if the carrying amount of 
the relevant investment in the Company’s statement of financial position exceeds its carrying amount in the consolidated 
financial statements of the investees’ net assets including goodwill.

162

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.12 Securities lending including repurchase agreements
The Group has been a party to various securities lending agreements under which securities are loaned to third parties on 
a short-term basis. The loaned securities are not derecognised and so they continue to be recognised within the appropriate 
investment classification.

Assets sold under repurchase agreements (repos)
Assets sold under repurchase agreements continue to be recognised and a liability is established for the consideration 
received. The Group may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying assets, and 
such collateral assets remain on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Assets purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos)
The Group enters into purchases of assets under agreements to resell (reverse repos). Reverse repos are initially recorded 
at the cost of the loan or collateral advanced within the caption “Loans and deposits” in the consolidated statement of 
financial position. In the event of failure by the counterparty to repay the loan, the Group has the right to the underlying 
assets.

2.13 Collateral
The Group receives and pledges collateral in the form of cash or non-cash assets in respect of derivative transactions, 
securities  lending  transactions,  and  repo  and  reverse  repo  transactions,  in  order  to  reduce  the  credit  risk  of  these 
transactions. The amount and type of collateral depends on an assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty. Collateral 
received in the form of cash, which is not legally segregated from the Group, is recognised as an asset in the consolidated 
statement  of  financial  position  with  a  corresponding  liability  for  the  repayment.  Non-cash  collateral  received  is  not 
recognised  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  unless  the  Group  sells  these  assets  in  the  absence  of 
default, at which point the obligation to return this collateral is recognised as a liability. To further minimise credit risk, the 
financial condition of counterparties is monitored on a regular basis.

Collateral pledged in the form of cash which is legally segregated from the Group is derecognised from the consolidated 
statement of financial position and a corresponding receivable established for its return. Non-cash collateral pledged is not 
derecognised (except in the event of default) and therefore continues to be recognised in the consolidated statement of 
financial position within the appropriate financial instrument classification.

2.14 Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at their issue proceeds less transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are 
stated at amortised cost, and any difference between net proceeds and redemption value is recognised in the consolidated 
income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. All borrowing costs are expensed 
as they are incurred, except for borrowing costs directly attributable to the development of investment properties and other 
qualifying assets, which are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset.

2.15 Income taxes
The current tax expense is based on the taxable profits for the period, including any adjustments in respect of prior years. 
Tax is allocated to profit or loss before taxation and amounts charged or credited to equity as appropriate.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements, except as described below.

The principal temporary differences arise from the basis of recognition of insurance and investment contract liabilities, 
revaluation  of  certain  financial  assets  and  liabilities  including  derivative  contracts,  deferred  acquisition  costs  and  the 
future taxes arising on the surplus in life funds where the relevant local tax regime is distributions-based. The rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position are used to determine deferred tax.

163

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.15 Income taxes (continued)
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised. In countries where there is a history of tax losses, deferred tax assets are only 
recognised in excess of deferred tax liabilities if there is evidence that future profits will be available.

Deferred taxes are not provided in respect of temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of goodwill or from 
goodwill for which amortisation is not deductible for tax purposes, or from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction which is not a business combination and which affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss at the time 
of the transaction.

Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available for sale investments and other amounts taken directly to 
equity, is recognised initially within the applicable component of equity. It is subsequently recognised in the consolidated 
income statement, together with the gain or loss arising on the underlying item.

In addition to paying tax on shareholders’ profits, certain of the Group’s life insurance businesses pay tax on policyholders’ 
investment returns (policyholder tax) at policyholder tax rates. Policyholder tax is accounted for as an income tax and is 
included in the total tax expense and disclosed separately.

2.16 Revenue
Investment return
Investment income consists of dividends, interest and rents receivable for the reporting period. Investment experience 
comprises  realised  gains  and  losses,  impairments  and  unrealised  gains  and  losses  on  investments  held  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss. Interest income is recognised as it accrues, taking into account the effective yield on the investment. 
Rental income on investment property is recognised on an accrual basis. Investment return consists of investment income 
and investment experience.

The realised gain or loss on disposal of an investment is the difference between the proceeds received, net of transaction 
costs, and its original cost or amortised cost as appropriate. Unrealised gains and losses represent the difference between 
the carrying value at the period end and the carrying value at the previous year end or purchase price if purchased during 
the period, less the reversal of previously recognised unrealised gains and losses in respect of disposals made during the 
period.

Other fee and commission income
Other fee and commission income consists primarily of fund management fees, income from any incidental non-insurance 
activities, distribution fees from mutual funds, commissions on reinsurance ceded and commission revenue from the sale 
of mutual fund shares. Reinsurance commissions receivable are deferred in the same way as acquisition costs. Apart from 
certain additional administrative requests from customers such as fund switching, investment redemptions or subscription 
of which the related fees are recognised as revenue at the point in time when the related services take place, the Group’s 
performance obligations under service contracts are generally satisfied over time as the customer simultaneously receives 
and consumes the benefits of the services rendered.

Income is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected 
on behalf of third parties. In case of variable consideration contracts, revenue is recognised to the extent that it is highly 
probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty is 
subsequently resolved.

164

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.17 Employee benefits
Annual leave and long service leave
Employee entitlements to annual leave and long service leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. A provision 
is made for the estimated liability for annual leave and long service leave as a result of services rendered by employees up 
to the reporting date.

Post-retirement benefit obligations
The  Group  operates  a  number  of  funded  and  unfunded  post-retirement  employee  benefit  schemes,  whose  members 
receive benefits on either a defined benefit basis (generally related to salary and length of service) or a defined contribution 
basis (generally related to the amount invested, investment return and annuity rates), the assets of which are generally 
held in separate trustee-administered funds. The defined benefit plans provide life and medical benefits for employees 
after  retirement  and  a  lump  sum  benefit  on  cessation  of  employment,  and  the  defined  contribution  plans  provide 
post-retirement pension benefits.

For defined benefit plans, the costs are assessed using the projected unit credit method. Under this method, the cost of 
providing benefits is charged to the consolidated income statement so as to spread the regular cost over the service lives 
of employees, in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries. The obligation is measured as the present value of the 
estimated future cash outflows, using a discount rate based on market yields for high-quality corporate bonds that are 
denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms 
of the related liability. The resulting scheme surplus or deficit appears as an asset or liability in the consolidated statement 
of financial position.

Remeasurements  arising  from  defined  benefit  plans  comprise  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  the  return  on  plan  assets 
(excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest). The Group recognises them immediately 
in other comprehensive income and all other expenses related to defined benefit plans in staff costs in the consolidated 
income statement.

When the benefits of a plan are changed, or when a plan is curtailed, the portion of the changed benefit related to past 
service  by  employees,  or  the  gain  or  loss  on  curtailment,  is  recognised  immediately  in  consolidated  income  statement 
when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs.

For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension plans. Once the 
contributions  have  been  paid,  the  Group,  as  employer,  does  not  have  any  further  payment  obligations.  The  Group’s 
contributions  are  charged  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the  reporting  period  to  which  they  relate  and  are 
included in staff costs.

Share-based compensation and cash incentive plans
The Group launched a number of share-based compensation plans, under which the Group receives services from the 
employees,  directors,  officers  and  agents  as  consideration  for  the  shares  and/or  share  options  of  the  Company. These 
share-based compensation plans comprise the Share Option Scheme (SO Scheme), the Restricted Share Unit Scheme 
(RSU Scheme), the Employee Share Purchase Plan (ESPP) and the Agency Share Purchase Plan (ASPP).

The Group’s share-based compensation plans are equity-settled plans. Under equity-settled share-based compensation 
plan, the fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the award of shares and/or share options is recognised 
as an expense in profit or loss over the vesting period with a corresponding amount recorded in equity.

165

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.17 Employee benefits (continued)
Share-based compensation and cash incentive plans (continued)
The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the share and/or 
share options awarded. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of shares and/or 
share options that are expected to be vested. At each period end, the Group revises its estimates of the number of shares 
and/or share options that are expected to be vested. Any impact of the revision to original estimates is recognised in profit 
or  loss  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  equity.  Where  awards  of  share-based  payment  arrangements  have  graded 
vesting terms, each tranche is recognised as a separate award, and therefore the fair value of each tranche is recognised 
over the applicable vesting period.

The Group estimates the fair value of share options using a binomial lattice model. This model requires inputs such as 
share price, implied volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend rate and the expected life of the share option.

Where modification or cancellation of an equity-settled share-based compensation plan occurs, the grant date fair value 
continues to be recognised, together with any incremental value arising on the date of modification if non-market conditions 
are met.

2.18 Provisions and contingencies
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is 
probable that an outflow of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the 
amount  of  the  obligation  can  be  made.  Where  the  Group  expects  a  provision  to  be  reimbursed,  for  example  under  an 
insurance contract held, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset only when the reimbursement is virtually 
certain.

The Group recognises a provision for onerous contracts when the expected benefits to be derived from a contract are less 
than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract.

Contingencies are disclosed if material and if there is a possible future obligation as a result of a past event, or if there is a 
present  obligation  as  a  result  of  a  past  event,  but  either  a  payment  is  not  probable  or  the  amount  cannot  be  reliably 
estimated.

2.19 Leases
The Group has elected to apply IFRS 16 to its leases retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the 
standard recognised at the date of initial application. Therefore, the comparative information has not been restated and 
continues to be reported under IAS 17.

Policy applicable from 1 January 2019
Leases, where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership is retained by the Group as a lessor, are classified 
as operating leases. Assets subject to such leases are included in property, plant and equipment or investment property, 
and are depreciated to their residual values over their estimated useful lives. Rentals from such leases are credited to the 
consolidated income statement as a component of investment return on a straight-line basis over the period of the relevant 
lease.

166

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.19 Leases (continued)
Policy applicable from 1 January 2019 (continued)
The Group leases various properties, computer hardware, fixtures, fittings and other small items as a lessee. These leases, 
except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets, are recognised as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities at 
the date at which the leased assets are available for use by the Group. Right-of-use assets are presented as a component 
of  property,  plant  and  equipment  or  investment  property  while  lease  liabilities  are  presented  as  a  component  of  other 
liabilities (see notes 17, 18 and 34). Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance 
cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining 
balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and 
the lease term on a straight-line basis, except for leasehold land and prepayments for land use rights that are either held 
for the Group’s own occupancy or used as investment property to which a different measurement model is applied. The 
depreciation charge for right-of-use assets, by class of underlying asset, and finance cost on lease liabilities are disclosed 
in note 11.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net 
present value of the following lease payments:

(cid:127) 

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

(cid:127)  variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;

(cid:127)  amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

(cid:127) 

the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

(cid:127)  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, 
the incremental borrowing rate of the respective business unit (as the lessee) within the Group. Furthermore, a maturity 
analysis of the Group’s lease liabilities is disclosed in note 38.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

(cid:127) 

the amount of initial measurement of lease liability;

(cid:127)  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;

(cid:127)  any initial direct costs; and

(cid:127) 

restoration costs.

Leasehold  land  and  prepayments  for  land  use  rights  are  reported  as  right-of-use  assets  within  property,  plant,  and 
equipment or as a component of investment property depending on whether the property interest is used as investment 
property. Leases held for long-term rental or capital appreciation or both that are not occupied by the Group are classified 
as investment property. They are initially recognised at cost with changes in fair values in subsequent periods recognised 
in the consolidated income statement. Leasehold land and prepayments for land use rights that are held for the Group’s 
own occupancy are recognised at cost and measured subsequently using the revaluation model in IAS 16 Property, plant 
and  equipment,  where  changes  in  fair  values  in  subsequent  periods  are  generally  recognised  in  other  comprehensive 
income. There are not any freehold land interests in Hong Kong.

167

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.19 Leases (continued)
Policy applicable from 1 January 2019 (continued)
Practical expedients applied
In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Group has used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;

reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous;

the  accounting  for  operating  leases  with  a  remaining  lease  term  of  less  than  12  months  as  at  1  January  2019  as 
short-term leases;

the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application; and

the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

The  Group  has  also  elected  not  to  reassess  whether  a  contract  is  or  contains  a  lease  at  the  date  of  initial  application. 
Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and 
IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an 
expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise 
computer hardware and small items of furniture and fixtures that are individually, when new, below US$5,000. Expenses 
relating to short-term leases are disclosed in note 11.

Lease term
In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive for 
the lessee to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension and termination options are 
included  in  a  number  of  leases  across  the  Group. These  terms  are  used  to  maximise  operational  flexibility  in  terms  of 
managing contracts. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by 
the respective lessor.

Extension  options  (or  periods  after  termination  options)  are  only  included  in  the  lease  term  if  the  lease  is  reasonably 
certain to be extended (or not terminated) by the lessee. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant 
change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control of the lessee.

Subleases
The  Group  subleases  some  of  its  leased  property,  such  as  office  buildings,  to  third  parties. The  Group  accounts  for  its 
interest in the head lease and the sublease separately. It assesses the lease classification of a sublease with reference to 
the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease, not with reference to the underlying asset. If a head lease is a short-term 
lease to which the Group applies the exemption described above, then it classifies the sublease as an operating lease. 
Sublease income is presented as rental income which is a component of investment return.

168

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.19 Leases (continued)
Policy applicable before 1 January 2019
Leases, where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership is retained by the Group as a lessor, are classified 
as operating leases. Assets subject to such leases are included in property, plant and equipment or investment property, 
and are depreciated to their residual values over their estimated useful lives. Rentals from such leases are credited to the 
consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the relevant lease.

Payments made by the Group as lessee under operating leases are classified either as an operating lease prepayment or 
as  a  component  of  investment  property  depending  on  whether  the  property  interest  is  used  as  investment  property. 
Operating leases held for long-term rental or capital appreciation or both that are not occupied by the Group are classified 
as investment property. They are initially recognised at cost with changes in fair values in subsequent periods recognised 
in the consolidated income statement. The Group classifies amounts paid to acquire leasehold land which are held for the 
Group’s own occupancy as an operating lease prepayment or as a component of property, plant and equipment depending 
on whether substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the land are transferred to the Group. 
Prepayments for land use rights under operating leases that are held for the Group’s own occupancy (net of any incentives 
received  from  the  lessor)  are  included  within  “Other  assets”  and  charged  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  on  a 
straight-line basis over the period of the relevant lease. There are not any freehold land interests in Hong Kong.

2.20 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified in equity when there is not any obligation to transfer cash or other assets to the holders.

Share issue costs
Incremental external costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, 
from the proceeds of the issue.

Dividends
Interim dividends on ordinary shares are recognised when they have been paid. Final dividends on ordinary shares are 
recognised when they have been approved by shareholders.

2.21 Presentation of the consolidated statement of financial position
The Group’s insurance and investment contract liabilities and related assets are realised and settled over periods of several 
years, reflecting the long-term nature of the Group’s products. Accordingly, the Group presents the assets and liabilities in 
its consolidated statement of financial position in approximate order of liquidity, rather than distinguishing current and 
non-current assets and liabilities. The Group regards its intangible assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, 
property, plant and equipment, investment property and deferred acquisition and origination costs as non-current assets 
as these are held for the longer-term use of the Group.

2.22 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net profit available to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the period.

Earnings  per  share  has  also  been  calculated  on  the  operating  profit  before  adjusting  items,  attributable  to  ordinary 
shareholders, as the Directors believe this figure provides a better indication of operating performance.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion 
of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, such as share options awarded to employees.

Potential or contingent share issuances are treated as dilutive when their conversion to shares would decrease net earnings 
per share.

169

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.23 Fiduciary activities
Assets and income arising from fiduciary activities, together with related undertakings to return such assets to customers, 
are excluded from these consolidated financial statements where the Group does not have contractual rights to the assets 
and acts in a fiduciary capacity such as nominee, trustee or agent.

2.24 Consolidated statement of cash flow
The consolidated statement of cash flow presents movements in cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts as shown 
in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Purchases and sales of financial investments are included in operating cash flows as the purchases are funded from cash 
flows  associated  with  the  origination  of  insurance  and  investment  contracts,  net  of  payments  of  related  benefits  and 
claims. Purchases and sales of investment property are included within cash flows from investing activities.

2.25 Related party transactions
Transactions  with  related  parties  are  recorded  at  amounts  mutually  agreed  and  transacted  between  the  parties  to  the 
arrangement.

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The  Group  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  and  revenue  and 
expenses. All estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current facts and circumstances, assumptions based on 
that knowledge and predictions of future events and actions. Actual results can always differ from those estimates, possibly 
significantly.

Items that are considered particularly sensitive to changes in estimates and assumptions, and the relevant accounting 
policies are those which relate to product classification, insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of 
investment  contracts  with  DPF),  deferred  acquisition  and  origination  costs,  liability  adequacy  testing,  fair  value 
measurement and impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

3.1 Product classification
The Group issues contracts that transfer insurance risk or financial risk or both. Insurance contracts are those contracts 
that transfer significant insurance risk, while investment contracts are those contracts without significant insurance risk. 
The Group exercises significant judgement to determine whether there is a scenario (other than those lacking commercial 
substance) in which an insured event would require the Group to pay significant additional benefits to its customers. In the 
event the Group has to pay significant additional benefits to its customers, the contract is accounted for as an insurance 
contract. 

The judgements exercised in determining the level of insurance risk in product classification affect the amounts recognised 
in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities  and  deferred  acquisition  and 
origination costs. The accounting policy on product classification is described in note 2.4.

170

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)
3.2 Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF)
The Group calculates the insurance contract liabilities for traditional life insurance using a net level premium valuation 
method, whereby the liability represents the present value of estimated future policy benefits to be paid, less the present 
value of estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders. This method uses best estimate assumptions 
at inception adjusted for a provision for the risk of adverse deviation for mortality, morbidity, expected investment yields, 
policyholder dividends (for other participating business), surrenders and expenses set at the policy inception date. These 
assumptions remain locked in thereafter, unless a deficiency arises on liability adequacy testing. Interest rate assumptions 
can vary by geographical market, year of issuance and product. Mortality, surrender and expense assumptions are based 
on actual experience by each geographical market, modified to allow for variations in policy form. The Group exercises 
significant judgement in making appropriate assumptions.

For contracts with an explicit account balance, such as universal life and unit-linked contracts, insurance contract liabilities 
represent the accumulation value, which represents premiums received and investment returns credited to the policy less 
deductions for mortality and morbidity costs and expense charges. Significant judgement is exercised in making appropriate 
estimates of gross profits which are based on historical and anticipated future experiences, these estimates are regularly 
reviewed by the Group.

The Group accounts for insurance contract liabilities for participating business written in participating funds by establishing 
a liability for the present value of guaranteed benefits less estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders. 
In addition, an insurance liability is recorded for the proportion of the net assets of the participating funds that would be 
allocated to policyholders assuming all relevant surplus at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position 
were to be declared as a policyholder dividend based upon applicable regulations. Establishing these liabilities requires 
the exercise of significant judgement. In addition, the assumption that all relevant performance is declared as a policyholder 
dividend may not be borne out in practice. The Group accounts for other participating business by establishing a liability 
for the present value of guaranteed benefits and non-guaranteed participation, less estimated future net premiums to be 
collected from policyholders.

In a limited number of cases, the Group measures insurance contract liabilities with reference to statutory requirements in 
the  applicable  jurisdiction. The  insurance  contract  liabilities  of  those  countries  are  predominately  measured  at  the  net 
present value of future receipts from and payments to policyholders. The discount rate applied reflects the current market 
rate. Significant judgment is exercised in making appropriate assumptions of the cash flows.

The  judgements  exercised  in  the  valuation  of  insurance  contract  liabilities  (including  investment  contracts  with  DPF) 
affect  the  amounts  recognised  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  insurance  contract  benefits  and  insurance 
contract liabilities.

Further  details  of  the  related  accounting  policy,  key  risk  and  variables,  and  the  sensitivities  of  assumptions  to  the  key 
variables in respect of insurance contract liabilities are provided in notes 2.4, 27 and 29.

171

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)
3.3 Deferred acquisition and origination costs
The judgements exercised in the deferral and amortisation of acquisition and origination costs affect amounts recognised 
in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  deferred  acquisition  and  origination  costs  and  insurance  and  investment 
contract benefits.

As noted in note 2.4.1, deferred acquisition costs for traditional life insurance and annuity policies are amortised over the 
expected life of the contracts as a constant percentage of expected premiums. Expected premiums are estimated at the 
date  of  policy  issue  and  are  applied  consistently  throughout  the  life  of  the  contract  unless  a  deficiency  occurs  when 
performing liability adequacy testing.

As noted in note 2.4.1, deferred acquisition costs for universal life and unit-linked contracts are amortised over the expected 
life of the contracts based on a constant percentage of the present value of estimated gross profits expected to be realised 
over the life of the contract or on a straight-line basis. As noted in note 3.2, significant judgement is exercised in making 
appropriate  estimates  of  gross  profits. The  expensing  of  acquisition  costs  is  accelerated  following  adverse  investment 
performance.  Likewise,  in  periods  of  favourable  investment  performance,  previously  expensed  acquisition  costs  are 
reversed, not exceeding the amount initially deferred.

Additional details of deferred acquisition and origination costs are provided in notes 2.4 and 20.

3.4 Liability adequacy testing
The Group evaluates the adequacy of its insurance and investment contract liabilities with DPF at least annually. Significant 
judgement is exercised in determining the level of aggregation at which liability adequacy testing is performed and in 
selecting  best  estimate  assumptions.  Liability  adequacy  is  assessed  by  portfolio  of  contracts  in  accordance  with  the 
Group’s  manner  of  acquiring,  servicing  and  measuring  the  profitability  of  its  insurance  contracts. The  Group  performs 
liability adequacy testing separately for each reportable segment.

The judgements exercised in liability adequacy testing affect amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements 
as commission and other acquisition expenses, deferred acquisition costs, insurance contract benefits and insurance and 
investment contract liabilities.

3.5 Fair value measurement
3.5.1 Fair value of financial assets
The  Group  determines  the  fair  values  of  financial  assets  traded  in  active  markets  using  quoted  bid  prices  as  of  each 
reporting date. The fair values of financial assets that are not traded in active markets are typically determined using a 
variety of other valuation techniques, such as prices observed in recent transactions and values obtained from current bid 
prices of comparable investments. More judgement is used in measuring the fair value of financial assets for which market 
observable prices are not available or are available only infrequently.

The degree of judgement used in measuring the fair value of financial assets generally correlates with the level of pricing 
observability. Pricing observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether 
the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established, the characteristics specific to the transaction and 
general market conditions.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets held by the Group’s participating funds affect not only the value of financial 
assets, but are also reflected in corresponding movements in insurance and investment contract liabilities. This is due to 
an insurance liability being recorded for the proportion of the net assets of the participating funds that would be allocated 
to policyholders if all relevant surplus at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position were to be declared 
as a policyholder dividend based on current local regulations. Both of the foregoing changes are reflected in the consolidated 
income statement.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets held to back the Group’s unit-linked contracts result in a corresponding change 
in  insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities.  Both  of  the  foregoing  changes  are  also  reflected  in  the  consolidated 
income statement.

Further  details  of  the  fair  value  of  financial  assets  and  the  sensitivity  analysis  to  interest  rates  and  equity  prices  are 
provided in notes 23 and 38.

172

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)
3.5 Fair value measurement (continued)
3.5.2 Fair value of property held for own use and investment property
The Group uses independent professional valuers to determine the fair value of properties on the basis of the highest and 
best use of the properties that is physically possible, legally permissible and financially feasible. In most cases, current use 
of the properties is considered to be the highest and best use for determining the fair value. Different valuation techniques 
may be adopted to reach the fair value of the properties. Under the Market Data Approach, records of recent sales and 
offerings  of  similar  property  are  analysed  and  comparisons  are  made  for  factors  such  as  size,  location,  quality  and 
prospective use. For investment properties, the discounted cash flow approach may be used by reference to net rental 
income allowing for reversionary income potential to estimate the fair value of the properties. On some occasions, the cost 
approach is used as well to calculate the fair value which reflects the cost that would be required to replace the service 
capacity of the property.

Further details of the fair value of property held for own use and investment property are provided in note 23.

3.6 Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill and other intangible assets are grouped into cash-generating units or 
groups  of  cash  generating  units.  These  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  by  comparing  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
cash-generating unit (group of units), including goodwill, to the recoverable amount of that cash-generating unit (group of 
units). The determination of the recoverable amount requires significant judgement regarding the selection of appropriate 
valuation techniques and assumptions.

Further details of the impairment of goodwill during the period are provided in note 15.

173

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES4. EXCHANGE RATES
The Group’s principal overseas operations during the reporting period were located within the Asia-Pacific region. The 
results and cash flows of these operations have been translated into US dollars at the following average rates:

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Assets and liabilities have been translated at the following year/period-end rates:

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Exchange rates are expressed in units of local currency per US$1.

US dollar exchange rates

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended
31 December 
2018

7.84

31.03

1.36

4.14

6.91

7.84

32.35

1.35

4.04

6.61

US dollar exchange rates

As at
31 December 
2019

As at
31 December 
2018

7.79

29.84

1.35

4.09

6.97

7.83

32.47

1.36

4.14

6.88

174

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. CHANGE IN GROUP COMPOSITION
This note provides details of the acquisition of subsidiaries that the Group has made during the year ended 31 December 
2019.

Acquisition
In September 2017, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire Commonwealth Bank of Australia’s (CBA) life insurance 
business  in  Australia,  including  a  20-year  strategic  bancassurance  partnership  with  CBA  in  Australia,  pending  the 
completion of all necessary regulatory and governmental approvals. On 1 November 2019, the Group, CBA and The Colonial 
Mutual Life Assurance Society Limited (CMLA) entered into a contractual joint cooperation agreement (the Agreement), 
which  provided  an  alternative  completion  structure  for  the  original  planned  acquisition.  Upon  the  execution  of  the 
Agreement, the Group exercised control over CMLA and other affiliated companies, other than CMLA’s stake in BoCommLife 
Insurance Company Limited (BoCommLife) under this alternative completion structure. While CBA retains legal ownership 
of 100% of the voting equity, the Agreement gives the Group rights to direct the relevant activities of the acquired entities, 
as well as rights to their variable returns, with the exception of activities and returns related to BoCommLife. The Group 
currently has not legally acquired any of the voting equity of the acquired entities.

This acquisition presents the Group with an extensive customer reach and distribution capabilities in Australia, including a 
separate  25-year  strategic  bancassurance  partnership  with  CBA.  The  consideration  with  respect  to  this  acquisition  was 
AUD2,109m or US$1,454m at exchange rate of the date of the acquisition. The fair value of consideration at acquisition date 
comprised  US$344m  in  cash,  deferred  cash  consideration  of  US$1,041m  and  contingent  consideration  of  US$69m.  
The deferred cash consideration and contingent consideration will be settled in cash and are included in other liabilities. 
The actual payment with respect to this contingent amount could range between nil and AUD100m. Substantially all of the 
deferred cash consideration is due to be settled within 12 months.

There  is  a  related  reinsurance  agreement,  resulting  in  CMLA  receiving  a  net  upfront  reinsurance  commission  of 
approximately US$480m.

The  Group  incurred  US$15m  of  acquisition-related  costs  which  were  recognised  as  “other  expenses”  in  the  Group’s 
consolidated income statement.

Consideration is subject to purchase price adjustments that are not yet finalised. The values of consideration and goodwill 
are therefore provisional as of 31 December 2019. The finalisation of the values of consideration and goodwill could be 
completed within 12 months of the acquisition date.

175

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES5. CHANGE IN GROUP COMPOSITION (continued)
Acquisition (continued)
Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the provisional goodwill arising from the acquisition of 
CMLA are set out as follows:

US$m

Investment securities

Reinsurance assets

Other assets(1)

Cash and cash equivalents

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Net assets acquired

Provisional goodwill arising on acquisition

Provisional fair value of consideration

Less:

  Cash and cash equivalents held in acquired subsidiaries

  Deferred cash consideration and contingent consideration as at 31 December 2019

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

Fair values 
as at the date 
of acquisition

7,116

329

441

356

(6,811)

(118)

(417)

896

558

1,454

(356)

(943)

155

Note:
(1)  Other assets include acquired receivables, including insurance and other receivables, for which the fair value approximated the gross contractual 
amount at the acquisition date. As of the acquisition date there are no amounts of contractual cash flows from acquired receivables that are not 
expected to be collected.

Goodwill
The provisional goodwill recognised is mainly attributable to the distribution strengths and synergies and other benefits 
from combining CMLA and the Group’s operations in Australia (including New Zealand). The provisional goodwill is not 
expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Impact of acquisition on the results of the Group
The acquired CMLA and other affiliated companies contributed revenue of US$76m and loss before tax of US$2m to the 
Group’s consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2019. Had CMLA and other affiliated companies 
been  consolidated  from  1  January  2019,  the  Group’s  consolidated  income  statement  would  have  reported  revenue  of 
US$1,562m and profit before tax of US$53m for the year ended 31 December 2019.

176

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS6. PREMIUMS AND FEE INCOME
Included in premium and fee income of US$142m (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$147m) is fee income 
for investment contracts without DPF that refers to fee charged for the provision of investment management services for 
investment contracts without DPF, which usually varies with the amounts being managed, and the release of deferred fee 
income. For the investment management service fee charged, revenue is recognised as services are provided and the fees 
are deducted from the customers’ account balances.

Generally, a customer can cancel an investment contract without DPF at any time after contract inception, subject to a 
surrender charge which is not a significant component of revenue.

7. OPERATING PROFIT AFTER TAX
Operating profit after tax may be reconciled to net profit as follows:

US$m

Operating profit after tax

Non-operating items, net of related changes in insurance and 

investment contract liabilities:

  Short-term fluctuations in investment return related to equities and 

real estate (net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$(43)m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$164m)(1)
  Reclassification of revaluation gain for property held for own use 
(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$10m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$11m) (1)

  Corporate transaction related costs 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$33m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$(35)m)

Implementation costs for new accounting standards 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$13m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$5m)
  Other non-operating investment return and other items 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$(12)m; 
thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$22m)

Net profit

Operating profit after tax attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Net profit attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December
2018

5,786

5,731

Note

9

937

(1,881)

(170)

(212)

(85)

(148)

(39)

(43)

258

6,687

5,741

45

6,648

39

(221)

3,226

5,684

47

3,163

63

Operating profit is determined using, among others, expected long-term investment return for equities and real estate. 
Short-term  fluctuations  between  expected  long-term  investment  return  and  actual  investment  return  for  these  asset 
classes  are  excluded  from  operating  profit. The  investment  return  assumptions  used  to  determine  expected  long-term 
investment  return  are  based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  by  the  Group  in  determining  its  embedded  value  and  are 
disclosed in the Supplementary Embedded Value Information.

Note:
(1)  Short-term fluctuations in investment return include the revaluation gain for property held for own use. This amount is then reclassified out of net 

profit to conform to IFRS measurement and presentation.

177

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM INCOME AND ANNUALISED NEW PREMIUMS
For  management  decision-making  and  internal  performance  management  purposes,  the  Group  measures  business 
volumes during the year/period using a performance measure referred to as total weighted premium income (TWPI). The 
Group measures new business activity using a performance measure referred to as annualised new premiums (ANP). The 
presentation of this note is consistent with our reportable segment presentation in note 9.

TWPI consists of 100 per cent of renewal premiums, 100 per cent of first year premiums and 10 per cent of single premiums, 
before  reinsurance  ceded,  and  includes  deposits  and  contributions  for  contracts  that  are  accounted  for  as  deposits  in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

Management  considers  that TWPI  provides  an  indicative  volume  measure  of  transactions  undertaken  in  the  reporting 
period that have the potential to generate profits for shareholders. The amounts shown are not intended to be indicative of 
premiums and fee income recorded in the consolidated income statement.

ANP is a key internal measure of new business activities, which consists of 100 per cent of annualised first year premiums 
and 10 per cent of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded. ANP excludes new business of pension business, personal 
lines and motor insurance.

TWPI
US$m

TWPI by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

First year premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

Single premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

178

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December
2018

13,107

12,501

4,352

2,916

2,142

4,804

6,681

4,232

2,906

2,245

4,366

6,859

34,002

33,109

2,134

2,458

694

367

325

1,204

935

5,659

2,089

222

1,258

234

326

722

589

349

328

1,082

1,127

5,933

2,767

284

1,800

202

151

737

4,851

5,941

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS8. TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM INCOME AND ANNUALISED NEW PREMIUMS (continued)

TWPI (continued)
US$m

Renewal premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

ANP
US$m

ANP by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets(1)

Total

Year ended 
31 December
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December
2018

10,764

3,636

2,423

1,794

3,567

5,674

9,766

3,614

2,377

1,897

3,269

5,658

27,858

26,581

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December
2018

2,393

2,793

729

538

406

1,248

1,271

6,585

648

562

396

1,098

1,273

6,770

Note:
(1)  ANP from Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited (Tata AIA Life), which is 49 per cent owned by the Group, is accounted for using the equity 
method and has been included in the Other Markets’ ANP result for the year ended 31 December 2019 (thirteen months ended 31 December 
2018: exclude any contribution from Tata AIA Life).

179

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES9. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group’s operating segments, based on the reports received by the ExCo, are each of the geographical markets in which 
the  Group  operates.  Each  of  the  reportable  segments,  other  than  the  “Group  Corporate  Centre”  segment,  writes  life 
insurance business, providing life insurance, accident and health insurance and savings plans to customers in its local 
market, and distributes related investment and other financial services products. The reportable segments are Hong Kong 
(including Macau), Thailand, Singapore (including Brunei), Malaysia, Mainland China, Other Markets and Group Corporate 
Centre.  Other  Markets  includes  the  Group’s  operations  in  Australia  (including  New  Zealand),  Cambodia,  Indonesia,  
Myanmar, the Philippines, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan (China), Vietnam and India. The activities of the Group Corporate 
Centre segment consist of the Group’s corporate functions, shared services and eliminations of intragroup transactions.

The acquired subsidiaries and respective operations mentioned in note 5 are included under the operations in Australia 
(including New Zealand).

As each reportable segment other than the Group Corporate Centre segment focuses on serving the life insurance needs 
of its local market, there are limited transactions between reportable segments. The key performance indicators reported 
in respect of each segment are:

(cid:127)  ANP;

(cid:127)  TWPI;

(cid:127) 

investment return;

(cid:127)  operating expenses;

(cid:127)  operating profit after tax attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited;

(cid:127)  expense ratio, measured as operating expenses divided by TWPI;

(cid:127)  operating margin, measured as operating profit after tax expressed as a percentage of TWPI; and

(cid:127)  operating return on shareholders’ allocated equity measured as operating profit after tax attributable to shareholders 
of AIA Group Limited expressed as a percentage of the simple average of opening and closing shareholders’ allocated 
segment  equity  (being  the  segment  assets  less  segment  liabilities  in  respect  of  each  reportable  segment  less 
non-controlling interests and fair value reserve).

In presenting net capital in/(out) flows to reportable segments, capital outflows consist of dividends and profit distributions 
to the Group Corporate Centre segment and capital inflows consist of capital injections into reportable segments by the 
Group Corporate Centre segment. For the Group, net capital in/(out) flows reflect the net amount received from shareholders 
by way of capital contributions less amounts distributed by way of dividends.

Business volumes in respect of the Group’s five largest customers are less than 30 per cent of premiums and fee income.

180

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS9. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

2,393

729

538

406

13,107

4,352

2,916

2,142

1,248

4,804

1,271

6,681

–

–

6,585

34,002

14,191

3,119

17,310

4,222

1,394

5,616

3,372

1,225

4,597

1,826

4,814

582

971

2,408

5,785

4,413

1,157

5,570

58

451

509

32,896

8,899

41,795

12,970

3,190

3,348

1,585

3,783

2,705

43

27,624

1,602

454

164

814

236

55

390

222

30

216

183

16

315

376

64

951

759

59

Total expenses

15,190

4,295

3,990

2,000

4,538

4,474

Share of losses from 
  associates and joint ventures

–

–

Operating profit before tax

2,120

1,321

Tax on operating profit before tax

(174)

(257)

Operating profit/(losses) after tax

1,946

1,064

–

607

(24)

583

–

408

(68)

340

–

(8)

1,247

1,088

(186)

1,061

(242)

846

Year ended  
  31 December 2019

ANP

TWPI

Net premiums, fee income and 
  other operating revenue 

(net of reinsurance ceded)

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Commission and other 
  acquisition expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs and other expenses

Operating profit/(losses) 
  after tax attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group 

  Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Key operating ratios:

Expense ratio

Operating margin

Operating return on 
  shareholders’ allocated equity

Operating profit before tax includes:

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

9

238

194

484

–

25

(79)

(54)

4,297

2,468

582

34,971

(8)

6,816

(1,030)

5,786

(54)

5,741

–

–

–

–

45

7.3%

17.0%

14.4%

1,931

1,064

15

–

583

–

333

7

1,061

–

823

23

3.5%

5.4%

7.6%

8.5%

7.8%

14.8%

24.4%

20.0%

15.9%

22.1%

11.4%

12.7%

22.8%

16.5%

17.6%

19.7%

28.8%

10.6%

31

79

2

22

–

28

2

22

47

75

8

83

181

31

271

340

181

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
9. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

31 December 2019

Total assets

Total liabilities

Total equity

92,233

38,842

40,397

15,896

29,084

51,901

15,779 284,132

75,901

28,333

36,034

13,958

24,690

40,925

6,335 226,176

Shareholders’ allocated equity

9,420

6,697

16,332

10,509

4,363

3,515

1,938

1,782

4,394

3,805

10,976

8,634

Net capital (out)/in flows

(986)

(1,037)

(295)

(176)

(1,022)

(214)

9,444

8,992

1,910

57,956

42,845

(1,820)

Total assets include:

Investments in associates and 

joint ventures

3

–

–

4

–

608

–

615

Segment information may be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as shown below:

Short-term 
fluctuations in 
investment 
return related 
to equities and 
real estate

Segment 
information

Other 
non-operating 

items(1)

Consolidated 
income 
statement

32,896

8,899

41,795

27,624

7,347

34,971

(8)

6,816

–

1,474

1,474

494

–

494

–

980

Net premiums, fee income 
  and other operating 

(4)

32,892

revenue

3,977

3,973

3,342

532

3,874

–

99

14,350

Investment return

47,242

Total revenue

Net insurance and 

investment contract 

31,460

  benefits

7,879 Other expenses

39,339

Total expenses

Share of losses

from associates and 
joint ventures

(8)

7,895 Profit before tax

US$m

Year ended 
  31 December 2019

Net premiums, fee income 
  and other operating 

revenue

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and 

investment contract 

  benefits

Other expenses

Total expenses

Share of losses 

from associates and 
joint ventures

Operating profit before tax

Note:
(1)  Include unit-linked contracts.

182

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group
 Corporate 
Centre

Total

Thirteen months ended  
  31 December 2018

ANP

TWPI

Net premiums, fee income and 
  other operating revenue 

(net of reinsurance ceded)

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Commission and other 
  acquisition expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs and other expenses

2,793

12,501

648

4,232

562

2,906

396

2,245

1,098

4,366

1,273

6,859

–

–

6,770

33,109

14,046

2,849

16,895

4,156

1,433

5,589

3,295

1,271

4,566

1,970

644

2,614

4,222

934

5,156

4,505

1,200

5,705

28

397

425

32,222

8,728

40,950

12,600

3,156

3,290

1,701

3,246

3,030

26

27,049

1,568

438

149

828

235

55

380

226

32

273

196

13

294

348

38

775

701

55

13

222

169

430

4,131

2,366

511

34,057

Total expenses

14,755

4,274

3,928

2,183

3,926

4,561

Share of losses from 
  associates and joint ventures

–

–

Operating profit/(losses) before tax

2,140

1,315

Tax on operating profit/
(losses) before tax

(165)

(254)

Operating profit/(losses) after tax

1,975

1,061

–

638

(39)

599

–

431

(81)

350

–

–

1,230

1,144

–

(5)

–

6,893

(291)

939

(248)

896

(84)

(89)

(1,162)

5,731

Operating profit/(losses) 
  after tax attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group 

  Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Key operating ratios:

Expense ratio

Operating margin

Operating return on 
  shareholders’ allocated equity

Operating profit/(losses) 
  before tax includes:

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

1,958

1,061

17

–

599

–

345

5

939

–

871

25

3.5%

5.6%

7.8%

8.7%

8.0%

15.8%

25.1%

20.6%

15.6%

21.5%

10.2%

13.1%

25.4%

18.2%

19.7%

22.1%

27.0%

13.1%

(89)

5,684

–

–

–

–

47

7.1%

17.3%

15.7%

33

34

1

11

–

21

–

19

23

26

4

54

149

12

210

177

183

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
9. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

31 December 2018

Total assets

Total liabilities

Total equity

Shareholders’ allocated equity

71,898

31,632

36,064

14,526

24,228

39,095

12,363 229,806

64,299

24,627

32,865

12,885

20,068

30,889

4,767 190,400

7,599

7,508

7,005

6,181

3,199

3,116

1,641

1,600

4,160

3,565

8,206

6,901

7,596

7,924

1,172

39,406

36,795

(1,504)

Net capital (out)/in flows

(1,054)

(149)

(267)

(185)

(542)

(479)

Total assets include:

Investments in associates and 

joint ventures

–

–

–

6

–

604

–

610

Segment information may be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as shown below:

Short-term 
fluctuations in 
investment 
return related 
to equities and 
real estate

Segment 
information

Other 
non-operating 

items(1)

Consolidated 
income 
statement

Net premiums, fee income 
  and other operating 

32,222

8,728

40,950

27,049

7,008

34,057

–

(2,928)

(2,928)

(2)

32,220

revenue

(1,723)

(1,725)

4,077

Investment return

36,297

Total revenue

Net insurance and 

investment contract 

(883)

–

(883)

(1,570)

523

(1,047)

24,596

  benefits

7,531 Other expenses

32,127

Total expenses

–

6,893

–

(2,045)

–

(678)

Share of losses from 
  associates and 
joint ventures

–

4,170 Profit before tax

US$m

Thirteen months ended 
  31 December 2018

Net premiums, fee income 
  and other operating 

revenue

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and 

investment contract 

  benefits

Other expenses

Total expenses

Share of losses from 
  associates and 
joint ventures

Operating profit before tax

Note:
(1)  Include unit-linked contracts.

184

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. REVENUE
Investment return

US$m

Interest income

Dividend income

Rental income(1)

Investment income

Available for sale

Net realised gains from debt securities

Impairment of debt securities

Net gains/(losses) of available for sale financial assets reflected in 

the consolidated income statement

At fair value through profit or loss

Net gains/(losses) of financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

Net gains of debt securities

Net gains/(losses) of equity securities

Net fair value movement on derivatives

Net gains/(losses) in respect of financial instruments at fair value through 
  profit or loss

Net fair value movement of investment property and 
  property held for own use

Net foreign exchange losses

Other net realised gains/(losses)

Investment experience

Investment return

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December
2018

6,714

914

180

7,808

610

–

610

1,256

4,897

93

6,743

849

184

7,776

10

(81)

(71)

63

(4,028)

(120)

6,246

(4,085)

103

(461)

44

6,542

14,350

469

(2)

(10)

(3,699)

4,077

Note:
(1)  Represents rental income from operating leases contracts in which the Group acts as a lessor.

Foreign currency movements resulted in the following (losses)/gains recognised in the consolidated income statement 
(other than gains and losses arising on items measured at fair value through profit or loss):

US$m

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

(345)

53

Other operating revenue
The balance of other operating revenue largely consists of asset management fees, administrative fees and membership 
fees.

185

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
11. EXPENSES

US$m

Insurance contract benefits

Change in insurance contract liabilities

Investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits ceded

Insurance and investment contract benefits, net of reinsurance ceded

Commission and other acquisition expenses incurred

Deferral and amortisation of acquisition costs

Commission and other acquisition expenses

Employee benefit expenses

Depreciation

Amortisation

Operating lease rentals

Other operating expenses(1)

Operating expenses

Investment management expenses and others

Depreciation on property held for own use

Restructuring and other non-operating costs(2)

Change in third-party interests in consolidated investment funds

Other expenses

Finance costs

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

14,011

18,397

992

33,400

(1,940)

31,460

6,499

(2,216)

4,283

1,569

228

69

–

602

2,468

530

42

246

27

845

283

13,573

13,272

(462)

26,383

(1,787)

24,596

6,664

(2,528)

4,136

1,486

80

57

187

556

2,366

517

37

223

24

801

228

39,339

32,127

Other  operating  expenses  include  auditors’  remuneration  of  US$26m  (thirteen  months  ended  31  December  2018: 
US$23m), an analysis of which is set out below:

US$m

Audit services

Non-audit services, including:

  Audit-related services

  Tax services

  Other services

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

19

5

1

1

26

17

2

2

2

23

Notes:
(1)  Includes payments for short-term leases of US$34m for the year ended 31 December 2019.
(2)  Restructuring costs represent costs related to restructuring programmes and are primarily comprised of redundancy and contract termination 
costs. Other non-operating costs primarily consist of corporate transaction related costs and implementation costs for new accounting standards.

186

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS11. EXPENSES (continued)
Depreciation consists of:

US$m

Computer hardware, fixtures and fittings and others

Right-of-use assets

  Property held for own use

  Fixtures and fittings and others

Total

Finance costs may be analysed as:

US$m

Repurchase agreements

Medium-term notes

Other loans

Lease liabilities

Total

Employee benefit expenses consist of:

US$m

Wages and salaries

Share-based compensation

Pension costs – defined contribution plans

Pension costs – defined benefit plans

Other employee benefit expenses

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

85

142

1

228

80

–

–

80

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

54

208

5

16

283

43

176

9

–

228

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

1,278

1,217

79

90

13

109

1,569

74

89

10

96

1,486

187

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES12. INCOME TAX

US$m

Tax charged in the consolidated income statement

Current income tax – Hong Kong Profits Tax

Current income tax – overseas

Deferred income tax on temporary differences

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

157

453

598

1,208

148

796

–

944

The  tax  benefit  or  expense  attributable  to  life  insurance  policyholder  returns  in  Singapore,  Brunei,  Malaysia,  Australia, 
Indonesia, New Zealand, the Philippines and Sri Lanka is included in the tax charge or credit and is analysed separately in 
the consolidated income statement in order to permit comparison of the underlying effective rate of tax attributable to 
shareholders  from  year  to  year.  The  tax  expenses  attributable  to  policyholders’  returns  included  above  is  US$179m 
(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: tax credit of US$51m).

The provision for Hong Kong Profits Tax is calculated at 16.5 per cent. Taxation for overseas subsidiaries and branches is 
charged  at  the  appropriate  current  rates  of  taxation  ruling  in  the  relevant  jurisdictions  of  which  the  most  significant 
jurisdictions are outlined below.

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Others

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

16.5%

16.5%

20%

17%

24%

25%

20%

17%

24%

25%

12%-30%

12%-30%

The table above reflects the principal rate of corporate income tax as at the end of each year/period. The rates reflect 
enacted or substantively enacted corporate tax rates throughout the year/period in each jurisdiction.

From fiscal years 2018 to 2020, AIA Korea is subject to an effective corporate income tax of 27.5%, which includes an 
Accumulated Earnings Tax. Based on current regulations, the corporate income tax rate will revert to 24.2% from fiscal 
year 2021.

188

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS12. INCOME TAX (continued)

US$m

Income tax reconciliation

Profit before income tax

Tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the respective jurisdictions

Reduction in tax payable from:

  Life insurance tax(1)

  Exempt investment income

  Amount over-provided in prior years

  Provisions for uncertain tax positions

  Change in tax rate and law

Increase in tax payable from:

  Life insurance tax(1)

  Withholding taxes

  Disallowed expenses

  Unrecognised deferred tax assets

  Provisions for uncertain tax positions

  Change in tax rate and law

  Others

Total income tax expense

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

7,895

1,426

(26)

(305)

(15)

–

(74)

(420)

–

47

101

11

7

–

36

202

1,208

4,170

874

–

(312)

(2)

(28)

–

(342)

185

43

164

6

–

2

12

412

944

Note:
(1)  Life insurance tax refers to the permanent differences which arise where the tax regime specific to the life insurance business does not adopt net 

income as the basis for calculating taxable profit, for example Hong Kong, where life business taxable profit is derived from life premiums.

189

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES12. INCOME TAX (continued)
The movement in net deferred tax liabilities in the year/period may be analysed as set out below:

US$m

31 December 2019

Revaluation of financial 

instruments

Deferred acquisition costs

Insurance and investment 
  contract liabilities

Withholding taxes

Provision for expenses

Losses available for offset against 

future taxable income

Life surplus (1)

Others

Total

31 December 2018

Revaluation of financial 

instruments

Deferred acquisition costs

Insurance and investment 
  contract liabilities

Withholding taxes

Provision for expenses

Losses available for offset against 

future taxable income

Life surplus (1)

Others

Total

Net deferred 
tax asset/
(liability) at 
1 January 
2019

Acquisition of 
subsidiaries(3)

Credited/
(charged) to 
the income 
statement

Credited/(charged) to other
comprehensive income

Fair value 

reserve(2)

Foreign 
exchange

Others

Net deferred 
tax asset/
(liability) at 
year end

(890)

(3,062)

726

(181)

137

55

(617)

(329)

(4,161)

(154)

–

26

–

15

–

–

(5)

(118)

(157)

(205)

(151)

(17)

53

114

(135)

(100)

(598)

(1,245)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,245)

(22)

(72)

38

(5)

7

1

(8)

(7)

(68)

–

–

–

–

3

–

–

(27)

(24)

(2,468)

(3,339)

639

(203)

215

170

(760)

(468)

(6,214)

Net deferred 
tax asset/
(liability) at 
1 December 
2017

Acquisition of 

subsidiaries(3)

Credited/
(charged) to 
the income 
statement

Credited/(charged) to other
comprehensive income

Fair value 

reserve(2)

Foreign 
exchange

Others

Net deferred 
tax asset/
(liability) at 
period end

(1,156)

(2,546)

1,086

(147)

146

31

(674)

(326)

1

(98)

(360)

–

2

–

–

–

(3,586)

(455)

424

(474)

12

(41)

(1)

25

48

7

–

(159)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(159)

–

56

(12)

7

(3)

(1)

9

–

56

–

–

–

–

(7)

–

–

(10)

(17)

(890)

(3,062)

726

(181)

137

55

(617)

(329)

(4,161)

Notes:
(1)  Life surplus relates to the temporary difference which arises where the taxable profits are based on actual distributions from the long-term fund. 

This primarily relates to Singapore and Malaysia.

(2)  Of the fair value reserve deferred tax charge/(credit) of US$1,245m for 2019 (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$159m), US$1,311m 
(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$177m) relates to fair value gains and losses on available for sale financial assets and US$(66)m 
(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$(18)m relates to fair value gains and losses on available for sale financial assets transferred to 
income on disposal and impairment) relates to fair value gains and losses on available for sale financial assets transferred to income on disposal.
(3)  The amount of US$118m represents a one-time adjustment in respect of the acquisition of CMLA. The amount of US$455m for the thirteen 

months ended 31 December 2018 represents a one-time adjustment in respect of the acquisition of Sovereign.

190

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
12. INCOME TAX (continued)
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that sufficient future taxable profits will be available for realisation. The 
Group has not recognised deferred tax assets of US$71m (31 December 2018: US$60m) on tax losses and the temporary 
difference on insurance and investment contract liabilities arising from different accounting and statutory/tax reserving 
methodology for certain branches and subsidiaries on the basis that they have histories of tax losses and there is insufficient 
evidence that future profits will be available.

The Group has not provided deferred tax liabilities of US$176m (31 December 2018: US$59m) in respect of unremitted 
earnings of operations in three jurisdictions from which a withholding tax charge would be incurred upon distribution as 
the  Group  does  not  consider  it  probable  that  this  portion  of  accumulated  earnings  will  be  remitted  in  the  foreseeable 
future.

The Group has unused income tax losses carried forward in Hong Kong, Macau, Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia, Mainland 
China, Australia, Cambodia, New Zealand, the Philippines, South Korea, Sri Lanka and Taiwan (China). The tax losses of 
Hong Kong, Singapore, Australia and New Zealand can be carried forward indefinitely. The tax losses of remaining branches 
and subsidiaries are due to expire within the periods ending 2021 (Macau), 2022 (the Philippines), 2023 (Mainland China), 
2024 (Cambodia, Sri Lanka and Thailand), 2026 (Malaysia) and 2029 (South Korea and Taiwan (China)).

191

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES13. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year/period. The shares held by employee share-based 
trusts are not considered to be outstanding from the date of the purchase for purposes of computing basic and diluted 
earnings per share.

Net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (US$m)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million)

Basic earnings per share (US cents per share)

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

6,648

12,042

55.21

3,163

12,020

26.31

Diluted
Diluted  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  adjusting  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. As of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, the Group 
has potentially dilutive instruments which are the share options, restricted share units, restricted stock purchase units and 
restricted stock subscription units awarded to eligible directors, officers, employees and agents under various share-based 
compensation plans as described in note 40.

Net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (US$m)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million)

Adjustment for share options, restricted share units, restricted stock purchase units 
  and restricted stock subscription units awarded under share-based compensation 
  plans (million)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (million)

Diluted earnings per share (US cents per share)

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

6,648

12,042

29

12,071

55.07

3,163

12,020

35

12,055

26.24

At 31 December 2019, 4,249,232 share options (31 December 2018: 5,752,143) were excluded from the diluted weighted 
average number of ordinary shares calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Operating profit after tax per share
Operating  profit  after  tax  (see  note  7)  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  operating  profit  after  tax  attributable  to 
shareholders of AIA Group Limited by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year/period. As 
of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, the Group has potentially dilutive instruments which are the share options, 
restricted share units, restricted stock purchase units and restricted stock subscription units awarded to eligible directors, 
officers, employees and agents under various share-based compensation plans as described in note 40.

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

47.67

47.56

47.29

47.15

Basic (US cents per share)

Diluted (US cents per share)

192

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS14. DIVIDENDS
Dividends to shareholders of the Company attributable to the year/period:

US$m

Interim dividend declared and paid of 33.30 Hong Kong cents per share 

(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 29.20 Hong Kong cents per share)

Final dividend proposed after the reporting date of 93.30 Hong Kong cents per share 
(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 84.80 Hong Kong cents per share) (1)

Total dividend excluding special dividend

Special dividend proposed after the reporting date of nil per share 

(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 9.50 Hong Kong cents per share) (1)

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

513

1,444

1,957

–

1,957

449

1,302

1,751

146

1,897

Note:
(1)  Based upon shares outstanding at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 that are entitled to a dividend, other than those held by employee 

share-based trusts.

The above final dividend was proposed by the Board on 12 March 2020 subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM to be 
held on 29 May 2020. The proposed final dividend has not been recognised as a liability at the reporting date.

Dividends to shareholders of the Company attributable to the previous financial period, approved and paid during the year/
period:

US$m

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

Final dividend in respect of the previous financial period/year, approved and 
  paid during the year/period of 84.80 Hong Kong cents per share 

(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 74.38 Hong Kong cents per share)

1,302

1,140

Special dividend in respect of the previous financial period, approved and 
  paid during the year of 9.50 Hong Kong cents per share 

(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: nil per share)

146

–

193

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
15. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

US$m

Cost

At 1 December 2017

  Additions

  Acquisition of subsidiaries

  Disposals

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2018

  Additions

  Acquisition of subsidiaries

  Disposals

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 December 2017

  Amortisation charge for the period

  Disposals

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2018

  Amortisation charge for the year

  Disposals

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Goodwill

Computer 
software

Distribution 
and other 
rights

835

–

167

–

(26)

976

–

558

–

21

1,555

(4)

–

–

–

(4)

–

–

–

(4)

972

1,551

526

86

–

(4)

(10)

598

79

4

(2)

8

687

(297)

(57)

2

3

(349)

(69)

1

(5)

(422)

249

265

Total

2,268

87

167

(5)

(55)

2,462

81

562

(2)

34

907

1

–

(1)

(19)

888

2

–

–

5

895

3,137

(103)

(40)

1

3

(139)

(52)

–

–

(191)

749

704

(404)

(97)

3

6

(492)

(121)

1

(5)

(617)

1,970

2,520

The Group holds intangible assets for its long-term use and the annual amortisation charge of US$121m (31 December 
2018: US$90m) approximates the amount that is expected to be recovered through consumption within 12 months after 
the end of the reporting period.

Intangible  assets  in  this  note  exclude  deferred  acquisition  and  origination  costs,  which  are  separately  disclosed  with 
further details provided in note 20.

Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill arises primarily in respect of the Group’s insurance businesses in Malaysia of US$718m (31 December 2018: 
US$710m) and Australia (including New Zealand) of US$728m (31 December 2018: US$160m). Goodwill is tested for 
impairment  by  comparing  the  carrying  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  (group  of  units),  including  goodwill,  to  the 
recoverable amount of that cash-generating unit (group of units). If the recoverable amount of the unit (group of units) 
exceeds  the  carrying  amount  of  the  unit  (group  of  units),  the  goodwill  allocated  to  that  unit  (group  of  units)  shall  be 
regarded as not impaired. The recoverable amount is the value in use of the cash-generating unit (group of units) unless 
otherwise stated.

The value in use is determined by calculating as an actuarially determined appraisal value, based on embedded value of 
the  business  and  the  present  value  of  expected  future  new  business  of  the  cash-generating  unit  (group  of  units). The 
present value of expected future new business is based on financial budgets approved by management, typically covering 
a three year period unless otherwise stated. These financial budgets reflect management’s best estimate of future profit 
based  on  historical  experience  and  best  estimate  operating  assumptions  such  as  premium  and  expenses.  Further,  the 
present value of expected future new business beyond this initial three year period are extrapolated using a perpetual 
growth  rate,  which  typically  does  not  exceed  the  long-term  expected  Gross  Domestic  Product  (GDP)  growth  of  the 
geographical area in which the cash flows supporting the goodwill are generated.

194

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS15. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)
Impairment tests for goodwill (continued)
The key assumptions used in the embedded value calculations include risk discount rate, investment returns, mortality, 
morbidity,  persistency,  expenses  and  inflation.  In  the  majority  of  instances  these  assumptions  are  aligned  to  those 
assumptions detailed in Section 5 of Supplementary Embedded Value Information. The present value of expected future 
new business is calculated based on a combination of indicators which include, among others, taking into account recent 
production mix, business strategy, market trends and risk associated with the future new business projections. The risk 
discount rates that are used in the value in use of in-force business and present value of expected future new business 
ranges from 8% to 16% (31 December 2018: 7% to 16%) and the perpetual growth rates for future new business cash 
flows of 3% was used, where applicable, to extrapolate the present value of expected future new business beyond the 
initial three year period; the rate was determined by reference to the long-term expected GDP growth of the geographical 
area in which the cash flows supporting the goodwill are generated. The Group may apply alternative method to estimate 
the value of future new business if the described method is not appropriate under the circumstances.

16. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

US$m

Group

Investments in associates

Investments in joint ventures

Total

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

603

12

615

602

8

610

Investments in associates and joint ventures are held for their long-term contribution to the Group’s performance and so 
all amounts are expected to be realised more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

The Group’s interests in its principal associates and joint ventures are as follows:

Place of 
incorporation

Principal 
activity

Type of 
shares held

Group’s interest %

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 31 
December 
2018

Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited

India

Insurance

Ordinary

49%

49%

All associates and joint ventures are unlisted.

Aggregated financial information of associates and joint ventures
The investments in the associates and joint ventures are measured using the equity method. The following table analyses, 
in aggregate, the carrying amount and share of losses and other comprehensive expense of these associates and joint 
ventures.

US$m

Carrying amount in the statement of financial position

Losses from continuing operations

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive expense

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

615

(8)

(1)

(9)

610

–

(45)

(45)

195

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIESNote

Property held 
for own use

Computer 
hardware

Fixtures and 
fittings and 
others

979

1

–

(10)

12

5

(5)

982

982

1,402

2,384

202

(20)

12

141

22

201

23

–

(26)

–

–

(3)

195

195

–

195

30

(9)

–

–

5

2,741

221

–

(30)

–

(4)

33

1

–

(184)

12

29

–

(143)

982

2,598

(168)

(20)

23

–

–

3

(162)

(21)

8

–

(4)

(179)

33

42

Total

1,670

99

10

(76)

12

5

(17)

1,703

1,703

1,405

3,108

301

(53)

12

141

38

3,547

(457)

(110)

58

(4)

33

10

(470)

(270)

38

29

(9)

490

75

10

(40)

–

–

(9)

526

526

3

529

69

(24)

–

–

11

585

(289)

(60)

35

–

–

6

(308)

(65)

18

–

(5)

(360)

(682)

218

225

1,233

2,865

17. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

US$m

Cost or revaluation

At 1 December 2017

  Additions

  Acquisition of subsidiaries

  Disposals

  Net transfers from investment property

Increase from valuation

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2018

At 1 January 2019, as previously reported

  Opening adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

2

Balance at 1 January 2019, as adjusted

  Additions

  Disposals

  Net transfers from investment property

Increase from valuation

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 December 2017

  Depreciation charge for the period

  Disposals

  Net transfers from investment property

  Revaluation adjustment

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2018

  Depreciation charge for the year

  Disposals

  Revaluation adjustment

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

196

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
17. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
Right-of-use  assets  in  relation  to  leases  are  reported  within  property,  plant  and  equipment.  The  carrying  amount  of 
right-of-use assets, by class of underlying asset, is set out below:

US$m

Property held for own use

Fixtures and fittings and others

Total

As at
31 December
2019

1,579

3

1,582

Additions to right-of-use assets for the year ended 31 December 2019 were US$193m.

Properties held for own use (excluding right-of-use assets) are carried at fair value at the reporting date less accumulated 
depreciation. Right-of-use assets with respect to the Group’s interest in leasehold land and land use rights associated with 
property  held  for  own  use  are  also  carried  at  the  same  basis.  The  fair  value  at  the  reporting  date  is  determined  by 
independent professional valuers. Details of valuation techniques and process are disclosed in notes 3 and 23. Right-of-use 
assets in relation to other leased property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.

During the year, US$6m expenditure (31 December 2018: nil) recognised in the carrying amount of property held for own 
use was in the course of its construction. Increases from revaluation on property held for own use of US$170m (thirteen 
months ended 31 December 2018: US$38m) were taken to other comprehensive income, of which US$146m was related 
to right-of-use assets (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: nil).

If property held for own use (excluding right-of-use assets) were stated on a historical cost basis, the carrying value would 
be US$335m (31 December 2018: US$377m). Similarly, stated on a historical basis the carrying value of the right-of-use 
assets related to the Group’s interest in leasehold land and land use rights associated with property held for own use would 
be  US$894m  (31  December  2018:  nil).  The  Group  holds  property,  plant  and  equipment  for  its  long-term  use  and, 
accordingly, the annual depreciation charge approximates to the amount expected to be recovered through consumption 
within 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

197

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES18. INVESTMENT PROPERTY
US$m

Fair value

At 1 December 2017

  Additions and capitalised subsequent expenditures

  Disposals

  Net transfers to property, plant and equipment

  Net transfers to other assets

  Fair value gain

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2018

  Additions and capitalised subsequent expenditures

  Disposals

  Net transfers to property, plant and equipment

  Fair value gain

  Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2019

4,365

38

(7)

(8)

(34)

477

(37)

4,794

9

(120)

(12)

103

60

4,834

Investment properties are carried at fair value at the reporting date as determined by independent professional valuers. 
Details of valuation techniques and process are disclosed in notes 3 and 23.

The Group leases out its investment property under operating leases. The leases typically run for an initial period of one to 
ten years, with an option to renew the lease based on future negotiations. Lease payments are usually negotiated every one 
to four years to reflect market rentals. There were not any material contingent rentals earned as income for the period. 
Rental income generated from investment property amounted to US$180m (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 
US$184m). Direct operating expenses (including repair and maintenance) on investment property that generates rental 
income amounted to US$34m (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$38m).

The Group owns investment property in the form of freehold land outside Hong Kong and leasehold land. Leasehold land 
which is held for long-term rental or capital appreciation or both that is not occupied by the Group is classified as investment 
property.  They  are  leased  out  under  operating  leases  and  are  initially  recognised  as  right-of-use  assets  at  cost,  with 
changes in fair values in subsequent periods recognised in the consolidated income statement. The Group does not hold 
freehold land in Hong Kong.

The future undiscounted lease payments under operating leases that the Group expects to receive in future periods may 
be analysed as follows:

US$m

Leases of investment property classified as operating leases

Expiring no later than one year

Expiring later than one year and no later than two years

Expiring later than two years and no later than three years

Expiring later than three years and no later than four years

Expiring later than four years and no later than five years

Expiring after five years or more

Total undiscounted lease receipts

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

132

80

57

22

21

43

355

148

150

63

28

11

24

424

198

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS19. REINSURANCE ASSETS

US$m

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers

Ceded insurance and investment contract liabilities

Total(1)

Note

27

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

683

3,150

3,833

539

2,348

2,887

Note:
(1)  Including US$972m (31 December 2018: US$782m) which is expected to be recovered within 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

20. DEFERRED ACQUISITION AND ORIGINATION COSTS

US$m

Carrying amount

Deferred acquisition costs on insurance contracts

Deferred origination costs on investment contracts

Value of business acquired

Less: Upfront reinsurance premium rebate

Total

Movements in the year/period

At beginning of financial year/period

Deferral and amortisation of acquisition and origination costs

Foreign exchange movements

Impact of assumption changes

Other movements

At end of financial year/period

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

25,915

24,162

302

432

(321)

26,328

347

454

(337)

24,626

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

24,626

2,242

403

(26)

(917)

21,847

2,507

(301)

21

552

26,328

24,626

Deferred acquisition and origination costs are expected to be recoverable over the mean term of the Group’s insurance and 
investment  contracts,  and  liability  adequacy  testing  is  performed  at  least  annually  to  confirm  their  recoverability. 
Accordingly,  the  annual  amortisation  charge,  which  varies  with  investment  performance  for  certain  universal  life  and 
unit-linked products, approximates to the amount which is expected to be realised within 12 months of the end of the 
reporting period.

During the thirteen months ended 31 December 2018, there was an addition to value of business of US$348m attributable 
to the acquisition of Sovereign, which has been applied in part against the reinsurance liability arising from the upfront 
reinsurance commission also attributable to the acquisition of Sovereign.

199

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS
The  following  tables  analyse  the  Group’s  financial  investments  by  type  and  nature.  The  Group  manages  its  financial 
investments  in  two  distinct  categories:  Unit-linked  Investments  and  Policyholder  and  Shareholder  Investments.  The 
investment risk in respect of Unit-linked Investments is generally wholly borne by our customers, and does not directly 
affect the profit for the year/period before tax. Furthermore, unit-linked contract holders are responsible for allocation of 
their policy values amongst investment options offered by the Group. Although profit for the year/period before tax is not 
affected  by  Unit-linked  Investments,  the  investment  return  from  such  financial  investments  is  included  in  the  Group’s 
profit for the year/period before tax, as the Group has elected the fair value option for all Unit-linked Investments with 
corresponding  changes  in  insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities  for  unit-linked  contracts.  Policyholder  and 
Shareholder  Investments  include  all  financial  investments  other  than  Unit-linked  Investments.  The  investment  risk  in 
respect of Policyholder and Shareholder Investments is partially or wholly borne by the Group.

Policyholder and Shareholder Investments are further categorised as Participating Funds and other participating business 
with discretionary expected sharing with policyholders and underlying distinct investment Portfolios (“Other Participating 
Business  with  distinct  Portfolios”)  and  Other  Policyholder  and  Shareholder.  Other  Participating  Business  with  distinct 
Portfolios refers to business where it is expected that the policyholder will receive, at the discretion of the insurer, additional 
benefits based on the performance of underlying segregated investment assets where this asset segregation is supported 
by an explicit statutory reserve and reporting in the relevant territory.

The reason for separately analysing financial investments held by Participating Funds and Other Participating Business 
with  distinct  Portfolios  is  that  Participating  Funds  are  subject  to  local  regulations  that  generally  prescribe  a  minimum 
proportion of policyholder participation in declared dividends and for Other Participating Business with distinct Portfolios 
it is, as explained above, expected that the policyholder will receive, at the discretion of the insurer, additional benefits 
based on the performance of the underlying segregated investment assets where this asset segregation is supported by an 
explicit statutory reserve and reporting in the relevant territory. The Group has elected the fair value option for debt and 
equity securities of Participating Funds. The Group’s accounting policy is to record an insurance liability for the proportion 
of  net  assets  of  the  Participating  Funds  that  would  be  allocated  to  policyholders  assuming  all  performance  would  be 
declared as a dividend based upon local regulations as at the date of the statement of financial position. As a result, the 
Group’s net profit before tax for the year/period is impacted by the proportion of investment return that would be allocated 
to  shareholders  as  described  above.  For  Other  Participating  Business  with  distinct  Portfolios,  the  Group  either  have 
discretion as to the timing or amount of additional benefits to the policyholders. The Group has elected the fair value option 
for equity securities and the available for sale classification of the majority of debt securities. The investment risk from 
Other Participating Business with distinct Portfolios directly impacts the Group’s financial statements, but it is expected 
that a proportion of investment return may be allocated to policyholders through policyholder dividends.

Other Policyholder and Shareholder Investments are distinct from Unit-linked Investments, Participating Funds and Other 
Participating Business with distinct Portfolios as there is not any direct contractual or regulatory requirement governing 
the amount, if any, for allocation to policyholders or it is not expected that the policyholder will receive at the discretion of 
the insurer additional benefits based on the performance of the underlying segregated investment assets where this asset 
segregation is supported by an explicit statutory reserve and reporting in the relevant territory. The Group has elected to 
apply the fair value option for equity securities in this category and the available for sale classification in respect of the 
majority  of  debt  securities  in  this  category. The  investment  risk  from  investments  in  this  category  directly  impacts  the 
Group’s  financial  statements.  Although  a  proportion  of  investment  return  may  be  allocated  to  policyholders  through 
policyholder dividends, the Group’s accounting policy for insurance and certain investment contract liabilities utilises a net 
level premium methodology that includes best estimates as at the date of issue for non-guaranteed participation. To the 
extent investment return from these investments either is not allocated to participating contracts or varies from the best 
estimates, it will impact the Group’s profit before tax.

In the following tables, “FVTPL” indicates financial investments classified at fair value through profit or loss and “AFS” 
indicates financial investments classified as available for sale.

200

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities
In compiling the tables, external ratings have been used in accordance with the Group’s credit risk assessment framework. 
Where external ratings are not readily available an internal rating methodology has been adopted, if applicable.

In 2019, the Group has enhanced the disclosure of its debt security ratings to improve consistency with the Group’s credit 
risk management practices. As a result of the enhancement, the presentation of government bonds has been refined to 
reflect those that are issued in local or foreign currencies by the government of the country where the respective business 
unit operates, to which credit risk limits do not apply. Credit risk limits are set according to the Group’s credit risk assessment 
framework, which define the relative risk level of a debt security.

External ratings

Internal ratings

Reported as

Standard and Poor’s and Fitch

AAA

AA+ to AA-

A+ to A-

BBB+ to BBB-

BB+ and below

Moody’s

Aaa

Aa1 to Aa3

A1 to A3

Baa1 to Baa3

Ba1 and below

Debt securities by type comprise the following:

1

2+ to 2-

3+ to 3-

4+ to 4-

AAA

AA

A

BBB

5+ and below

Below investment grade

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating funds and 
Other participating 
business with 
distinct portfolios

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Consolidated 
investment 

Unit-linked

funds(1)

US$m

FVTPL

AFS

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

FVTPL

Total

31 December 2019

Government bonds(2)

Thailand

Mainland China

South Korea

Singapore

Philippines

Malaysia

Indonesia

Other

Subtotal

–

2,987

–

3,099

–

1,334

–

331

7,751

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

190

1,207

16,454

16,454

12,006

14,993

7,607

1,276

2,558

564

583

900

7,607

4,375

2,558

1,898

773

2,438

–

74

280

578

145

69

102

352

1,397

41,948

51,096

1,600

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16,454

15,067

7,887

4,953

2,703

1,967

875

2,790

52,696

Notes:
(1)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.
(2)  Government bonds include bonds issued in local or foreign currencies by the government of the country where respective business unit operates. 

Of the total balance as at 31 December 2019, 99 per cent are rated as investment grades.

201

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities (continued)
Debt securities by type comprise the following: (continued)

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating funds and 
Other participating 
business with 
distinct portfolios

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Consolidated 
investment 

Unit-linked

funds(1)

US$m

FVTPL

AFS

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

FVTPL

Total

31 December 2019

Other government and 
  government agency bonds(3)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Corporate bonds

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Structured securities(4)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Total(5)(6)

2,195

1,511

265

2,950

518

46

–

733

890

864

2

–

7

4

4

54

7

–

4,250

4,128

4,007

4,082

184

–

7,963

5,130

7,851

5,518

239

–

82

53

80

31

20

4

–

291

56

–

–

–

8,045

5,474

7,987

5,549

259

4

5,974

4,000

76

16,651

26,701

270

347

27,318

41

381

211

1,399

5,146

13,389

–

22

64

424

676

2,512

4,314

20,086

38,685

5,006

14,036

186

21,200

40,428

516

6

178

–

26

5

1,893

2,613

–

11

24

28

402

908

103

150

1

701

379

4,721

1,281

40,368

283

41,619

–

2

2,716

163

11,096

29,213

303

46,115

86,727

1,615

1,946

90,288

51

30

70

120

–

20

291

–

19

99

124

–

–

242

122

–

–

–

–

256

378

12

144

338

185

3

1

185

193

507

429

3

277

683

1,594

60

–

25

–

–

3

88

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

245

193

532

429

3

280

1,682

25,112

33,455

2,154 105,397 166,118

3,573

2,293 171,984

Notes:
(1)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.
(3)  Other government and government agency bonds comprise other bonds issued by government and government-sponsored institutions such as 
national, provincial and municipal authorities; government-related entities; multilateral development banks and supranational organisations.

(4)  Structured securities include collateralised debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities.
(5)  Debt securities of US$8,150m are restricted due to local regulatory requirements.
(6)  AFS debt securities with contractual terms that give rise to cash flows qualifying as SPPI in accordance with IFRS 9 amounted to US$138,307m 

with 98 per cent are rated as investment grades.

202

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities (continued)
Debt securities by type comprise the following: (continued)

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating funds and 
Other participating 
business with 
distinct portfolios

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Consolidated 
investment 

Unit-linked

funds(1)

US$m

FVTPL

AFS

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

FVTPL

Total

31 December 2018

Government bonds(2)(6)

Thailand

Mainland China

South Korea

Singapore

Philippines

Malaysia

Indonesia

Other

Subtotal

Other government and 
  government agency bonds(3)(6)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

–

1,952

–

2,705

–

1,575

81

332

6,645

1,954

282

2,625

436

54

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

656

487

543

437

2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34

351

385

–

9

3

32

7

–

13,108

13,108

10,244

12,196

6,686

1,207

2,152

629

614

796

6,686

3,912

2,152

2,204

729

1,479

–

42

283

602

140

74

84

24

35,436

42,466

1,249

3,608

3,910

3,092

2,670

159

6

6,218

4,688

6,263

3,575

222

6

65

59

94

27

10

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

303

35

–

–

–

13,108

12,238

6,969

4,514

2,292

2,278

813

1,503

43,715

6,283

5,050

6,392

3,602

232

6

5,351

2,125

51

13,445

20,972

255

338

21,565

Notes:
(1)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.
(2)  Government bonds include bonds issued in local or foreign currencies by the government of the country where respective business unit operates.
(3)  Other government and government agency bonds comprise other bonds issued by government and government-sponsored institutions such as 
national, provincial and municipal authorities; government-related entities; multilateral development banks and supranational organisations.

(6)  The comparative information has been adjusted to conform to the current year presentation.

203

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities (continued)
Debt securities by type comprise the following: (continued)

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating funds and 
Other participating 
business with 
distinct portfolios

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Consolidated 
investment 

Unit-linked

funds(1)

US$m

FVTPL

AFS

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

FVTPL

Total

31 December 2018

Corporate bonds(6)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Structured securities(4)(6)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Total(5)

43

434

5,068

4,064

501

–

178

976

8,422

9,702

258

–

–

17

38

368

589

2,498

3,925

17,901

31,429

122

18,737

32,625

15

2

1,681

2,455

1

3

5

17

320

622

151

110

–

594

365

4,307

1,173

32,922

160

33,407

–

–

2,606

113

10,110

19,536

194

41,186

71,026

1,225

1,698

73,949

–

30

27

143

–

17

217

–

10

132

178

–

–

320

–

–

–

–

–

18

18

10

100

191

131

4

1

437

10

140

350

452

4

36

992

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10

140

350

452

4

36

992

22,323

21,981

648

90,504 135,456

2,729

2,036 140,221

Notes:
(1)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.
(4)  Structured securities include collateralised debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities.
(5)  Debt securities of US$5,282m are restricted due to local regulatory requirements.
(6)  The comparative information has been adjusted to conform to the current year presentation.

The Group’s debt securities classified at fair value through profit or loss are all designated at fair value through profit or 
loss.

204

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Equity securities
Equity securities by type comprise the following:

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds and Other 
participating 
business 
with distinct 
portfolios

Other 
policyholder 
and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

FVTPL

FVTPL

Subtotal

FVTPL

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(1)

FVTPL

12,114

6,625

18,739

6,613

869

7,482

18,727

7,494

26,221

6,302

17,468

23,770

331

–

331

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds and Other 
participating 
business with 
distinct 
portfolios

Other 
policyholder 
and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

FVTPL

FVTPL

Subtotal

FVTPL

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(1)

FVTPL

9,225

4,667

13,892

5,042

747

5,789

14,267

5,414

19,681

4,516

13,902

18,418

–

–

–

Total

25,360

24,962

50,322

Total

18,783

19,316

38,099

US$m

31 December 2019

Equity shares

Interests in investment funds

Total

US$m

31 December 2018

Equity shares

Interests in investment funds

Total

Note:
(1)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.

Debt and equity securities

US$m

Debt securities

Listed

Unlisted

Total

Equity securities

Listed

Unlisted(1)

Total

Note:
(1)  Including US$21,333m (31 December 2018: US$16,495m) of investment funds which can be redeemed daily.

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

137,014

34,970

171,984

26,743

23,579

50,322

111,008

29,213

140,221

20,060

18,039

38,099

205

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Interests in structured entities
The Group has determined that the investment funds and structured securities, such as collateralised debt obligations, 
mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities that the Group has interest are structured entities.

The Group has consolidated certain investment funds for which the Group provides guarantee on capital or rate of return 
to the investors and deemed to have control based on an analysis of the guidance in IFRS 10. For these investment funds, 
the Group has the ability to reduce the guaranteed rates of return, subject to obtaining approvals of applicable regulators. 
The Group has an obligation to absorb losses in the event that the returns of the funds are insufficient to cover the capital 
or rate of return guarantee provided to the investors.

The following table summarises the Group’s interest in unconsolidated structured entities:

US$m

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Investment 
funds

Structured 
securities(1)

Investment 
funds

Structured 
securities(1)

Available for sale debt securities

Debt securities at fair value through profit or loss

Equity securities at fair value through profit or loss

Total

2,158(2)

721(2)

24,962

27,841

925

757

–

1,682

1,506(2)

638(2)

19,316

21,460

757

235

–

992

Notes:
(1)  Structured securities include collateralised debt obligation, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities.
(2)  Balance represents the Group’s interests in debt securities issued by real estate investment trusts.

The Group’s maximum exposure to loss arising from its interests in these unconsolidated structured entities is limited to 
the carrying amount of the assets. Dividend income and interest income are received during the reporting period from 
these interests in unconsolidated structured entities.

In  addition,  the  Group  receives  management  fees  and  trustee  fees  in  respect  of  providing  trustee,  management  and 
administrative  services  to  certain  retirement  scheme  funds  and  investment  funds.  These  funds  are  not  held  and  the 
associated investment risks are not borne by the Group, the Group does not have exposure to loss in these funds.

206

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS21. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Loans and deposits

US$m

Policy loans

Mortgage loans on residential real estate

Mortgage loans on commercial real estate

Other loans

Allowance for loan losses

Loans

Term deposits

Promissory notes(1)

Total

Note:
(1)  The promissory notes are issued by a government.

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

3,246

2,896

606

49

776

(13)

4,664

3,696

1,726

10,086

613

46

742

(12)

4,285

1,521

1,586

7,392

Certain term deposits with financial institutions and promissory notes are restricted due to local regulatory requirements. 
The restricted balance held within term deposits and promissory notes is US$1,951m (31 December 2018: US$1,782m).

Other  loans  include  receivables  from  reverse  repurchase  agreements  under  which  the  Group  does  not  take  physical 
possession  of  securities  purchased  under  the  agreements.  Sales  or  transfers  of  securities  are  not  permitted  by  the 
respective  clearing  house  on  which  they  are  registered  while  the  loan  is  outstanding.  In  the  event  of  default  by  the 
counterparty  to  repay  the  loan,  the  Group  has  the  right  to  the  underlying  securities  held  by  the  clearing  house.  At  31 
December 2019, the carrying value of such receivables is US$265m (31 December 2018: US$149m).

207

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES22. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group’s derivative exposure was as follows:

US$m

31 December 2019

Foreign exchange contracts

  Cross-currency swaps

  Forwards

  Foreign exchange futures

  Currency options

Total foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

Interest rate swaps

Other

  Warrants and options

  Forward contracts

  Swaps

Netting

Total

31 December 2018

Foreign exchange contracts

  Cross-currency swaps

  Forwards

  Foreign exchange futures

  Currency options

Total foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

Interest rate swaps

Other

  Warrants and options

  Forward contracts

Netting

Total

Notional amount

Assets

Liabilities

Fair value

8,338

4,973

98

3

13,412

8,740

147

1,843

1,333

(98)

25,377

7,825

4,456

105

6

12,392

4,730

4,211

275

(105)

21,503

396

62

–

–

458

487

3

14

9

–

971

224

11

–

–

235

122

57

16

–

430

(204)

(24)

–

–

(228)

(161)

–

(17)

(6)

–

(412)

(159)

(42)

–

–

(201)

(42)

–

–

–

(243)

The column “notional amount” in the above table represents the pay leg of derivative transactions other than equity index 
option. For certain equity-index call and put options with same notional amount that are purchased to hedge the downside 
risk of the underlying equities by means of a collar strategy, the notional amount represents the exposure of the hedged 
equities.

Of the total derivatives, US$12m (31 December 2018: US$6m) are listed in exchange or dealer markets and the rest are 
over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives. OTC derivative contracts are individually negotiated between contracting parties and 
not cleared through an exchange. OTC derivatives include forwards, swaps and options. Derivatives are subject to various 
risks including market, liquidity and credit risks, similar to those related to the underlying financial instruments.

Derivative assets and derivative liabilities are recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position as financial 
assets at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial liabilities respectively. The Group’s derivative contracts 
are established to economic hedge financial exposures. The Group adopts hedge accounting in limited circumstances. The 
notional or contractual amounts associated with derivative financial instruments are not recorded as assets or liabilities in 
the consolidated statement of financial position as they do not represent the fair value of these transactions. The notional 
amounts  in  the  previous  table  reflect  the  aggregate  of  individual  derivative  positions  on  a  gross  basis  and  so  give  an 
indication of the overall scale of derivative transactions.

208

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
22. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign exchange forward and futures contracts represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the 
currency of another country at an agreed price and settlement date. Currency options are agreements that give the buyer 
the right to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at agreed prices and settlement 
dates. Currency swaps are contractual agreements that involve the exchange of both periodic and final amounts in two 
different currencies. Exposure to gains and losses on the foreign exchange contracts will increase or decrease over their 
respective lives as a function of maturity dates, interest and foreign exchange rates, implied volatilities of the underlying 
indices and the timing of payments.

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements between two parties to exchange periodic payments in the same currency, 
each  of  which  is  computed  on  a  different  interest  rate  basis,  on  a  specified  notional  amount.  Most  interest  rate  swaps 
involve the net exchange of payments calculated as the difference between the fixed and floating rate interest payments.

Other derivatives
Warrants and options are option agreements that give the owner the right to buy or sell securities at an agreed price and 
settlement date. Forward contracts are contractual obligations to buy or sell a financial instrument on a predetermined 
future date at a specified price. Swaps are OTC contractual agreements between the Group and a third party to exchange 
a series of cash flows based upon index, rates or other variables applied to a notional amount.

Netting adjustment
The netting adjustment is related to futures contracts executed through clearing house where the settlement arrangement 
satisfied the netting criteria under IFRS.

Collateral under derivative transactions
At 31 December 2019, the Group had posted cash collateral of US$37m (31 December 2018: US$20m) and pledged debt 
securities  with  carrying  value  of  US$266m  (31  December  2018:  US$141m)  for  liabilities  and  held  cash  collateral  of 
US$581m (31 December 2018: US$251m), debt securities collateral with carrying value of US$7m (31 December 2018: 
US$41m) for assets in respect of derivative transactions. The Group did not sell or repledge the collateral received. These 
transactions  are  conducted  under  terms  that  are  usual  and  customary  to  collateralised  transactions  including,  where 
relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase agreements.

209

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Fair value of financial instruments
The Group classifies all financial assets as either at fair value through profit or loss, or as available for sale, which are 
carried at fair value, or as loans and receivables, which are carried at amortised cost. Financial liabilities are classified as 
either at fair value through profit or loss or at amortised cost, except for investment contracts with DPF which are accounted 
for under IFRS 4.

The following tables present the fair values of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities:

US$m

31 December 2019

Financial investments

  Loans and deposits

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Derivative financial instruments

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Derivative financial instruments

  Other liabilities

Financial liabilities

Fair value

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Available 
for sale

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total fair 
value

Notes

21

22

19

24

24

26

–

33,132

50,322

971

–

–

–

–

–

10,086

10,086

10,086

138,852

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

683

2,983

1,710

3,941

171,984

171,984

50,322

50,322

971

683

2,983

1,710

3,941

971

683

2,983

1,710

3,941

84,425

138,852

19,403

242,680

242,680

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total fair 
value

Notes

28

30

31

22

34

11,391

–

–

412

1,116

12,919

515

5,757

1,826

–

8,301

16,399

11,906

11,906

5,757

1,826

412

9,417

6,169

1,826

412

9,417

29,318

29,730

210

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

US$m

31 December 2018

Financial investments

  Loans and deposits

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Derivative financial instruments

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements and 

  securities lending agreements

  Derivative financial instruments

  Other liabilities

Financial liabilities

Fair value

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Available 
for sale

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total 
fair value

Notes

21

22

19

24

24

26

–

27,736

38,099

430

–

–

–

–

–

7,392

7,392

7,392

112,485

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

539

2,242

1,604

2,451

140,221

140,221

38,099

38,099

430

539

2,242

1,604

2,451

430

539

2,242

1,604

2,451

66,265

112,485

14,228

192,978

192,978

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total 
fair value

Notes

28

30

31

22

34

6,907

–

–

243

1,153

8,303

549

4,954

1,683

–

4,831

12,017

7,456

4,954

1,683

243

5,984

7,456

4,984

1,683

243

5,984

20,320

20,350

The carrying amount of assets included in the above tables represents the maximum credit exposure.

Foreign currency exposure, including the net positions of foreign currency derivative, is shown in note 38 for the Group’s 
key foreign exchange exposures.

The fair value of investment contract liabilities measured at amortised cost is not considered to be materially different from 
the amortised cost carrying value.

The carrying value of financial instruments expected to be settled within 12 months (after taking into account valuation 
allowances, where applicable) is not considered to be materially different from the fair value.

211

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
The Group measures at fair value property held for own use, investment property, financial instruments classified at fair 
value through profit or loss, available for sale securities portfolios, derivative assets and liabilities, investments held by 
investment  funds  which  are  consolidated,  investments  in  non-consolidated  investment  funds  and  certain  investment 
contract liabilities on a recurring basis.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received on sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The degree of judgement used in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates with the level of 
pricing observability. Financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets generally have more pricing observability 
and less judgement is used in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments traded in other than active markets 
or that do not have quoted prices have less observability and are measured at fair value using valuation models or other 
pricing techniques that require more judgement. An active market is one in which transactions for the asset or liability 
being valued occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

An other than active market is one in which there are few transactions, the prices are not current, price quotations vary 
substantially either over time or among market makers, or in which little information is released publicly for the asset or 
liability being valued. Pricing observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, 
whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established, the characteristics specific to the transaction 
and general market conditions.

Fair value of properties is based on valuation by independent professional valuers.

The Group does not have assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the year ended 31 
December 2019.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group to estimate the fair value of financial instruments and 
properties.

Determination of fair value
Loans and receivables
For  loans  and  advances  that  are  repriced  frequently  and  have  not  had  any  significant  changes  in  credit  risk,  carrying 
amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected 
future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings.

The  fair  values  of  mortgage  loans  are  estimated  by  discounting  future  cash  flows  using  interest  rates  currently  being 
offered in respect of similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed rate policy loans are 
estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. 
Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying values of policy loans with 
variable rates approximate to their fair values.

Debt securities and equity securities
The fair values of equity securities are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally 
based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for fixed interest securities are based on quoted market prices, 
where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from brokers, 
private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, 
credit quality and maturity of the investment. Priority is given to values from independent sources when available, but 
overall the source of pricing and/or valuation technique is chosen with the objective of arriving at the price at which an 
orderly transaction would take place between market participants on the measurement date. The inputs to determining 
fair value that are relevant to fixed interest securities include, but not limited to risk-free interest rates, the obligor’s credit 
spreads, foreign exchange rates and credit default rates. For holdings in hedge funds and limited partnerships, fair values 
are determined based on the net asset values provided by the general partner or manager of each investment, the accounts 
of  which  are  generally  audited  on  an  annual  basis.  The  transaction  price  is  used  as  the  best  estimate  of  fair  value  at 
inception.

212

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Determination of fair value (continued)
Derivative financial instruments
The  Group  values  its  derivative  financial  assets  and  liabilities  using  market  transactions  and  other  market  evidence 
whenever possible, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market clearing transactions, broker or 
dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. When models are used, the 
selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends on the contract terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the 
instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. The Group generally uses similar models to value 
similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices and rates, 
yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates and correlations of such inputs. For derivatives that 
trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, swaps and options, model inputs can generally be verified and model 
selection does not involve significant management judgement. Examples of inputs that are generally observable include 
foreign  exchange  spot  and  forward  rates,  benchmark  interest  rate  curves  and  volatilities  for  commonly  traded  option 
products. Examples of inputs that may be unobservable include volatilities for less commonly traded option products and 
correlations between market factors.

When the Group holds a group of derivative assets and derivative liabilities entered into with a particular counterparty, the 
Group takes into account the arrangements that mitigate credit risk exposure in the event of default (e.g. International 
Swap and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements and Credit Support Annex (CSA) that require the exchange of 
collateral on the basis of each party’s net credit risk exposure). The Group measures the fair value of the group of financial 
assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to the credit risk of that counterparty or the counterparty’s 
net exposure to our credit risk that reflects market participants’ expectations about the likelihood that such an arrangement 
would be legally enforceable in the event of default.

Property held for own use and investment property
The Group engaged external, independent and qualified valuers to determine the fair value of the Group’s properties at 
least  on  an  annual  basis.  The  valuation  on  open  market  value  basis  by  independent  professional  valuer  for  certain 
investment properties was calculated by reference to net rental income allowing for reversionary income potential. The fair 
values of other properties were derived using the Market Data Approach. In this approach, the values are based on sales 
and listing of comparable property registered in the vicinity.

The properties held for own use and investment properties, in most cases, are valued on the basis of the highest and best 
use of the properties that is physically possible, legally permissible and financially feasible. The current use of the properties 
are considered to be its highest and best use; records of recent sales and offerings of similar property are analysed and 
comparison  made  for  such  factors  as  size,  location,  quality  and  prospective  use.  On  limited  occasions,  potential 
redevelopment  of  the  properties  in  use  would  be  taken  into  account  when  they  would  maximise  the  fair  value  of  the 
properties; the Group is occupying these properties for operational purposes.

Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.

Reinsurance receivables
The carrying amount of amounts receivable from reinsurers is not considered materially different to their fair value.

Fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements and the associated payables
The  contract  values  of  payables  under  repurchase  agreements  approximate  their  fair  value  as  these  obligations  are 
short-term in nature.

Other assets
The carrying amount of other financial assets is not materially different to their fair value. The fair values of deposits with 
banks are generally based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimates based on discounting future cash flows 
using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.

213

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Determination of fair value (continued)
Investment contract liabilities
For investment contract liabilities, the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash flow approach based on 
interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts 
being valued. For investment contracts where the investment risk is borne by the policyholder, the fair value generally 
approximates to the fair value of the underlying assets.

Investment contracts with DPF enable the contract holder to receive additional benefits as a supplement to guaranteed 
benefits. These are referred to as participating business and are measured and classified according to the Group practice 
for insurance contract liabilities and hence are disclosed within note 27. These are not measured at fair value as there is 
currently not an agreed definition of fair value for investment and insurance contracts with DPF under IFRS. In the absence 
of any agreed methodology, it is not possible to provide a range of estimates within which fair value is likely to fall.

Borrowings
The fair values of borrowings with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the 
interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities or prices obtained from brokers.

Other liabilities
The fair values of other unquoted financial liabilities is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using current 
market  rates  applicable  to  their  yield,  credit  quality  and  maturity,  except  for  those  without  stated  maturity,  where  the 
carrying value approximates to fair value.

Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position are measured and classified 
in  a  hierarchy  for  disclosure  purposes  consisting  of  three  “levels”  based  on  the  observability  of  inputs  available  in  the 
marketplace used to measure their fair values as discussed below:

(cid:127)  Level 1: Fair value measurements that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
that  the  Group  has  the  ability  to  access  as  of  the  measurement  date.  Market  price  data  is  generally  obtained  from 
exchange or dealer markets. The Group does not adjust the quoted price for such instruments. Assets measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis and classified as Level 1 are actively traded equities. The Group considers that government 
debt securities issued by G7 countries (the United States, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom) 
and  traded  in  a  dealer  market  to  be  Level  1,  until  they  no  longer  trade  with  sufficient  frequency  and  volume  to  be 
considered actively traded.

(cid:127)  Level 2: Fair value measurements based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for 
the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices 
for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets 
that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset and liability, such as interest 
rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value 
on a recurring basis and classified as Level 2 generally include government securities issued by non-G7 countries, most 
investment grade corporate bonds, hedge fund investments and derivative contracts.

(cid:127)  Level 3: Fair value measurements based on valuation techniques that use significant inputs that are unobservable. 
Unobservable inputs are only used to measure fair value to the extent that relevant observable inputs are not available, 
allowing for circumstances in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as Level 3 include properties held for own use, investment 
properties,  certain  classes  of  structured  securities,  certain  derivative  contracts,  private  equity  and  real  estate  fund 
investments, and direct private equity investments.

214

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, 
the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the 
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Group’s assessment of the significance 
of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgement. In making the assessment, the Group 
considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

A summary of assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis according to fair value hierarchy is given below:

US$m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Fair value hierarchy

31 December 2019

Recurring fair value measurements

Non-financial assets

Property held for own use

Investment property

Financial assets

Available for sale

  Debt securities

  Participating funds and Other participating business 

  with distinct portfolios

  Other policyholder and shareholder

At fair value through profit or loss

  Debt securities

  Participating funds and Other participating business 

  with distinct portfolios

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

  Equity securities

  Participating funds and Other participating business 

  with distinct portfolios

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

  Other contracts

Total assets on a recurring fair value measurement basis

% of Total

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

  Other contracts

Other liabilities

Total liabilities on a recurring fair value measurement basis

% of Total

–

–

–

–

1,019

4,834

1,019

4,834

72

133

33,153

104,220

230

1,044

33,455

105,397

8

–

1

24,529

5,848

1,886

16,108

23,559

6,348

–

–

14

896

244

755

458

487

12

575

18

267

1,735

298

379

–

–

–

25,112

5,866

2,154

18,739

24,101

7,482

458

487

26

46,243

20.2

172,488

75.3

10,399

4.5

229,130

100.0

–

–

–

12

–

12

0.1

–

11,391

11,391

228

161

11

1,116

1,516

11.7

–

–

–

–

11,391

88.2

228

161

23

1,116

12,919

100.0

215

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)

Fair value hierarchy

US$m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

31 December 2018

Recurring fair value measurements

Non-financial assets

Property held for own use

Investment property

Financial assets

Available for sale

  Debt securities

  Participating funds and Other participating business 

  with distinct portfolios

  Other policyholder and shareholder

At fair value through profit or loss

  Debt securities

  Participating funds and Other participating business 

  with distinct portfolios

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

  Equity securities

  Participating funds and Other participating business 

  with distinct portfolios

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

  Other contracts

Total assets on a recurring fair value measurement basis

% of Total

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

Other liabilities

Total liabilities on a recurring fair value 
  measurement basis

% of Total

–

–

27

–

7

–

1

12,124

18,223

4,859

–

–

2

–

–

982

4,794

982

4,794

21,645

89,591

21,785

4,697

618

710

195

655

235

122

71

309

913

531

68

29

1,058

–

275

–

–

–

21,981

90,504

22,323

4,765

648

13,892

18,418

5,789

235

122

73

35,243

19.1

140,324

76.0

8,959

4.9

184,526

100.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,907

6,907

201

42

1,153

1,396

16.8

–

–

–

6,907

83.2

201

42

1,153

8,303

100.0

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers of assets and liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 at their fair values as at 
the end of each reporting period, consistent with the date of the determination of fair value. Assets are transferred out of 
Level 1 when they are no longer transacted with sufficient frequency and volume in an active market. During the year  
ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group  transferred  US$379m  (thirteen  months  ended  31  December  2018:  US$15m)  of 
assets measured at fair value from Level 1 to Level 2. Conversely, assets are transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 when 
transaction volume and frequency are indicative of an active market. The Group transferred US$36m of asset (thirteen 
months ended 31 December 2018: nil) from Level 2 to Level 1 during the year ended 31 December 2019.

216

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)
The  Group’s  Level  2  financial  instruments  include  debt  securities,  equity  securities,  derivative  instruments  and  other 
liabilities. The fair values of Level 2 financial instruments are estimated using values obtained from private pricing services 
and brokers corroborated with internal review as necessary. When the quotes from third-party pricing services and brokers 
are not available, internal valuation techniques and inputs will be used to derive the fair value for the financial instruments.

The tables below set out a summary of changes in the Group’s Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a 
recurring  basis  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  and  the  thirteen  months  ended  31  December  2018. The  tables 
reflect gains and losses, including gains and losses on assets and liabilities categorised as Level 3 as at 31 December 2019 
and 31 December 2018.

Level 3 assets and liabilities

US$m

At 1 January 2019

Net movement on investment 
  contract liabilities

Total gains/(losses)

  Reported under investment return and 
  other expenses in the consolidated 

income statement

  Reported under fair value reserve, 

foreign currency translation reserve 
  and property revaluation reserve in the 
  consolidated statement of 
  comprehensive income

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Transfer from investment property

Purchases

Sales

Settlements

Transfer out of Level 3

At 31 December 2019

Change in unrealised gains or losses 

included in the consolidated income 
  statement for assets and liabilities held 
  at the end of the reporting period, 
  under investment return and 
  other expenses

Property 
held for 
own use

Investment 
property

Debt 
securities

Equity 
securities

Derivative 
financial 
assets/ 
(liabilities)

982

4,794

1,850

1,333

–

–

–

–

(26)

103

(10)

(35)

44

–

9

10

–

–

–

60

–

(9)

9

(120)

–

(3)

(6)

247

–

559

(19)

(487)

–

24

448

–

706

(31)

–

(33)

1,019

4,834

2,134

2,412

(26)

103

(3)

19

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Investment 
contracts

(6,907)

(480)

–

–

(4,004)

–

–

–

–

–

(11,391)

–

217

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)
Level 3 assets and liabilities (continued)

US$m

At 1 December 2017

Net movement on investment 
  contract liabilities

Total gains/(losses)

  Reported under investment return and 
  other expenses in the consolidated 

income statement

  Reported under fair value reserve, 

foreign currency translation reserve and 

  property revaluation reserve in the 
  consolidated statement of 
  comprehensive income

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Transfer to other assets

Transfer from investment property

Purchases

Sales

Settlements

Transfer into Level 3

At 31 December 2018

Change in unrealised gains or losses 

included in the consolidated income 
  statement for assets and liabilities held 
  at the end of the reporting period, 
  under investment return and 
  other expenses

Property 
held for 
own use

Investment 
property

Debt 
securities

Equity 
securities

Derivative 
financial 
assets/
(liabilities)

979

4,365

1,732

1,060

–

–

–

–

(30)

477

15

(14)

34

–

–

8

1

(10)

–

–

(37)

–

(34)

(8)

38

(7)

–

–

(55)

(16)

–

–

–

635

(11)

(492)

26

–

–

–

375

(72)

–

–

982

4,794

1,850

1,333

(30)

477

14

19

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Investment 
contracts

(7,020)

593

–

–

(480)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(6,907)

–

Movements in investment contract liabilities at fair value are offset by movements in the underlying portfolio of matching 
assets. Details of the movement in investment contract liabilities are provided in note 28.

Assets transferred out of Level 3 mainly relate to equity securities of which market-observable inputs became available 
during the year and were used in determining the fair value.

There are not any differences between the fair values on initial recognition and the amounts determined using valuation 
techniques since the models adopted are calibrated using initial transaction prices.

218

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Significant unobservable inputs for level 3 fair value measurements
As at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, the valuation techniques and applicable unobservable inputs used to 
measure the Group’s Level 3 financial instruments are summarised as follows:

Description

Fair value at 
31 December 2019 (US$m) Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

Range

Debt securities

817

Discounted cash flows Risk adjusted discount rate 3.69% – 14.14%

Description

Fair value at 
31 December 2018 (US$m) Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

Range

Debt securities

872

Discounted cash flows Risk adjusted discount rate 3.83% – 13.41%

Fair value of the Group’s properties are determined based on appropriate valuation techniques which may consider among 
others income projection, value of comparable property and adjustments for factors such as size, location, quality and 
prospective use. These valuation inputs are deemed unobservable.

Valuation processes
The Group has the valuation policies, procedures and analyses in place to govern the valuation of financial assets required 
for financial reporting purposes, including Level 3 fair values. In determining the fair values of financial assets, the Group 
in general uses third-party pricing providers and, only in rare cases when third-party prices do not exist, will use prices 
derived  from  internal  models.  The  Chief  Investment  Officers  of  each  of  the  business  units  are  required  to  review  the 
reasonableness of the prices used and report price exceptions, if any. The Group Investment team analyses reported price 
exceptions and reviews price challenge responses from third-party pricing providers and provides the final recommendation 
on the appropriate price to be used. Any changes in valuation policies are reviewed and approved by the Group Valuations 
Advisory Committee which is part of the Group’s wider financial risk governance processes. Changes in Level 2 and 3 fair 
values are analysed at each reporting date.

The main Level 3 input used by the Group pertains to the discount rate for the fixed income securities and investment 
contracts. The unobservable inputs for determining the fair value of these instruments include the obligor’s credit spread 
and/or the liquidity spread. A significant increase/(decrease) in any of the unobservable input may result in a significantly 
lower/(higher)  fair  value  measurement.  The  Group  has  subscriptions  to  private  pricing  services  for  gathering  such 
information. If the information from private pricing services is not available, the Group uses the proxy pricing method based 
on internally-developed valuation inputs.

219

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value of financial and insurance assets and liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed at reporting 
date
A summary of fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities not carried at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed 
as at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 is given below.

Fair value hierarchy

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

2,959

–

55

36

3,941

6,991

–

5,350

–

354

5,704

2,769

683

2,855

1,674

–

7,981

–

819

1,826

7,888

10,533

4,358

10,086

–

73

–

–

683

2,983

1,710

3,941

4,431

19,403

515

–

–

59

574

515

6,169

1,826

8,301

16,811

Fair value hierarchy

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

601

–

5

26

2,451

3,083

–

4,504

–

476

4,980

2,525

539

2,178

1,578

–

6,820

–

480

1,683

4,131

6,294

4,266

–

59

–

–

7,392

539

2,242

1,604

2,451

4,325

14,228

549

–

–

224

773

549

4,984

1,683

4,831

12,047

US$m

31 December 2019

Assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial assets

Loans and deposits

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Borrowings

Obligations under repurchase agreements

Other liabilities

Total liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

US$m

31 December 2018

Assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial assets

Loans and deposits

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Borrowings

Obligations under repurchase and 
  securities lending agreements

Other liabilities

Total liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

220

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS24. OTHER ASSETS

US$m

Accrued investment income

Pension scheme assets

  Defined benefit pension scheme surpluses

Insurance receivables due from insurance and investment contract holders

Prepayments – operating lease of leasehold land

Others(1)

Total

Note:
(1)  Represents, among others, prepayments and investment-related receivables.

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

1,710

1,604

44

1,459

–

2,392

5,605

47

1,316

385

1,551

4,903

All amounts other than certain prepayments are generally expected to be recovered within 12 months after the end of the 
reporting period.

25. IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
In accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, impairment reviews were performed for available for sale securities 
and loans and receivables.

Available for sale debt securities
During the year ended 31 December 2019, no impairment loss (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$81m) was 
recognised in respect of available for sale debt securities.

The carrying amounts of available for sale debt securities that are individually determined to be impaired at 31 December 
2019 was nil (31 December 2018: nil).

Loans and receivables
The Group’s primary potential credit risk exposure in respect of loans and receivables arises in respect of policy loans and 
a portfolio of mortgage loans on residential and commercial real estate (see note 21 Financial investments for further 
details). The Group’s credit exposure on policy loans is mitigated because, if and when the total indebtedness on any policy, 
including interest due and accrued, exceeds the cash surrender value, the policy terminates and becomes void. The Group 
has a first lien on all policies which are subject to policy loans.

The carrying amounts of loans and receivables that are individually determined to be impaired at 31 December 2019 was 
US$14m (31 December 2018: US$13m).

The Group has a portfolio of residential and commercial mortgage loans which it originates. To the extent that any such 
loans  are  past  their  due  dates  specific  allowance  is  made,  together  with  a  collective  allowance,  based  on  historical 
delinquency. Insurance receivables are short-term in nature and cover is not provided if consideration is not received. An 
ageing of accounts receivable is not provided as all amounts are due within one year and cover is cancelled if consideration 
is not received.

221

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES26. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

US$m

Cash

Cash equivalents

Total(1)

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

3,158

783

3,941

1,657

794

2,451

Note:
(1)  Of cash and cash equivalents, US$703m (31 December 2018: US$590m) are held to back unit-linked contracts and US$49m (31 December 2018: 

US$82m) are held by consolidated investment funds.

Cash comprises cash at bank and cash in hand. Cash equivalents comprise bank deposits and highly liquid short-term 
investments with maturities at acquisition of three months or less and money market funds. Accordingly, all such amounts 
are expected to be realised within 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

27. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES
The  movements  of  insurance  contract  liabilities  (including  liabilities  in  respect  of  investment  contracts  with  DPF)  and 
ceded insurance contract liabilities (see note 19) are shown as follows:

US$m

Gross

Reinsurance

Net

At 1 December 2017

Valuation premiums and deposits

Liabilities released for policy termination or other 
  policy benefits paid and related expenses

Fees from account balances

Accretion of interest

Change in net asset values attributable to policyholders

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Foreign exchange movements

Other movements

At 31 December 2018

At 1 January 2019

Valuation premiums and deposits

Liabilities released for policy termination or other 
  policy benefits paid and related expenses

Fees from account balances

Accretion of interest

Change in net asset values attributable to policyholders

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Foreign exchange movements

Other movements

At 31 December 2019

148,897

31,660

(17,576)

(1,924)

5,610

(666)

91

(1,949)

621

(1,974)

(1,668)

1,202

–

(13)

–

(18)

148

–

146,923

29,992

(16,374)

(1,924)

5,597

(666)

73

(1,801)

621

164,764

(2,323)

162,441

164,764

33,900

(20,586)

(2,401)

6,077

3,937

2,807

2,211

(1,112)

189,597

(2,323)

(1,804)

162,441

32,096

1,269

–

(20)

–

(285)

13

–

(19,317)

(2,401)

6,057

3,937

2,522

2,224

(1,112)

(3,150)

186,447

222

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS27. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES (continued)
Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF) can also be analysed as 
follows:

US$m

Deferred profit
Unearned revenue
Policyholders’ share of participating surplus
Liabilities for future policyholder benefits
Total

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

9,963
2,091
9,286
168,257
189,597

8,386
3,224
7,474
145,680
164,764

Business description
The table below summarises the key variables on which insurance and investment contract cash flows depend.

Type of contract

Material terms and conditions

Traditional 
participating 
life assurance 
with DPF

Participating 
funds

Other 
participating 
business

Traditional 
non-participating 
life assurance

Accident and health

Unit-linked

Universal life

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. The 
basic sum assured, payable on death or 
maturity, may be enhanced by 
dividends or bonuses, the aggregate 
amount of which is determined by the 
performance of a distinct fund of assets 
and liabilities. The timing of dividend 
and bonus declarations is at the 
discretion of the insurer. Local 
regulations generally prescribe a 
minimum proportion of policyholder 
participation in declared dividends

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. The 
basic sum assured, payable on death or 
maturity, may be enhanced by 
dividends or bonuses, the timing or 
amount of which are at the discretion of 
the insurer taking into account factors 
such as investment experience

Benefits paid on death, maturity, 
sickness or disability that are fixed and 
guaranteed and not at the discretion of 
the insurer

These products provide morbidity or 
sickness benefits and include health, 
disability, critical illness and accident 
cover

Unit-linked contracts combine savings 
with protection, the cash value of the 
policy depending on the value of 
unitised funds

The customer pays flexible premiums 
subject to specified limits accumulated 
in an account balance which are 
credited with interest at a rate set by 
the insurer, and a death benefit which 
may be varied by the customer

Note:
(1)  Other than the Group Corporate Centre segment.

Nature of benefits and 
compensation for claims

Factors affecting 
contract cash 
flows

Key reportable 
segments

Minimum guaranteed benefits 
may be enhanced based on 
investment experience and 
other considerations

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Surrenders

Singapore, 
Mainland China, 
Malaysia

Minimum guaranteed benefits 
may be enhanced based on 
investment experience and 
other considerations

Hong Kong, 
Thailand, 
Other Markets

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Surrenders
(cid:127) Morbidity

Benefits, defined in the 
insurance contract, are 
determined by the contract and 
are not affected by investment 
performance or the 
performance of the contract as 
a whole

Benefits, defined in the 
insurance contract, are 
determined by the contract and 
are not affected by investment 
performance or the 
performance of the contract as 
a whole

Benefits are based on the value 
of the unitised funds and death 
benefits

Benefits are based on the 
account balance and death 
benefit

All(1)

All(1)

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Morbidity
(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Morbidity
(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

All(1)

(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality

All(1)

(cid:127) Investment 
performance
(cid:127) Crediting rates
(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality

223

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES27. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES (continued)
Methodology and assumptions
The most significant items to which profit for the year/period and shareholders’ equity are sensitive are market, insurance 
and lapse risks which are shown in the table below. Indirect exposure indicates that there is a second order impact. For 
example, whilst the profit for the year/period attributable to shareholders is not directly affected by investment income 
earned where the investment risk is borne by policyholders (for example, in respect of unit-linked contracts), there is a 
second-order effect through the investment management fees which the Group earns by managing such investments. The 
distinction between direct and indirect exposure is not intended to indicate the relative sensitivity to each of these items. 
Where the direct exposure is shown as being “net neutral”, this is because the exposure to market and credit risk is offset 
by a corresponding movement in insurance contract liabilities.

Market and credit risk

Direct exposure

Type of contract

Traditional 
participating 
life assurance 
with DPF

Participating 
funds

Insurance and investment 
contract liabilities

Risks associated with 
related investment portfolio Indirect exposure

Significant insurance and 
lapse risks

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Investment 

performance subject to 
smoothing through 
dividend declarations

(cid:127) Impact of persistency 
on future dividends

(cid:127) Mortality

Other 
participating 
business

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Investment 

performance subject  
to smoothing through 
dividend declarations

(cid:127) Impact of persistency 
on future dividends

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Morbidity

Traditional 
non-participating 
life assurance

(cid:127) Guarantees
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

Accident and health

(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

Pension

(cid:127) Net neutral
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Investment 
performance
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Credit risk

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

(cid:127) Credit risk
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Net neutral
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Not applicable

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Persistency
(cid:127) Morbidity

(cid:127) Not applicable

(cid:127) Morbidity
(cid:127) Persistency

(cid:127) Performance-related 

(cid:127) Persistency

investment 
management fees

Unit-linked

(cid:127) Net neutral

(cid:127) Net neutral

(cid:127) Performance-related 

investment 
management fees

(cid:127) Persistency
(cid:127) Mortality

Universal life

(cid:127) Guarantees
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

(cid:127) Credit risk
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Spread between earned 
rate and crediting rate 
to policyholders

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Persistency
(cid:127) Withdrawals

The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange rate risk in respect of its operations, and to interest rate risk, credit risk and 
equity price risk on assets representing net shareholders’ equity, and to expense risk to the extent that actual expenses 
exceed those that can be charged to insurance and investment contract holders on non-participating business. Expense 
assumptions applied in the Group’s actuarial valuation models assume a continuing level of business volumes.

224

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS27. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES (continued)
Methodology and assumptions (continued)
Valuation interest rates
As at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, the ranges of applicable valuation interest rates for traditional insurance 
contracts, which vary by operating segment, year of issuance and products, within the first 20 years are as follows:

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Australia

Indonesia

Philippines

South Korea

Sri Lanka

Taiwan (China)

Vietnam

28. INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES

US$m

At beginning of financial year/period

Investment contract benefits

Fees charged

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Net withdrawals and other movements

Foreign exchange movements

At end of financial year/period(1)

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

3.50% – 7.50%

3.50% – 7.50%

3.13% – 9.00%

3.13% – 9.00%

2.00% – 7.00%

2.00% – 7.00%

3.70% – 5.43%

3.70% – 5.43%

2.75% – 7.00%

2.75% – 7.00%

0.51% – 7.11%

2.04% – 7.11%

3.02% – 8.61%

3.02% – 8.75%

2.20% – 9.20%

2.20% – 9.20%

2.17% – 6.50%

2.74% – 6.50%

8.61% – 10.96%

8.34% – 12.57%

1.75% – 6.50%

1.75% – 6.50%

5.53% – 11.48%

5.53% – 11.48%

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

7,885

992

(93)

4,004

(603)

88

8,082

(462)

(134)

480

(3)

(78)

12,273

7,885

Note:
(1)  Of investment contract liabilities, US$367m (31 December 2018: US$429m) represents deferred fee income. Movement of deferred fee income of 

US$62m represents revenue recognised as a result of performance obligations satisfied during the year.

225

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES29. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
The table below sets out the sensitivities of the assumptions in respect of insurance and investment contracts with DPF to 
key variables. This disclosure only allows for the impact on liabilities and related assets, such as reinsurance, and deferred 
acquisition costs and does not allow for offsetting movements in the fair value of financial assets backing those liabilities.

US$m

(Increase)/decrease in insurance contract liabilities, increase/(decrease) in equity 
  and profit before tax

0.5 pps increase in investment return

0.5 pps decrease in investment return

10% increase in expenses

10% increase in mortality rates

10% increase in lapse/discontinuance rates

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

127

(143)

(50)

(80)

(66)

42

(64)

(11)

(55)

(39)

Future policy benefits for the Group’s majority traditional life insurance policies (including investment contracts with DPF) 
are  calculated  using  a  net  level  premium  valuation  method  with  reference  to  best  estimate  assumptions  set  at  policy 
inception date unless a deficiency arises on liability adequacy testing. There is not any impact of the above assumption 
sensitivities on the carrying amount of these traditional life insurance liabilities as the sensitivities presented would not 
have  triggered  a  liability  adequacy  adjustment.  During  the  years  presented  there  were  not  any  effect  of  changes  in 
assumptions and estimates on the Group’s traditional life products, except for a limited number of cases where statutory 
requirements are adopted in the applicable jurisdiction.

For interest sensitive insurance contracts, such as universal life products and unit-linked contracts, assumptions are made 
at each reporting date including mortality, persistency, expenses, future investment earnings and future crediting rates.

The impact of changes in assumptions on the valuation of insurance and investment contracts with DPF was US$38m 
decrease in profit (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$11m increase in profit).

226

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS30. BORROWINGS

US$m

Medium-term notes

Total

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

5,757

5,757

4,954

4,954

Interest expense on borrowings is shown in note 11. Further information relating to interest rates and the maturity profile 
of borrowings is presented in note 38.

The following table summarises the Company’s outstanding medium-term notes placed to the market at 31 December 
2019:

Issue date

Nominal amount

Interest rate

Tenor at issue

Maturity

13 March 2013(1)

11 March 2014(1)

11 March 2015(1)

16 March 2016(1)

23 May 2017(2)

6 April 2018(1)

12 April 2018

20 September 2018(1)

16 January 2019

16 January 2019

9 April 2019(1)

US$500m
US$500m
US$750m
US$750m
US$500m
US$500m
HK$3,900m

HK$1,300m
HK$1,100m
US$1,000m

2.760%
US$500m 3M LIBOR + 0.52%
2.950%

3.125%

4.875%

3.200%

4.500%

4.470%

3.900%

3.680%

3.600%

10 years

30 years

10 years

30 years

30 years

10 years

3 years

13 March 2023

11 March 2044

11 March 2025

16 March 2046

23 May 2047

6 April 2028

12 April 2021

3 years 20 September 2021

3.5 years

12 years

10 years

16 July 2022

16 January 2031

9 April 2029

Notes:
(1)  These medium-term notes are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.
(2)  These medium-term notes are listed on The Taipei Exchange, Taiwan (China). The Company has the right to redeem these notes at par on 23 May 

of each year beginning on 23 May 2022.

The net proceeds from issuance during the year ended 31 December 2019 are used for general corporate purposes.

The Group has access to an aggregate of US$2,438m unsecured committed credit facilities, which includes a US$248m 
credit facility expiring in 2020, as well as a US$2,190m credit facility expiring in 2024. The credit facilities will be used for 
general corporate purposes. There were no outstanding borrowings under these credit facilities as of 31 December 2019 
and 31 December 2018.

227

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES31. OBLIGATIONS UNDER REPURCHASE AND SECURITIES LENDING AGREEMENTS
The Group has entered into repurchase agreements whereby securities are sold to third parties with a concurrent agreement 
to  repurchase  the  securities  at  a  specified  date.  In  addition,  the  Group  has  entered  into  securities  lending  agreement 
whereby securities are loaned to a national monetary authority.

The securities related to these agreements are not de-recognised from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial 
position,  but  are  retained  within  the  appropriate  financial  asset  classification.  During  the  term  of  the  repurchase  and 
securities lending agreements, the Group is restricted from selling or pledging the transferred debt securities. The following 
table specifies the amounts included within financial investments subject to repurchase or securities lending agreements 
which do not qualify for de-recognition at each year/period end:

US$m

Debt securities – AFS

  Repurchase agreements

  Securities lending

Debt securities – FVTPL

  Repurchase agreements

Total

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

1,947

–

41

1,988

1,748

340

16

2,104

Collateral
At 31 December 2019, the Group had no pledged debt securities (31 December 2018: nil). Cash collateral of US$1m (31 
December 2018: US$5m) were held based on the market value of the securities transferred. In the absence of default, the 
Group does not sell or repledge the debt securities collateral received and they are not recognised in the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

The Group did not have any securities lending transactions outstanding as at 31 December 2019. The securities lending 
transactions  outstanding  as  at  31  December  2018  were  conducted  with  a  national  monetary  authority  on  securities 
denominated in local currency issued by the same authority.

At 31 December 2019, the obligations under repurchase agreements were US$1,826m (31 December 2018: US$1,683m).

228

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS32. OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements
The following table shows the assets that are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar 
arrangements at each year/period end:

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
assets 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash 
collateral 
received

Net 
amount

971

265

1,236

–

–

–

971

265

1,236

(7)

(265)

(272)

(581)

–

(581)

383

–

383

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
assets 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash 
collateral 
received

Net 
amount

430

149

579

–

–

–

430

149

579

(41)

(149)

(190)

(251)

–

(251)

138

–

138

US$m

31 December 2019

Financial assets:

  Derivative assets

  Reverse repurchase agreements

Total

US$m

31 December 2018

Financial assets:

  Derivative assets

  Reverse repurchase agreements

Total

229

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES32. OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (continued)
Offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements (continued)
The following table shows the liabilities that are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar 
arrangements at each year/period end:

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
liabilities 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash 
collateral 
pledged

Net 
amount

412

1,826

2,238

–

–

–

412

1,826

2,238

(266)

(1,826)

(2,092)

(37)

–

(37)

109

–

109

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
liabilities 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash 
collateral 
pledged

Net 
amount

243

1,683

1,926

–

–

–

243

1,683

1,926

(141)

(1,683)

(1,824)

(20)

–

(20)

82

–

82

US$m

31 December 2019

Financial liabilities:

  Derivative liabilities

  Repurchase agreements

Total

US$m

31 December 2018

Financial liabilities:

  Derivative liabilities

  Repurchase agreements

Total

The Group entered into enforceable master netting agreements for derivative transactions, as well as the repurchase and 
securities  lending  agreements  for  debt  instruments  with  various  counterparties.  Except  for  certain  futures  contracts 
executed through clearing house mechanism where the settlement arrangement satisfied the IFRS netting criteria, the 
transactions under the enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements involving the exchange of financial 
instruments or cash as collateral do not satisfy the IFRS netting criteria. The provision in the master netting agreement and 
similar agreements enables a party to terminate transactions early and settle at a net amount if a default or termination 
event occurs.

230

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS33. PROVISIONS

US$m

At 1 December 2017

Charged to the consolidated income statement

Charged to other comprehensive income

Exchange differences

Released during the period

Utilised during the period

Other movements

At 31 December 2018

Charged to the consolidated income statement

Charged to other comprehensive income

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Exchange differences

Released during the year

Utilised during the year

Other movements

At 31 December 2019

Employee benefits

Other

143

10

(8)

–

–

(18)

3

130

13

25

–

9

–

(7)

6

176

91

30

–

(1)

(11)

(64)

(7)

38

34

–

15

1

(6)

(33)

–

49

Total

234

40

(8)

(1)

(11)

(82)

(4)

168

47

25

15

10

(6)

(40)

6

225

Other provisions
Other provisions comprise provisions in respect of regulatory matters, litigation, reorganisation and restructuring. In view 
of the diverse nature of the matters provided for and the contingent nature of the matters to which they relate, the Group 
is unable to provide an accurate assessment of the term over which provisions are expected to be utilised.

34. OTHER LIABILITIES

US$m

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities(1)

Third-party interests in consolidated investment funds

Reinsurance-related payables

Total

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

6,262

556

1,116

1,483

9,417

3,964

–

1,153

867

5,984

Note:
(1)  Potential future cash outflows of US$2m have not been included in lease liabilities because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be 

extended (or not terminated).

Third-party  interests  in  consolidated  investment  funds  consist  of  third-party  unit  holders’  interests  in  consolidated 
investment funds which are reflected as a liability since they can be put back to the Group for cash.

Trade and other payables are generally expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the reporting period. The 
realisation  of  third-party  interests  in  investment  funds  cannot  be  predicted  with  accuracy  since  these  represent  the 
interests  of  third-party  unit  holders  in  consolidated  investment  funds  held  to  back  insurance  and  investment  contract 
liabilities and are subject to market risk and the actions of third-party investors.

Reinsurance-related  payables  of  US$573m  (31  December  2018:  US$124m)  are  expected  to  be  settled  more  than  12 
months after the end of the reporting period.

231

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES35. SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Share capital

Ordinary shares(1), issued and fully paid
At beginning of the financial year/period

Shares issued under share option scheme and 
  agency share purchase plan

At end of the financial year/period

Note:
(1)  Ordinary shares have no nominal value.

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Million shares

US$m

Million shares

US$m

12,077

14,073

12,074

14,065

12

12,089

56

14,129

3

12,077

8

14,073

The Company issued 10,552,614 shares under share option scheme (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 1,355,304 
shares) and 1,260,386 shares under agency share purchase plan (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 1,167,021 
shares) during the year ended 31 December 2019.

The Company and its subsidiaries have not purchased, sold or redeemed any of the Company’s shares during the year 
ended 31 December 2019 with the exception of 3,127,664 shares (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 1,409,735 
shares) of the Company purchased by and 911,718 shares (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: nil) of the Company 
sold by the employee share-based trusts. These purchases were made by the relevant scheme trustees on the Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange. These shares are held on trust for participants of the relevant schemes and therefore were not cancelled.

During the year ended 31 December 2019, 15,525,163 shares (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 12,870,000 
shares) were transferred to eligible directors, officers and employees of the Group from the employee share-based trusts 
under share-based compensation plans as a result of vesting. As at 31 December 2019, 39,862,439 shares (31 December 
2018: 52,259,936 shares) of the Company were held by the employee share-based trusts.

Reserves
Fair value reserve
The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of available for sale securities held at the end 
of the reporting period.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign currency exchange differences arising from the translation 
of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Employee share-based trusts
Trusts have been established to acquire shares of the Company for distribution to participants in future periods through the 
share-based compensation plans. Those shares acquired by the trusts, to the extent not transferred to the participants 
upon vesting, are reported as “Employee share-based trusts”.

Property revaluation reserve
Property revaluation reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the revalued amount of property held for own use at 
the end of the reporting period. Property revaluation surplus is not considered to be a realised profit available for distribution 
to shareholders.

Other reserves
Other reserves mainly include the impact of merger accounting for business combinations under common control and 
share-based compensation.

232

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS36. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

US$m

Equity shares in subsidiaries

Share of earnings

Share of other reserves

Total

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

69

374

5

448

71

356

(27)

400

37. GROUP CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Capital Management Approach
The Group’s capital management objectives focus on maintaining a strong capital base to support the development of its 
business, maintaining the ability to move capital freely and satisfying regulatory capital requirements at all times.

The Group’s capital management function oversees all capital-related activities of the Group and assists senior management 
in  making  capital  decisions.  The  capital  management  function  participates  in  decisions  concerning  asset-liability 
management, strategic asset allocation and ongoing solvency management. This includes ensuring capital considerations 
are paramount in the strategy and business planning processes and when determining AIA’s capacity to pay dividends to 
shareholders.

Regulatory Solvency
The Group is in compliance with the solvency and capital adequacy requirements applied by its regulators. The Group’s 
primary insurance regulator at the AIA Company Limited (AIA Co.) and AIA International Limited (AIA International) levels 
is the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (HKIA), which requires that AIA Co. and AIA International meet the solvency margin 
requirements of the Hong Kong Insurance Ordinance (HKIO). The HKIO (among other matters) sets minimum solvency 
margin requirements that an insurer must meet in order to be authorised to carry on insurance business in or from Hong 
Kong.

On  16  May  2017,  the  HKIA  and  the  China  Banking  and  Insurance  Regulatory  Commission  signed  the  Equivalence 
Assessment Framework Agreement on the Solvency Regulatory Regime. As a transitional arrangement, AIA is reporting 
under  HKIO  the  capital  position  of  its  Mainland  China  branches  under  the  HKIO  based  on  the  Mainland  China  local 
regulatory solvency basis progressively over a 4-year phase-in period to full implementation on 31 March 2022. AIA has 
given an undertaking to the HKIA to maintain an excess of assets over liabilities for branches other than Hong Kong at no 
less than 100% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement in each of AIA Co. and AIA International.

The capital positions of the Group’s two principal operating companies as of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 
are as follows:

US$m

AIA Co.

AIA International

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

Total 
available 
capital

Regulatory 
minimum 
capital

11,856

9,280

3,272

2,443

Solvency 
ratio

362%

380%

Total 
available 
capital

Regulatory 
minimum 
capital

9,208

6,772

2,189

1,855

Solvency 
ratio

421%

365%

For these purposes, the Group defines total available capital as the amount of assets in excess of liabilities measured in 
accordance with the HKIO and “regulatory minimum capital” as the required minimum margin of solvency calculated in 
accordance with the HKIO. The solvency ratio is the ratio of total available capital to regulatory minimum capital.

233

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES37. GROUP CAPITAL STRUCTURE (continued)
Regulatory Solvency (continued)
The  Group’s  individual  branches  and  subsidiaries  are  also  subject  to  the  supervision  of  government  regulators  in  the 
jurisdictions in which those branches and subsidiaries and their parent entity operate and, in relation to subsidiaries, in 
which they are incorporated. The various regulators overseeing the Group actively monitor our local solvency positions. AIA 
Co. and AIA International submit annual filings to the HKIA of their solvency margin position based on their annual audited 
financial statements.

The ability of the Company to pay dividends to shareholders and to meet other obligations depends ultimately on dividends 
and  other  payments  being  received  from  its  operating  subsidiaries  and  branches,  which  are  subject  to  contractual, 
regulatory and other limitations. The various regulators overseeing the individual branches and subsidiaries of the Group 
have the discretion to impose additional restrictions on the ability of those regulated subsidiaries and branches to make 
payment of dividends or other distributions and payments to AIA Co., including increasing the required margin of solvency 
that an operating unit must maintain. For example, capital may not be remitted without the consent from regulators for 
certain individual branches or subsidiaries of the Group.

Capital and Regulatory Orders Specific to the Group
As of 31 December 2019, the requirements and restrictions summarised below may be considered material to the Group 
and remain in effect unless otherwise stated.

Hong Kong Insurance Authority
AIA Group Limited has given to the HKIA an undertaking that AIA Group Limited will:

(i)  ensure that (a) each of AIA Co. and AIA International will at all times maintain an excess of assets over liabilities of not 
less than the aggregate of 150% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement in respect of the 
Hong Kong branch and no less than 100% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement for 
branches other than Hong Kong (“minimum amount”); (b) it will not withdraw capital or transfer any funds or assets 
out of AIA Co. or AIA International that will cause the solvency ratio to fall below the minimum amounts specified in 
(a), except with, in either case, the prior written consent of the HKIA; and (c) should the solvency ratio of either AIA 
Co. or AIA International fall below the respective minimum amounts, AIA Group Limited will take steps as soon as 
possible to restore it to at least the respective minimum amounts in a manner acceptable to the HKIA;

(ii)  notify the HKIA in writing as soon as the Company becomes aware of any person (a) becoming a controller (within the 
meaning of Section 9(1)(a)(iii)(B) of the HKIO) of AIA Co. and AIA International through the acquisition of our shares 
traded on the HKSE; or (b) ceasing to be a controller (within the meaning of Section 9(1)(a)(iii)(B) of the HKIO) of AIA 
Co. and AIA International through the disposal of our shares traded on the HKSE;

(iii)  be subject to the supervision of the HKIA and AIA Group Limited will be required to continually comply with the HKIA’s 
guidance on the “fit and proper” standards of a controller pursuant to Section 8(2) of the HKIO. The HKIA is empowered 
by the HKIO to raise objection if it appears to it that any person is not fit and proper to be a controller or director of an 
authorised insurer. These standards include the sufficiency of a holding company’s financial resources; the viability 
of a holding company’s business plan for its insurance subsidiaries which are regulated by the HKIA; the clarity of the 
Group’s legal, managerial and operational structures; the identities of any other holding companies or major regulated 
subsidiaries;  whether  the  holding  company,  its  directors  or  controllers  is  subject  to  receivership,  administration, 
liquidation or other similar proceedings or failed to satisfy any judgement debt under a court order or the subject of 
any  criminal  convictions  or  in  breach  of  any  statutory  or  regulatory  requirements;  the  soundness  of  the  Group’s 
corporate governance; the soundness of the Group’s risk management framework; the receipt of information from its 
insurance subsidiaries which are regulated by the HKIA to ensure that they are managed in compliance with applicable 
laws, rules and regulation; and its role in overseeing and managing the operations of its insurance subsidiaries which 
are regulated by the HKIA; and

(iv)  fulfil  all  enhancements  or  improvements  to  the  guidance  referred  to  in  subparagraph  (iii)  above,  as  well  as 
administrative measures issued from time to time by the HKIA or requirements that may be prescribed by the HKIA in 
accordance with the HKIO, regulations under the HKIO or guidelines issued by the HKIA from time to time.

234

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS38. RISK MANAGEMENT
Risk management framework
AIA recognises the importance of sound risk management in every aspect of our business and for all our stakeholders. The 
Risk  Management  Framework  (RMF)  provides  the  structure  for  identifying,  quantifying  and  mitigating  risk  across  the 
Group.  An  effective  RMF  is  the  key  to  avoiding  the  financial  and  reputational  damage  that  arises  from  inadequate  or 
ineffective control of the risks in the business.

Insurance risk
Insurance  risk  is  the  risk  arising  from  changes  in  claims  experience  as  well  as  more  general  exposure  relating  to  the 
acquisition and persistency of insurance business. This also includes changes to assumptions regarding future experience 
for these risks.

Lapse
Lapse risk is the risk policies lapse, on average, earlier than assumed in the pricing or reserving assumptions.

Ensuring customers buy products that meet their needs is central to the Group’s Operating Philosophy. Through effective 
implementation of the Business Quality Framework, comprehensive sales training programmes and active monitoring of 
sales  activities  and  persistency,  the  Group  seeks  to  ensure  that  appropriate  products  are  sold  by  qualified  sales 
representatives and that standards of service consistently meet our customers’ needs.

Expense
Expense risk is the risk of greater than expected trends in, or sudden shocks to, the amount or timing of expenses incurred 
by the business.

Daily operations follow a disciplined budgeting and control process that allows for the management of expenses based on 
the Group’s very substantial experience within the markets in which we operate.

Morbidity and Mortality
Morbidity and mortality risk is the risk that the incidence and/or amounts of medical/death claims are higher than the 
assumptions made in pricing and/or reserving.

The  Group  adheres  to  well-defined  market-oriented  underwriting  and  claims  guidelines  and  practices  that  have  been 
developed based on extensive historical experience and with the assistance of professional reinsurers.

The Group’s actuarial teams conduct regular experience studies of all the insurance risk factors in its in-force book. These 
internal studies together with external data are used to identify emerging trends which can then be used to inform product 
design, pricing, underwriting, claims management and reinsurance needs.

Through  monitoring  the  development  of  both  local  and  global  trends  in  medical  technology,  health  and  wellness,  the 
impact  of  legislation  and  general  social,  political  and  economic  conditions  the  Group  seeks  to  anticipate  and  respond 
promptly to potential adverse experience impacts on its products.

Reinsurance is used to reduce concentration and volatility risk, especially with large policies or new risks, and as protection 
against catastrophic events such as pandemics or natural disasters.

235

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES38. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that third parties fail to meet their obligations to the Group when they fall due. Although the primary 
source of credit risk is the Group’s investment portfolio, such risk can also arise through reinsurance, procurement, and 
treasury activities.

The Group’s credit risk management oversight process is governed centrally, but provides for decentralised management 
and  accountability  by  our  lines  of  defence.  A  key  to  AIA’s  credit  risk  management  is  adherence  to  a  well-controlled 
underwriting  process.  The  Group’s  credit  risk  management  starts  with  the  assignment  of  an  internal  rating  to  all 
counterparties. A detailed analysis of each counterparty is performed and a rating determined by the investment teams. 
The  Group’s  Risk  Management  function  manages  the  Group’s  internal  ratings  framework  and  conducts  periodic  rating 
reviews. Measuring and monitoring of credit risk is an ongoing process and is designed to enable early identification of 
emerging risk.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk predominantly arises from any differences between the duration of the Group’s 
liabilities  and  assets.  Since  most  markets  do  not  have  assets  of  sufficient  tenor  to  match  life  insurance  liabilities,  an 
uncertainty arises around the reinvestment of maturing assets to match the Group’s insurance liabilities.

AIA manages interest rate risk primarily on an economic basis to determine the durations of both assets and liabilities. 
Interest rate risk on local solvency basis is also taken into consideration for business units where local solvency regimes 
deviate from economic basis. Furthermore, for products with discretionary benefits, additional modelling of interest rate 
risk is performed to guide determination of appropriate management actions. Management also takes into consideration 
the asymmetrical impact of interest rate movements when evaluating products with options and guarantees.

236

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS38. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Exposure to interest rate risk
The table below summarises the nature of the interest rate risk associated with financial assets and financial liabilities. In 
preparing this analysis, fixed rate interest bearing instruments that mature or reprice within 12 months of the reporting 
date have been disclosed as variable rate instruments.

US$m

31 December 2019

Financial assets

  Loans and deposits

  Other receivables

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Reinsurance receivables

  Accrued investment income

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Other liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

Variable 
interest rate

Fixed 
interest rate

Non-interest 
bearing

Total

1,042

2

8,229

–

–

–

3,639

–

12,912

–

500

1,826

682

–

3,008

8,238

1

163,755

–

–

–

–

–

806

2,677

–

50,322

683

1,710

302

971

10,086

2,680

171,984

50,322

683

1,710

3,941

971

171,994

57,471

242,377

–

5,257

–

141

–

5,398

11,906

11,906

–

–

8,594

412

20,912

5,757

1,826

9,417

412

29,318

237

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
38. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Exposure to interest rate risk (continued)

US$m

31 December 2018

Financial assets

  Loans and deposits

  Other receivables

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Reinsurance receivables

  Accrued investment income

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase and securities lending 

  agreements

  Other liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

Variable 
interest rate

Fixed 
interest rate

Non-interest 
bearing

Total

978

2

6,406

–

6,499

133,722

–

–

–

2,201

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

1,970

–

38,099

539

1,604

250

430

7,392

1,972

140,221

38,099

539

1,604

2,451

430

9,680

140,128

42,900

192,708

–

500

1,683

260

–

2,443

–

4,454

–

2

–

4,456

7,456

–

–

5,722

243

13,421

7,456

4,954

1,683

5,984

243

20,320

Equity price risk
Equity  price  risk  arises  from  changes  in  the  market  value  of  equity  securities.  Investments  in  equity  securities  on  a 
long-term basis are expected to align policyholders expectations, provide diversification benefits and enhance returns. The 
extent of exposure to equities at any time is subject to the terms of the Group’s strategic asset allocations.

Equity price risk is managed in the first instance through the individual investment mandates which define benchmarks 
and any tracking error targets. Equity limits are also applied to contain individual exposures. Equity exposures are included 
in the aggregate exposure reports on each individual counterparty to ensure concentrations are avoided.

238

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
38. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Equity price risk (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis to the key variables affecting financial assets and liabilities is set out in the table below. Information 
relating to sensitivity of insurance and investment contracts with DPF is provided in note 29. The carrying values of other 
financial assets are not subject to changes in response to movements in interest rates or equity prices. In calculating the 
sensitivity of debt and equity instruments to changes in interest rates and equity prices, the Group has made assumptions 
about  the  corresponding  impact  of  asset  valuations  on  liabilities  to  policyholders.  Assets  held  to  support  unit-linked 
contracts have been excluded on the basis that changes in fair value are wholly borne by policyholders. Sensitivity analysis 
for assets held in participating funds has been calculated after allocation of returns to policyholders using the applicable 
minimum policyholders’ participation ratios described in note 2.

Information is presented to illustrate the estimated impact on profits and total equity arising from a change in a single 
variable before taking into account the effects of taxation.

The impact of any impairments of financial assets has been ignored for the purpose of illustrating the sensitivity of profit 
before tax and total equity before the effects of taxation to changes in interest rates and equity prices on the grounds that 
default  events  reflect  the  characteristics  of  individual  issuers.  As  the  Group’s  accounting  policies  lock  in  interest  rate 
assumptions on policy inception and the Group’s assumptions incorporate a provision for adverse deviations, the level of 
movement illustrated in this sensitivity analysis does not result in loss recognition and so there is not any corresponding 
effect on liabilities.

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

Impact on 
total equity 
(before the 
effects of 
taxation)

Impact on 
allocated 
equity 
(before the 
effects of 
taxation)

Impact on 
profit 
before tax

Impact on 
total equity 
(before the 
effects of 
taxation)

Impact on 
allocated 
equity 
(before the 
effects of 
taxation)

Impact on 
profit 
before tax

US$m

Equity price risk

10 per cent increase in equity prices

1,849

1,849

1,849

1,369

1,369

1,369

10 per cent decrease in equity prices

(1,849)

(1,849)

(1,849)

(1,369)

(1,369)

(1,369)

Interest rate risk

+50 basis points shift in yield curves

- 50 basis points shift in yield curves

(355)

378

(8,992)

10,047

(355)

378

(258)

274

(6,504)

7,231

(258)

274

239

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES38. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Foreign exchange rate risk
The Group’s foreign exchange rate risk arises mainly from the Group’s operations in multiple geographical markets in the 
Asia-Pacific region and the translation of multiple currencies to US dollar for financial reporting purposes. The balance 
sheet values of our operating units and subsidiaries are not hedged to the Group’s presentation currency, the US dollar.

However, assets, liabilities and local regulatory and stress capital in each business unit are generally currency matched 
with the exception of holdings of equities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency, or any expected 
capital movements due within one year which may be hedged. Bonds denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency are commonly hedged with cross-currency swaps or foreign exchange forward contracts.

Foreign exchange rate net exposure

US$m

United States 
Dollar

Hong Kong 
Dollar

Thai 
Baht

Singapore 
Dollar

Malaysian 
Ringgit

China 
Renminbi

31 December 2019

Equity analysed by original currency

Net positions of currency derivative 

Currency exposure

5% strengthening of original currency

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

5% strengthening of the US dollar

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

33,310

(8,371)

24,939

2,725

592

3,317

6,703

3,349

10,052

(2,604)

3,274

670

2,312

(123)

2,189

4,608

(629)

3,979

152

(180)

(28)

152

(180)

(28)

(40)

151

111

84

(195)

(111)

(17)

519

502

20

(522)

(502)

11

23

34

4

(38)

(34)

(8)

118

110

9

(119)

(110)

(25)

224

199

26

(225)

(199)

US$m

United States 
Dollar

Hong Kong 
Dollar

Thai 
Baht

Singapore 
Dollar

Malaysian 
Ringgit

China 
Renminbi

31 December 2018

Equity analysed by original currency

Net positions of currency derivative 

Currency exposure

5% strengthening of original currency

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

5% strengthening of the US dollar

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

19,278

(8,448)

10,830

2,527

595

3,122

3,819

3,209

7,028

(1,821)

2,153

2,806

985

–

2,153

100

(125)

(25)

100

(125)

(25)

(36)

158

122

70

(192)

(122)

7

344

351

(5)

(346)

(351)

12

37

49

4

(53)

(49)

3

105

108

(2)

(106)

(108)

4,380

(560)

3,820

(21)

212

191

23

(214)

(191)

240

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS38. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Liquidity risk
AIA identifies liquidity risk as occurring in two ways, financial liquidity risk and investment liquidity risk. Financial liquidity 
risk is the risk that insufficient cash is available to meet payment obligations to counterparties as they fall due. One area of 
particular focus in the management of financial liquidity is collateral. AIA manages this exposure by determining limits for 
its activities in the derivatives and repurchase agreement markets based on the collateral available within the relevant 
fund or subsidiary to withstand extreme market events. More broadly AIA supports its liquidity through committed bank 
facilities,  use  of  the  bond  repurchase  markets  and  maintaining  access  to  debt  markets  via  the  Company’s  Global 
Medium-term Note and Securities programme.

Investment liquidity risk occurs in relation to the Group’s ability to buy and sell investments. This is a function of the size of 
the Group’s holdings relative to the availability of counterparties willing to buy or sell these holdings at any given time. In 
times of stress, market losses will generally be compounded by forced sellers seeking unwilling buyers.

While life insurance companies are characterised by a relatively low need for liquidity to cover those of their liabilities 
which are directly linked to mortality and morbidity, this risk is nevertheless carefully managed by continuously assessing 
the relative liquidity of the Group’s assets and managing the size of individual holdings through limits.

US$m

31 December 2019
Financial assets (Policyholder and 
  shareholder investments)
  Loans and deposits
  Other receivables
  Debt securities
  Equity securities
  Reinsurance receivables
  Accrued investment income
  Cash and cash equivalents
  Derivative financial instruments
Subtotal
Financial assets (Unit-linked contracts and 
  consolidated investment funds)
Total

Financial and insurance contract liabilities 

(Policyholder and shareholder investments)
Insurance and investment contract liabilities 
(net of deferred acquisition and origination 

  costs, and reinsurance)

  Borrowings
  Obligations under repurchase agreements
  Other liabilities excluding lease liabilities
  Lease liabilities
  Derivative financial instruments
Subtotal
Financial and insurance contract liabilities 
(Unit-linked contracts and consolidated 
investment funds)

Total

Due in 
one year 
or less

Due after 
one year 
through 
five years

Due after 
five years 
through 
ten years

Total

Due after 
ten years

No fixed 
maturity(2)

9,383
2,598
166,118
26,221
683
1,644
3,189
937
210,773

2,657
2,488
2,849
–
683
1,635
3,189
167
13,668

31,604
242,377

–
13,668

1,048
75
19,404
–
–
–
–
189
20,716

–
20,716

594
7
31,219
–
–
–
–
196
32,016

1,828
–
112,646
–
–
–
–
385
114,859

3,256
28
–
26,221
–
9
–
–
29,514

–
32,016

–
114,859

31,604(3)
61,118

142,217
5,757
1,826
7,716
605
397
158,518

3,233
–
1,826
5,868
178
40
11,145

11,800
1,665(1)

–
234
368
165
14,232

13,426
2,233
–
162
55
79
15,955

113,758
1,859
–
229
4
113
115,963

–
–
–
1,223
–
–
1,223

31,098
189,616

–
11,145

–
14,232

–
15,955

–
115,963

31,098
32,321

Note:
(1)  Including US$665m which fall due after 2 years through 5 years.

241

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Liquidity risk (continued)

US$m

31 December 2018

Financial assets (Policyholder and 
  shareholder investments)

  Loans and deposits

  Other receivables

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Reinsurance receivables

  Accrued investment income

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivative financial instruments

Subtotal

Financial assets (Unit-linked contracts and 
  consolidated investment funds)

Total

Financial and insurance contract liabilities 

(Policyholder and shareholder investments)

Insurance and investment contract liabilities 
(net of deferred acquisition and origination 

  costs, and reinsurance)

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase and securities 

lending agreements

  Other liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

Subtotal

Financial and insurance contract liabilities 
(Unit-linked contracts and consolidated 
investment funds)

Total

Due in 
one year 
or less

Total

Due after 
one year 
through 
five years

Due after 
five years 
through 
ten years

Due after 
ten years

No fixed 
maturity(2)

7,311

1,913

135,456

19,681

539

1,546

1,779

428

168,653

24,055

192,708

1,011

1,788

2,683

–

539

1,537

1,779

121

9,458

708

68

270

5

2,422

2,900

–

17,352

30,450

84,971

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

85

164

–

–

–

–

58

52

–

19,681

–

9

–

–

18,213

30,889

87,451

22,642

–

–

–

–

24,055(3)

9,458

18,213

30,889

87,451

46,697

122,563

4,954

1,683

4,754

243

2,914

500

1,683

3,526

54

10,824

11,965

96,860

1,496(4)

1,241

1,717

–

126

98

–

5

53

–

2

38

–

–

–

1,095

–

134,197

8,677

12,544

13,264

98,617

1,095

24,073

158,270

–

–

–

–

8,677

12,544

13,264

98,617

24,073

25,168

Notes:
(2)  Financial assets with no fixed maturity are receivables on demand which the Group has the choice to call or equities. Similarly, financial liabilities 

with no fixed maturity are payable on demand as the counterparty has a choice of when the amount is paid.

(3)  Total value of amounts within financial assets (Unit-linked contracts and consolidated investment funds) are included within the no fixed maturity 
category to facilitate comparison with the corresponding total value of amounts within financial and insurance contract liabilities (Unit-linked 
contracts and consolidated investment funds). Included within financial assets (Unit-linked contracts and consolidated investment funds) are 
debt securities of US$668m (31 December 2018: US$299m) due in one year or less, US$2,392m (31 December 2018: US$2,339m) due after 1 
year through 5 years, US$1,792m (31 December 2018: US$1,463m) due after 5 years through 10 years and US$1,014m (31 December 2018: 
US$664m) due after 10 years, in accordance with the contractual terms of the financial investments.

(4)  These borrowings fall due after 2 years through 5 years.

242

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Defined benefit plans
The Group operates funded and unfunded defined benefit plans that provide life and medical benefits for participating 
employees after retirement and a lump sum benefit on cessation of employment. The locations covered by these plans 
include Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, the Philippines, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan (China) and 
Vietnam.  The  latest  independent  actuarial  valuation  of  the  plans  was  at  31  December  2019  and  was  prepared  by 
credentialed  actuaries  of  Towers  Watson  Hong  Kong  Limited.  All  the  actuaries  are  qualified  members  of  professional 
actuarial  organisations  to  render  the  actuarial  opinions.  The  actuarial  valuations  indicate  that  the  Group’s  obligations 
under these defined benefit retirement plans are 40 per cent (31 December 2018: 48 per cent) covered by the plan assets 
held by the trustees. The fair value of plan assets as at year end at the date of valuation was US$88m (31 December 2018: 
US$82m).  The  total  expenses  relating  to  these  plans  recognised  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  was  US$13m 
(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$10m).

Defined contribution plans
The  Group  operates  a  number  of  defined  contribution  pension  plans.  The  total  expense  relating  to  these  plans  in  the 
current  year  was  US$90m  (thirteen  months  ended  31  December  2018:  US$89m).  Employees  and  the  employer  are 
required  to  make  monthly  contributions  equal  to  1  per  cent  to  22  per  cent  of  the  employees’  monthly  basic  salaries, 
depending on years of service and subject to any applicable caps of monthly relevant income in different jurisdictions. For 
defined contribution pension plans with vesting conditions, any forfeited contributions by employers on behalf of employees 
who leave the scheme prior to vesting fully in such contributions are used by the employer to reduce any future contributions. 
The amount of forfeited contributions used to reduce the existing level of contributions is not material.

40. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Share-based compensation plans
During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group made further awards of share options, restricted share units (RSUs) 
and restricted stock purchase units (RSPUs) to certain directors, officers and employees of the Group under the Share 
Option Scheme (SO Scheme), the Restricted Share Unit Scheme (RSU Scheme) and the Employee Share Purchase Plan 
(ESPP). In addition, the Group made further awards of restricted stock subscription units (RSSUs) to eligible agents under 
the Agency Share Purchase Plan (ASPP).

RSU Scheme
Under  the  RSU  Scheme,  the  vesting  of  the  awarded  RSUs  is  conditional  upon  the  eligible  participants  remaining  in 
employment with the Group during the respective vesting periods. RSU awards are vested either entirely after a specific 
period of time or in tranches over the vesting period. For RSU awards that are vested in tranches, each vesting tranche is 
accounted for as a separate award for the purposes of recognising the expense over the vesting period. For certain RSUs, 
performance  conditions  are  also  attached  which  include  both  market  and  non-market  conditions.  RSUs  subject  to 
performance  conditions  are  released  to  the  participants  at  the  end  of  the  vesting  period  depending  on  the  actual 
achievement of the performance conditions. During the vesting period, the participants are not entitled to dividends of the 
underlying shares. Except in jurisdictions where restrictions apply, the awarded RSUs are expected to be settled in equity. 
The maximum number of shares that can be awarded under this scheme is 301,100,000 (31 December 2018: 301,100,000), 
representing approximately 2.5 per cent (31 December 2018: 2.5 per cent) of the number of shares in issue on the listing 
date.

243

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES40. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Share-based compensation plans (continued)
RSU Scheme (continued)

Number of shares

Restricted Share Units

Outstanding at beginning of financial year/period

Awarded

Forfeited

Vested

Outstanding at end of financial year/period

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

37,801,324

42,600,687

10,672,622

11,617,538

(2,202,873)

(4,544,909)

(13,537,092)

(11,871,992)

32,733,981

37,801,324

SO Scheme
The objectives of the SO Scheme are to align eligible participants’ interests with those of the shareholders of the Company 
by allowing eligible participants to share in the value created at the point they exercise their options. Share option (SO) 
awards are vested either entirely after a specific period of time or in tranches over the vesting period approximately three 
to five years, during which, the eligible participants are required to remain in employment with the Group. For SO awards 
vested in tranches, each vesting tranche is accounted for as a separate award for the purposes of recognising the expense 
over the vesting period. The awarded share options expire 10 years from the date of grant and each share option entitles 
the eligible participant to subscribe for one ordinary share. Except in jurisdictions where restrictions apply, the awarded 
share options are expected to be settled in equity; awards that the Group has the legal or constructive obligation to settle 
in cash are insignificant to the Group. The total number of shares under options that can be awarded under the scheme is 
301,100,000 (31 December 2018: 301,100,000), representing approximately 2.5 per cent (31 December 2018: 2.5 per 
cent) of the number of shares in issue on the listing date.

Information about share options outstanding and share options exercisable by the Group’s employees and directors as at 
the end of the reporting period is as follows:

Year ended 
31 December 2019

Thirteen months ended 
31 December 2018

Number of 
share options

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(HK$)

Number of 
share options

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(HK$)

Share options

Outstanding at beginning of financial year/period

Awarded

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Outstanding at end of financial year/period

30,403,944

4,412,153

(10,552,614)

(465,441)

23,798,042

Share options exercisable at end of financial year/period

9,119,636

46.22

76.42

40.71

66.45

53.86

37.93

29,112,234

4,601,313

(1,355,304)

(1,954,299)

30,403,944

12,849,114

42.58

67.03

38.00

46.73

46.22

38.11

At the respective dates on which the share options were exercised, the weighted average share price of the Company was 
HK$78.65 for the year ended 31 December 2019 (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: HK$67.88).

244

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS40. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Share-based compensation plans (continued)
SO Scheme (continued)
The  range  of  exercise  prices  for  the  share  options  outstanding  as  of  31  December  2019  and  31  December  2018  is 
summarised in the table below.

Range of exercise price
HK$26 – HK$35
HK$36 – HK$45
HK$46 – HK$55
HK$56 – HK$65
HK$66 – HK$75
HK$76 – HK$85
Outstanding at end of financial year/period

Year ended 
31 December 2019

Thirteen months ended 
31 December 2018

Number of 
share options 
outstanding

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual life 
(years)

Number of 
share options 
outstanding

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual life 
(years)

3,167,121

4,436,084

6,387,390

1,336,469

4,221,746

4,249,232

23,798,042

2.27

5.42

6.71

7.72

8.20

9.24

6.65

4,350,787

11,259,533

9,041,481

1,336,469

4,415,674

–

30,403,944

3.11

6.40

7.29

8.72

9.20

–

6.70

ESPP
Under the plan, eligible employees of the Group can purchase ordinary shares of the Company with qualified employee 
contributions and the Company will award one matching restricted stock purchase unit to them at the end of the vesting 
period for each two shares purchased through the qualified employee contributions (contribution shares). Contribution 
shares are purchased from the open market. During the vesting period, the eligible employees must hold the contribution 
shares purchased during the plan cycle and remain employed by the Group. The level of qualified employee contribution is 
limited  to  not  more  than  8  per  cent  of  the  annual  basic  salary  subject  to  a  maximum  of  HK$117,000  per  annum. The 
awarded matching restricted stock purchase units are expected to be settled in equity. For the year ended 31 December 
2019,  eligible  employees  paid  US$27m  (thirteen  months  ended  31  December  2018:  US$24m)  to  purchase  2,640,834 
ordinary shares (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 2,833,351 ordinary shares) of the Company.

ASPP
The structure of the ASPP generally follows that of the ESPP, the key difference being that the eligible agents are required 
to pay a subscription price of US$1 to subscribe for each new share in the Company at the end of the vesting period. Under 
the plan, eligible agents of the Group can purchase ordinary shares of the Company with qualified agent contributions and 
the Company will award one matching restricted stock subscription unit to them at the end of the vesting period for each 
two  shares  purchased  through  the  qualified  agent  contributions  (agent  contribution  shares).  Each  restricted  stock 
subscription unit entitles eligible agents to subscribe for one new share of the Company. Agent contribution shares are 
purchased from the open market. During the vesting period, the eligible agents must hold the contribution shares purchased 
during the plan cycle and maintain their agent contracts with the Group. The awarded matching restricted stock subscription 
units are expected to be settled in equity. The level of qualified agent contribution is subject to a maximum of US$15,000 
per annum. For the year ended 31 December 2019, eligible agents paid US$25m (thirteen months ended 31 December 
2018: US$25m) to purchase 2,501,196 ordinary shares (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: 2,886,679 ordinary 
shares) of the Company.

Valuation methodology
The Group utilises a binomial lattice model to calculate the fair value of the share option awards, a Monte-Carlo simulation 
model and/or discounted cash flow technique to calculate the fair value of the RSU, ESPP and ASPP awards, taking into 
account  the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  awards  were  made. The  price  volatility  is  estimated  on  the  basis  of 
implied volatility of the Company’s shares which is based on an analysis of historical data since they are traded in the Hong 
Kong  Stock  Exchange. The  expected  life  of  the  share  options  is  derived  from  the  output  of  the  valuation  model  and  is 
calculated  based  on  an  analysis  of  expected  exercise  behaviour  of  the  Company’s  employees. The  estimate  of  market 
condition for performance-based RSUs is based on one-year historical data preceding the grant date. An allowance for 
forfeiture prior to vesting is not included in the valuation of the awards.

245

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES40. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Valuation methodology (continued)
The fair value calculated for share options is inherently subjective due to the assumptions made and the limitations of the 
model utilised.

Year ended 31 December 2019

Share options

Restricted 
share units

ESPP Restricted 
stock purchase 
units

ASPP Restricted 
stock subscription 
units

1.44% – 1.59% 1.36% – 1.67%* 1.44% – 1.76%

20%

20%

20%-24%

1.50% 1.50% – 1.60% 1.50% – 1.60%

76.38 – 78.70

10

7.97

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1.59%

20%

1.50%

n/a

n/a

n/a

15.55

67.32

75.36

65.08

Thirteen months ended 31 December 2018

Share options

Restricted 
share units

ESPP Restricted 
stock purchase 
units

ASPP Restricted 
stock subscription 
units

1.87% – 2.33% 1.48% – 2.11%* 1.35% – 2.27%

20%

20%

20%

1.50% – 1.80% 1.50% – 1.80% 1.50% – 1.80%

63.64 – 67.15

10

7.89 – 7.95

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1.44%

20%

1.80%

n/a

n/a

n/a

13.69

57.52

60.26

54.26

Assumptions

Risk-free interest rate

Volatility

Dividend yield
Exercise price (HK$)
Share option life (in years)

Expected life (in years)

Weighted average fair value per option/unit 
  at measurement date (HK$)

Assumptions

Risk-free interest rate

Volatility

Dividend yield
Exercise price (HK$)
Share option life (in years)

Expected life (in years)

Weighted average fair value per option/unit 
  at measurement date (HK$)

*  Applicable to RSU with market conditions.

The weighted average share price for share option valuation for awards made during the year ended 31 December 2019 is 
HK$76.37 (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: HK$67.03). The total fair value of share options awarded during the 
year ended 31 December 2019 is US$9m (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$8m).

Recognised compensation cost
The total recognised compensation cost (net of expected forfeitures) related to various share-based compensation awards 
made under the RSU Scheme, SO Scheme, ESPP and ASPP by the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019 is US$88m 
(thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: US$82m).

246

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS41. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
Directors’ remuneration
The Executive Director receives compensation in the form of salaries, bonuses, contributions to pension schemes, long-term 
incentives, housing and other allowances, and benefits in kind subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations. Bonuses 
and long-term incentives represent the variable components in the Executive Director’s compensation and are linked to 
the performance of the Group and the Executive Director. Details of share-based payment schemes are described in note 
40.

US$

Year ended 31 December 2019

Executive Director

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi(4)

Total

US$

Thirteen months ended 
  31 December 2018

Executive Director

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi(4)

Total

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Share-based 

in kind(1)

Bonuses

payments(2)

Director’s 
fees

Pension 
scheme 
contributions

Other 
benefits(3)

Inducement 
fees

Total

– 1,617,677 3,267,000 4,816,710

96,476

697,485

– 1,617,677 3,267,000 4,816,710

96,476

697,485

– 10,495,348

– 10,495,348

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Share-based 

in kind(1)

Bonuses

payments(2)

Director’s 
fees

Pension 
scheme 
contributions

Other 
benefits

Inducement 
fees

Total

– 1,689,773 3,854,533 4,023,357

– 1,689,773 3,854,533 4,023,357

99,406

99,406

–

–

–

–

9,667,069

9,667,069

Notes:
(1)  Includes non-cash benefits for housing, medical and life insurance, club and professional membership, company car and perquisites.
(2)  Includes SOs and RSUs awarded based upon the fair value at grant date.
(3)  Includes a tax reimbursement to relief double taxation in Singapore and Hong Kong.
(4)  Mr. Ng Keng Hooi is currently the Group Chief Executive and President of the Company. He receives his remuneration exclusively for his role as 
Group Chief Executive and President and receives no separate fees for his role as Director of the Company or for acting as a director of any 
subsidiary of the Company.

247

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES41. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (continued)
Directors’ remuneration (continued)
The remuneration of Independent Non-executive Directors of the Company at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 
are included in the tables below:

US$

fees(1)

in kind(2)

Bonuses

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Director’s 

Share-based 
payments

Pension 
scheme 
contributions

Other 
benefits

Inducement 
fees

Total

Year ended 31 December 2019

Independent Non-executive 
  Directors

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

627,500

149,080

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

268,000

228,000

268,000

253,000

213,000

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

213,000

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee(3)

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

213,000

273,000

183,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

2,739,500

149,080

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

776,580

268,000

228,000

268,000

253,000

213,000

213,000

213,000

273,000

183,000

2,888,580

248

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS41. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (continued)
Directors’ remuneration (continued)

US$

fees(1)

in kind(2)

Bonuses

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Director’s 

Share-based 
payments

Pension 
scheme 
contributions

Other 
benefits

Inducement 
fees

Total

Thirteen months ended 
  31 December 2018

Independent Non-executive 
  Directors

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

618,411

133,594

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

282,082

238,685

282,082

265,808

222,411

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

222,411

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee(3)

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

222,411

287,427

189,863

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

2,831,591

133,594

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

752,005

282,082

238,685

282,082

265,808

222,411

222,411

222,411

287,427

189,863

2,965,185

Notes:
(1)  Saved as disclosed below, all Directors receive the fees for their role as a Director of the Company and not for acting as a director of any subsidiary 

of the Company.

(2)  Includes non-cash benefits for housing, club and professional membership, medical insurance and company car.
(3)  US$50,000 and US$54,167 which represented remuneration to Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee in respect of his services as Chairman of Advisory 
Board of AIA Thailand for the year ended 31 December 2019 and the thirteen months ended 31 December 2018 respectively are included in his 
fees stated above.

Remuneration of five highest-paid individuals
The aggregate remuneration of the five highest-paid individuals employed by the Group in the year ended 31 December 
2019 and the thirteen months ended 31 December 2018 is presented in the table below.

US$

Year ended 31 December 2019

Thirteen months ended 
  31 December 2018

Director’s 
fees

–

–

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Share-based 

in kind(1)

Bonuses

payments(2)

Pension 
scheme 
contributions

Other 
benefits(3)

Inducement 
fees

Total

5,806,998

5,878,400 10,892,582

313,044

765,257

– 23,656,281

5,885,017

8,676,292 10,343,424

326,851

465,665

– 25,697,249

Notes:
(1)  2019 and 2018 non-cash benefits include housing, medical and life insurance, medical check-up, children’s education, club and professional 

membership, company car and perquisites.

(2)  Includes SOs and RSUs awarded to the five highest-paid individuals based upon the fair value at grant date.
(3)  2019 other benefits include relief of double taxation arrangement and 2018 other benefits include tax equalisation.

249

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES41. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (continued)
Remuneration of five highest-paid individuals (continued)
The emoluments of the five individuals with the highest emoluments are within the following bands:

HK$

23,500,001 to 24,000,000

25,000,001 to 25,500,000

26,500,001 to 27,000,000

27,500,001 to 28,000,000

29,000,001 to 29,500,000

31,500,001 to 32,000,000

32,500,001 to 33,000,000

75,500,001 to 76,000,000

82,000,001 to 83,000,000

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

1

1

1

1

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

1

2

1

1

–

Key management personnel remuneration
Key management personnel have been identified as the members of the Group’s Executive Committee.

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

23,633,256

28,562,471

1,422,732

726,421

16,552,154

16,266,771

618,081

–

42,226,223

45,555,663

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Thirteen 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

2

4

4

4

–

1

1

–

4

4

3

1

US$

Key management compensation and other expenses

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments(1)

Termination benefits

Total

Note:
(1)  Include SOs and RSUs awarded to the key management personnel based upon the fair value at grant date.

The emoluments of the key management personnel are within the following bands:

US$

Below 1,000,000

1,000,001 to 2,000,000

2,000,001 to 3,000,000

3,000,001 to 4,000,000

4,000,001 to 5,000,000

Over 7,000,000

250

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS42. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Remuneration of Directors and key management personnel is disclosed in note 41.

43. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments under operating leases
As  indicated  in  note  2,  the  Group  has  adopted  IFRS  16  retrospectively  from  1  January  2019,  but  has  not  restated 
comparatives for the 2018 reporting period as permitted under the specific transition provisions in the standard. Prior to 
the adoption of IFRS 16, the Group had future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases 
as follows:

US$m

Properties and others expiring

Not later than one year

Later than one and not later than five years

Later than five years

Total

As at 
31 December 
2018

171

301

41

513

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as 
operating leases under the principles of IAS 17. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease 
payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates as at 1 January 2019. The weighted average lessee’s 
incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 1 January 2019 was 3.25%.

US$m

Commitments under operating leases as at 31 December 2018

Discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rates

Short-term and low-value leases recognised on a straight-line basis as expense

Contracts reassessed as service agreements

Adjustments as a result of a different treatment of extension and termination options

Other adjustments

Lease liability recognised as at 1 January 2019

513

(42)

(32)

(18)

73

4

498

251

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
43. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
Investment and capital commitments

US$m

Not later than one year

Later than one and not later than five years

Total

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

1,911

8

1,919

1,353

5

1,358

Investment and capital commitments consist of commitments to invest in private equity partnerships and other assets.

Contingencies
The Group is subject to regulation in each of the geographical markets in which it operates from insurance, securities, 
capital markets, pension, data privacy and other regulators and is exposed to the risk of regulatory actions in response to 
perceived  or  actual  non-compliance  with  regulations  relating  to  suitability,  sales  or  underwriting  practices,  claims 
payments and procedures, product design, disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits and breaches of fiduciary 
or other duties. The Group believes that these matters have been adequately provided for in these financial statements.

The Group is exposed to legal proceedings, complaints and other actions from its activities including those arising from 
commercial activities, sales practices, suitability of products, policies and claims. The Group believes that these matters 
are adequately provided for in these financial statements.

The  Group  is  the  reinsurer  in  a  residential  mortgage  credit  reinsurance  agreement  covering  residential  mortgages  in 
Australia. The  Group  is  exposed  to  the  risk  of  losses  in  the  event  of  the  failure  of  the  retrocessionaire,  a  subsidiary  of 
American  International  Group,  Inc.,  to  honour  its  outstanding  obligations  which  is  mitigated  by  a  trust  agreement. The 
principal balance outstanding of mortgage loans to which the reinsurance agreement relates were approximately US$462m 
at  31  December  2019  (31  December  2018:  US$486m).  The  liabilities  and  related  reinsurance  assets,  which  totalled 
US$6m (31 December 2018: US$2m), respectively, arising from these agreements are reflected and presented on a gross 
basis in these financial statements in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. The Group expects to fully recover 
amounts outstanding at the reporting date under the terms of this agreement from the retrocessionaire.

252

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS44. SUBSIDIARIES
The principal subsidiary companies which materially contribute to the net income of the Group or hold a material element 
of its assets and liabilities are:

Name of entity

and operation

Principal activity Issued share capital

interest %

interest %

interest %

interest %

Place of 

incorporation 

As at 

As at 

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

Group’s 

NCI’s 

Group’s 

NCI’s 

AIA Company Limited(1)

Hong Kong

Insurance

2,596,049,861 ordinary shares  
of US$7,407,084,182 issued 
share capital

100%

AIA International Limited

Bermuda

Insurance

3,000,000 ordinary shares of 

100%

AIA Australia Limited

Australia

Insurance

US$1.20 each

662,068,300 ordinary shares  
of A$743,872,800 issued  
share capital

100%

AIA Pension and Trustee Co. Ltd.

British Virgin 
Islands

Trusteeship

19,500,000 ordinary shares  

100%

of US$1 each

AIA Bhd.

Malaysia

Insurance

191,859,543 ordinary shares  
of RM810,000,000 issued  
share capital

100%

AIA Singapore Private Limited

Singapore

Insurance

1,374,000,001 ordinary shares  

100%

of S$1 each

PT. AIA Financial

Indonesia

Insurance

1,910,844,141 ordinary shares  

100%

of Rp1,000 each

The Philippine American Life  
and General Insurance  
(PHILAM LIFE) Company

Philippines

Insurance

199,560,671 ordinary shares  

100%

of PHP10 each and 439,329 
treasury shares

AIA (Vietnam) Life Insurance  

Vietnam

Insurance

Contributed capital of 

100%

Company Limited

VND3,224,420,000,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

AIA Insurance Lanka Limited 

Sri Lanka

Insurance

Stated capital of  

99.01%

0.99%

97.16%

2.84%

(formerly known as AIA Insurance 
Lanka PLC)

Bayshore Development Group Limited

LKR511,921,836

British Virgin 
Islands

Investment 
holding 
company

100 ordinary shares of  

90%

10%

90%

10%

US$1 each

BPI-Philam Life Assurance (BPLAC) 

Philippines

Insurance

Corporation

749,993,979 ordinary shares  
of PHP1 each and 6,000  
treasury shares

51%

49%

51%

49%

AIA Reinsurance Limited

Bermuda

Reinsurance 250,000 common shares of  

100%

US$1 each

AIA Life Insurance Co. Ltd.

South Korea

Insurance

60,328,932 ordinary shares of 

100%

KRW603,289,320,000 issued 
share capital

AIA New Zealand Limited  

New Zealand Insurance

187,805,849 ordinary shares  

100%

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

–

–

–

(formerly known as Sovereign 
Assurance Company Limited)

The Colonial Mutual Life  

Assurance Society Limited (3) 

Notes:
(1)  The Company’s subsidiary.

of NZD539,676,534  
issued share capital

Australia

Insurance

2,112,434,048 ordinary shares  

Note 3

Note 3

N/A

N/A

of A$1,401,434,048  
issued share capital

(2)  All of the above subsidiaries are audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers.

(3)  As described in note 5, the Group has not legally acquired the voting equity of this entity but has entered into a contractual joint cooperation 
agreement under which it exercises control over it with the exception of a stake in BoCommLife Insurance Company Limited. No non-controlling 
interest is recorded in relation to this subsidiary.

All subsidiaries are unlisted.

253

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES45. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
Subsequent to the year ended 31 December 2019, AIA Co. submitted an application to the China Banking and Insurance 
Regulatory Commission (CBIRC) seeking approval to convert its existing Shanghai Branch to a 100 per cent wholly-owned 
subsidiary, with which it intends to manage and operate its life insurance business in Mainland China. As at 12 March 
2020, the application is pending approval from the CBIRC.

In  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  a  number  of  our  markets  are  facing  the  uncertain  impact  of  the  COVID-19  virus  and  the 
measures taken to limit its spread. The Group is closely monitoring the developing situation. We have seen a significant 
disruption in the Group’s new business sales in the first quarter of 2020.

On 12 March 2020, a Committee appointed by the Board of Directors proposed a final dividend of 93.30 Hong Kong cents 
per share (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: final dividend of 84.80 Hong Kong cents per share and a special 
dividend of 9.50 Hong Kong cents per share).

254

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS46. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY

US$m

Assets

Investment in subsidiaries
Financial investments:
  Available for sale

  Debt securities(2)

  At fair value through other comprehensive income

  Debt securities(2)

  At fair value through profit or loss

  Debt securities
  Equity securities
  Derivative financial instruments

Loans to/amounts due from subsidiaries
Other assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets

Liabilities

Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Other liabilities
Total liabilities

Equity
Share capital
Employee share-based trusts
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Amounts reflected in other comprehensive income
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

17,476

15,751

–

2,917

7,374

–

12
87
–
7,473
2,915
235
160
28,259

6,351
27
238
6,616

14,129
(220)
260
7,079
395
21,643
28,259

–
–
5
2,922
7,384
115
14
26,186

5,547
33
151
5,731

14,073
(258)
231
6,488
(79)
20,455
26,186

Notes:
(1)  The financial information of the Company should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
(2)  Includes United States Treasury securities of US$2,561m as at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: US$2,549m of available for sale – debt 

securities).

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2020.

Ng Keng Hooi

Director

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Director

255

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
47. STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF THE COMPANY

US$m

Share capital

Employee 
share-based 
trusts

Other 
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Amounts 
reflected in other 
comprehensive 
income

Total equity

Balance at 1 January 2019

14,073

(258)

231

Net profit

Fair value gains on debt 
  securities at fair value through 
  other comprehensive income

Fair value losses on debt 
  securities at fair value through other 
  comprehensive income transferred 

to profit or loss on disposal

Dividends

Shares issued under share option scheme 
  and agency share purchase plan

Share-based compensation

Purchase of shares held by employee 
  share-based trusts

Transfer of vested shares from employee 
  share-based trusts

–

–

–

–

56

–

–

–

Balance at 31 December 2019

14,129

–

–

–

–

–

–

(21)

59

(220)

–

–

–

–

–

88

–

(59)

260

6,488

2,552

(79)

20,455

–

2,552

–

–

(1,961)

–

–

–

–

303

303

171

–

–

–

–

–

171

(1,961)

56

88

(21)

–

7,079

395

21,643

US$m

Share capital

Employee 
share-based 
trusts

Other 
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Amounts 
reflected in other 
comprehensive 
income

Total equity

Balance at 1 December 2017

14,065

(297)

200

Net profit

Fair value losses on available for  

sale financial assets

Fair value losses on available for  

sale financial assets transferred  
to income on disposal

Dividends

Shares issued under share option scheme  

and agency share purchase plan

Share-based compensation

Purchase of shares held by employee  

share-based trusts

Transfer of vested shares from employee  

share-based trusts

–

–

–

–

8

–

–

–

Balance at 31 December 2018

14,073

–

–

–

–

–

–

(12)

51

(258)

–

–

–

–

–

82

–

(51)

231

3,315

4,762

(66)

17,217

–

4,762

–

–

(1,589)

–

–

–

–

(34)

(34)

21

–

–

–

–

–

21

(1,589)

8

82

(12)

–

6,488

(79)

20,455

256

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS
In February 2018, the Board resolved to change the Company’s financial year-end date from 30 November to 31 December 
with effect from 2018. Accordingly, the last consolidated financial statements covered a 13-month period from 1 December 
2017 to 31 December 2018. In conjunction with this change and for the purpose of enhancing the comparability of financial 
information, the following financial information covering the year ended 31 December 2019 for the current period and the 
corresponding twelve months period ended 31 December 2018 in the prior year is voluntarily presented by the Company.

The accounting policies adopted to prepare the following supplementary financial information are consistent with those 
shown in note 2 of this 2019 consolidated financial statements.

(a) Consolidated Income Statement

US$m

Revenue

Premiums and fee income

Premiums ceded to reinsurers

Net premiums and fee income

Investment return

Other operating revenue

Total revenue

Expenses

Insurance and investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits ceded

Net insurance and investment contract benefits

Commission and other acquisition expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs

Other expenses

Total expenses

Profit before share of losses from associates and joint ventures

Share of losses from associates and joint ventures

Profit before tax

Income tax (expense)/credit attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders’ profits

Tax expense

Tax attributable to policyholders’ returns

Tax expense attributable to shareholders’ profits

Net profit

Net profit attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (US$)
Basic

Diluted

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

34,777

(2,166)

32,611

14,350

281

47,242

33,400

(1,940)

31,460

4,283

2,468

283

845

39,339

7,903

(8)

7,895

(179)

7,716

(1,208)

179

(1,029)

6,687

6,648

39

0.55

0.55

31,271

(1,842)

29,429

2,655

285

32,369

23,633

(1,675)

21,958

3,781

2,171

212

739

28,861

3,508

–

3,508

65

3,573

(849)

(65)

(914)

2,659

2,597

62

0.22

0.22

257

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(b) Exchange rates
The Group’s principal overseas operations during the reporting period were located within the Asia-Pacific region. The 
results and cash flows of these operations have been translated into US dollars at the following average rates:

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Exchange rates are expressed in units of local currency per US$1.

US dollar exchange rates

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

7.84

31.03

1.36

4.14

6.91

7.84

32.33

1.35

4.03

6.61

258

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(c) Operating profit after tax
Operating profit after tax may be reconciled to net profit as follows:

US$m

Operating profit after tax

Non-operating items, net of related changes in insurance and 

investment contract liabilities:

  Short-term fluctuations in investment return related to equities and 

real estate (net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$(43)m; 
twelve months ended 31 December 2018: US$187m)

  Reclassification of revaluation gain for property held for own use 
(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$10m; 
twelve months ended 31 December 2018: US$11m) (1)

  Corporate transaction related costs 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$33m; 
twelve months ended 31 December 2018: US$(35)m)

Implementation costs for new accounting standards 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$13m; 
twelve months ended 31 December 2018: US$5m)
  Other non-operating investment return and other items 

(net of tax of: year ended 31 December 2019: US$(12)m; 
twelve months ended 31 December 2018: US$12m)

Net profit

Operating profit after tax attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Net profit attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

5,786

5,343

937

(2,036)

(170)

(212)

(85)

(148)

(39)

(42)

258

6,687

5,741

45

6,648

39

(246)

2,659

5,298

45

2,597

62

Operating profit is determined using, among others, expected long-term investment return for equities and real estate. 
Short-term  fluctuations  between  expected  long-term  investment  return  and  actual  investment  return  for  these  asset 
classes  are  excluded  from  operating  profit. The  investment  return  assumptions  used  to  determine  expected  long-term 
investment  return  are  based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  by  the  Group  in  determining  its  embedded  value  and  are 
disclosed in the Supplementary Embedded Value Information.

Note:
(1)  Short-term fluctuations in investment return include the revaluation gain for property held for own use. This amount is then reclassified out of net 

profit to conform to IFRS measurement and presentation.

259

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(d) Total weighted premium income and annualised new premiums

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

13,107

11,444

4,352

2,916

2,142

4,804

6,681

3,895

2,738

2,083

4,006

6,377

34,002

30,543

2,134

2,386

694

367

325

1,204

935

5,659

2,089

222

1,258

234

326

722

554

337

307

1,050

1,067

5,701

2,556

269

1,747

195

142

687

4,851

5,596

10,764

3,636

2,423

1,794

3,567

5,674

8,802

3,314

2,226

1,757

2,942

5,241

27,858

24,282

TWPI
US$m

TWPI by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

First year premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

Single premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

Renewal premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets

Total

260

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(d) Total weighted premium income and annualised new premiums (continued)

ANP
US$m

ANP by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland China

Other Markets(1)

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

2,393

2,697

729

538

406

1,248

1,271

6,585

611

547

382

1,067

1,206

6,510

Note:
(1)  ANP from Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited (Tata AIA Life), which is 49 per cent owned by the Group, is accounted for using the equity 
method and has been included in the Other Markets’ ANP result for the year ended 31 December 2019 (twelve months ended 31 December 2018: 
exclude any contribution from Tata AIA Life).

261

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(e) Segment information

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

2,393

729

538

406

13,107

4,352

2,916

2,142

1,248

4,804

1,271

6,681

–

–

6,585

34,002

14,191

3,119

17,310

4,222

1,394

5,616

3,372

1,225

4,597

1,826

4,814

582

971

2,408

5,785

4,413

1,157

5,570

58

451

509

32,896

8,899

41,795

12,970

3,190

3,348

1,585

3,783

2,705

43

27,624

1,602

454

164

814

236

55

390

222

30

216

183

16

315

376

64

951

759

59

Total expenses

15,190

4,295

3,990

2,000

4,538

4,474

Share of losses from associates and 

joint ventures

–

–

Operating profit before tax

2,120

1,321

Tax on operating profit before tax

(174)

(257)

Operating profit/(losses) after tax

1,946

1,064

–

607

(24)

583

–

408

(68)

340

–

(8)

1,247

1,088

(186)

1,061

(242)

846

9

238

194

484

–

25

(79)

(54)

4,297

2,468

582

34,971

(8)

6,816

(1,030)

5,786

(54)

5,741

–

–

–

–

45

7.3%

17.0%

14.4%

1,931

1,064

15

–

583

–

333

7

1,061

–

823

23

3.5%

5.4%

7.6%

8.5%

7.8%

14.8%

24.4%

20.0%

15.9%

22.1%

11.4%

12.7%

22.8%

16.5%

17.6%

19.7%

28.8%

10.6%

31

79

2

22

–

28

2

22

47

75

8

83

181

31

271

340

Year ended 31 December 2019

ANP

TWPI

Net premiums, fee income and 
  other operating revenue 

(net of reinsurance ceded)

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Commission and other 
  acquisition expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs and other expenses

Operating profit/(losses) after tax 
  attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group 

  Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Key operating ratios:

Expense ratio

Operating margin

Operating return on 
  shareholders’ allocated equity

Operating profit before tax includes:

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

262

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(e) Segment information (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

31 December 2019

Total assets

Total liabilities

Total equity

92,233

38,842

40,397

15,896

29,084

51,901

15,779 284,132

75,901

28,333

36,034

13,958

24,690

40,925

6,335 226,176

Shareholders’ allocated equity

9,420

6,697

16,332

10,509

4,363

3,515

1,938

1,782

4,394

3,805

10,976

8,634

Net capital (out)/in flows

(986)

(1,037)

(295)

(176)

(1,022)

(214)

9,444

8,992

1,910

57,956

42,845

(1,820)

Total assets includes:

Investments in associates and 

joint ventures

3

–

–

4

–

608

–

615

Segment information may be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as shown below:

Short-term 
fluctuations in 
investment 
return related 
to equities and 
real estate

Segment 
information

Other 
non-operating 

items(1)

Consolidated 
income 
statement

32,896

8,899

41,795

27,624

7,347

34,971

(8)

6,816

–

1,474

1,474

494

–

494

–

980

(4)

32,892

Net premiums, fee income 
and other operating 
revenue

3,977

3,973

3,342

532

3,874

14,350

Investment return

47,242

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 

31,460

contract benefits

7,879 Other expenses

39,339

Total expenses

Share of losses from associates 

–

99

(8)

and joint ventures

7,895 Profit before tax

US$m

Year ended 31 December 2019

Net premiums, fee income and 
  other operating 

revenue

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Other expenses

Total expenses

Share of losses from associates 
  and joint ventures

Operating profit before tax

Note:
(1)  Include unit-linked contracts.

263

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(e) Segment information (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

Twelve months ended  
31 December 2018

ANP

TWPI

Net premiums, fee income and other 

operating revenue 
(net of reinsurance ceded)

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 

contract benefits

Commission and other acquisition 

expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs and other expenses

2,697

11,444

611

3,895

547

2,738

382

2,083

1,067

4,006

1,206

6,377

–

–

6,510

30,543

12,858

2,647

15,505

3,832

1,322

5,154

3,114

1,175

4,289

1,831

592

2,423

3,878

860

4,738

4,177

1,112

5,289

26

368

394

29,716

8,076

37,792

11,572

2,895

3,103

1,577

2,968

2,791

25

24,931

1,414

401

137

757

218

51

353

209

29

254

180

12

266

323

35

721

640

52

13

200

159

397

3,778

2,171

475

31,355

Total expenses

13,524

3,921

3,694

2,023

3,592

4,204

Share of losses from associates and 

joint ventures

–

–

Operating profit/(losses) before tax

1,981

1,233

Tax on operating profit/(losses) 

before tax

Operating profit/(losses) after tax

(152)

1,829

(238)

995

–

595

(37)

558

–

400

(75)

325

–

–

1,146

1,085

–

(3)

–

6,437

(276)

870

(234)

851

(82)

(85)

(1,094)

5,343

Operating profit/(losses) after tax 

attributable to:

  Shareholders of  

  AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Key operating ratios:

Expense ratio

Operating margin

Operating return on shareholders’ 

1,814

15

995

–

558

–

320

5

870

–

826

25

3.5%

5.6%

7.6%

8.6%

8.1%

16.0%

25.5%

20.4%

15.6%

21.7%

10.0%

13.3%

allocated equity

23.2%

16.8%

18.2%

20.2%

24.6%

12.3%

(85)

5,298

–

–

–

–

45

7.1%

17.5%

14.5%

Operating profit/(losses) before

tax includes:

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

31

33

1

11

–

19

–

16

21

25

3

49

139

11

195

164

264

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(e) Segment information (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

Mainland
China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

31 December 2018

Total assets

Total liabilities

Total equity

Shareholders’ allocated equity

71,898

31,632

36,064

14,526

24,228

39,095

12,363 229,806

64,299

24,627

32,865

12,885

20,068

30,889

4,767 190,400

7,599

7,508

7,005

6,181

3,199

3,115

1,641

1,601

4,160

3,565

8,206

6,901

7,596

7,924

1,245

39,406

36,795

(1,508)

Net capital (out)/in flows

(1,054)

(149)

(267)

(185)

(542)

(556)

Total assets includes:

Investments in associates and 

joint ventures

–

–

–

6

–

604

–

610

Segment information may be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as shown below:

Short-term 
fluctuations in 
investment 
return related 
to equities and 
real estate

Segment 
information

Other 
non-operating 

items(1)

Consolidated 
income 
statement

(2)

29,714

Net premiums, fee income 
and other operating 
revenue

(2,281)

(2,283)

2,655

Investment return

32,369

Total revenue

–

(3,140)

(3,140)

Net insurance and investment 

(917)

(2,056)

21,958

contract benefits

–

479

6,903 Other expenses

(917)

(1,577)

28,861

Total expenses

29,716

8,076

37,792

24,931

6,424

31,355

–

6,437

–

(2,223)

–

(706)

Share of losses from associates 

–

and joint ventures

3,508 Profit before tax

US$m

Twelve months ended 
  31 December 2018

Net premiums, fee income and 
  other operating 

revenue

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and 

investment contract benefits

Other expenses

Total expenses

Share of losses from associates 
  and joint ventures

Operating profit before tax

Note:
(1)  Include unit-linked contracts.

265

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(f) Investment return

US$m

Interest income

Dividend income

Rental income(1)

Investment income

Available for sale

Net realised gains/(losses) from debt securities

Impairment of debt securities

Net gains/(losses) of available for sale financial assets reflected in the 

  consolidated income statement

At fair value through profit or loss

Net gains/(losses) of financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

Net gains of debt securities

Net gains/(losses) of equity securities

Net fair value movement on derivatives

Net gains/(losses) in respect of financial instruments at fair value through 
  profit or loss

Net fair value movement of investment property and property held for own use

Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains

Other net realised gains/(losses)

Investment experience

Investment return

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

6,714

914

180

7,808

610

–

610

1,256

4,897

93

6,246

103

(461)

44

6,542

14,350

6,235

795

171

7,201

(13)

(81)

(94)

53

(4,814)

(206)

(4,967)

469

54

(8)

(4,546)

2,655

Note:
(1)  Represents rental income from operating leases contracts in which the Group acts as a lessor.

Foreign currency movements resulted in the following (losses)/gains recognised in the consolidated income statement 
(other than gains and losses arising on items measured at fair value through profit or loss):

US$m

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

(345)

69

266

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(g) Expenses

US$m

Insurance contract benefits

Change in insurance contract liabilities

Investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits ceded

Insurance and investment contract benefits, net of reinsurance ceded

Commission and other acquisition expenses incurred

Deferral and amortisation of acquisition costs

Commission and other acquisition expenses

Employee benefit expenses

Depreciation

Amortisation

Operating lease rentals

Other operating expenses(1)

Operating expenses

Investment management expenses and others

Depreciation on property held for own use

Restructuring and other non-operating costs(2)

Change in third-party interests in consolidated investment funds

Other expenses

Finance costs

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

14,011

18,397

992

33,400

(1,940)

31,460

6,499

(2,216)

4,283

1,569

228

69

–

602

2,468

530

42

246

27

845

283

12,471

11,758

(596)

23,633

(1,675)

21,958

6,271

(2,490)

3,781

1,370

74

53

174

500

2,171

479

35

204

21

739

212

39,339

28,861

Notes:
(1)  Includes payments for short-term leases of US$34m for the year ended 31 December 2019.
(2)  Restructuring costs represent costs related to restructuring programmes and are primarily comprised of redundancy and contract termination 
costs. Other non-operating costs primarily consist of corporate transaction related costs and implementation costs for new accounting standards.

Finance costs may be analysed as:

US$m

Repurchase agreements

Medium-term notes

Other loans

Lease liabilities

Total

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

54

208

5

16

283

39

164

9

–

212

267

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES48. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CALENDAR YEAR BASIS (continued)
(h) Earnings per share
Basic

Net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (US$m)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million)

Basic earnings per share (US cents per share)

Diluted

Net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (US$m)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million)

Adjustment for share options, restricted share units, restricted stock purchase units 
  and restricted stock subscription units awarded under share-based 
  compensation plans (million)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (million)

Diluted earnings per share (US cents per share)

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

6,648

12,042

55.21

2,597

12,021

21.60

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

6,648

12,042

29

12,071

55.07

2,597

12,021

35

12,056

21.54

At 31 December 2019, 4,249,232 share options (31 December 2018: 5,752,143) were excluded from the diluted weighted 
average number of ordinary shares calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Operating profit after tax per share

Basic (US cents per share)

Diluted (US cents per share)

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Twelve 
months ended 
31 December 
2018

47.67

47.56

44.07

43.94

268

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
INDEPENDENT  AUDITOR’S  REPORT  ON  THE  SUPPLEMENTARY  EMBEDDED  VALUE 
INFORMATION AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AIA GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)

Opinion
What we have audited
The  Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information  (the  “EV  Information”)  of  AIA  Group  Limited 
(the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) set out on pages 273 to 298, which comprises:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the consolidated EV results as at and for the year ended 31 December 2019;

the sensitivity analysis as at and for the year then ended; and

(cid:127)  a summary of significant methodology and assumptions and other explanatory notes.

Our opinion
In our opinion, the EV Information of the Group as at and for the year ended 31 December 2019 is 
prepared,  in  all  material  respects,  in  accordance  with  the  EV  basis  of  preparation  set  out  in 
Sections 4 and 5 of the EV Information.

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Hong Kong Standards on Auditing (“HKSAs”) issued 
by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”). Our responsibilities under 
those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  EV 
Information section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the HKICPA’s Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (“the Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with the Code.

Emphasis of Matter – Basis of Preparation
We  draw  attention  to  Sections  4  and  5  of  the  EV  Information,  which  describe  the  EV  basis  of 
preparation. As a result, the EV Information may not be suitable for another purpose. Our opinion 
is not modified in respect of this matter.

269

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONOther Matter
The EV Information includes comparative information. The comparative information included in 
Section 1 Summary of key metrics for Underlying Free Surplus Generation (“UFSG”) for the year 
ended 31 December 2018 as well as the related year on year percentage movements and Section 
2.8 Free Surplus Generation for the year ended 31 December 2018 as well as the related year on 
year percentage movements has not been audited.

The Group has prepared a separate set of consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 
December  2019  in  accordance  with  Hong  Kong  Financial  Reporting  Standards  issued  by  the 
HKICPA and International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting 
Standards  Board,  on  which  we  issued  a  separate  auditor’s  report  to  the  shareholders  of  the 
Company dated 12 March 2020.

Other Information
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information 
comprises all of the information included in the annual report other than the EV Information and 
our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the EV Information does not cover the other information and we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of EV Information, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the EV 
Information  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially 
misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

270

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSResponsibilities of Directors and Those Charged with Governance for the EV Information
The  Directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  EV  Information  in 
accordance with the EV basis of preparation set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the EV Information and 
for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
EV Information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the EV Information, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue  as  a  going  concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  relating  to  going  concern  and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those  charged  with  governance  are  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Group’s  EV  Information 
reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the EV Information
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the EV Information as a whole 
is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. We report our opinion solely to you, as a body, and for no other purpose. 
We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents 
of this report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with HKSAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of this EV Information.

As part of an audit in accordance with HKSAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

(cid:127) 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the EV Information, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal control.

(cid:127)  Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

271

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATIONAuditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the EV Information (continued)
(cid:127)  Evaluate the appropriateness of the EV basis of preparation used and the reasonableness of 

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Directors.

(cid:127)  Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the  EV  Information  or,  if  such 
disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our  opinion.  Our  conclusions  are  based  on  the  audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

(cid:127)  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the EV Information of the entities or 
business  activities  within  the  Group  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  EV  Information.  We  are 
responsible  for  the  direction,  supervision  and  performance  of  the  group  audit.  We  remain 
solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We  communicate  with  those  charged  with  governance  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the 
planned  scope  and  timing  of  the  audit  and  significant  audit  findings,  including  any  significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with 
relevant  ethical  requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and 
where applicable, related safeguards.

The  engagement  partner  on  the  audit  resulting  in  this  independent  auditor’s  report  is  Lars 
Christian Jordy Nielsen.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

12 March 2020

272

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS| AIA GROUP LIMITEDINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATIONCAUTIONARY STATEMENTS CONCERNING SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION
This report includes non-IFRS financial measures and should not be viewed as a substitute for IFRS financial measures.

The results shown in this report are not intended to represent an opinion of market value and should not be interpreted in 
that manner. This report does not purport to encompass all of the many factors that may bear upon a market value.

The results shown in this report are based on a series of assumptions as to the future. It should be recognised that actual 
future  results  may  differ  from  those  shown,  on  account  of  changes  in  the  operating  and  economic  environments  and 
natural  variations  in  experience.  The  results  shown  are  presented  at  the  valuation  dates  stated  in  this  report  and  no 
warranty is given by the Group that future experience after these valuation dates will be in line with the assumptions made.

273

SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2019 | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION1. HIGHLIGHTS
Embedded Value (EV) is a measure of the value of shareholders’ interests in the earnings distributable from assets allocated 
to the in-force business after allowance for the aggregate risks in that business. The Group uses a traditional deterministic 
discounted cash flow methodology for determining its EV and value of new business (VONB) for all entities other than Tata 
AIA Life Insurance Company Limited (Tata AIA Life). This methodology makes an implicit overall level of allowance for risk 
including the cost of investment return guarantees and policyholder options, asset-liability mismatch risk, credit risk, the 
risk that actual experience in future years differs from that assumed, and the economic cost of capital, through the use of 
a risk discount rate. For Tata AIA Life, the Group uses the Indian Embedded Value (IEV) methodology as defined in Actuarial 
Practice Standard 10 issued by the Institute of Actuaries of India, consistent with local practice in India.

The equity attributable to shareholders of the Company on an Embedded Value basis (EV Equity) is the total of EV, goodwill 
and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders of the Company. More details on the EV results, methodology and 
assumptions are covered in later sections of this report.

Prior to 2019, VONB for the Group was calculated before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests 
and did not include the Group’s share of Tata AIA Life. Likewise, prior to 2019, EV for Tata AIA Life was accounted for in the 
adjusted  net  worth  (ANW)  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting  (without  any  VIF  reported  for Tata AIA  Life).  In  this 
report, the 2019 full year VONB for the Group is calculated after deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling 
interests, and the Group’s 49 per cent share of the 2019 full year EV and VONB information of Tata AIA Life is recognised 
in the Group’s full year result using financial information on a one-quarter-lag basis as described in Section 4.1. The prior 
period results are not restated as the impact of these different treatments is not material.

On  1  November  2019,  the  Group,  CBA  and The  Colonial  Mutual  Life Assurance  Society  Limited  (CMLA)  entered  into  a 
contractual  joint  cooperation  agreement  (the  Agreement),  which  provided  an  alternative  completion  structure  for  the 
original planned acquisition. The financial results of the Agreement are reported in the Group’s results for the year ended 
31 December 2019 from the date of the Agreement. See Sections 2 and 4 of this report and note 5 of the Group’s 2019 
consolidated financial statements for more details.

Summary of key metrics(1 and 2) (US$ millions)

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

Change 
CER

Change 
AER

Equity attributable to shareholders of the Company on

63,905

56,203

the embedded value basis (EV Equity)

Embedded value (EV)

Adjusted net worth (ANW)

Value of in-force business (VIF)

61,985

28,241

33,744

54,517

24,637

29,880

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Year ended 
31 December 
2018

Value of new business (VONB)

Annualised new premiums (ANP)

VONB margin

EV operating profit

Operating return on EV (Operating ROEV)

Underlying Free Surplus Generation (UFSG)

4,154

6,585

62.9%

8,685

15.9%

5,501

3,955

6,510

60.0%

8,278

16.3%

12%

12%

14%

11%

YoY 
CER

6%

2%

14%

14%

15%

13%

YoY 
AER

5%

1%

3.0 pps

6%

2.9 pps

5%

(0.6) pps

(0.4) pps

4,945(3)

13%(3)

11%(3)

Notes:
(1)  The results are after adjustment to reflect the consolidated reserving and capital requirements and the present value of future after-tax unallocated 

Group Office expenses.

(2)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.
(3)  The UFSG for the year ended 31 December 2018 and growth rates quoted for UFSG are unaudited.

274

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS
2.1 Embedded Value by Business Unit
The EV as at 31 December 2019 is presented consistently with the segment information in the IFRS consolidated financial 
statements. The EV for local business units as of 31 December 2019 is presented before deducting the amounts attributable 
to non-controlling interests, with an additional line showing the non-controlling interests, while the EV for local business 
units as of 31 December 2018 is presented net of amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. Further the EV for Tata 
AIA Life has been included as described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2.

Summary of EV by Business Unit(1) (US$ millions)

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets

Group Corporate Centre

Subtotal

Adjustment to reflect consolidated

As at 31 December 2019

ANW(2)

VIF before 
CoC

8,372

4,816

2,805

1,211

3,074

6,256

8,970

35,504

15,059

5,583

4,360

1,946

6,968

4,888

(180)

38,624

CoC

1,534

1,365

831

215

–

1,309

–

5,254

VIF after 
CoC

EV

13,525

21,897

4,218

3,529

1,731

6,968

3,579

(180)

33,370

9,034

6,334

2,942

10,042

9,835

8,790

68,874

reserving and capital requirements(3)

(6,905)

3,180

1,583

1,597

(5,308)

After-tax value of unallocated Group
  Office expenses

Total (before non-controlling interests)

Non-controlling Interests

Total

–

28,599

(358)

28,241

(1,067)

40,737

(164)

40,573

–

6,837

(8)

6,829

(1,067)

33,900

(156)

33,744

(1,067)

62,499

(514)

61,985

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets

Group Corporate Centre

Subtotal

Adjustment to reflect consolidated

As at 31 December 2018

ANW(2)

VIF before 
CoC

6,608

4,787

2,376

1,206

2,938

4,873

7,870

30,658

12,617

4,861

3,968

1,630

5,248

3,833

(131)

32,026

CoC

867

808

665

206

–

985

–

3,531

VIF after 
CoC

EV

11,750

18,358

4,053

3,303

1,424

5,248

2,848

(131)

28,495

8,840

5,679

2,630

8,186

7,721

7,739

59,153

reserving and capital requirements(3)

(6,021)

3,284

936

2,348

(3,673)

After-tax value of unallocated Group
  Office expenses

Total

–

24,637

(963)

34,347

–

4,467

(963)

29,880

(963)

54,517

Notes:
(1)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.
(2)  ANW by Business Unit is after net capital flows between Business Units and Group Corporate Centre as reported in the IFRS consolidated financial 

statements.

(3)  Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements as described in Section 4.4 of this report.

275

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION 
 
2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.2 Reconciliation of ANW from IFRS Equity
Derivation of the consolidated ANW from IFRS equity(1) (US$ millions)

IFRS equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

Elimination of IFRS deferred acquisition and origination costs assets

Difference between IFRS policy liabilities and local statutory policy liabilities

Difference between net IFRS policy liabilities and local statutory policy liabilities

Mark-to-market adjustment for property and mortgage loan investments,
  net of amounts attributable to participating funds

Elimination of intangible assets

Recognition of deferred tax impacts of the above adjustments

Recognition of non-controlling interests impacts of the above adjustments

ANW (Business Unit)

Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving requirements, net of tax

ANW (Consolidated)

As at
31 December
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

57,508

(26,328)

3,388

(22,940)

–

(2,520)

3,008

90

35,146

(6,905)

28,241

39,006

(24,626)

15,587

(9,039)

523

(1,970)

2,075

63

30,658

(6,021)

24,637

Note:
(1)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.

2.3 Breakdown of ANW
The breakdown of the ANW for the Group between the required capital, as defined in Section 4.6 of this report, and the free 
surplus, which is the ANW in excess of the required capital, is set out below:

Free surplus and required capital for the Group(1 and 2) (US$ millions)

Free surplus

Required capital

ANW

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Business Unit

Consolidated

Business Unit

Consolidated

24,523

10,623

35,146

14,917

13,324

28,241

22,093

8,565

30,658

14,751

9,886

24,637

Note:
(1)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.
(2)  The required capital of Tata AIA Life as at 2018 is presented as zero. Following the change in basis of preparation as mentioned in Sections 4.1 and 

4.2, starting from 2019, the required capital of Tata AIA Life is presented in accordance with Section 4.6.

The Company’s subsidiaries, AIA Company Limited (AIA Co.) and AIA International Limited (AIA International), are both 
subject  to  the  Hong  Kong  reserving  and  capital  requirements.  In  addition,  AIA  International,  which  is  incorporated  in 
Bermuda,  is  subject  to  the  Bermuda  Monetary  Authority  (BMA)  reserving  and  capital  requirements.  These  regulatory 
reserving  and  capital  requirements,  and  other  consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements,  as  determined  by  the 
Group, apply in addition to the relevant local requirements applicable to our Business Units.

276

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.4 Earnings Profile
The tables below show how the after-tax distributable earnings from the assets backing the statutory reserves and required 
capital of the in-force business of the Group are projected to emerge over future years. The projected values reflect the 
consolidated reserving and capital requirements.

Profile of projected after-tax distributable earnings for the Group’s in-force business(1) (US$ millions)

Expected period of emergence

1 – 5 years

6 – 10 years

11 – 15 years

16 – 20 years

21 years and thereafter

Total

Expected period of emergence

1 – 5 years

6 – 10 years

11 – 15 years

16 – 20 years

21 years and thereafter

Total

As at 31 December 2019

Undiscounted

Discounted

20,000

16,759

18,398

18,724

166,423

240,304

16,641

9,383

7,029

4,963

9,052

47,068

As at 31 December 2018

Undiscounted

Discounted

18,922

15,095

14,753

14,312

151,000

214,082

15,668

8,280

5,440

3,588

6,790

39,766

Note:
(1)  The profile of projected after-tax distributable earnings for the Group’s in-force business as at 31 December 2018 exclude Tata AIA Life, while the 
information as at 31 December 2019 include the Group’s share of Tata AIA Life. Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change 
in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.

The profile of distributable earnings is shown on an undiscounted and discounted basis. The discounted value of after-tax 
distributable earnings of US$47,068 million (2018: US$39,766 million) plus the free surplus of US$14,917 million (2018: 
US$14,751 million) shown in Section 2.3 of this report is equal to the EV of US$61,985 million (2018: US$54,517 million) 
shown in Section 2.1 of this report.

277

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.5 Value of New Business
The VONB for the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019 is summarised in the table below. The VONB is defined as 
the present value, at the point of sale, of the projected after-tax statutory profits less the cost of required capital. Results 
are presented consistently with the segment information in the IFRS consolidated financial statements. Section 4.1 of this 
report contains a list of the entities included in this report and the mapping of these entities to Business Units for the 
purpose of this report.

The Group VONB for the year ended 31 December 2019, which includes the Group’s share of Tata AIA Life and is presented 
after the deduction of the amount attributable to non-controlling interests, was US$4,154 million, an increase of US$199 
million, or 5 per cent on actual exchange rates (AER), from US$3,955 million(1) for the year ended 31 December 2018. The 
Group  VONB  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2018  is  presented  before  the  deduction  of  the  amount  attributable  to 
non-controlling interests and does not include the Group’s share of Tata AIA Life.

Summary of VONB by Business Unit(3) (US$ millions)

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets(1)

Total before unallocated Group Office
  expenses and Non-Controlling Interests

(Business Unit)

Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving
  and capital requirements

Total before unallocated Group Office
  expenses and Non-Controlling Interests

Year ended 
31 December 2019

Year ended 
31 December 2018

VONB 
before CoC

CoC

VONB after
CoC

VONB 
before CoC

CoC

VONB after
CoC

1,728

107

1,621

1,837

125

1,712

559

384

276

1,248

646

65

32

18

81

111

494

352

258

1,167

535

503

410

264

1,051

522

56

53

17

86

87

447

357

247

965

435

4,841

414

4,427

4,587

424

4,163

(88)

(1)

(87)

(76)

(20)

(56)

(Consolidated)

4,753

413

4,340

4,511

404

4,107

After-tax value of unallocated Group 
  Office expenses

Total before Non-Controlling Interests 

(Consolidated)

Non-Controlling Interests(2)

Total(2)

(154)

–

(154)

(152)

–

(152)

4,599

(32)

4,567

413

–

413

4,186

(32)

4,154

4,359

n/a

4,359

404

n/a

404

3,955

n/a

3,955

Notes:
(1)  In 2019, ANP and VONB for Other Markets includes 49 per cent of the results from Tata AIA Life to reflect our shareholding. VONB and ANP 

previously reported for 2018 has not been restated and does not include any contribution from Tata AIA Life.

(2)  The total reported VONB for the Group in 2019 excludes the VONB attributable to non-controlling interests of US$32 million. VONB for 2018 has 
not been restated and is reported before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests of US$27 million, as previously disclosed 
in our Annual Report 2018.

(3)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.

278

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.5 Value of New Business (continued)
The  table  below  shows  the  breakdown  of  the  VONB, ANP,  VONB  margin,  and  present  value  of  new  business  premium 
(PVNBP) margin for the Group, by quarter, for business written in the year ended 31 December 2019.

The  VONB  margin  and  PVNBP  margin  are  defined  as  VONB,  gross  of  non-controlling  interests  and  excluding  pension 
business, expressed as a percentage of ANP and PVNBP, respectively. The VONB used in the margin calculation is gross of 
non-controlling interests and excludes pension business to be consistent with the definition of ANP and PVNBP.

The Group VONB margin for the year ended 31 December 2019 was 62.9 per cent compared with 60.0 per cent for the year  
ended 31 December 2018. The Group PVNBP margin for the year ended 31 December 2019 was 11 per cent compared 
with 10 per cent for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Breakdown of VONB, ANP, VONB margin and PVNBP margin(1, 2 and 3) (US$ millions)

VONB after 
CoC(1)

ANP(1)

VONB 
Margin(1)

PVNBP 
Margin(1)

Year

Values for 2019

12 months ended 31 December 2019(2)

4,154

6,585

62.9%

Values for 2018

12 months ended 31 December 2018(1)

3,955

6,510

60.0%

Quarter

Values for 2019

3 months ended 31 March 2019(1)

3 months ended 30 June 2019(1)

3 months ended 30 September 2019(1)

3 months ended 31 December 2019(2)

Values for 2018

3 months ended 31 March 2018(1)

3 months ended 30 June 2018(1)

3 months ended 30 September 2018(1)

3 months ended 31 December 2018(1)

1,169

1,106

980

899

1,021

933

979

1,022

1,827

1,616

1,444

1,698

1,696

1,556

1,582

1,676

63.6%

67.9%

67.0%

54.1%

59.7%

59.3%

61.1%

60.1%

11%

10%

11%

11%

12%

9%

10%

10%

10%

10%

Notes:
(1)  The VONB, ANP, VONB margin and PVNBP margin for the periods in 2018 and the 3-month periods up to 30 September 2019 are presented before 

deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests and without the Group’s share of Tata AIA Life.

(2)  The VONB in the 3 months and the 12 months ended 31 December 2019 are calculated after deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling 
interests for 2019 full year and include the Group’s share of Tata AIA Life for 2019 full year. The ANP, VONB margin and PVNBP margin for the 3 
months and the 12 months ended 31 December 2019 include the Group’s share of Tata AIA Life for 2019 full year.

(3)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019 .

279

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.5 Value of New Business (continued)
The table below shows the VONB (excluding pension business), ANP, and VONB margin by Business Unit.

Summary of VONB excluding pension, ANP and VONB margin by Business Unit (US$ millions)

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets(1)

Total before unallocated Group Office
  expenses (Business Unit)

Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving
  and capital requirements

Total before unallocated Group Office
  expenses (Consolidated)

After-tax value of unallocated Group Office
  expenses

Total(2)

Year ended 
31 December 2019

Year ended 
31 December 2018

VONB 
Excluding 
Pension

ANP

VONB 
Margin

VONB
Excluding 
Pension

ANP

VONB 
Margin

1,583

2,393

494

352

256

1,167

533

729

538

406

1,248

1,271

66.1%

67.7%

65.5%

63.1%

93.5%

41.9%

1,671

2,697

447

357

244

965

431

611

547

382

1,067

1,206

62.0%

73.1%

65.4%

63.8%

90.5%

35.8%

4,385

6,585

66.6%

4,115

6,510

63.2%

(87)

–

(56)

–

4,298

6,585

65.3%

4,059

6,510

62.4%

(154)

4,144

–

6,585

62.9%

(152)

3,907

–

6,510

60.0%

Note:
(1)  In 2019, ANP and VONB for Other Markets includes 49 per cent of the results from Tata AIA Life to reflect our shareholding. VONB and ANP 

previously reported for 2018 have not been restated and do not include any contribution from Tata AIA Life.

(2)  VONB margin for the Group is calculated gross of non-controlling interests.

280

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.6 Analysis of EV Movement
Analysis of movement in EV(3) (US$ millions)

Opening EV

Purchase price

Acquired EV(2)

Effect of acquisition

Value of new business(4)

Expected return on EV(4)

Operating experience variances

Operating assumption changes

Finance costs

EV operating profit

Investment return variances

Effect of changes in 
  economic assumptions

Other non-operating variances

Total EV profit

Dividends

Other capital movements

Effect of changes in 
  exchange rates

Closing EV

Year ended
31 December 2019

Year ended
31 December 2018

ANW

VIF

EV

ANW

VIF

EV

24,637

29,880

54,517

20,974

29,805

50,779

(1,454)

790

(664)

(702)

5,072

394

(18)

(208)

4,538

(942)

65

2,491

6,152

(1,961)

136

–

417

417

4,856

(967)

206

52

–

4,147

1,459

(319)

(2,569)

2,718

–

–

(59)

729

(1,454)

1,207

(247)

4,154

4,105

600

34

(208)

8,685

517

(254)

(78)

8,870

136

670

(918)

487

(431)

(660)

4,550

355

29

(173)

4,101

(1,428)

–

320

320

4,615

(657)

257

(38)

–

4,177

(918)

807

(111)

3,955

3,893

612

(9)

(173)

8,278

(790)

(2,218)

(3)

50

3,452

6,122

(3,182)

255

(1,961)

(1,589)

98

–

–

47

270

6,377

(1,589)

98

28,241

33,744

61,985

24,637

29,880

54,517

(537)

(500)

(1,037)

YoY
AER

EV

7%

n/m(1)

n/m

n/m

5%

5%

n/m

n/m

20%

5%

n/m

n/m

n/m

39%

23%

n/m

n/m

14%

Notes:
(1)  Not meaningful (n/m).
(2)  The acquired EV for Sovereign is calculated as at 2 July 2018 net of the related reinsurance agreement, while the acquired EV due to the alternative 
arrangements for CMLA is calculated as at 1 November 2019 net of the related reinsurance arrangement. See note 5 to the IFRS consolidated 
financial statements for more details.

(3)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.
(4)  For 2019 the VONB is presented net of amount attributable to non-controlling interests, while for 2018 the VONB attributable to non-controlling 

interests is presented within the expected return on EV.

281

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.6 Analysis of EV Movement (continued)
EV grew to US$61,985 million at 31 December 2019, an increase of 14 per cent over the year from US$54,517 million at 
31 December 2018. The growth in EV of US$7,468 million was shown after a deduction of US$247 million as of 1 November 
2019  relating  to  the  alternative  arrangements  with  CBA  in  relation  to  CMLA  and  the  effect  of  the  change  in  basis  of 
preparation from 2018 to 2019 (please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of these changes). The purchase price 
of  US$1,454  million  for  the  acquisition  as  at  1  November  2019  was  as  per  note  5  to  the  IFRS  consolidated  financial 
statements. The  acquired  EV  of  US$1,207  million  is  calculated  as  at  1  November  2019  net  of  the  related  reinsurance 
agreement.

EV operating profit grew by 5 per cent on AER to US$8,685 million (2018: US$8,278 million) compared with 2018. The 
growth reflected a combination of a higher VONB of US$4,154 million (2018: US$3,955 million) and a higher expected 
return  on  EV  of  US$4,105  million  (2018:  US$3,893  million).  Overall  operating  experience  variances  and  operating 
assumption changes were again positive at US$634 million (2018: US$603 million). Finance costs were US$208 million 
(2018: US$173 million).

The VONB for the year ended 31 December 2019 is calculated at the point of sale for business written during the year. The 
expected return on EV is the expected change in the EV over the year plus the expected return on the VONB up to 31 
December 2019. Operating experience variances reflect the impact on the ANW and VIF from differences between the 
actual experience over the year and that expected based on the operating assumptions.

The operating experience variances, net of tax, increased EV by US$600 million (2018: US$612 million), driven by:

(cid:127)  Expense variances of US$28 million (2018: US$53 million), offset by development costs of US$24 million (2018: nil);

(cid:127)  Mortality and morbidity claims variances of US$212 million (2018: US$233 million); and

(cid:127)  Persistency and other variances of US$384 million (2018: US$326 million) which included persistency variances of 
US$77 million (2018: US$94 million) and other variances arising from management actions of US$307 million (2018: 
US$232 million).

The effect of changes in operating assumptions during the year was an increase in EV by US$34 million (2018: US$(9) 
million).

The EV profit of US$8,870 million (2018: US$6,377 million) is the total of EV operating profit, investment return variances, 
the effect of changes in economic assumptions and other non-operating variances.

The investment return variances arise from the impact of differences between the actual investment returns in the year 
and the expected investment returns reflecting short-term fluctuations in investment returns. This amounted to an increase 
in EV of US$517 million (2018: US$(2,218) million) driven by the effect of short-term interest rate, equity market and other 
capital market movements on the Group’s investment portfolio and statutory reserves compared with the expected returns.

The effect of changes in economic assumptions reduced EV by US$254 million (2018: US$47 million).

Other non-operating variances reduced EV by US$78 million (2018: US$270 million) which comprised negative impacts 
from changing the EV reporting basis for Tata AIA Life as described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, and certain non-operating 
project costs. This was partly offset by a net positive impact from adjustments to capital requirements on consolidation, 
positive impacts from a tax rule change in China in the first half of 2019, and other items including modelling-related 
enhancements.

The  Group  paid  total  shareholder  dividends  of  US$1,961  million  (2018:  US$1,589  million).  Other  capital  movements 
increased EV by US$136 million (2018: US$98 million).

Foreign exchange movements increased EV by US$670 million (2018: US$(1,037) million).

282

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.6 Analysis of EV Movement (continued)
Operating ROEV(1) (US$ millions)
Operating return on EV (operating ROEV) is calculated as EV operating profit expressed as a percentage of the opening EV 
and was 15.9 per cent (2018: 16.3 per cent) for the year ended 31 December 2019.

EV operating profit

Opening EV

Operating ROEV

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Year ended 
31 December 
2018

8,685

54,517

15.9%

8,278

50,779

16.3%

YoY 
CER

6%

10%

YoY 
AER

5%

7%

(0.6) pps

(0.4) pps

Note:
(1)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.

2.7 EV Equity
The EV Equity grew to US$63,905 million at 31 December 2019, an increase of 14 per cent on AER from US$56,203 million 
as at 31 December 2018.

Derivation of EV Equity from EV(2) (US$ millions)

EV

Goodwill and other intangible assets(1)

EV Equity

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

Change 
CER

Change 
AER

61,985

1,920

63,905

54,517

1,686

56,203

12%

13%

12%

14%

14%

14%

Note:
(1)  Consistent with the IFRS consolidated financial statements, net of tax, amounts attributable to participating funds and non-controlling interests.
(2)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.

283

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION2. EMBEDDED VALUE RESULTS (continued)
2.8 Free Surplus Generation
Free Surplus Generation(1) (US$ millions)

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Year ended 
31 December 
2018
(unaudited)

YoY
CER
(unaudited)

YoY
AER
(unaudited)

Opening free surplus

14,751

12,586

18%

Release of free surplus through the subsidiarisation 
  of AIA Korea on 1 January 2018

Effect of acquisition

Underlying free surplus generation

Free surplus used to fund new business

Investment return variances and other items

Unallocated Group Office expenses

Dividends

Finance costs and other capital movements

Closing free surplus

–

(1,045)

5,501

(1,477)

(588)

(192)

(1,961)

(72)

14,917

1,886

(497)

4,945

(1,540)

(795)

(170)

(1,589)

(75)

14,751

n/m(2)

n/m

13%

(2)%

n/m

13%

23%

(4)%

1%

17%

n/m

n/m

11%

(4)%

n/m

13%

23%

(4)%

1%

Free surplus increased by US$166 million (2018: US$2,165 million(3)) to US$14,917 million (2018: US$14,751 million(3)) 
as of 31 December 2019. The growth in free surplus was after a deduction of US$1,045 million as of 1 November 2019 
relating to the alternative arrangements with CBA in relation to CMLA.

Underlying  free  surplus  generation,  as  defined  in  Section  4.8,  increased  by  13  per  cent(3)  to  US$5,501  million  (2018: 
US$4,945  million(3)).  Investment  in  writing  new  business  reduced  free  surplus  by  US$1,477  million  (2018:  US$1,540 
million(3)).

Investment  return  variances  and  other  items  amounted  to  US$(588)  million  (2018:  US$(795)  million(3)),  reflecting  the 
effect of short-term interest rate, equity market and other capital market movements on the Group’s investment portfolio 
and statutory reserves compared with the expected returns and other items including the free surplus impacts arising 
from other non-operating variances as described in Section 2.6.

Unallocated group office expenses amounted to US$192 million (2018: US$170 million(3)) in 2019.

Notes:
(1)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.
(2)  Not meaningful (n/m).
(3)  All the 2018 numbers and growth rates quoted in this section are unaudited.

284

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The EV as at 31 December 2019 and the VONB for the year ended 31 December 2019 have been recalculated to illustrate 
the sensitivity of the results to changes in certain central assumptions discussed in Section 5 of this report.

The sensitivities analysed were:

(cid:127)  Risk discount rates 200 basis points per annum higher than the central assumptions;

(cid:127)  Risk discount rates 200 basis points per annum lower than the central assumptions;

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

Interest rates 50 basis points per annum higher than the central assumptions;

Interest rates 50 basis points per annum lower than the central assumptions;

(cid:127)  The presentation currency (as explained below) appreciated by 5 per cent;

(cid:127)  The presentation currency depreciated by 5 per cent;

(cid:127)  Lapse  and  premium  discontinuance  rates  increased  proportionally  by  10  per  cent  (i.e.  110  per  cent  of  the  central 

assumptions);

(cid:127)  Lapse  and  premium  discontinuance  rates  decreased  proportionally  by  10  per  cent  (i.e.  90  per  cent  of  the  central 

assumptions);

(cid:127)  Mortality/morbidity rates increased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 110 per cent of the central assumptions);

(cid:127)  Mortality/morbidity rates decreased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 90 per cent of the central assumptions);

(cid:127)  Maintenance expenses 10 per cent lower (i.e. 90 per cent of the central assumptions); and

(cid:127)  Expense inflation set to 0 per cent.

The EV as at 31 December 2019 has been further analysed for the following sensitivities:

(cid:127)  Equity prices increased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 110 per cent of the prices at 31 December 2019); and

(cid:127)  Equity prices decreased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 90 per cent of the prices at 31 December 2019).

For the interest rate sensitivities, the investment return assumptions and the risk discount rates were changed by 50 basis 
points per annum; the projected bonus rates on participating business, the statutory reserving bases at 31 December 2019 
and  the  values  of  debt  instruments  held  at  31  December  2019  were  changed  to  be  consistent  with  the  interest  rate 
assumptions in the sensitivity analysis, while all the other assumptions were unchanged.

As  the  Group  operates  in  multiple  geographical  markets  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region,  the  EV  results  for  the  Group  are 
translated from multiple currencies to US dollar which is the Group’s presentation currency. In order to provide sensitivity 
results for EV and VONB of the impact of foreign currency movements, a change of 5 per cent to the US dollar is included.

For the equity price sensitivities, the projected bonus rates on participating business and the values of equity securities 
and  equity  funds  held  at  31  December  2019  were  changed  to  be  consistent  with  the  equity  price  assumptions  in  the 
sensitivity analysis, while all the other assumptions were unchanged.

For each of the remaining sensitivity analyses, the statutory reserving bases as at 31 December 2019 and the projected 
bonus rates on participating business were changed to be consistent with the sensitivity analysis assumptions, while all 
the other assumptions remain unchanged.

285

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION3. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (continued)
The sensitivities chosen do not represent the boundaries of possible outcomes, but instead illustrate how certain alternative 
assumptions would affect the results.

Sensitivity of EV(1) (US$ millions)

Scenario

Central value

Impact of:
200 bps increase in risk discount rates
200 bps decrease in risk discount rates
10% increase in equity prices
10% decrease in equity prices
50 bps increase in interest rates
50 bps decrease in interest rates
5% appreciation in the presentation currency
5% depreciation in the presentation currency
10% increase in lapse/discontinuance rates
10% decrease in lapse/discontinuance rates
10% increase in mortality/morbidity rates
10% decrease in mortality/morbidity rates
10% decrease in maintenance expenses
Expense inflation set to 0%

Sensitivity of VONB (US$ millions)

Scenario

Central value

Impact of:
200 bps increase in risk discount rates
200 bps decrease in risk discount rates
50 bps increase in interest rates
50 bps decrease in interest rates
5% appreciation in the presentation currency
5% depreciation in the presentation currency
10% increase in lapse/discontinuance rates
10% decrease in lapse/discontinuance rates
10% increase in mortality/morbidity rates
10% decrease in mortality/morbidity rates
10% decrease in maintenance expenses
Expense inflation set to 0%

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

EV

Ratio

EV

Ratio

61,985

(8,500)
13,696
968
(967)
719
(797)
(1,837)
1,837
(999)
1,087
(4,627)
4,540
699
868

(13.7)%
22.1%
1.6%
(1.6)%
1.2%
(1.3)%
(3.0)%
3.0%
(1.6)%
1.8%
(7.5)%
7.3%
1.1%
1.4%

54,517

(6,607)
10,604
736
(731)
158
(249)
(1,711)
1,711
(885)
984
(3,796)
3,779
625
672

(12.1)%
19.5%
1.4%
(1.3)%
0.3%
(0.5)%
(3.1)%
3.1%
(1.6)%
1.8%
(7.0)%
6.9%
1.1%
1.2%

Year ended 31 December 2019

Year ended 31 December 2018

VONB

Ratio

VONB

Ratio

4,154

(956)
1,527
151
(207)
(129)
129
(209)
224
(362)
348
97
61

(23.0)%
36.8%
3.6%
(5.0)%
(3.1)%
3.1%
(5.0)%
5.4%
(8.7)%
8.4%
2.3%
1.5%

3,955

(952)
1,599
142
(184)
(120)
120
(195)
215
(359)
351
96
60

(24.1)%
40.4%
3.6%
(4.7)%
(3.0)%
3.0%
(4.9)%
5.4%
(9.1)%
8.9%
2.4%
1.5%

Note:
(1)  Please refer to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for a description of the change in basis of preparation from 2018 to 2019.

286

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. METHODOLOGY
4.1 Entities Included in This Report
The Group operates through a number of subsidiaries and branches. Its two main operating subsidiaries are AIA Co., a 
company incorporated in Hong Kong and a subsidiary of the Company, and AIA International, a company incorporated in 
Bermuda and an indirect subsidiary of the Company. Furthermore, AIA Co. has branches located in Brunei, Mainland China 
and Thailand and AIA International has branches located in Hong Kong, Macau, New Zealand and Taiwan.

The following is a list of the entities and their mapping to Business Units included in this report.

(cid:127)  AIA Australia refers to AIA Australia Limited, a subsidiary of AIA Co., and the business acquired by the Group from CBA 
via  a  contractual  joint  cooperation  agreement  (CMLA),  Sovereign  Assurance  Company  Limited,  a  subsidiary  of  AIA 
International, and the New Zealand branch of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Cambodia refers to AIA (Cambodia) Life Insurance Plc., a subsidiary of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA China refers to the Mainland China branches of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Hong Kong refers to the total of the following three entities:

– 

the Hong Kong and Macau branches of AIA International;

– 

the Hong Kong and Macau business written by AIA Co.; and

–  AIA Pension and Trustee Co. Ltd., a subsidiary of AIA Co.

(cid:127)  AIA Indonesia refers to PT. AIA Financial, a subsidiary of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Korea refers to AIA Life Insurance Co. Ltd., a subsidiary of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Malaysia refers to AIA Bhd., a subsidiary of AIA Co. and AIA PUBLIC Takaful Bhd., a 70 per cent owned subsidiary 

of AIA Co., and AIA General Bhd.;

(cid:127)  AIA Myanmar refers to AIA Myanmar Life Insurance Co. Ltd., a subsidiary of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Philippines refers to The Philippine American Life and General Insurance (PHILAM LIFE) Company, a subsidiary of 

AIA Co. and its 51 per cent owned subsidiary BPI-Philam Life Assurance Corporation;

(cid:127)  AIA Singapore refers to AIA Singapore Private Limited, a subsidiary of AIA Co., and the Brunei branch of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Sri Lanka refers to AIA Insurance Lanka Limited, a 99 per cent owned subsidiary of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Taiwan refers to the Taiwan branch of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Thailand refers to the Thailand branches of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Vietnam refers to AIA (Vietnam) Life Insurance Company Limited, a subsidiary of AIA International; and

(cid:127)  Tata AIA Life refers to Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited, an associate 49 per cent owned by AIA International.

Prior to 2019, the EV for Tata AIA Life was accounted for in the adjusted net worth (ANW) using the equity method of 
accounting (without any VIF reported for Tata AIA Life). This method is calculated based on the cost of investment of the 
Group’s 49 per cent share in Tata AIA Life, subsequently adjusted for the Group’s share of post-acquisition changes to 
equity. Starting from 2019, the Group recognises its share of the 2019 full year EV information of Tata AIA Life in its results 
on a one-quarter-lag basis, where the ending EV balance is based on EV of Tata AIA Life as of 30 September 2019, and the 
EV analysis of movement in Section 2.6 reflects the EV movement generated by Tata AIA Life between 1 October 2018 and 
30 September 2019. The impact on opening EV of US$(221) million, which represents mainly the difference between the 
cost of investment under the equity method of accounting and the Group’s share of the EV of Tata AIA Life, is included in 
the other non-operating variances in Section 2.6. The full year VONB impact of the above-mentioned changes is reflected 
in Section 2.5 in the 3 months ended 31 December 2019 VONB result. The prior period results are not restated as the 
impact of these different treatments is not material.

287

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION4. METHODOLOGY (continued)
4.1 Entities Included in This Report (continued)
Results  are  presented  consistently  with  the  segment  information  in  the  IFRS  consolidated  financial  statements.  The 
summary of the EV of the Group by Business Unit in this report also includes the results for the “Group Corporate Centre” 
segment. The results shown for this segment consist of the ANW for the Group’s corporate functions and the present value 
of remittance taxes payable on distributable profits. The ANW has been derived from the IFRS equity for this segment plus 
mark-to-market  adjustments  less  the  value  of  excluded  intangible  assets.  For  the  VONB,  “Other  Markets”  includes  the 
present value of allowance for remittance taxes payable on distributable profits.

4.2 Embedded Value and Value of New Business
The  Group  uses  a  traditional  deterministic  discounted  cash  flow  methodology  for  determining  its  EV  and  VONB  for  all 
entities other than Tata AIA Life. This methodology makes an implicit overall level of allowance for risk including the cost 
of  investment  return  guarantees  and  policyholder  options,  asset-liability  mismatch  risk,  credit  risk,  the  risk  that  actual 
experience in future years differs from that assumed, and the economic cost of capital, through the use of a risk discount 
rate. Typically, the higher the risk discount rate, the greater the allowance for these factors. This is a common methodology 
used  by  life  insurance  companies  in  Asia  currently.  Alternative  valuation  methodologies  and  approaches  continue  to 
emerge and may be considered by AIA.

The business included in the VIF and VONB calculations includes all life business written by the Business Units of the 
Group, plus other lines of business which may not be classified as life business but have similar characteristics. These 
include  accident  and  health,  group  and  pension  businesses.  The  projected  in-force  business  included  in  the  VIF  also 
incorporates expected renewals on short-term business with a term of one year or less.

The VONB is the present value, measured at the point of sale, of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in the future 
from new business sold in the period less the cost of holding required capital in excess of regulatory reserves to support 
this business. The VONB for the Group is calculated based on assumptions applicable at the point of sale. Prior to 2019, 
VONB for the Group was calculated before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests (with the amount 
for non-controlling interests separately disclosed in the footnote of relevant tables of VONB). Starting from 2019, full year 
VONB for the Group is calculated after deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests. The full year impact 
of this change is reflected in Section 2.5 in the 3 months ended 31 December 2019 VONB result. The prior period results 
are not restated as the impact is not material.

The EV is the sum of the ANW and VIF. The ANW is the market value of assets in excess of the assets backing the policy 
reserves and other liabilities of the life (and similar) business of the Group, plus the IFRS equity value of other activities, 
such  as  general  insurance  business,  less  the  value  of  intangible  assets.  It  excludes  any  amounts  not  attributable  to 
shareholders  of  the  Company. The  market  value  of  investment  property  and  property  held  for  own  use  that  is  used  to 
determine the ANW is based on the fair value disclosed as per note 23 to the Group’s IFRS consolidated financial statements 
as at the valuation date.

The VIF is the present value of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in the future from the current in-force business 
less the cost arising from holding the required capital (CoC) to support the in-force business. CoC is calculated as the face 
value  of  the  required  capital  as  at  the  valuation  date  less  the  present  value  of  the  net-of-tax  investment  return  on  the 
shareholder  assets  backing  required  capital  and  the  present  value  of  projected  releases  from  the  assets  backing  the 
required capital. Where the required capital may be covered by policyholder assets such as surplus assets in a participating 
fund, there is no associated cost of capital included in the VIF or VONB.

EV Equity is the total of EV, goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders of the Company.

288

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. METHODOLOGY (continued)
4.2 Embedded Value and Value of New Business (continued)
A  deduction  has  been  made  from  the  EV  and  VONB  for  the  present  value  of  future  after-tax  unallocated  Group  Office 
expenses, representing the expenses incurred by the Group Office which are not allocated to the Business Units. These 
unallocated Group Office expenses have been allocated to acquisition and maintenance activities, and a deduction made 
from the VONB and VIF respectively.

For Tata AIA Life, the Group uses, from 2019, the IEV methodology as defined in Actuarial Practice Standard 10 issued by 
the Institute of Actuaries of India, consistent with local practice in India. The EV and VONB reported for Tata AIA Life are 
reported on a one-quarter-lag basis as described in Section 4.1.

4.3 Definition of New Business
New  business  includes  the  sale  of  new  contracts  during  the  period,  additional  single  premium  payments  on  recurrent 
single premium contracts and increments to existing contracts where these are not variations allowed for in the calculation 
of the VIF. The VONB also includes the present value of cash flows associated with new policies written during the reporting 
period but subsequently terminated before the valuation date.

For group renewable business including group yearly renewable term business, new business is composed of new schemes 
set  up  during  the  period  plus  any  premium  payable  on  existing  schemes  that  exceeds  the  prior  year’s  premiums.  For 
individually  significant  group  cases,  the  VONB  is  calculated  over  each  premium  rate  guarantee  period  entered  upon 
contract inception or renewal.

For  short-term  accident  and  health  business  with  a  term  of  one  year  or  less,  renewals  of  existing  contracts  are  not 
considered new business, and the value of expected renewals on this business is included in the VIF.

For pension business, sales of new contracts during the period and any new contributions, including assets transferred in, 
are considered as new business for the calculation of the VONB.

New business volumes shown in this report are measured using annualised new premiums (ANP), which is an internal 
measure of new business sales.

4.4 Consolidation of Branches and Subsidiaries of AIA Co. and AIA International
The Group’s subsidiaries, AIA Co. and AIA International, are both Hong Kong-regulated entities. AIA operates in a number 
of territories as branches and subsidiaries of these entities. In addition, AIA International, which is incorporated in Bermuda, 
is subject to the BMA reserving and capital requirements. These regulatory and other consolidated reserving and capital 
requirements apply in addition to the relevant local requirements applicable to our Business Units.

The EV and VONB results for the Group shown in Section 2 of this report have been adjusted to reflect the consolidated 
reserving and capital requirements. This approach was taken to reflect the distribution of profits from AIA Co. and AIA 
International  after  allowing  for  the  Hong  Kong,  BMA,  local  regulatory  and  other  reserving  and  capital  requirements  as 
applied by the Group. The EV and VONB for each Business Unit reflect the local reserving and capital requirements, as 
discussed in Section 4.6 of this report, before a Group-level adjustment to reflect the consolidated reserving and capital 
requirements.

289

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION4. METHODOLOGY (continued)
4.5 Valuation of Future Statutory Losses
For  certain  lines  of  business,  projected  future  statutory  profits  are  negative  due  to  the  local  statutory  reserves  being 
insufficient to meet the value of future policyholder cash flows. There are a number of acceptable methods for determining 
the value of a combination of positive and negative statutory profits for different lines of business.

For  the  purposes  of  this  valuation,  future  projected  statutory  losses  have  been  valued  by  discounting  them  at  the  risk 
discount rate for the relevant Business Unit, with any negative VIF eliminated for each reported segment by reducing the 
ANW  and  EV. This  has  been  done  because  the  allowance  for  risk  in  the  range  of  selected  risk  discount  rates  for  each 
Business Unit has been set taking into account the presence of any such business lines with projected statutory losses. 
Also, the consolidated reserving and capital requirements have the effect of reducing the level of any future projected 
statutory losses. Based on the assumptions described in Section 5 of this report, and allowing for the consolidated statutory 
reserving and capital requirements, the overall projected annual distributable profits from the current in-force business 
and the assets backing the required capital of the Group are positive over the remaining lifetime of the business. Therefore, 
it is not considered necessary to change the discounting approach described above.

4.6 Required Capital
Each of the Business Units has a regulatory requirement to hold shareholder capital in addition to the assets backing the 
insurance liabilities. The Group’s assumed levels of local required capital for each Business Unit are set out in the table 
below:

Business Unit

Required Capital

AIA Australia

(cid:127)  Australia

100% of regulatory capital adequacy requirement

(cid:127)  New Zealand

100% of regulatory capital adequacy requirement

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

Tata AIA Life

100% of required capital as specified under the CAA EV assessment guidance

150% of required minimum solvency margin

120% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

150% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

170% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

100% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

180% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

120% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

250% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

140% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement(1)

100% of required minimum solvency margin

175 % of required minimum solvency margin

Note:
(1)  The Office of Insurance Commission (OIC) has implemented new Risk-Based Capital 2 (Thailand RBC 2) requirement effective from 31 December 
2019. The new requirement has been applied to the EV calculations as of 31 December 2019. Consistent with prior reporting periods, VONB has 
been calculated at the point of sale and therefore has not reflected the new requirement within the reported VONB in 2019. The Required Capital 
ratio assumed in the EV calculation is 120% up to year-end of 2021, and 140% thereafter, in line with the regulatory requirement under Thailand 
RBC 2. The additional reserving and capital requirements on the consolidated basis as described below continue to apply for AIA Thailand and 
therefore there is no material impact of this change to the Group’s overall EV results.

290

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
4. METHODOLOGY (continued)
4.6 Required Capital (continued)
Capital Requirements on Consolidation
The Group has an undertaking to the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (HKIA) to maintain required capital not less than the 
aggregate of 150% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement in respect of AIA Hong Kong and 
no less than 100% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement for branches other than Hong Kong.

AIA International and its subsidiaries hold required capital of no less than 120% of the BMA regulatory capital requirements.

On 16 May 2017, the HKIA and the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (formerly the China Insurance 
Regulatory Commission) signed the Equivalence Assessment Framework Agreement on the Solvency Regulatory Regime. 
As  a  transitional  arrangement,  the  Group  reports  under  the  Hong  Kong  Insurance  Ordinance  the  capital  position  of  its 
China  branches  based  on  the  China  local  regulatory  solvency  basis  progressively  over  a  4-year  phase-in  period  to  full 
implementation on 31 March 2022.

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  reserving  and  capital  requirements  for  the  purpose  of  consolidation  allow  for  the  local 
regulatory requirements outlined above and other reserving and capital requirements as determined by the Group.

4.7 Foreign Exchange
The EV as at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 have been translated into US dollars using exchange rates as at 
each valuation date. The VONB results shown in this report have been translated into US dollars using the corresponding 
average exchange rates for each quarter. The other components of the EV profit shown in the analysis of movement in EV 
have been translated using average exchange rates for the period.

Change  on AER  is  calculated  based  on  the  translated  figures  as  described  above.  Change  on  constant  exchange  rates 
(CER) is calculated for all figures for the current year and for the prior year, using constant average exchange rates, other 
than for EV as at the end of the current year and as at the end of the prior year, which is translated using the CER.

4.8 Underlying Free Surplus Generation
The free surplus is defined as the ANW in excess of the required capital, stated to reflect consolidated reserving and capital 
requirements.  The  underlying  free  surplus  generation  represents  free  surplus  generated  from  the  in-force  business, 
adjusted  for  certain  non-recurring  items.  It  excludes  free  surplus  used  to  fund  new  business,  unallocated  group  office 
expenses, investment variances and other non-operating items. The underlying free surplus generation is also calculated 
after reflecting consolidated reserving and capital requirements.

291

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION5. ASSUMPTIONS
5.1 Introduction
This section summarises the assumptions used by the Group to determine the EV as at 31 December 2019 and the VONB 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 and highlights certain differences in assumptions between the EV as at 31 December 
2018 and the EV as at 31 December 2019.

5.2 Economic Assumptions
Investment returns
The Group has set the assumed long-term future returns for fixed income assets to reflect its view of expected returns 
having regard to estimates of long-term forward rates from yields available on government bonds and current bond yields. 
In determining returns on fixed income assets the Group allows for the risk of default, and this allowance varies by the 
credit rating of the underlying asset.

Where long-term views of investment return assumptions differ from current market yields on existing fixed income assets 
such that there would be a significant impact on value, an adjustment was made to make allowance for the current market 
yields. In these cases, in calculating the VIF, adjustments have been made to the investment return assumptions such that 
the investment returns on existing fixed income assets were set consistently with the current market yield on these assets 
for their full remaining term, to be consistent with the valuation of the assets backing the policy liabilities.

The Group has set the equity return and property return assumptions by reference to the return on 10-year government 
bonds, allowing for an internal assessment of risk premia that vary by asset class and by territory.

For each Business Unit, the non-linked portfolio is divided into a number of distinct product groups, and the returns for 
each of these product groups have been derived by considering current and future targeted asset allocations and associated 
investment returns for major asset classes.

For unit-linked business, fund growth assumptions have been determined based on actual asset mix within the funds at 
the valuation date and expected long-term returns for major asset classes.

For Tata AIA Life the Group uses the IEV methodology as defined in Actuarial Practice Standard 10 issued by the Institute 
of Actuaries of India for determining its EV and VONB. This methodology uses investment returns and risk discount rates 
that reflect the market-derived government bond yield curve.

292

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.2 Economic Assumptions (continued)
Risk discount rates
The risk discount rates can be considered as the sum of the appropriate risk-free interest rate, to reflect the time value of 
money, and a risk margin to make an implicit overall level of allowance for risk.

The table below summarises the current market 10-year government bond yields referenced in EV calculations.

Business Unit

AIA Australia

(cid:127)  Australia

(cid:127)  New Zealand

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong(1)

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

Current market 10-year government 
bond yields referenced in EV 
calculations (%)

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

1.37

1.65

3.14

1.92

7.06

1.67

3.31

4.46

1.74

10.07

0.67

1.49

3.56

2.32

2.37

3.31

2.68

8.03

1.96

4.08

7.07

2.04

11.87

0.86

2.51

5.10

Note:
(1)  The majority of AIA Hong Kong’s assets and liabilities are denominated in US dollars. The 10-year government bond yields shown above are those 

of US dollar-denominated bonds.

293

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION 
 
5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.2 Economic Assumptions (continued)
Risk discount rates (continued)
The table below summarises the risk discount rates and long-term investment returns assumed in EV calculations. The 
same risk discount rates were used for all the EV results shown in Section 1 and Section 2 of this report. The present value 
of unallocated Group Office expenses was calculated using the AIA Hong Kong risk discount rate. The investment returns 
on existing fixed income assets were set consistently with the market yields on these assets. Note that the VONB results 
were calculated based on start-of-quarter economic assumptions consistent with the measurement at the point of sale. 
The investment returns shown are gross of tax and investment expenses.

Business Unit

AIA Australia

(cid:127)  Australia

(cid:127)  New Zealand

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong(1)

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

Risk discount rates 
assumed in EV 
calculations (%)

Long-term investment returns assumed 
in EV calculations (%)

10-year government bonds

Local equities

As at 
31 Dec 
2019

As at 
31 Dec 
2018

As at 
31 Dec 
2019

As at 
31 Dec 
2018

As at 
31 Dec 
2019

As at 
31 Dec 
2018

6.45

6.85

9.75

7.20

13.00

8.10

8.55

11.80

6.90

15.70

7.55

7.90

10.80

7.35

7.75

9.75

7.50

13.00

8.60

8.75

11.80

7.10

15.70

7.85

8.60

11.80

2.30

2.60

3.70

2.70

7.50

2.20

4.00

5.30

2.50

3.00

3.50

3.70

3.00

7.50

2.70

4.20

5.30

2.70

10.00

10.00

1.30

2.70

5.00

1.60

3.20

6.00

6.60

7.10

9.30

7.50

12.00

6.50

8.60

10.50

7.00

12.00

5.90

7.70

10.30

7.50

8.00

9.30

7.80

12.00

7.20

8.80

10.50

7.20

12.00

6.60

9.00

11.30

Notes:
(1)  The majority of AIA Hong Kong’s assets and liabilities are denominated in US dollars. The 10-year government bond assumptions shown above are 

those of US dollar-denominated bonds.

For Tata AIA Life, the Group uses the IEV methodology as defined in Actuarial Practice Standard 10 issued by the Institute 
of Actuaries of India for determining its EV and VONB. This methodology uses investment returns and risk discount rates 
that reflect the market-derived government bond yield curve. The above disclosure information is therefore not provided 
for Tata AIA Life.

294

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.3 Persistency
Persistency covers the assumptions required, where relevant, for policy lapse (including surrender), premium persistency, 
premium holidays, partial withdrawals and retirement rates for pension products.

Assumptions have been developed by each of the Business Units based on their recent historical experience, and their best 
estimate expectations of current and expected future experience. Persistency assumptions vary by policy year and product 
type with different rates for regular and single premium products.

Where experience for a particular product was not credible enough to allow any meaningful analysis to be performed, 
experience for similar products was used as a basis for future persistency experience assumptions.

In the case of surrenders, the valuation assumes that current surrender value bases will continue to apply in the future.

5.4 Expenses
The expense assumptions have been set based on the most recent expense analysis. The purpose of the expense analysis 
is to allocate total expenses between acquisition and maintenance activities, and then to allocate these acquisition and 
maintenance expenses to various product categories to derive unit cost assumptions.

Where the expenses associated with certain activities have been identified as being one-off, these expenses have been 
excluded from the expense analysis.

Expense assumptions have been determined for acquisition and maintenance activities, split by product type, and unit 
costs expressed as a percentage of premiums, sum assured and an amount per policy. Where relevant, expense assumptions 
have been calculated per distribution channel.

Expense  assumptions  do  not  make  allowance  for  any  anticipated  future  expense  savings  as  a  result  of  any  strategic 
initiatives aimed at improving policy administration and claims handling efficiency.

Assumptions for commission rates and other sales-related payments have been set in line with actual experience.

Group Office expenses
Group Office expense assumptions have been set, after excluding non-operating expenses, based on actual acquisition 
and  maintenance  expenses  in  the  year  ended  31  December  2019.  The  Group  Office  acquisition  expenses  have  been 
deducted from the VONB. The present value of the projected future Group Office maintenance expenses has been deducted 
from  the  Group  EV.  The  maintenance  expense  assumptions  in  the  VONB  also  allow  for  the  allocation  of  Group  Office 
expenses.

295

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.5 Expense Inflation
The expected long-term expense inflation rates used by Business Units are set out below:

Expense inflation assumptions by Business Unit (%)

Business Unit

AIA Australia

(cid:127)  Australia

(cid:127)  New Zealand

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

Tata AIA Life

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

2.05

2.00

2.00

2.00

3.50

3.50

3.00

3.50

2.00

6.50

1.20

2.00

4.00

7.25

2.75

2.00

2.00

2.00

6.00

3.50

3.00

3.50

2.00

6.50

1.20

2.00

5.00

n/a

Unallocated Group Office expenses are assumed to inflate by the weighted average of the Business Unit expense inflation 
rates.

5.6 Mortality
Assumptions have been developed by each Business Unit based on their recent historical experience, and their expectations 
of current and expected future experience. Where historical experience is not credible, reference has been made to pricing 
assumptions supplemented by market data, where available.

Mortality  assumptions  have  been  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  either  standard  industry  experience  tables  or,  where 
experience is sufficiently credible, as a percentage of tables that have been developed internally by the Group.

For  products  that  are  exposed  to  longevity  risk,  an  allowance  has  been  made  for  expected  improvements  in  mortality; 
otherwise no allowance has been made for mortality improvements.

5.7 Morbidity
Assumptions have been developed by each Business Unit based on their recent historical experience, and their expectations 
of current and expected future experience. Morbidity rate assumptions have been expressed as a percentage of standard 
industry experience tables or as expected claims ratios.

296

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.8 Reinsurance
Reinsurance assumptions have been developed by each Business Unit based on the reinsurance arrangements in-force as 
at the valuation date and the recent historical and expected future experience.

5.9 Policyholder Dividends, Profit Sharing and Interest Crediting
The projected policyholder dividends, profit sharing and interest crediting assumptions set by each Business Unit that 
have  been  used  in  calculating  the  EV  results  presented  in  this  report,  reflect  contractual  and  regulatory  requirements, 
policyholders’ reasonable expectations (where clearly defined) and each Business Unit’s best estimate of future policies, 
strategies and operations consistent with the investment return assumptions used in the EV results.

Participating fund surpluses have been assumed to be distributed between policyholders and shareholders via future final 
bonuses or at the end of the projection period so that there are no residual assets at the end of the projection period.

5.10 Taxation
The projections of distributable earnings underlying the values presented in this report are net of corporate income tax, 
based on current taxation legislation and corporate income tax rates. The projected amount of tax payable in any year 
allows, where relevant, for the benefits arising from any tax loss carried forward.

The local corporate income tax rates used by each Business Unit are set out below:

Local corporate income tax rates by Business Unit (%)

Business Unit

AIA Australia

(cid:127)  Australia

(cid:127)  New Zealand

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea(1)

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

Tata AIA Life

As at 
31 December 
2019

As at 
31 December 
2018

30.0

28.0

25.0

16.5

25.0

27.5

24.0

30.0

17.0

28.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

14.6

30.0

28.0

25.0

16.5

25.0

27.5

24.0

30.0

17.0

28.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

n/a

Note:
(1)  From fiscal years 2018 to 2020, AIA Korea is subject to an assumed corporate income tax of 27.5%, which includes an Accumulated Earnings Tax. 

Based on current regulations, the corporate income tax rate will revert to 24.2% from fiscal year 2021.

297

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION 
 
5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.10 Taxation (continued)
The tax assumptions used in the valuation reflect the local corporate income tax rates set out above. Where applicable, tax 
payable on investment income has been reflected in projected investment returns.

The EV of the Group as at 31 December 2019 is calculated after deducting any remittance taxes payable on the anticipated 
distribution of both the ANW and VIF.

5.11 Statutory Valuation Bases
The projection of regulatory liabilities at future points in time assumes the continuation of the reserving methodologies 
used to value policyholder liabilities as at the valuation date.

5.12 Product Charges
Management fees and product charges reflected in the VIF and VONB have been assumed to follow existing scales.

6. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
The  Monetary  Authority  of  Singapore  (MAS)  has  announced  that  the  new  Risk-Based  Capital  2  (Singapore  RBC  2) 
requirement for insurers will be effective on 31 March 2020. This new Singapore RBC 2 requirement has not been applied 
to the EV as of 31 December 2019.

Subsequent to the year ended 31 December 2019, AIA Co. submitted an application to the China Banking and Insurance 
Regulatory Commission (CBIRC) seeking approval to convert its existing Shanghai Branch to a 100 per cent wholly-owned 
subsidiary, with which it intends to manage and operate its life insurance business in Mainland China. As at 12 March 
2020, the application is pending approval from the CBIRC.

In  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  a  number  of  our  markets  are  facing  the  uncertain  impact  of  the  COVID-19  virus  and  the 
measures taken to limit its spread. The Group is closely monitoring the developing situation. We have seen a significant 
disruption in the Group’s new business sales in the first quarter of 2020.

On 12 March 2020, a Committee appointed by the Board of Directors proposed a final dividend of 93.30 Hong Kong cents 
per share (thirteen months ended 31 December 2018: final dividend of 84.80 Hong Kong cents per share and a special 
dividend of 9.50 Hong Kong cents per share).

298

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL CALENDAR
Announcement of 2019 Annual Results for 

the year ended 31 December 2019

Book Close Period for the AGM

Date of the AGM

Announcement of 2020 Interim Results

12 March 2020

26 May 2020 to 29 May 2020 (both days inclusive)

29 May 2020

20 August 2020

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The AGM will be held at 11:00 a.m. (Hong Kong time) on Friday, 29 May 2020 at the Grand Ballroom, Lower Level I, Kowloon 
Shangri-La, 64 Mody Road, Tsim Sha Tsui East, Kowloon, Hong Kong. Details of the business to be transacted at the AGM 
are set out in the circular to be sent to the shareholders of the Company on or before 27 April 2020.

Details of voting results at the AGM can be found on the websites of both the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited 
at www.hkex.com.hk and the Company at www.aia.com on Friday, 29 May 2020 after the AGM.

FINAL DIVIDEND
The Board has recommended an increase in the payment of a final dividend of 10 per cent to 93.30 Hong Kong cents per 
share for the year ended 31 December 2019 (for the thirteen-month period ended 31 December 2018: 84.80 Hong Kong 
cents per share), consistent with AIA’s established prudent, sustainable and progressive dividend policy.

Subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM, the final dividend will be payable on Friday, 19 June 2020 to shareholders 
whose names appear on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on Thursday, 4 June 2020, being 
the record date for determining the entitlements to the final dividend.

RELEVANT DATES FOR THE FINAL DIVIDEND
Ex-dividend date

Wednesday, 3 June 2020

Record date

Payment date

Thursday, 4 June 2020

Friday, 19 June 2020

ANNUAL STATEMENT ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE OFFSHORE FUND TAX EXEMPTION REGIME IN SINGAPORE
An indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, AIA Investment Management Private Limited, was incorporated in 
Singapore on 15 June 2016. Its businesses include the management of certain assets of the Company and its subsidiaries 
and  branches,  and  it  is  required  by  the  Income  Tax  (Exemption  of  Income  of  Prescribed  Persons  Arising  from  Funds 
Managed  by  Fund  Manager  in  Singapore)  Regulations  2010  to  issue  an  annual  statement  to  each  shareholder  of  the 
Company. To comply with the above legal requirement in Singapore, an annual statement containing the profit and market 
capitalisation information of the Company is available on the Company’s website. You may visit the Company’s website by 
clicking “Annual Statements issued pursuant to The Offshore Fund Tax Exemption Regime In Singapore” under the sub-
section headed “Shareholder Centre” in the section headed “Investor Relations” to view the annual statement.

299

INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERSANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
SHARE REGISTRAR
If you have any enquiries relating to your shareholding, please contact the Company’s share registrar with the contact 
details set out below:

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited

17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong

Telephone: +852 2862 8555

Email:

hkinfo@computershare.com.hk (for general enquiries)

aia.ecom@computershare.com.hk (for printed copies of the Company’s corporate communications)

Website:

www.computershare.com

ANNUAL REPORT
The English and Chinese versions of this Annual Report are available on the website of the Company. If you would like to 
have  a  printed  version  of  this  Annual  Report,  please  contact  the  Company’s  share  registrar  using  the  contact  details 
provided above.

The Company makes every effort to ensure consistency between the Chinese and English versions of this Annual Report. 
In the event of any inconsistency, the English version shall prevail.

For  environmental  and  cost  reasons,  shareholders  are  encouraged  to  elect  to  receive  corporate  communications  (as 
defined in the Listing Rules) electronically. You may at any time send written notice to the Company c/o the Company’s 
share registrar or via email at aia.ecom@computershare.com.hk specifying your name, address and request to change your 
choice of language or means of receipt of all corporate communications.

INVESTMENT COMMUNITY AND NEWS MEDIA
Enquiries may be directed to:

Investment Community

Lance Burbidge

Evelyn Lam

Feon Lee

Rachel Poon

+852 2832 1398

+852 2832 1633

+852 2832 4704

+852 2832 4792

News Media

Stephen Thomas

Emerald Ng

+852 2832 6178

+852 2832 4720

300

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document may contain certain forward-looking statements relating to the Group that are based on the beliefs of the 
Group’s management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to the Group’s management. 
These forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking 
statements include, without limitation, statements relating to the Group’s business prospects, future developments, trends 
and conditions in the industry and geographical markets in which the Group operates, its strategies, plans, objectives and 
goals, its ability to control costs, statements relating to prices, volumes, operations, margins, overall market trends, risk 
management and exchange rates.

When  used  in  this  document,  the  words  “anticipate”,  “believe”,  “could”,  “estimate”,  “expect”,  “going  forward”,  “intend”, 
“may”, “ought to”, “plan”, “project”, “seek”, “should”, “will”, “would” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Group or 
the Group’s management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect 
the Group’s views as of the date hereof with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance or 
developments. You are strongly cautioned that reliance on any forward-looking statements involves known and unknown 
risks and uncertainties. Actual results and events may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking 
statements as a result of a number of factors, including any changes in the laws, rules and regulations relating to any 
aspects of the Group’s business operations, general economic, market and business conditions, including capital market 
developments,  changes  or  volatility  in  interest  rates,  foreign  exchange  rates,  equity  prices  or  other  rates  or  prices,  the 
actions  and  developments  of  the  Group’s  competitors  and  the  effects  of  competition  in  the  insurance  industry  on  the 
demand for, and price of, the Group’s products and services, various business opportunities that the Group may or may not 
pursue, changes in population growth and other demographic trends, including mortality, morbidity and longevity rates, 
persistency levels, the Group’s ability to identify, measure, monitor and control risks in the Group’s business, including its 
ability to manage and adapt its overall risk profile and risk management practices, its ability to properly price its products 
and services and establish reserves for future policy benefits and claims, seasonal fluctuations and factors beyond the 
Group’s control. Subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules, the Group does not intend to update or otherwise revise 
the forward-looking statements in this document, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. As a 
result of these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions, forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this 
document  might  not  occur  in  the  way  the  Group  expects,  or  at  all.  Accordingly,  you  should  not  place  reliance  on  any 
forward-looking information or statements. All forward-looking statements in this document are qualified by reference to 
the cautionary statements set forth in this section.

301

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERSRISK COMMITTEE
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow (Chairman)
Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

REGISTERED OFFICE
35/F, AIA Central
No. 1 Connaught Road Central
Hong Kong

WEBSITE
www.aia.com

COMPANY SECRETARY
Ms. Nicole Pao

AUTHORISED REPRESENTATIVES
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Ms. Nicole Pao

SHARE REGISTRAR
Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited
17M Floor
Hopewell Centre
183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai
Hong Kong

PRINCIPAL BANKERS
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
Citibank, N.A.
Standard Chartered Bank

AUDITOR
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Certified Public Accountant

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Independent Non-executive Chairman and
Independent Non-executive Director
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Executive Director,
Group Chief Executive and President
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Independent Non-executive Directors
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow
Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee
Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

AUDIT COMMITTEE
Mr. John Barrie Harrison (Chairman)
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee

NOMINATION COMMITTEE
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse (Chairman)
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow
Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee
Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So (Chairman)
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

302

CORPORATE INFORMATION| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONactive agent

An agent who sells at least one policy per month.

active market

A market in which all the following conditions exist:

(cid:127) 

the items traded within the market are homogeneous;

(cid:127)  willing buyers and sellers can normally be found at any time; and

(cid:127)  prices are available to the public.

A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices 
are  readily  and  regularly  available  from  an  exchange,  dealer,  broker,  industry 
group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual 
and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

ANW is the market value of assets in excess of the assets backing the policy 
reserves and other liabilities of the life (and similar) business of AIA, plus the 
IFRS equity value of other activities, such as general insurance business, less 
the  value  of  intangible  assets.  It  excludes  any  amounts  not  attributable  to 
shareholders of AIA Group Limited. ANW for AIA is stated after adjustment to 
reflect  consolidated  reserving  requirements. ANW  by  market  is  stated  before 
adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving requirements, and presented on a 
local statutory basis.

Actual exchange rates.

2020 Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held at 11:00 a.m. (Hong 
Kong time) on Friday, 29 May 2020.

adjusted net worth or ANW

AER

AGM

AIA or the Group

AIA Group Limited and its subsidiaries.

AIA Co.

AIA International

AIA Vitality

AIA Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong and a subsidiary 
of the Company.

AIA International Limited, a company incorporated in Bermuda and an indirect 
subsidiary of the Company.

A  science-backed  wellness  programme  that  provides  participants  with  the 
knowledge,  tools  and  motivation  to  help  them  achieve  their  personal  health 
goals. The programme is a partnership between AIA and Discovery Limited, a 
specialist insurer headquartered in South Africa.

AIG

American International Group, Inc.

303

GLOSSARYANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONADDITIONAL INFORMATIONALC

The AIA Leadership Centre located in Bangkok, Thailand.

amortised cost

annualised new premiums or ANP

ASPP

available for sale (AFS)  

financial assets

The  amount  at  which  the  financial  asset  or  financial  liability  is  measured  at 
initial  recognition  minus  principal  repayments,  plus  or  minus  the  cumulative 
amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between the 
initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment 
or uncollectibility.

ANP represents 100 per cent of annualised first year premiums and 10 per cent 
of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded. It is an internally used measure 
of new business sales or activity for all entities within AIA. ANP excludes new 
business  of  pension  business,  personal  lines  and  motor  insurance.  For  group 
renewable business, it includes any premium payable on existing schemes that 
exceeds the prior year’s premiums.

Agency Share Purchase Plan, adopted by the Company on 23 February 2012, a 
share purchase plan with matching offer to facilitate and encourage AIA share 
ownership by agents.

Financial  assets  that  may  be  sold  before  maturity  and  that  are  used  to  back 
insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities  and  shareholders’  equity,  and 
which  are  not  managed  on  a  fair  value  basis.  Non-derivative  financial  assets 
that  are  designated  as  available  for  sale  or  are  not  classified  as  loans  and 
receivables or as at fair value through profit or loss. Available for sale financial 
instruments are measured at fair value, with movements in fair value recorded 
in other comprehensive income.

bancassurance

The  distribution  of  insurance  products  through  banks  or  other  financial 
institutions.

The board of Directors.

Commonwealth Bank of Australia.

Constant exchange rates. Change on constant exchange rates is calculated for 
all  figures  for  the  current  year  and  for  the  prior  year,  using  constant  average 
exchange rates, other than for balance sheet items as at the end of the current 
year and as at the end of the prior year, which is translated using the constant 
exchange rates.

The  Colonial  Mutual  Life  Assurance  Society  Limited  (including  its  affiliated 
companies), one of the largest life insurance providers in Australia.

AIA Group Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability, 
whose shares are listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange 
(stock code: 1299).

Board

CBA

CER

CMLA

Company

304

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated investment funds

Investment  funds  in  which  the  Group  has  interests  and  power  to  direct  their 
relevant activities that affect the return of the funds.

Corporate Governance Code

Corporate Governance Code set out in Appendix 14 to the Listing Rules.

cost of capital or CoC

CoC is calculated as the face value of the required capital as at the valuation 
date less the present value of the net-of-tax investment return on the shareholder 
assets backing the required capital and the present value of projected releases 
from the assets backing the required capital. Where the required capital may be 
covered  by  policyholder  assets  such  as  surplus  assets  in  participating  funds, 
there is no associated cost of capital included in the VIF or VONB. CoC for AIA is 
stated  after  adjustment  to  reflect  consolidated  capital  requirements.  CoC  by 
market is stated before adjustment to reflect consolidated capital requirements, 
and presented on a local statutory basis.

COVID-19

COVID-19 is the infectious disease caused by a recently identified coronavirus.

Dealing Policy

Directors’ and Chief Executives’ Dealing Policy of the Company.

deferred acquisition costs or DAC

deferred origination costs or DOC

Acquisition costs are expenses of an insurer which are incurred in connection 
with  the  acquisition  of  new  insurance  contracts  or  the  renewal  of  existing 
insurance  contracts.  They  include  commissions  and  other  variable  sales 
inducements  and  the  direct  costs  of  issuing  the  policy,  such  as  underwriting 
and other policy issue expenses. These costs are deferred and expensed to the 
consolidated income statement on a systematic basis over the life of the policy. 
Such assets are tested for recoverability at least annually.

Origination  costs  are  expenses  which  are  incurred  in  connection  with  the 
origination of new investment contracts or the renewal of existing investment 
contracts. For contracts that involve the provision of investment management 
services, these include commissions and other incremental expenses directly 
related to the issue of each new contract. Origination costs on contracts with 
investment management services are deferred and recognised as an asset in 
the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  and  expensed  to  the 
consolidated income statement on a systematic basis in line with the revenue 
generated by the investment management services provided. Such assets are 
tested for recoverability.

Director(s)

The director(s) of the Company.

embedded value or EV

An  actuarially  determined  estimate  of  the  economic  value  of  a  life  insurance 
business  based  on  a  particular  set  of  assumptions  as  to  future  experience, 
excluding any economic value attributable to future new business. EV for AIA is 
stated  after  adjustments  to  reflect  consolidated  reserving  and  capital 
requirements and the after-tax value of unallocated Group Office expenses. EV 
by  market  is  stated  before  adjustments  to  reflect  consolidated  reserving  and 
capital requirements and unallocated Group Office expenses, and presented on 
a local statutory basis.

EPS

Earnings per share.

305

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARY 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
equity attributable to  
shareholders of the  
Company on the embedded 
value basis or EV Equity

ESPP

ExCo

fair value through profit or  

loss or FVTPL

EV Equity is the total of embedded value, goodwill and other intangible assets 
attributable to shareholders of the Company.

Employee Share Purchase Plan, adopted by the Company on 25 July 2011 (as 
amended), a voluntary share purchase plan with matching offer to facilitate and 
encourage AIA share ownership by employees.

The Executive Committee of the Group.

Under IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, financial 
assets  that  are  held  to  back  unit-linked  contracts  and  participating  funds  or 
financial  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  held  for  trading.  A  financial  asset  or 
financial  liability  that  is  measured  at  fair  value  in  the  statement  of  financial 
position  with  gains  and  losses  arising  from  movements  in  fair  value  being 
presented in the consolidated income statement as a component of the profit or 
loss for the year.

first half

The six months from 1 January to 30 June.

first year premiums

First year premiums are the premiums received in the first year of a recurring 
premium  policy.  As  such,  they  provide  an  indication  of  the  volume  of  new 
policies sold.

free surplus

group insurance

Group Office

HKFRS

HKIA

ANW  in  excess  of  the  required  capital.  Free  surplus  for  AIA  is  stated  after 
adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements.

An insurance scheme whereby individual participants are covered by a master 
contract held by a single group or entity on their behalf.

Group  Office  includes  the  activities  of  the  Group  Corporate  Centre  segment 
consisting of the Group’s corporate functions, shared services and eliminations 
of intragroup transactions.

Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards.

Insurance Authority established under the Insurance Companies (Amendment) 
Ordinance  2015  or  prior  to  26  June  2017,  the  Office  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Insurance.

HKICPA

Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

306

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hong Kong

The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (SAR) of the People’s Republic of 
China (the PRC); in the context of our reportable market segments, Hong Kong 
includes Macau SAR.

Hong Kong Companies Ordinance

Companies Ordinance (Chapter 622 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as amended 
from time to time.

Hong Kong Insurance  
Ordinance or HKIO

Insurance Ordinance (Chapter 41 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as amended from 
time to time. It provides a legislative framework for the prudential supervision of 
the insurance industry in Hong Kong.

Hong Kong Stock Exchange or HKSE

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

IAIS

IAS

IASB

IFA

IFRS

International Association of Insurance Supervisors.

International Accounting Standards.

International Accounting Standards Board.

Independent financial adviser.

Standards and interpretations adopted by the IASB comprising:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

International Financial Reporting Standards;

IAS; and

Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) 
or the former Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC).

ING Malaysia

ING Management Holdings (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

Interactive Mobile Office or iMO

iMO is a mobile office platform with a comprehensive suite of applications that 
allow  agents  and  agency  leaders  to  manage  their  daily  activities  from  lead 
generation, sales productivity and recruitment activity to development training 
and customer analytics. 

interactive Point of Sale or iPoS

iPoS is a secure, mobile point-of-sale technology that features a paperless sales 
process  from  the  completion  of  the  customer’s  financial-needs  analysis  to 
proposal  generation  with  electronic  biometric  signature  of  life  insurance 
applications on tablet devices. It is part of iMO.

investment experience

Realised  and  unrealised  investment  gains  and  losses  recognised  in  the 
consolidated income statement.

307

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARY 
 
 
 
 
investment income

Investment  income  comprises  interest  income,  dividend  income  and  rental 
income.

investment return

Investment return consists of investment income plus investment experience.

IPO

Initial Public Offering.

liability adequacy testing

An assessment of whether the carrying amount of an insurance liability needs 
to  be  increased  or  the  carrying  amount  of  related  deferred  acquisition  and 
origination costs  or related intangible  assets decreased based on a  review of 
future cash flows.

Listing Rules

The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong 
Kong Limited.

Million Dollar Round Table or MDRT

MDRT is a global professional trade association of life insurance and financial 
services professionals that recognises significant sales achievements and high 
service standards.

Model Code

Model Code for Securities Transactions of Directors of Listed Issuers set out in 
Appendix 10 to the Listing Rules.

net funds to Group Corporate Centre

In presenting net capital in/(out) flows to reportable market segments, capital 
outflows  consist  of  dividends  and  profit  distributions  to  the  Group  Corporate 
Centre segment and capital inflows consist of capital injections into reportable 
market segments by the Group Corporate Centre segment. For the Group, net 
capital in/(out) flows reflect the net amount received from shareholders by way 
of capital contributions less amounts distributed by way of dividends.

n/a

n/m

Not available.

Not meaningful.

operating profit after tax or OPAT

Operating  profit  is  determined  using,  among  others,  expected  long-term 
investment return for equities and real estate. Short-term fluctuations between 
expected long-term investment return and actual investment return for these 
asset  classes  are  excluded  from  operating  profit.  The  investment  return 
assumptions  used  to  determine  expected  long-term  investment  return  are 
based on the same assumptions used by the Group in determining its embedded 
value and are disclosed in the Supplementary Embedded Value Information.

operating return on EV  
or operating ROEV

Operating  return  on  EV  is  calculated  as  EV  operating  profit,  expressed  as  a 
percentage of the opening embedded value.

308

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operating return on  

shareholders’ allocated equity  
or operating ROE

Operating  return  on  shareholders’  allocated  equity  is  calculated  as  operating 
profit  after  tax  attributable  to  shareholders  of  the  Company,  expressed  as  a 
percentage of the simple average of opening and closing shareholders’ allocated 
equity.

OTC

Over-the-counter.

other participating business with  

distinct portfolios

Business where it is expected that the policyholder will receive, at the discretion 
of  the  insurer,  additional  benefits  based  on  the  performance  of  underlying 
segregated investment assets where this asset segregation is supported by an 
explicit statutory reserve and reporting in the relevant territory.

participating funds

persistency

Philam Life

Participating  funds  are  distinct  portfolios  where  the  policyholders  have  a 
contractual right to receive at the discretion of the insurer additional benefits 
based on factors such as the performance of a pool of assets held within the 
fund,  as  a  supplement  to  any  guaranteed  benefits. The  allocation  of  benefits 
from  the  assets  held  in  the  participating  funds  is  subject  to  minimum 
policyholder participation mechanisms established by regulation.

The percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from month to month in 
the past 12 months, as measured by premiums.

The Philippine American Life and General Insurance (PHILAM LIFE) Company, 
a subsidiary of AIA Co.

policyholder and shareholder  

investments

Investments  other  than  those  held  to  back  unit-linked  contracts  as  well  as 
assets from consolidated investment funds.

pps

Percentage points.

protection gap

puttable liabilities

PVNBP margin

The  difference  between  the  resources  needed  and  resources  available  to 
maintain  dependants’  living  standards  after  the  death  of  the  primary  wage-
earner.

A puttable financial instrument is one in which the holder of the instrument has 
the right to put the instrument back to the issuer for cash (or another financial 
asset).  Units  in  investment  funds  such  as  mutual  funds  and  open-ended 
investment companies are typically puttable instruments. As these can be put 
back  to  the  issuer  for  cash,  the  non-controlling  interests  in  any  such  funds 
which have to be consolidated by AlA are treated as financial liabilities.

VONB excluding pension business, expressed as a percentage of present value 
of  new  business  premiums  (PVNBP).  PVNBP  margin  for  AIA  is  stated  after 
adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements and the 
after-tax value of unallocated Group Office expenses.

309

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARY 
 
 
 
 
regulatory minimum capital

Net assets held to meet the minimum solvency margin requirement set by the 
HKIO that an insurer must meet in order to be authorised to carry on insurance 
business in or from Hong Kong.

renewal premiums

Premiums receivable in subsequent years of a recurring premium policy.

rider

A supplemental plan that can be attached to a basic insurance policy, typically 
with payment of additional premiums.

Risk-Based Capital or RBC

RBC represents an amount of capital based  on  an assessment of  risks that a 
company should hold to protect customers against adverse developments.

RSPUs

RSSUs

RSU Scheme

Restricted stock purchase units.

Restricted stock subscription units.

Restricted Share Unit Scheme, adopted by the Company on 28 September 2010 
(as  amended),  under  which  the  Company  may  grant  restricted  share  units  to 
employees,  directors  (excluding  independent  non-executive  directors)  or 
officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

second half

The six months from 1 July to 31 December.

SFO

share(s)

Securities and Future Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the laws of Hong Kong), as 
amended from time to time.

For the Company, shall mean ordinary share(s) in the capital of the Company.

shareholders’ allocated equity

Shareholders’ allocated equity is total equity attributable to shareholders of the 
Company less fair value reserve.

Singapore

The Republic of Singapore; in the context of our reportable market segments, 
Singapore includes Brunei.

single premium

A single payment that covers the entire cost of an insurance policy.

310

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SO Scheme

solvency

solvency ratio

Sovereign

Takaful

Share  Option  Scheme,  adopted  by  the  Company  on  28  September  2010  (as 
amended), under which the Company may grant share options to employees, 
directors  (excluding  independent  non-executive  directors)  or  officers  of  the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries.

The  ability  of  an  insurance  company  to  satisfy  its  policyholder  benefits  and 
claims obligations.

The  ratio  of  the  total  available  capital  to  the  regulatory  minimum  capital 
applicable to the insurer pursuant to relevant regulations.

ASB Group (Life) Limited (renamed AIA Sovereign Limited in July 2018) and its 
subsidiaries,  including  Sovereign  Assurance  Company  Limited  (subsequently 
renamed as AIA New Zealand Limited on 2 August 2019), a licensed insurer in 
New Zealand.

Islamic  insurance  which  is  based  on  the  principles  of  mutual  assistance  and 
risk sharing.

Tata AIA Life

Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited.

total weighted premium  

income or TWPI

TWPI consists of 100 per cent of renewal premiums, 100 per cent of first year 
premiums and 10 per cent of single premiums, before reinsurance  ceded. As 
such  it  provides  an  indication  of  AIA’s  longer-term  business  volumes  as  it 
smoothes the peaks and troughs in single premiums.

underlying free surplus generation  

or UFSG

Underlying free surplus generation represents free surplus generated from the 
in-force  business,  adjusted  for  certain  non-recurring  items.  It  excludes  free 
surplus  used  to  fund  new  business,  unallocated  group  office  expenses, 
investment  variances  and  other  non-operating  items.  UFSG  for  AIA  is  stated 
after reflecting consolidated reserving and capital requirements.

unit-linked investments

Financial investments held to back unit-linked contracts.

unit-linked products

Unit-linked products are insurance products where the policy value is linked to 
the  value  of  underlying  investments  (such  as  collective  investment  schemes, 
internal  investment  pools  or  other  property)  or  fluctuations  in  the  value  of 
underlying investment or indices. Investment risk associated with the product is 
usually  borne  by  the  policyholder.  Insurance  coverage,  investment  and 
administration services are provided for which the charges are deducted from 
the  investment  fund  assets.  Benefits  payable  will  depend  on  the  price  of  the 
units prevailing at the time of death of the insured or surrender or maturity of 
the policy, subject to surrender charges.

311

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARY 
 
 
 
universal life

value of business acquired  

or VOBA

value of in-force business or VIF

value of new business or VONB

VONB margin

working capital

A type of insurance product where the customer pays flexible premiums, subject 
to  specified  limits,  which  are  accumulated  in  an  account  balance  which  are 
credited with interest at a rate either set by the insurer or reflecting returns on 
a  pool  of  matching  assets. The  customer  may  vary  the  death  benefit  and  the 
contract may permit the policyholder to withdraw the account balance, typically 
subject to a surrender charge.

VOBA in respect of a portfolio of long-term insurance and investment contracts 
acquired  is  recognised  as  an  asset,  calculated  using  discounted  cash  flow 
techniques,  reflecting  all  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  realised  from  the 
portfolio.  VOBA  is  amortised  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  contracts  in  the 
acquired portfolio on a systematic basis. The rate of amortisation reflects the 
profile of the additional value of the business acquired. The carrying value of 
VOBA is reviewed annually for impairment and any impairment is charged to the 
consolidated income statement.

VIF is the present value of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in the 
future from the current in-force business less the cost arising from holding the 
required  capital  (CoC)  to  support  the  in-force  business.  VIF  for  AIA  is  stated 
after  adjustments  to  reflect  consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements 
and the after-tax value of unallocated Group Office expenses. VIF by market is 
stated  before  adjustments  to  reflect  consolidated  reserving  and  capital 
requirements and unallocated Group Office expenses, and presented on a local 
statutory basis.

VONB is the present value, measured at the point of sale, of projected after-tax 
statutory profits emerging in the future from new business sold in the period 
less the cost of holding the required capital in excess of regulatory reserves to 
support  this  business.  VONB  for  AIA  is  stated  after  adjustments  to  reflect 
consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements  and  the  after-tax  value  of 
unallocated Group Office expenses. VONB by market is stated before adjustments 
to  reflect  consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements  and  unallocated 
Group Office expenses, and presented on a local statutory basis.

VONB  excluding  pension  business,  expressed  as  a  percentage  of ANP.  VONB 
margin for AIA is stated after adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving and 
capital  requirements  and  the  after-tax  value  of  unallocated  Group  Office 
expenses.  VONB  margin  by  market  is  stated  before  adjustments  to  reflect 
consolidated reserving and capital requirements and unallocated Group Office 
expenses, and presented on a local statutory basis.

Working capital comprises debt and equity securities, deposits and cash and 
cash  equivalents  held  at  the  Group  Corporate  Centre. These  liquid  assets  are 
available to invest in building the Group’s business operations.

312

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONA

I

A

G
R
O
U
P

L
I

M

I
T
E
D

友
邦
保
險
控
股
有
限
公
司

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
9

LEADING with
PURPOSE

ANNUAL REPORT 2019
STOCK CODE 1299

VISION & PURPOSE

Our Vision is to be the 
world’s pre-eminent 
life insurance provider. 

Our Purpose is to play 
a leadership role in 
driving economic and 
social development 
across the region.

ABOUT AIA

AIA Group Limited and its 
subsidiaries (collectively “AIA”  
or the “Group”) comprise the 
largest independent publicly 
listed pan-Asian life insurance 
group. It has a presence in  
18 markets in Asia-Pacific –  
wholly-owned branches and 
subsidiaries in Hong Kong SAR, 
Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia, 
Mainland China, South Korea, 
the Philippines, Australia, 
Indonesia, Taiwan (China), 
Vietnam, New Zealand,  
Macau SAR, Brunei, Cambodia, 
Myanmar, a 99 per cent 
subsidiary in Sri Lanka, and  
a 49 per cent joint venture  
in India. 

The business that is now AIA 
was first established in Shanghai 
a century ago in 1919. It is a 
market leader in the Asia-Pacific 
region (ex-Japan) based on life 
insurance premiums and holds 
leading positions across the 
majority of its markets. It had 
total assets of US$284 billion as 
of 31 December 2019. 

AIA meets the long-term savings 
and protection needs of 
individuals by offering a range of 
products and services including 
life insurance, accident and 
health insurance and savings 
plans. The Group also provides 
employee benefits, credit life 
and pension services to 
corporate clients. Through an 
extensive network of agents, 
partners and employees across 
Asia-Pacific, AIA serves the 
holders of more than 36 million 
individual policies and over  
16 million participating members 
of group insurance schemes.

AIA Group Limited is listed on 
the Main Board of The Stock 
Exchange of Hong Kong Limited 
under the stock code “1299” 
with American Depositary 
Receipts (Level 1) traded on the 
over-the-counter market (ticker 
symbol: “AAGIY”).

Notes: 
(1)  Hong Kong SAR refers to Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. 

(2)  Macau SAR refers to Macau Special Administrative Region.

(3)  Explanations of certain terms and abbreviations used in this report are set forth in the Glossary.

AIA.COM

Eng+Chi_AIA_2019AR_FrontCover_Artwork.indd   3-4
Eng+Chi_AIA_2019AR_FrontCover_Artwork.indd   3-4

24/3/2020   5:03 PM
24/3/2020   5:03 PM